Press Alt + R to read the document text or Alt + P to download or print.

No preview available

The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutCAG-20-332 Bid PackageAward Date:CAG-20-332 Awarded to: Award Amount: Construction of: Renton Airport Private Lift Station Replacement Project PROJECT NO. WWP-27-04058 OCTOBER 2020 City of Renton 1055 South Grady Way Renton, WA 98057 Bidding Requirements, City of Renton Forms, Contract Forms, Conditions of the Contract, Plans and Specifications Project Manager: Ann Fowler, 425-430-7211 CITY OF RENTON RENTON, WASHINGTON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS for the Renton Airport Private Lift Station PROJECT NO. WWP-27-04058 OCTOBER 2020 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS CONTRACT FORMS CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS PLANS Renton Airport Private Lift Station Replacement Project WWP-27-04058 CONTRACT DOCUMENT TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. Summary of Fair Practices Policy 2. Summary of Americans with Disability Act Policy 3. Scope of Work 4. Vicinity Map 5. Instructions to Bidders 6. Call for Bids 7. * Proposal & Combined Affidavit & Certificate Form: Non-Collusion Anti-Trust Claims Minimum Wage Form 8. * Department of Labor and Industries Certificate of Registration 9. * Bid Bond Form 10. * Schedule of Prices 11. * Certificate of Compliance with Wage Payment Statutes 12. ** Subcontractors List 13. Bond to the City of Renton 14. Fair Practices Policy Affidavit of Compliance 15. Contract Agreement 16. Prevailing Minimum Hourly Wage Rates 17. Project Special Provisions 18. Construction Plans (reduced 11x17) 19. Project Technical Specifications Documents marked as follows must be submitted at the time noted and must be executed by the Contractor, President and Vice President or Secretary if corporation by-laws permit. All pages must be signed. In the event another person has been duly authorized to execute contracts, a copy of the corporation minutes establishing this authority must be attached to the bid document. * Submit with Bid ** Submit with Bid or within 1 hour of bid  Submit at Notice of Award CITY OF RENTON Public Works Department 1055 South Grady Way Renton, Washington 98057 CITY OF RENTON Renton Airport Private Lift Station Replacement Project WWP-27-04058 SCOPE OF WORK The work involved under the terms of this contract document shall be full and complete installation of the facilities, as shown on the plans and as described in the construction specifications, to include but not be limited to: Installation of a packaged sewer lift station. Installation of approximately 135 linear feet of 8-inch PVC sewer main and approximately 100 linear feet of HDPE force main. Abandonment of the existing lift station and associated piping. Trench excavation, including removal of existing unsuitable material, stockpiling excavated material, and maintenance of existing utilities. Removal and replacement of asphalt concrete pavement, asphalt overlay, concrete curbs, gutters, and driveways. Installing and maintaining adequate TESC measures and restoring all disturbed areas. Any contractor connected with this project shall comply with all Federal, State, County, and City codes and regulations applicable to such work and perform the work in accordance with the plans and specifications of this contract document. A total of 90 working days will be allowed for the completion of this project. 9,028 752 Vicinity Map This map is a user generated static output from an Internet mapping site and is for reference only. Data layers that appear on this map may or may not be accurate, current, or otherwise reliable. Renton Airport Private Lift Station WWP-27-04058 9/8/2020 Legend 5120256 THIS MAP IS NOT TO BE USED FOR NAVIGATION Feet Notes 512 WGS_1984_Web_Mercator_Auxiliary_Sphere Information Technology - GIS RentonMapSupport@Rentonwa.gov City and County Labels City and County Boundary Parcels Lift Stations Pressurized Mains Renton Private Gravity Mains Renton Private KC Pressurized Mains KC Gravity Mains County Admin Area Incorporated King County County Background RoadCenterline_9K Freeway, Ground Level Freeway, First Level Highway/Major, Ground Level Highway/Major, First Level Minor/Local, Ground Level Local/Minor, Second Level Local/Major Subsurface Local/ Minor,First Level Service, Ground Level INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. Sealed bids for this proposal will be received by the City of Renton in person at the office of the Renton City Clerk, Renton City Hall, until the time and date specified in the Call for Bids. No mailed, Fedex, or UPS delivered bids will be accepted. The bids will be publicly opened and read via Zoom video conference 60 minutes after bid closing, after which the bids will be considered and the award made as early as practicable. No proposal may be changed or withdrawn after the time set for receiving bids. Proposals shall be submitted on the forms attached hereto. 2. Any omissions, discrepancies or need for interpretation should be brought, in writing, to the attention of the Project Engineer by the close of the business day that is five (5) business days preceding the bid opening. Written addenda to clarify questions that arise may then be issued. If a bidder has any questions reguarding the project, the bidder may either: Submit questions in writing to Renton City Hall Utility Systems, 5th Floor, 1055 S Grady Way, Renton, WA 98057, Attn Ann Fowler, or Submit questions via e-mail to afowler@rentonwa.gov. The bidder shall include "Renton Airport Private Lift Station Replacement Project” in the subject line. No oral statements by Owner, Engineer, or other representative of the owner shall, in any way, modify the contract documents, whether made before or after letting the contract. 3. The work to be done is shown in the plans and / or specifications. Quantities are understood to be only approximate. Final payment will be based on actual quantities and at the unit price bid. The City reserves the right to add or to eliminate portions of that work as deemed advantageous to the city 4. Plans, specifications, addenda, and plan holders list for this project are available on-line through Builders Exchange of Washington, Inc., at http://www/bxwa.com. Click on “bxwa.com”; “Posted Projects”; “Public Works”, “City of Renton”, “Projects Bidding”. (Note: Bidders are encouraged to “Register as a Bidder,” in order to receive automatic email notification of future addenda and to be placed on the “Bidders List.” Bidders shall satisfy themselves as to the local conditions by inspection of the site. 5. The bid price for any item must include the performance of all work necessary for completion of that item as described in the specifications. 6. The bid price shall be stated in terms of the units indicated and as to a total amount. In the event of errors, the unit price bid will govern. Illegible figures will invalidate the bid. 7. Basis for Approval The construction contract will be awarded by the City of Renton to the lowest, responsible, responsive bidder. The bidder shall bid on all bid items of all schedules set forth in theSchedule of Prices to be 05_Instructions to Bidders considered responsive for award. The total price of all schedules will be used to determine the successful low responsive bidder. All bids must be self-explanatory. Partial bids will not be accepted. No opportunity will be offered for oral explanation except as the City may request.The City reserves the right to award any or all schedules of the Bid to meet the needs of the City. The intent is to award to only one bidder. The bidder shall, upon request, furnish information to the City as to his financial and practical ability to satisfactorily perform the work. The right is reserved to reject any and/or all bids and to waive informalities if it is deemed advantageous to the City. 8. A certified check or satisfactory bid bond made payable without reservation to the Director of Finance of the City of Renton in an amount not less than 5% of the total amount of the bid shall accompany each bid proposal. Checks will be returned to unsuccessful bidders immediately following the decision as to award of contract. The check of the successful bidder will be returned provided he enters into a contract and furnishes a satisfactory performance bond covering the full amount of the work within ten days after receipt of notice of intention to award contract. Should the successful bidder fail to, or refuse to enter into a contract for the project, the check or bid bond shall be forfeited to the City of Renton as liquidated damage. 9. Payment for this work will be made by check or direct deposit. 10. The contractor shall obtain such construction insurance (e.g. fire and extended coverage, worker's compensation, public liability, and property damage as identified within the Special Provisions, Specification Section 1-07.18 “Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance”. 11. Prior to the start of construction, the contractor shall provide the City of Renton with a detailed bar- chart type construction schedule for the project. 12. Before starting work under this contract, the Contractor is required to supply information to the City of Renton on all chemical hazards that the Contractor is bringing into the work place. 13. Payment of retainage shall be done in accordance with Section 1-09.9(1) "Retainage”. 14.Trench Excavation Safety Systems As required by RCW 39.04.180, on public works projects in which trench excavation will exceed a depth of four feet, any contract therefor shall require adequate safety systems for the trench excavation that meets the requirements of the Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act, Chapter 49.17 RCW. These requirements shall be included in the Bid Schedule as a separate item. The costs of trench safety systems shall not be considered as incidental to any other contract item and any attempt to include the trench safety systems as an incidental cost is prohibited. 15.Payment of Prevailing Wages In accordance with Revised Code of Washington Chapters 39.12 and 49.28 as amended or supplemented herein, there shall be paid to all laborers, workmen or mechanics employed on this contract the prevailing rate of wage for an hour's work in the same trade or occupation in the area of work regardless of any contractual relationship which may exist, or be alleged to exist, between the CONTRACTOR and any laborers, workmen, mechanics or subconsultants. The most recent issue of the prevailing wage rates is included within these specifications under section 05_Instructions to Bidders titled “Prevailing Minimum Hourly Wage Rates”. The Contractor is Responsible for obtaining updated issues of the prevailing wage rate forms as they become available during the duration of the contract. The wage rates shall be included as part of any subcontracts the Contractor may enter into for work on this project. 16.Pollution Control Requirements Work under this contract shall meet all local, state and federal requirements for the prevention of environmental pollution and the preservation of public natural resources. The CONTRACTOR shall conduct the work in accordance with all applicable pollution control laws. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with and be liable for all penalties, damages, and violations under Chapter 90.48 RCW, in performance of the work. The CONTRACTOR shall also comply with Article 4 in the Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Agency Regulation III regarding removal and encapsulation of asbestos materials. 17.Standard Specifications All work under this contract shall be performed in accordance with the following standard specifications except as may be exempted or modified by the City of Renton Supplemental Specifications, Special Provisions other sections of these contract documents. These standard specifications are hereby made a part of this contract and shall control and guide all activities within this project whether referred to directly, paragraph by paragraph, or not. WSDOT/APWA "2020 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction" and "Division 1 APWA Supplement" hereinafter referred to by the abbreviated title "Standard Specifications." Any reference to "State," "State of Washington," "Department of Transportation," "WSDOT," or any combination thereof in the WSDOT/APWA standards shall be modified to read "City of Renton," unless specifically referring to a standard specification or test method. All references to measurement and payment in the WSDOT/APWA standards shall be deleted and the measurement and payment provisions of Section 1-09.14, Measurement and Payment (added herein) shall govern. 18. A geotechnical engineering evaluation report has been completed based on subsurface explorations in the project area and is available for information purposes only. A copy may be obtained on-line through Builders Echange of Washington, Inc., at http://www.bxwa.com. Click on “bxwa.com”; “Posted Projects”, “Public Works”, “City of Renton”, “Projects Bidding”. The Bidders shall familiarize themselves with the project site and existing subsurface conditions as needed to submit their bid. Upon approval of the City and the acquisition of any required permits, the Bidder may make such subsurface explorations and investigations as they see fit. The Bidder shall be responsible for protection of all existing facilities, utilities and other buried or surface improvements and shall restore the site to the satisfaction of the City. 19. Bidder’s Checklist It is the responsibility of each bidder to ascertain if all the documents listed on the attached index are included in their copy of the bid specifications. If documents are missing, it is the sole responsibility of the bidder to contact the City of Renton to obtain the missing documents prior to bid opening time. The forms included in these bid documents must be used, no substitutes will be accepted. 05_Instructions to Bidders As part of your bid, have you submittedall documents marked in the “Contract Document Table of Contents” as “Submit with Bid”? Has the bid bond or certified check been enclosed? Is the amount of the bid guaranty at least 5 percent of the total amount of bid including sales tax? Has the proposal been signed? Have you bid on ALL ITEMS and ALL SCHEDULES? Have you submitted the Subcontractors List (If required)? Have you reviewed the Prevailing Wage Requirements? Have you certified receipt of addenda if any have been issued? Have you submitted the Department of Labor and Industries Certificate of Registration form? CAG-20-332 CITY OF RENTON CALL FOR BIDS Renton Airport Private Lift Station Replacement Project, WWP‐27‐04058 Sealed bids will be received until 2:00 p.m., Wednesday, October 14, 2020, at the lobby of Renton City Hall, 1055 South Grady Way, Renton WA 98057. Sealed bids will be opened and publicly read via the Zoom video‐conferencing web application at 3:00 p.m., Wednesday, October 14, 2020 (60 minutes after published bid submittal time). Any bids received after the published bid submittal time cannot be considered and will not be accepted.  The bid opening meeting can be accessed via videoconference by:  Clicking this link to join the Zoom meeting:  https://us02web.zoom.us/j/82293419437?pwd=ZDl3VVRiUTRrVEdHNUJTNE0zY2E4Zz09  Using the Zoom app: Meeting ID: 822 9341 9437 ID; Password: 625678;  Via telephone by dialing: 253-215-8782, 82293419437#,,,,,,0#, 625678#;  Zoom is free to use and is available at https://zoom.us/. The work to be performed within 90 working days from the date of commencement under this contract shall include, but not be limited to:  Installation of a packaged sewer lift station.  Installation of approximately 135 linear feet of 8‐inch PVC sewer main and approximately 100 linear feet of HDPE force main.  Abandonment of the existing lift station and associated piping.  Trench excavation, including removal of existing unsuitable material, stockpiling excavated material, and maintenance of existing utilities.  Removal and replacement of asphalt concrete pavement, asphalt overlay, concrete curbs, gutters, and driveways.  Installing and maintaining adequate TESC measures and restoring all disturbed areas. The City reserves the right to reject any and/or all bids and to waive any and/or all informalities. Bid documents will be available September 23, 2020. Plans, specifications, addenda, and the plan holders list for this project are available online through Builders Exchange of Washington, Inc., at http://www.bxwa.com. Click on “bxwa.com”; “Posted Projects”, “Public Works”, “City of Renton”, “Projects Bidding”. (Note: Bidders are encouraged to “Register as a Bidder,” in order to receive automatic email notification of future addenda and to be placed on the “Bidders List”). Bid documents will also be available at http://rentonwa.gov/bids/ under “Calls for Bids”. Should you require further assistance, contact Builder Exchange of Washington at (425) 258‐ 1303. Bidders are not to contact the City of Renton or the Engineer to obtain bidding documents. Women and Minority Business Enterprises (WMBE) are encouraged to bid. Questions about the project shall be addressed to: Ann Fowler, Public Works Department, at 425‐ 430‐7211 or afowler@rentonwa.gov . CFB - Renton Airport Private Lift Station Replacement Project (Revised).docx\ A certified check or bid bond in the amount of five percent (5%) of the total of each bid must accompany each bid. The City's Fair Practices, Non‐Discrimination, and Americans with Disability Act Policies shall apply. Jason A. Seth, CMC, City Clerk Published: Daily Journal of Commerce September 23, 2020 Daily Journal of Commerce September 30, 2020 Renton Airport Private Lift Station Replacement Project WWP-27-04058 Proposal & Combined Affidavit & Certificate Form TO THE CITY OF RENTON RENTON, WASHINGTON Ladies and/or Gentlemen: The undersigned hereby certify that the bidder has examined the site of the proposed work and have read and thoroughly understand the plans, specifications and contract governing the work embraced in this improvement, and the method by which payment will be made for said work, and hereby propose to undertake and complete the work embraced in this improvement, or as much thereof as can be completed with the money available, in accordance with the said plans, specifications and contract and the schedule of prices. The undersigned further certifies and agrees to the following provisions: NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT Being duly sworn, deposes and says, that he is the identical person who submitted the foregoing proposal or bid, and that such bid is genuine and not sham or collusive or made in the interest or on behalf of any person not therein named, and further, that the deponent has not directly induced or solicited any other Bidder on the foregoing work or equipment to put in a sham bid, or any other person or corporation to refrain from bidding, and that deponent has not in any manner sought by collusion to secure to himself or to any other person any advantage over other Bidder or Bidders. AND CERTIFICATION RE: ASSIGNMENT OF ANTI-TRUST CLAIMS TO PURCHASER Vendor and purchaser recognize that in actual economic practice overcharges resulting from anti-trust violations are in fact usually borne by the purchaser. Therefore, vendor hereby assigns to purchaser any and all claims for such over-charges as to goods and materials purchased in connection with this order or contract, except as to overcharges resulting from anti-trust violations commencing after the date of the bid, quotation, or other event establishing the price under this order or contract. In addition, vendor warrants and represents that such of his suppliers and subcontractors shall assign any and all such claims to purchaser, subject to the aforementioned exception. AND MINIMUM WAGE AFFIDAVIT FORM I, the undersigned, having been duly sworn, deposed, say and certify that in connection with the performance of the work of this project, I will pay each classification of laborer, workman, or mechanic employed in the performance of such work; not less than the prevailing rate of wage or not less than the minimum rate of wages as specified in the principal contract. I have read the above and foregoing statements and certificate, know the contents thereof and the substance as set forth therein is true to my knowledge and belief. FOR: PROPOSAL, NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT, ASSIGNMENT OF ANTI-TRUST CLAIMS TO PURCHASER AND MINIMUM WAGE AFFIDAVIT Name of Bidder's Firm Signature of Authorized Representative of Bidder*: _______________________________________ Printed Name: ____________________________Title: _______________________________________ Address: __________________________________________________________________________________ Contact Name (please print): ________________________________________________________________ Phone: ____________________________________Email: _______________________________________ *The above signature must be notarized using the applicable notary language found on pages 3 and 4. If business is a CORPORATION, please complete this section: Name of President of Corporation Name of Secretary of Corporation Corporation Organized under the laws of With Main Office in State of Washington at If business is a PARTNERSHIP or LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, please complete this section: Name:Title (Partner, Member, Manager): Proposal & Affidavit/Certificate - Page 3 of 4 INDIVIDUAL FORM STATE OF WASHINGTON ) : ss County of ______________ ) On this _______ day of ___________ before me personally appeared ____________________ to me known to be the individual(s) described in and who executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged under oath that ________________ (he/she/they) signed and sealed the same as ______________________ (his, her, their) free and voluntary act and deed, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned. GIVEN under my hand and official seal the day and year last above written. (SEAL) ____________________________________ Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, residing at ________________ Print Name: _________________________ My commission expires: ________________ CORPORATION FORM STATE OF WASHINGTON ) : ss County of ______________ ) On this _______ day of ______________ before me personally appeared __________________ to me known to be the __________________ (President, Secretary, Treasurer) of the corporation that executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said corporation, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that _________ (he/she/they) are authorized to execute said instrument. GIVEN under my hand and official seal the day and year last above written. (SEAL) ____________________________________ Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, residing at ________________ Print Name: _________________________ My commission expires: ________________ Proposal & Affidavit/Certificate - Page 4 of 4 PARTNERSHIP FORM STATE OF WASHINGTON ) : ss County of ______________ ) On this _______ day of ______________ before me personally appeared __________________ to me known to be a General Partner of the partnership known as ________________________ that executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said partnership, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that _________ (he/she/they) are authorized to execute said instrument. GIVEN under my hand and official seal the day and year last above written. (SEAL) ____________________________________ Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, residing at ________________ Print Name: _________________________ My commission expires: ________________ LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY (LLC) FORM STATE OF WASHINGTON ) : ss County of ______________ ) On this _______ day of ____________________, 20___, before me personally appeared _________________________ to me known to be a Managing Member of the Limited Liability Company known as _______________________________ and that he/she/they executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged said instrument to be the free and voluntary act and deed of said Limited Liability Company, for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that _________ (he/she/they) are authorized to execute said instrument. GIVEN under my hand and official seal the day and year last above written. (SEAL) ____________________________________ Notary Public in and for the State of Washington, residing at ________________ Print Name: _________________________ My commission expires: ________________ 08_L & I REGISTRATION Department of Labor and Industries Certificate of Registration Name on Registration: Registration Number: Expiration Date: Note: A copy of the certificate will be requested as part of contract execution when project is awarded. Approved by City Attorney Proposal Bid Bond KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, That we, [Contractor] ____________________of [address] _______________________________________________________as Principal, and [Surety] __________________________________________________________ a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of , and authorized to do business in the State of Washington, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Renton in the sum of five (5) percent of the total amount of the bid proposal of said Principal for the work hereinafter described, for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, and successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. The condition of this bond is such, that whereas the Principal herein is herewith submitting his/her or its sealed proposal for the following highway construction, to wit: _______ Renton Airport Private Lift Station Replacement Project WWP-27-04058 said bid and proposal, by reference thereto, being made a part hereof. NOW, THEREFORE, if the said proposal bid by said Principal be accepted, and the contract be awarded to said Principal, and if said Principal shall duly make and enter into and execute said contract and shall furnish performance bond as required by the City of Renton within a period of ten (10) days from and after said award, exclusive of the day of such award, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain and be in full force and effect. IN THE EVENT the Principal, following award, fails to execute an Agreement with the City of Renton in accordance with the terms of the Proposal and furnish a performance bond with Surety or Sureties approved by the City of Renton within ten (10) days from and after said award, then Principal shall forfeit the Bid Bond/Bid Proposal Deposit or Surety shall immediately pay and forfeit to the City of Renton the amount of the Proposal Bid Bond, as set forth in RCW 35A.40.200 and RCW 35.23.352. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have caused these presents to be signed and sealed this day of , . ________________________________ ________________________________ [Principal] [Surety] ________________________________ ________________________________ [Signature of authorized official] [Signature of authorized official] _____________________________ By:_____________________________ [Title] [Attorney-in-Fact] ________________________________ [Address] ________________________________ ________________________________ ________________________________ [Telephone Number] CITY OF RENTON PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT TOTAL BID PRICE WILL BE USED TO DETERMINE SUCCESSFUL LOW RESPONSIVE BIDDER (Note: The bid price shall be stated in figures only, in terms of the units indicated and as to a total amount. In the event of errors or where conflict occurs, the unit price bid shall govern. Illegible figures will invalidate the bid) SEE SECTION 1-09.14 OF THE SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR INFORMATION ON BID ITEMS. ITEM APPROX. ITEM UNIT PRICE AMOUNT NO.QUANTITY Dollars Cents.Dollars Cents. Schedule A 1 1 $ $ Lump Sum per Lump Sum 2 1 $ $ Lump Sum per Lump Sum 3 1 $ $ Lump Sum per Lump Sum 4 1 $ $ Lump Sum per Lump Sum 5 40 $ $ Cubic Yard per Cubic Yard 6 40 $ $ Cubic Yard per Cubic Yard 7 20 $ $ Cubic Yard per Cubic Yard 8 5,000 $ $ Gallon per Gallon 9 1 $ $ Lump Sum per Lump Sum 10 1 $ $ Lump Sum per Lump Sum 11 1 $ $ Lump Sum per Lump Sum Trench Safety and Shoring Unscheduled Excavation Traffic Control Site and Utility Work Dewatering via Sumps Dewatering via Well Points Temporary Erosion and Sedimenation Control Mobilization and Demobilization (not to exceed 10% of contract total) Unscheduled Contaminated Water Removal Unscheduled Contaminated Soil Removal Unscheduled Structural Backfill CITY OF RENTON PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT TOTAL BID PRICE WILL BE USED TO DETERMINE SUCCESSFUL LOW RESPONSIVE BIDDER (Note: The bid price shall be stated in figures only, in terms of the units indicated and as to a total amount. In the event of errors or where conflict occurs, the unit price bid shall govern. Illegible figures will invalidate the bid) SEE SECTION 1-09.14 OF THE SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR INFORMATION ON BID ITEMS. ITEM APPROX. ITEM UNIT PRICE AMOUNT NO.QUANTITY Dollars Cents.Dollars Cents. 12 1 $ $ Lump Sum per Lump Sum 13 1 $ $ Lump Sum per Lump Sum 14 1 $ $ Lump Sum per Lump Sum 15 1 $ $ Lump Sum per Lump Sum 16 1 $ $ Lump Sum per Lump Sum 17 1 $ $ Lump Sum per Lump Sum Subtotal $ 10.0% Sales Tax $ Total Bid Price $ Partial bids will not be accepted. The intent is to award to only one BIDDER. PVC Sewer Gravity Pipe HDPE Sewer Force Main Pipe Package Lift Station The construction contract will be awarded by the City of Renton to the lowest, responsible, responsive bidder. The O&M Manuals and On Site Owner Training Construction Records Minor Change Template Updated 12/29/2017 This form must be submitted with the Bid Proposal. Certification of Compliance with Wage Payment Statutes The bidder hereby certifies that, within the three-year period immediately preceding the bid solicitation date, the bidder is not a “willful” violator, as defined in RCW 49.48.082, of any provision of chapters 49.46, 49.48, or 49.52 RCW, as determined by a final and binding citation and notice of assessment issued by the Department of Labor and Industries or through a civil judgment entered by a court of limited or general jurisdiction. I certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of Washington that the foregoing is true and correct. Bidder’s Business Name Signature of Authorized Official* Printed Name Title Date City State Check One: Sole Proprietorship ☐ Partnership ☐ Joint Venture ☐ Corporation ☐ State of Incorporation, or if not a corporation, State where business entity was formed: If a co-partnership, give firm name under which business is transacted: *If a corporation, proposal must be executed in the corporate name by the president or vice-president (or any other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign). If a co-partnership, proposal must be executed by a partner. q:\data_center\forms\city\contracts\bidspecs\12_sub.doc Revised 8/2012 Renton Airport Private Lift Station Replacement Project WWP-27-04058 SUBCONTRACTOR LIST RCW 39.30-060 requires that for all public works contracts exceeding $1,000,000 that the bidder submit the names of all heating, ventilation and air conditioning, and plumbing subcontractors as described in chapter 18.106 RCW, and electrical subcontractors as described in chapter 19.28 RCW (this also includes the control system integrator subcontractor as well as other electrical subcontractors). If the subcontractors names are not submitted with the bid, or within one (1) hour after the published bid submittal time OR if two or more subcontractors are named to perform the same work, then the bid shall be considered nonresponsive and , therefore, void. Complete the following: If awarded the contract, will contract with the following subcontractors for the performance of heating, ventilation and air conditioning, plumbing, and electrical (including automatic controls) work: Bid Item (s) Subcontractor Name Address Phone No. State Contractor's License No. Bid Item (s) Subcontractor Name Address Phone No. State Contractor's License No. Bid Item (s) Subcontractor Name Address Phone No. State Contractor's License No. Bid Item (s) Subcontractor Name Address Phone No. State Contractor's License No. Bid Item (s) Subcontractor Name Page 2 q:\data_center\forms\city\contracts\bidspecs\12_sub.doc Revised 9/2006 Address Phone No. State Contractor's License No. Bid Item (s) Subcontractor Name Address Phone No. State Contractor's License No. __________________________________________________ Signature of Authorized Representative of Bidder Subscribed and sworn to be before me on this _____ day of __ ______, 20___. _______________________ _ Notary Public in and for the State of Washington Notary (Print) ____________________ Residing at ______________________ My appointment expires: ___________ Renton Airport Private Lift Station Replacement Project Bond to the City of Renton October 2020 CONTRACT BOND TO THE CITY OF RENTON KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned ______________________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ as principal, and _____________________________________ corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of ________________________ as a surety corporation, and qualified under the laws of the State of Washington to become surety upon bonds of contractors with municipal corporations, as surety are jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the City of Renton in the penal sum of $_______________________________ for the payment of which sum on demand we bind ourselves and our successors, heirs, administrators or person representatives, as the case may be. This obligation is entered into pursuant to the statutes of the State of Washington, the Ordinance of the City of Renton. Dated at ______________, Washington, this ______________ day of ___________, 20___. Nevertheless, the conditions of the above obligation are such that: WHEREAS, under and pursuant to Contract No. __________ providing for construction of the Renton Airport Private Lift Station Replacement Project; the Principal has accepted, or is about to accept, the contract, and undertake to perform the work therein provided for in the manner and within the time set forth; NOW, THEREFORE, this Performance and Payment Bond shall be satisfied and released only upon the condition that Principal: Faithfully performs all provisions of the Contract and changes authorized by Owner in the manner and within the time specified as may be extended under the Contract; Pays all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, lower tier subcontractors, material persons, and all other persons or agents who supply labor, equipment, or materials to the Project; Indemnifies and holds Owner, its officers, and agents harmless from and against all claims, liabilities, causes of action, damages, and costs for such payments for labor, equipment, and materials by satisfying all claims and demands incurred under the Contract, and reimbursing and paying Owner all expenses that Owner may incur in making good any default by Principal; and Indemnifies and holds Owner harmless from all claims, liabilities, causes of action, damages and costs, including property damages and personal injuries, resulting from any defect appearing or developing in the material provided or workmanship performed under the Contract. Pays all taxes incurred on said contract under title 50 and 51 Revised Code of Washington (RCW) and all taxes imposed on the Principle under Title 82 RCW. The indemnities to Owner shall also inure to the benefit of the Consulting Engineers and other design professionals retained by Owner in connection with the Project. No change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the Work to be performed under the Contract shall in any way affect Surety's obligation on the Performance Bond. Surety Renton Airport Private Lift Station Replacement Project Bond to the City of Renton October 2020 hereby waives notice of any change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of the Contract or the Work. This Contract Bond shall be governed and construed by the laws of the State of Washington, and venue shall be in King County, Washington. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this instrument in two (2) identical counterparts this _______ day of _________________, 20 ___. Principal Surety Signature Signature Title Title Name and address of local office of agent and/or Surety Company: ! !" #$%&’#( ) * +, -%.)/ -%.)* %.)’ &’ *0 1 ’* 2 3 AGREEMENT CONTRACT NO. CAG-20-332 THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this [Enter Date] day of [Enter Month], [Enter Year] by and between the CITY OF RENTON, Washington, a municipal corporation of the State of Washington, hereinafter referred to as "City” and [Enter Contractor name], hereinafter referred to as "Contractor." Now, therefore the parties agree as follows: 1.Agreement. This agreement incorporates the following documents as if fully set forth herein: the 2020 Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction, as prepared by the Washington State Department of Transportation and the Washington State Chapter of the American Public Works Association, including all published amendments issued by those organizations (“Standard Specifications”); the City’s Contract Bid Documents for the Project, including but not limited to Addenda, Proposal Form, Special Provisions, Contract Plans, and Amendments to the Standard Specifications; Contractor’s Proposal and all documents submitted therewith in response to the City’s Call for Bids Documents; and any additional documents referenced as comprising the Contract and Contract Documents in Section 1-04.2 of the Standard Specifications, as revised by the Amendments and Special Provisions included with the City’s Call for Bids and Contract Documents. 2.Project. Contractor shall complete all work and furnish all labor, tools, materials, and equipment for the project entitled Renton Airport Private Lift Station, WWP-27-04058, including all changes to the Work and force account work, in accordance with the Contract Documents, as described in Section 1-04.2 of the Special Provisions. 3.Payments. City shall pay Contractor at the unit and lump sum prices, and by force account as specified in the Proposal according to the Contract Documents as to time, manner, and condition of payment in a contract amount not to exceed $___________, unless modified by an approved change order or addendum. The payments to Contractor include the costs for all labor, tools, materials and equipment for the Work. 4.Completion Date. Contract time shall commence upon City's Notice to Proceed to Contractor. The Work under this Agreement shall be completed within the time specified in the Contract Bid Documents. If the Physical Work under this Agreement is not completed within the time specified, Contractor shall pay liquidated damages and all engineering inspection and supervision costs to City as specified in the Contract Bid Documents. 5.Attorney's Fees. In the event litigation is commenced to enforce this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its costs, including reasonable attorney's and expert witness fees. 6.Disclaimer. No liability of Contractor shall attach to City by reason of entering into this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement. 7.Counterparts. This Agreement is executed in two (2) identical counterparts, by the parties, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed an original. Renton Airport Private Lift Station Replacement Project [Enter Agreement Name] [Enter Date] Contract Template Updated 12/29/2017 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the City has caused these presents to be signed by its Mayor and attested by its City Clerk and the Contractor has hereunto set his hand and seal the day and year first above-written. CONTRACTOR:CITY OF RENTON: President/Partner/Owner Armondo Pavone, Mayor ATTEST Secretary Jason Seth, City Clerk FIRM INFORMATION d/b/a [Enter Firm name] CHECK ONE:☐ Limited Liability Company ☐ Partnership ☐ Corporation STATE OF INCORPORATION:[Enter state of incorporation] CONTRACTOR CONTACT INFORMATION:CITY CONTACT INFORMATION: [Address Line 1]City of Renton [Address Line 2]1055 South Grady Way [City, State and Zip]Renton, WA 98057 [Enter Phone Number]425-430-7211 [Enter Fax Number or Email Address]afowler@rentonwa.gov Attention: If business is a CORPORATION, the name of the corporation should be listed in full and both the President and Secretary must sign the contract. OR, if one signature is permitted by corporation by-laws, a copy of the by-laws shall be furnished to the City and made a part of the contract document. If the business is a PARTNERSHIP, the full name of each partner should be listed followed by d/b/a (doing business as) and firm or trade name. Any one partner may sign the contract. If the business is a limited Liability Company, an authorized managing member or manager must sign followed by his/her title. 21a-State Prevailing Wages Reference.doc\ WASHINGTON STATE PREVAILING WAGE RATES FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTS REFERENCE The State of Washington Prevailing Wage Rates applicable for this public works contract, which is located in _King_ County, may be found at the following website address of the Department of Labor and Industries: https://secure.lni.wa.gov/wagelookup/. Check with the Department of Labor and Industries for any questions regarding Prevailing Wage Rates, and for a copy of all trade classifications. Based on the bid submittal deadline for this project, the applicable effective date for prevailing wages for this project is _October 14, 2020_. A copy of the applicable prevailing wages rates is also available for viewing at the office of the Owner, located at _Renton City Hall, 1055 South Grady Way, Renton, Washington. Upon request, the Owner will mail a hard copy of the applicable prevailing wage rates for this project. The State of Washington “Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages” and “Affidavit of Wages Paid – Public Works Contract” may be filed on line with the Department of Labor and Industries. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-1 CITY OF RENTON SPECIAL PROVISIONS RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT WWP-27-04058 CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-2 CONTENTS DIVISION 1...........................................................................................................................................................1-12 1-01 DEFINITIONS AND TERMS.................................................................................................................1-12 1-01.1 General.........................................................................................................................................1-12 1-01.3 Definitions.....................................................................................................................................1-12 1-02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS..............................................................................................1-15 1-02.1 Prequalification of Bidders............................................................................................................1-15 1-02.2 Plans and Specifications...............................................................................................................1-16 1-02.4(2) Subsurface Information .........................................................................................................................1-16 1-02.5 Proposal Forms ............................................................................................................................1-16 1-02.6 Preparation of Proposal................................................................................................................1-17 1-02.6(1) Proprietary Information..........................................................................................................................1-18 1-02.7 Bid Deposit ...................................................................................................................................1-18 1-02.9 Delivery of Proposal......................................................................................................................1-18 1-02.12 Public Opening of Proposals ........................................................................................................1-19 1-02.13 Irregular Proposals .......................................................................................................................1-19 1-02.14 Disqualification of Bidders ............................................................................................................1-19 1-02.15 Pre Award Information..................................................................................................................1-20 1-03 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT........................................................................................1-21 1-03.1 Consideration of bids....................................................................................................................1-21 1-03.2 Award of Contract.........................................................................................................................1-21 1-03.3 Execution of Contract ...................................................................................................................1-21 1-03.4 Contract Bond...............................................................................................................................1-22 1-03.7 Judicial Review.............................................................................................................................1-23 1-04 SCOPE OF WORK ...............................................................................................................................1-23 1-04.2 Coordination of Contract Documents, Plans, Special Provisions Specifications, and Addenda...1-23 1-04.4 Changes .......................................................................................................................................1-24 1-04.4(1) Minor Changes......................................................................................................................................1-24 1-04.8 Progress Estimates and Payments...............................................................................................1-24 1-04.11 Final Cleanup................................................................................................................................1-24 1-04.12 Contractor-Discovered Discrepancies..........................................................................................1-25 1-05 CONTROL OF WORK ..........................................................................................................................1-25 1-05.4 Conformity With and Deviation from Plans and Stakes................................................................1-25 1-05.4(1) Contractor Supplied Surveying..............................................................................................................1-26 1-05.4(2) Contractor Provided As-Built Information..............................................................................................1-27 1-05.7 Removal of Defective and/or Unauthorized Work.........................................................................1-28 1-05.10 Guarantees...................................................................................................................................1-29 1-05.11 Final Inspection.............................................................................................................................1-30 1-05.11(1) Substantial Completion Date.................................................................................................................1-30 1-05.11(2) Final Inspection and Physical Completion Date....................................................................................1-31 1-05.11(3) Operational Testing...............................................................................................................................1-31 1-05.12 Final Acceptance..........................................................................................................................1-32 1-05.13 Superintendents, Labor and Equipment of Contractor .................................................................1-32 1-05.14 Cooperation with Other Contractors.............................................................................................1-33 1-05.15 Method of Serving Notice .............................................................................................................1-33 1-05.16 Water and Power..........................................................................................................................1-34 CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-3 1-05.17 Oral Agreements...........................................................................................................................1-34 1-05.18 Contractor's Daily Diary................................................................................................................1-34 1-06 CONTROL OF MATERIAL...............................................................................................................1-36 1-06.1 Approval of Materials Prior to Use................................................................................................1-36 1-06.2(1) Samples and Tests for Acceptance.......................................................................................................1-36 1-06.2(2) Statistical Evaluation of Materials for Acceptance.....................................................................................1-36 1-07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC.......................................................1-37 1-07.1 Laws to be Observed....................................................................................................................1-37 1-07.2 State Taxes...................................................................................................................................1-38 1-07.2(1) General..................................................................................................................................................1-38 1-07.2(2) State Sales Tax – Rule 171...................................................................................................................1-38 1-07.2(3) State Sales Tax – Rule 170...................................................................................................................1-38 1-07.2(4) Services.................................................................................................................................................1-39 1-07.4 SANITATION................................................................................................................................1-39 1-07.4(2) Health Hazards......................................................................................................................................1-39 1-07.4(2)A COVID-19 Health and Safety Plan (CHSP) ........................................................................................1-39 1-07.4(2)B COVID-19 Health and Safety Plan (CHSP) Inspection.......................................................................1-40 1-07.4(2)C Payment ..............................................................................................................................................1-40 1-07.6 Permits and Licenses ...................................................................................................................1-40 1-07.9 Wages...........................................................................................................................................1-41 1-07.9(5) Required Documents.............................................................................................................................1-41 1-07.11 Requirements for Non-Discrimination...........................................................................................1-41 1-07.11(11) City of Renton Affidavit of Compliance..................................................................................................1-41 1-07.12 Federal Agency Inspection...........................................................................................................1-41 1-07.13 Contractor’s Responsibility for Work.............................................................................................1-42 1-07.13(1) General..................................................................................................................................................1-42 1-07.15 Temporary Water Pollution Prevention .........................................................................................1-42 1-07.16 Protection and Restoration of Property.........................................................................................1-45 1-07.16(1) Private/Public Property..........................................................................................................................1-45 1-07.17 Utilities and Similar Facilities........................................................................................................1-47 1-07.17(3) Site Specific Potholing...........................................................................................................................1-49 1-07.17(4) Interruption of Services .........................................................................................................................1-49 1-07.17(5) Resolution of Utility Conflicts.................................................................................................................1-50 1-07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance..........................................................................1-50 1-07.18(1) General..................................................................................................................................................1-50 1-07.18(2) Coverages.............................................................................................................................................1-51 1-07.18(3) Limits.....................................................................................................................................................1-53 1-07.18(4) Evidence of Insurance:..........................................................................................................................1-55 1-07.22 Use of Explosives.........................................................................................................................1-55 1-07.23 Public Convenience and Safety....................................................................................................1-55 1-07.23(1) Construction Under Traffic ....................................................................................................................1-55 1-07.23(2) Construction and Maintenance of Detours............................................................................................1-57 1-07.24 Rights-of-Way...............................................................................................................................1-58 1-07.28 Confined Space Entry...................................................................................................................1-59 1-08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS......................................................................................................1-60 1-08.0 Preliminary Matters.......................................................................................................................1-60 1-08.0(1) Preconstruction Conference ......................................................................................................................1-60 1-08.0(2) Hours of Work .......................................................................................................................................1-62 1-08.0(3) Reimbursement for Overtime Work of Contracting Agency Employees................................................1-62 1-08.1 Subcontracting..............................................................................................................................1-63 1-08.2 Assignment...................................................................................................................................1-63 CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-4 1-08.3 Progress Schedule .......................................................................................................................1-64 1-08.3(1) General Requirements ..........................................................................................................................1-64 1-08.4 Prosecution of the Work ...............................................................................................................1-65 1-08.5 Time for Completion .....................................................................................................................1-66 1-08.6 Suspension of Work......................................................................................................................1-68 1-08.7 Maintenance During Suspension..................................................................................................1-69 1-08.9 Liquidated Damages.....................................................................................................................1-69 1-08.11 Contractor's Plant and Equipment................................................................................................1-69 1-08.12 Attention to Work..........................................................................................................................1-70 1-09 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT.......................................................................................................1-70 1-09.1 Measurement of Quantities...........................................................................................................1-70 1-09.3 Scope of Payment ........................................................................................................................1-72 1 09.6 Force Account...............................................................................................................................1-72 1 09.7 Mobilization...................................................................................................................................1-73 1-09.9 Payments......................................................................................................................................1-73 1-09.9(1) Retainage..............................................................................................................................................1-74 1-09.9(2) Contracting Agency’s Right to Withhold and Disburse Certain Amounts..............................................1-75 1-09.9(3) Final Payment .......................................................................................................................................1-77 1-09.11 Disputes and Claims.....................................................................................................................1-78 1-09.11(2) Claims ...................................................................................................................................................1-78 1-09.11(3) Time Limitations and Jurisdiction ..........................................................................................................1-78 1-09.13 Claims and Resolutions................................................................................................................1-78 1-09.13(3) Claims $250,000 or Less.......................................................................................................................1-78 1-09.13(3)A Administration of Arbitration ..............................................................................................................1-78 1-09.13(3)B Procedures to Pursue Arbitration ......................................................................................................1-79 1-09.14 Payment Schedule........................................................................................................................1-79 1-09.14(1) General..................................................................................................................................................1-79 1-09.14(2) Scope ....................................................................................................................................................1-79 1-09.14(3) Bid Items ...............................................................................................................................................1-80 1-10 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL................................................................................................1-80 1-10.1(2) Description...................................................................................................................................................1-80 1-10.2(1)B Traffic Control Supervisor....................................................................................................................1-82 1-10.2(2) Traffic Control Plans..............................................................................................................................1-82 1-10.3 Traffic Control Labor, Procedures, and Devices...........................................................................1-83 1-10.3(3)A Construction Signs..............................................................................................................................1-83 1-10.4 Measurement................................................................................................................................1-83 1-10.5 Payment........................................................................................................................................1-83 1-11 RENTON SURVEYING STANDARDS .................................................................................................1-83 1-11.1 General Requirements..................................................................................................................1-84 1-11.1(1) Responsibility for Surveys.....................................................................................................................1-84 1-11.1(2) Survey Datum and Precision.................................................................................................................1-84 1-11.1(3) Subdivision Information.........................................................................................................................1-85 1-11.1(4) Field Notes ............................................................................................................................................1-85 1-11.1(5) Corners and Monuments.......................................................................................................................1-85 1-11.1(6) Control or Base Line Survey .................................................................................................................1-86 1-11.1(7) Precision Levels ....................................................................................................................................1-86 1-11.1(8) Radial and Station -- Offset Topography...............................................................................................1-87 1-11.1(9) Radial Topography................................................................................................................................1-87 1-11.1(10) Station--Offset Topography...................................................................................................................1-87 1-11.1(11) As-Built Survey......................................................................................................................................1-87 1-11.1(12) Monument Setting and Referencing......................................................................................................1-88 CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-5 1-11.2 Materials..........................................................................................................................................1-89 1-11.2(1) Property/Lot Corners.............................................................................................................................1-89 1-11.2(2) Monuments............................................................................................................................................1-89 1-11.2(3) Monument Case and Cover ..................................................................................................................1-89 DIVISION 2.............................................................................................................................................................2-1 2-01 CLEARING, GRUBBING, AND ROADSIDE CLEANUP .........................................................................2-1 2-01.1 Description......................................................................................................................................2-1 2-01.2 Disposal of Usable Material and Debris..........................................................................................2-1 2-01.5 Payment..........................................................................................................................................2-1 2-02 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURE AND OBSTRUCTIONS............................................................................2-2 2-02.3(3) Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks, Curbs, and Gutters ..........................................................................2-2 2-02.4 Measurement..................................................................................................................................2-2 2-02.5 Payment..........................................................................................................................................2-2 2-03 ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT...................................................................................2-3 2-03.3 Construction Requirements............................................................................................................2-3 2-03.4 Measurement..................................................................................................................................2-4 2-03.5 Payment............................................................................................................................................2-4 2-04 HAUL......................................................................................................................................................2-5 2-04.5 Payment..........................................................................................................................................2-5 2-06 SUBGRADE PREPARATION.................................................................................................................2-5 2-06.5 Measurement and Payment............................................................................................................2-5 2-09 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION..................................................................................................................2-5 2-09.1 Description......................................................................................................................................2-5 2-09.3(1)D Disposal of Excavated Material.............................................................................................................2-5 2-09.4 Measurement..................................................................................................................................2-6 2-09.5 Payment..........................................................................................................................................2-6 DIVISION 5.............................................................................................................................................................5-1 5-04 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT......................................................................................................5-1 5-04.1 Description......................................................................................................................................5-1 5-04.2 Materials.........................................................................................................................................5-1 5-04.2(1) How to Get an HMA Mix Design on the QPL ..........................................................................................5-2 5-04.2(1)A Vacant...................................................................................................................................................5-3 5-04.2(2) Mix Design – Obtaining Project Approval................................................................................................5-3 5-04.2(2)B Using Warm Mix Asphalt Processes ....................................................................................................5-4 5-04.3 Construction Requirements............................................................................................................5-4 5-04.3(1) Weather Limitations.................................................................................................................................5-4 5-04.3(2) Paving Under Traffic................................................................................................................................5-5 5-04.3(3) Equipment ..............................................................................................................................................5-5 5-04.3(3)A Mixing Plant.........................................................................................................................................5-5 5-04.3(3)B Hauling Equipment................................................................................................................................5-6 5-04.3(3)C Pavers ...................................................................................................................................................5-7 5-04.3(3)D Material Transfer Device or Material Transfer Vehicle..........................................................................5-7 5-04.3(3)E Rollers ...................................................................................................................................................5-8 5-04.3(4) Preparation of Existing Paved Surfaces..................................................................................................5-9 5-04.3(4)A Crack Sealing......................................................................................................................................5-10 5-04.3(4)A1 General ........................................................................................................................................5-10 5-04.3(4)A2 Crack Sealing Areas Prior to Paving.............................................................................................5-11 5-04.3(4)A3 Crack Sealing Areas Not to be Paved ..........................................................................................5-11 5-04.3(4)B Vacant.................................................................................................................................................5-11 CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-6 5-04.3(4)C Pavement Repair.................................................................................................................................5-11 5-04.3(5) Producing/Stockpiling Aggregates and RAP.........................................................................................5-11 5-04.3(5)A Vacant.................................................................................................................................................5-12 5-04.3(6) Mixing....................................................................................................................................................5-12 5-04.3(7) Spreading and Finishing........................................................................................................................5-12 5-04.3(8) Aggregate Acceptance Prior to Incorporation in HMA...........................................................................5-13 5-04.3(9) HMA Mixture Acceptance......................................................................................................................5-13 5-04.3(9)A Vacant.................................................................................................................................................5-14 5-04.3(9)B Vacant.................................................................................................................................................5-14 5-04.3(9)C Mixture Acceptance – Nonstatistical Evaluation..................................................................................5-14 5-04.3(9)C1 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Lots and Sublots ...................................................................5-14 5-04.3(9)C2 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation Sampling..................................................................................5-15 5-04.3(9)C3 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Acceptance Testing...............................................................5-15 5-04.3(9)C4 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Pay Factors...........................................................................5-15 5-04.3(9)C5 Vacant...........................................................................................................................................5-16 5-04.3(9)C6 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Price Adjustments.................................................................5-16 5-04.3(9)C7 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation - Retests...................................................................................5-16 5-04.3(9)D Mixture Acceptance – Commercial Evaluation....................................................................................5-17 5-04.3(10) HMA Compaction Acceptance ..............................................................................................................5-17 5-04.3(10)A HMA Compaction – General Compaction Requirements.................................................................5-19 5-04.3(10)B HMA Compaction – Cyclic Density....................................................................................................5-19 5-04.3(10)C Vacant ...............................................................................................................................................5-19 5-04.3(10)D HMA Nonstatistical Compaction........................................................................................................5-19 5-04.3(10)D1 HMA Nonstatistical Compaction – Lots and Sublots...................................................................5-19 5-04.3(10)D2 HMA Compaction Nonstatistical Evaluation – Acceptance Testing............................................5-20 5-04.3(10)D3 HMA Nonstatistical Compaction – Price Adjustments ................................................................5-20 5-04.3(11) Reject Work...........................................................................................................................................5-20 5-04.3(11)A Reject Work General.........................................................................................................................5-20 5-04.3(11)B Rejection by Contractor.....................................................................................................................5-21 5-04.3(11)C Rejection Without Testing (Mixture or Compaction)..........................................................................5-21 5-04.3(11)D Rejection - A Partial Sublot ...............................................................................................................5-21 5-04.3(11)E Rejection - An Entire Sublot...............................................................................................................5-21 5-04.3(11)F Rejection - A Lot in Progress.............................................................................................................5-22 5-04.3(11)G Rejection - An Entire Lot (Mixture or Compaction)............................................................................5-22 5-04.3(12) Joints.....................................................................................................................................................5-22 5-04.3(12)A HMA Joints........................................................................................................................................5-22 5-04.3(12)A1 Transverse Joints........................................................................................................................5-22 5-04.3(12)A2 Longitudinal Joints ......................................................................................................................5-22 5-04.3(12)B Bridge Paving Joint Seals..................................................................................................................5-23 5-04.3(12)B1 HMA Sawcut and Seal ................................................................................................................5-23 5-04.3(12)B2 Paved Panel Joint Seal...............................................................................................................5-23 5-04.3(13) Surface Smoothness.............................................................................................................................5-23 5-04.3(14) Planing (Milling) Bituminous Pavement.................................................................................................5-24 5-04.3(14)A Pre-Planing Metal Detection Check ..................................................................................................5-25 5-04.3(14)B Paving and Planing Under Traffic......................................................................................................5-25 5-04.3(14)B1 General........................................................................................................................................5-25 5-04.3(14)B2 Submittals – Planing Plan and HMA Paving Plan.......................................................................5-26 5-04.3(14)B3 Pre-Paving and Pre-Planing Briefing..........................................................................................5-28 5-04.3(15) Sealing Pavement Surfaces..................................................................................................................5-29 5-04.3(16) HMA Road Approaches.........................................................................................................................5-29 5-04.3(21) HMA Road Approaches.........................................................................................................................5-29 5-04.4 Measurement................................................................................................................................5-30 5-04.5 Payment........................................................................................................................................5-31 5-05 CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT.......................................................................................................5-33 CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-7 5-05.1 Description ......................................................................................................................................5-33 5-05.2 Materials..........................................................................................................................................5-33 5-05.3 Construction Requirements.............................................................................................................5-34 5-05.3(8) Joints .........................................................................................................................................................5-35 5-05.3(8)D Isolation Joints....................................................................................................................................5-35 5-05.3(8)E Sealing Through Joints .......................................................................................................................5-36 5-06 TEMPORARY RESTORATION IN PAVEMENT AREA ........................................................................5-36 5-06.1 Description....................................................................................................................................5-36 5-06.2 Materials.......................................................................................................................................5-36 5-06.3 Construction Requirements..........................................................................................................5-36 DIVISION 7.............................................................................................................................................................7-1 7-01 DRAINS..................................................................................................................................................7-1 7-01.2 Materials.........................................................................................................................................7-1 7-01.3(1) Drain Pipe......................................................................................................................................................7-1 7-01.3(2) Underdrain Pipe.............................................................................................................................................7-1 7-01.4 Measurement..................................................................................................................................7-1 7-02 CULVERTS.............................................................................................................................................7-2 7-02.2 Materials.........................................................................................................................................7-2 7-04 STORM SEWERS ..................................................................................................................................7-2 7-04.2 Materials.........................................................................................................................................7-2 7-04.3(1) Cleaning and Testing ..............................................................................................................................7-3 7-04.3(1)G Abandon Existing Storm Sewer Pipes ..................................................................................................7-4 7-04.3(2) CCTV Inspection .....................................................................................................................................7-4 7-04.3(3) Direct Pipe Connections..........................................................................................................................7-5 7-05 MANHOLES, INLETS, AND CATCH BASINS ........................................................................................7-5 7-05.3 Construction Requirements............................................................................................................7-5 7-05.3(1) Adjusting Manholes and Catch Basins to Grade.....................................................................................7-5 7-05.3(3) Connections to Existing Manholes ..........................................................................................................7-7 7-06 TRENCH DRAINS (NEW SECTION)..........................................................................................................7-7 7-06.1 Description......................................................................................................................................7-7 7-06.2 Materials.........................................................................................................................................7-7 7-06.3 Construction Requirements............................................................................................................7-8 7-08 GENERAL PIPE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS .............................................................................7-8 7-08.3 Construction Requirements............................................................................................................7-8 7-08.3(1)A Trenches................................................................................................................................................7-8 7-08.3(1)C Bedding the Pipe...................................................................................................................................7-9 7-08.3(1)D Pipe Foundation....................................................................................................................................7-9 7-08.3(2)A Survey Line and Grade .......................................................................................................................7-10 7-08.3(2)B Pipe Laying – General.........................................................................................................................7-10 7-08.3(2)E Rubber Gasketed Joints......................................................................................................................7-11 7-08.3(2)H Sewer Line Connections.....................................................................................................................7-11 7-08.3(2)J Placing PVC Pipe.................................................................................................................................7-12 7-08.3(3)A Backfilling Sanitary Sewer Trenches...................................................................................................7-12 Section 7-08.3(5) Temporary Stormwater Diversion ..................................................................................................7-13 7-09 PIPE AND FITTINGS FOR WATER MAINS..........................................................................................7-13 7-09.3(15)A Ductile Iron Pipe................................................................................................................................7-13 7-09.3(15)B Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe (4 inches and Over) ..........................................................................7-14 7-09.3(17) Laying Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings with Polyethylene Encasement .....................................................7-14 7-09.3(19)A Connections to Existing Mains ..........................................................................................................7-15 7-09.3(21) Concrete Thrust Blocking and Dead-Man Block ...................................................................................7-17 CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-8 7-09.3(23) Hydrostatic Pressure Test.....................................................................................................................7-18 7-09.3(24)A Flushing and "Poly-pigging" ..............................................................................................................7-20 7-09.3(24)D Dry Calcium Hypochlorite..................................................................................................................7-21 7-09.3(24)K Retention Period................................................................................................................................7-21 7-09.3(24)N Final Flushing and Testing................................................................................................................7-21 7-09.3(25) Joint Restraint Systems.........................................................................................................................7-21 7-09.3(25)A General..............................................................................................................................................7-22 7-09.3(25)B Materials............................................................................................................................................7-22 7-09.3(25)C Installation .........................................................................................................................................7-22 7-09.4 Measurement................................................................................................................................7-23 7 09.5 Payment........................................................................................................................................7-24 7-12 VALVES FOR WATER MAINS .............................................................................................................7-24 7-12.3(1) Installation of Valve Marker Post...........................................................................................................7-24 7-12.3(2) Adjust Existing Valve Box to Grade.......................................................................................................7-25 7-12.4 Measurement ..................................................................................................................................7-25 7-12.5 Payment..........................................................................................................................................7-25 7-14 HYDRANTS..........................................................................................................................................7-26 7-14.3(1) Setting Hydrants....................................................................................................................................7-26 7-14.3(3) Resetting Existing Hydrants.......................................................................................................................7-27 7-14.3(4) Moving Existing Hydrants......................................................................................................................7-27 7-14.3(7) Remove and Salvage Hydrant.....................................................................................................................7-27 7-14.5 Payment..........................................................................................................................................7-27 7-15 SERVICE CONECTIONS.....................................................................................................................7-28 7-15.3 Construction Details......................................................................................................................7-28 7-15.5 Payment..........................................................................................................................................7-29 7-17 SANITARY SEWERS ...........................................................................................................................7-29 7-17.2 Materials.......................................................................................................................................7-29 7-17.2(1) Pipe .......................................................................................................................................................7-29 7-17.3 Construction Requirements..........................................................................................................7-30 7-17.3(1) Protection of Existing Sewerage Facilities ............................................................................................7-30 7 17.3(2)H Television Inspection...........................................................................................................................7-30 7-17.3(2)I Abandon Existing Sanitary Sewer Pipes..............................................................................................7-31 7-17.4 Measurement................................................................................................................................7-31 7-17.5 Payment........................................................................................................................................7-32 7-21 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP) .................................................7-32 7-21.1 Description....................................................................................................................................7-32 7-21.1(1) Related Work Specified Elsewhere.......................................................................................................7-32 7-21.1(2) Licensing ...............................................................................................................................................7-32 7-21.1(3) Contractor and Manufacturer Qualifications..........................................................................................7-33 7-21.1(4) Contractor Submittals............................................................................................................................7-33 7-21.1(5) Quality Assurance .................................................................................................................................7-35 7-21.1(6) Warranty................................................................................................................................................7-35 7-21.2 Materials.......................................................................................................................................7-36 7-21.2(1) Cured in Place Resin Impregnated Material in General........................................................................7-36 7-21.2(2) Resin .....................................................................................................................................................7-38 7-21.2(3) Physical Properties................................................................................................................................7-38 7-21.3 Construction Requirements..........................................................................................................7-38 7-21.3(1) Preparation............................................................................................................................................7-38 7-21.3(1)A Flow Management...............................................................................................................................7-39 7-21.3(1)B Cleaning..............................................................................................................................................7-40 7-21.3(1)C Point Repairs.......................................................................................................................................7-40 7-21.3(1)D Manholes.............................................................................................................................................7-40 CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-9 7-21.3(2) Liner Installation ....................................................................................................................................7-41 7-21.3(2)A Inversion Method.................................................................................................................................7-41 7-21.3(2)B Pull/Winch Method ..............................................................................................................................7-41 7-21.3(2)C Finished Pipe Liner..............................................................................................................................7-41 7-21.3(3) Service Connection Restoration............................................................................................................7-42 7-21.3(4) Testing...................................................................................................................................................7-42 7-21.3(4)A Material Testing...................................................................................................................................7-42 7-21.3(4)B Field Testing........................................................................................................................................7-42 7-21.3(4)C Post Installation CCTV Inspection.......................................................................................................7-42 7-21.4 Measurement................................................................................................................................7-43 7-21.5 Payment........................................................................................................................................7-43 7-22 RESIN IMPREGNATED FABRIC CIPP...................................................................................................7-43 7-22.1 Description....................................................................................................................................7-43 7-22.1(1) Related Work Specified Elsewhere.......................................................................................................7-43 7-22.2 Materials.......................................................................................................................................7-43 7-22.2(1) Cured in Place Pipe Liner......................................................................................................................7-43 7-22.2(2) Resin .....................................................................................................................................................7-43 7-22.2(3) Physical Properties................................................................................................................................7-44 7-22.3 Construction Requirements..........................................................................................................7-44 7-22.3(1) Preparation............................................................................................................................................7-44 7-22.3(1)A Cleaning..............................................................................................................................................7-44 7-22.3(2) Installation .............................................................................................................................................7-44 7-22.3(2)A Resin Impregnation.............................................................................................................................7-44 7-22.3(2)B Water, Air or Steam Curing.................................................................................................................7-45 7-22.3(2)C Cool Down...........................................................................................................................................7-46 7-23 RESIN IMPREGNATED FIBERGLASS CIPP.......................................................................................7-46 7-23.1 Description....................................................................................................................................7-46 7-23.1(1) Related Work Specified Elsewhere.......................................................................................................7-46 7-23.1(2) Reference Specifications, Codes, and Standards.................................................................................7-46 7-23.1(3) CIPP Liner Samples..............................................................................................................................7-47 7-23.1(4) CIPP Liner Handling..............................................................................................................................7-47 7-23.2 Materials.......................................................................................................................................7-47 7-23.2(1) General Specifications ..........................................................................................................................7-47 7-23.2(2) Chemical Resistance.............................................................................................................................7-48 7-23.2(3) Component Properties ..........................................................................................................................7-48 7-23.2(4) Finished and Cured CIPP Liner Properties ...........................................................................................7-48 7-23.2(5) Dimensions............................................................................................................................................7-48 7-23.3 Construction Requirements..........................................................................................................7-49 7-23.3(1) Installation Procedures..........................................................................................................................7-49 7-23.3(1)A Installation Process.............................................................................................................................7-49 7-23.3(1)B Curing..................................................................................................................................................7-49 7-23.3(2) Finished Product ...................................................................................................................................7-50 7-28 SANITARY SEWER FORCE MAIN.......................................................................................................7-50 7-28.1 Description....................................................................................................................................7-50 7-28.2 Materials.......................................................................................................................................7-50 7-28.3 Construction Requirements..........................................................................................................7-50 7-29 BURIED PIPE IDENTIFICATION..........................................................................................................7-51 7-29.1 Description....................................................................................................................................7-51 7-29.2 Materials.......................................................................................................................................7-51 7-29.3 Construction Requirements..........................................................................................................7-52 7-29.4 Submittals.....................................................................................................................................7-53 7-29.5 Payment........................................................................................................................................7-53 CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-10 DIVISION 8.............................................................................................................................................................8-1 8-02 ROADSIDE RESTORATION..................................................................................................................8-1 8-02.3(4)A Topsoil Type A ......................................................................................................................................8-1 8-02.3(16)A Lawn Installation..................................................................................................................................8-1 8-02.3(16)A1 Qualifications of Workmen ............................................................................................................8-1 8-02.3(16)A2 Submittals .....................................................................................................................................8-1 8-02.3(16)A3 Product Handling...........................................................................................................................8-2 8-02.3(16)A4 Site Information.............................................................................................................................8-2 8-02.3(16)A5 Sod................................................................................................................................................8-2 8-02.3(16)A6 Execution ......................................................................................................................................8-2 8-02.3(16)B Lawn Establishment ............................................................................................................................8-3 8-02.3(16)B Lawn Establishment and Final Acceptance.........................................................................................8-3 8-02.3(16)B1 Establishment Period ....................................................................................................................8-3 8-02.3(16)B2 Guarantee .....................................................................................................................................8-4 8-02.3(16)B3 Final Acceptance...........................................................................................................................8-4 8 09 RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS...........................................................................................................8-4 8 09.5 Payment..........................................................................................................................................8-4 8-13 MONUMENT CASES..............................................................................................................................8-5 8-13.1 Description ........................................................................................................................................8-5 8 13.3 Construction Requirements...............................................................................................................8-5 8 13.4 Measurement..................................................................................................................................8-5 8 13.5 Payment..........................................................................................................................................8-5 8-14 CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALKS......................................................................................................8-6 8-14.3(4) Curing......................................................................................................................................................8-6 8-14.4 Measurement..................................................................................................................................8-6 8-14.5 Payment..........................................................................................................................................8-7 8-17 IMPACT ATTENUATOR SYSTEMS.......................................................................................................8-7 8-17.5 Payment..........................................................................................................................................8-7 8-20 ILLUMINATION, TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS, AND ELECTRICAL.....................................................8-7 8 20.2(1) Equipment List and Drawings......................................................................................................................8-7 8-22 PAVEMENT MARKING ..........................................................................................................................8-8 8-22.1 Description......................................................................................................................................8-8 8-22.3(5) Installation Instructions............................................................................................................................8-9 8-22.5 Payment..........................................................................................................................................8-9 8-23 TEMPORARY PAVEMENT MARKINGS ................................................................................................8-9 8-23.5 Payment............................................................................................................................................8-9 DIVISION 9.............................................................................................................................................................9-1 9-03.8(7) HMA Tolerances and Adjustments..........................................................................................................9-1 9-05 DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, CULVERTS, AND CONDUITS..................................................................9-1 9-05.4 Steel Culvert Pipe and Pipe Arch (RC)...........................................................................................9-1 9-05.7(2) Reinforced Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe (RC).........................................................................................9-1 9-05.7(2)A Basis for Acceptance (RC)....................................................................................................................9-2 9-05.7(3) Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe Joints (RC).................................................................................................9-2 9-05.7(4) Testing Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe Joints (RC)....................................................................................9-2 9 05.9 Steel Spiral Rib Storm Sewer Pipe (RC) ........................................................................................9-2 9-05.12 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe........................................................................................................9-3 9-05.12(2) Profile Wall PVC Culvert, Profile Wall PVC Storm Sewer Pipe, and Profile Wall PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe 9-3 9-05.14 ABS Composite Sewer Pipe...........................................................................................................9-4 9 05.17 Aluminum Spiral Rib Storm Sewer Pipe.........................................................................................9-4 CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-11 9-05.20 Corrugated Polyethylene Storm Sewer Pipe (CPEP).....................................................................9-4 9-05.20(1) Description ..............................................................................................................................................9-4 9-05.20(2) Pipe Material and Fabrication..................................................................................................................9-4 9-05.20(3) Fittings and Gaskets................................................................................................................................9-5 9-05.20(4) Installation ...............................................................................................................................................9-5 9-05.23 High Density Polyethylene Piping...................................................................................................9-5 9-05.23(1) General Terms and Conditions ...............................................................................................................9-5 9-05.23(1)A Scope ..................................................................................................................................................9-5 9-05.23(1)B Engineered and Approved Plans.........................................................................................................9-5 9-05.23(1)C Referenced Standards.........................................................................................................................9-5 9-05.23(1)D Licenses and Permits..........................................................................................................................9-5 9-05.23(1)E Inspections...........................................................................................................................................9-5 9-05.23(2) Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings................................................................................................................9-6 9-05.23(2)A Qualifications of Manufacturers...........................................................................................................9-6 9-05.23(2)B Materials..............................................................................................................................................9-6 9-05.23(2)C Interchangeability of Pipe and Fittings.................................................................................................9-6 9-05.23(2)D Polyethylene Fittings & Custom Fabrications......................................................................................9-6 9-05.23(2)E Molded Fittings ....................................................................................................................................9-6 9-05.23(2)F Fabricated Fittings ...............................................................................................................................9-6 9-05.23(2)G Polyethylene Flange Adapters ............................................................................................................9-6 9-05.23(2)H Back-up Rings & Flange Bolts ............................................................................................................9-7 9-05.24 Polypropylene Culvert Pipe, Polypropylene Storm Sewer Pipe, and Polypropylene Sanitary Sewer Pipe 9-7 9-05.24(1) Polypropylene Culvert Pipe and Storm Sewer Pipe................................................................................9-7 9-05.24(2) Polypropylene Sanitary Sewer Pipe........................................................................................................9-7 9-05.52 Dense Foam...................................................................................................................................9-8 9-08 PAINTS AND RELATED MATERIALS....................................................................................................9-8 9-08.9 Manhole Coating System Products ................................................................................................9-8 9-08.9(1) Coating Systems Specification................................................................................................................9-8 9-14 EROSION CONTROL AND ROADSIDE PLANTING..............................................................................9-8 9-14.1(1) Topsoil Type A ........................................................................................................................................9-8 9-14.6(8) Sod..........................................................................................................................................................9-9 9-23 CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS AND ADMIXTURES.......................................................................9-9 9 23.9 Fly Ash (RC)...................................................................................................................................9-9 9 30 WATER DISTRIBUTION MATERIALS ...................................................................................................9-9 9-30.1 Pipe.................................................................................................................................................9-9 9-30.1(1) Ductile Iron Pipe ..........................................................................................................................................9-10 9-30.1(2) Polyethylene Encasement.....................................................................................................................9-10 9-30.2 Fittings..........................................................................................................................................9-10 9-30.2(1) Ductile Iron Pipe ........................................................................................................................................9-10 9-30.2(2) Galvanized Iron Pipe.............................................................................................................................9-11 9-30.2(3) Steel Casing Pipe ......................................................................................................................................9-12 9-30.2(4) Spacers and Seals for Steel Casing Pipe .............................................................................................9-12 9-30.2(6) Restrained Joint ....................................................................................................................................9-12 9-30.2(6) Restrained Joint Pipe and Fittings.........................................................................................................9-12 9-30.2(7) Bolted, Sleeve-Type Couplings for Plain End Pipe ...............................................................................9-13 9-30.3 Valves...........................................................................................................................................9-13 9-30.3(1) Gate Valves (3 inches to 16 inches)......................................................................................................9-14 9-30.3(3) Butterfly Valves .....................................................................................................................................9-14 9-30.3(4) Valve Boxes..............................................................................................................................9-14 9-30.3(5) Valve Marker Posts ...............................................................................................................................9-15 9-30.3(6) Valve Stem Extensions .........................................................................................................................9-15 CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-12 9-30.3(7) Combination Air Release/Air Vacuum Valves .......................................................................................9-15 9-30.3(8) Tapping Sleeve and Valve Assembly....................................................................................................9-15 9-30.3(9) Blow-Off Assembly................................................................................................................................9-15 9-30.5 Hydrants .......................................................................................................................................9-16 9-30.5(1) End Connections...................................................................................................................................9-16 9-30.5(2) Hydrant Dimensions..............................................................................................................................9-16 9-30.6 Water Service Connections (2 Inches and Smaller).....................................................................9-17 9-30.6(3) Service Pipes ........................................................................................................................................9-17 9-30.6(3)B Polyethylene Pipe................................................................................................................................9-17 9-30.6(4) Service Fittings......................................................................................................................................9-17 9-30.6(5) Meter Setters.........................................................................................................................................9-17 9-30.6(7) Meter Boxes ..........................................................................................................................................9-17 DIVISION 10.........................................................................................................................................................10-1 10-01 MARKING PAINT REMOVAL.................................................................................................................10-1 DIVISION 1 1-01 DEFINITIONS AND TERMS 1-01.1 General Section 1-01.1 is supplemented with: (******) Whenever reference is made to the State, State of Washington, Commission, Department of Transportation, Secretary of Transportation, Owner, Contracting Agency or Engineer, such reference shall be deemed to mean the City of Renton acting through its City Council, employees, and duly authorized representatives for all contracts administered by the City of Renton. All references to “State Materials Laboratory” shall be revised to read “Contracting Agency designated location”. 1-01.3 Definitions Section 1-01.3 is revised and supplemented by the following: (******) Act of God - "Act of God" means an earthquake, flood, cyclone, or other cataclysmic phenomenon of nature. A rain, windstorm, high water or other natural phenomenon of unusual intensity for the specific locality of the Work, which might reasonably have been anticipated from historical records of the general locality of the Work, shall not be construed as an act of god. Consulting Engineer - The Contracting Agency's design consultant, who may or may not administer the construction program for the Contracting Agency. Contract Documents - See definition for “Contract”. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-13 Contract Price - Either the unit price, the unit prices, or lump sum price or prices named in the proposal, or in properly executed change orders. Contract Time - The period of time established by the terms and conditions of the Contract within which the Work must be physically completed. DATES Bid Opening Date - The date on which the Contracting Agency publicly opens and reads the bids. Award Date - The date of the formal decision of the Contracting Agency to accept the lowest responsible and responsive Bidder for the Work. Contract Execution Date - The date the Contracting Agency officially binds the agency to the Contract. Notice to Proceed Date - The date stated in the Notice to Proceed on which the Contract Time begins. Substantial Completion Date - The day the Engineer determines the Contracting Agency has full and unrestricted use and benefit of the facilities, both from the operational and safety standpoint, and only minor incidental Work, replacement of temporary substitute facilities, or correction or repair remains for the physical completion of the total contract. Contract Completion Date - The date by which the Work is contractually required to be physically completed. The Contract Completion Date will be stated in the Notice to Proceed. Revisions of this date will be authorized in writing by the Engineer whenever there is an extension to the Contract time. Completion Date - The day all the Work specified in the Contract is completed and all the obligations of the Contractor under the Contract are fulfilled by the Contractor. Date of Commencement - The date stated in the Notice to Proceed on which the Contract Time begins. Final Acceptance Date - The date the Contracting Agency accepts the Work as complete per the Contract requirements. Day - Unless otherwise designated, day(s) as used in the Contract Documents, shall be understood to mean working days. Engineer - The City Engineer or duly authorized representative, or an authorized member of a licensed consulting firm retained by the Owner for the construction CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-14 engineering of a specific public works project. Inspector - The Owner’s authorized representative assigned to make necessary observations of the Work performed or being performed, or of materials furnished or being furnished by the Contractor. Notice of Award - The written notice from the Contracting Agency to the successful bidder signifying the Contracting Agency’s acceptance of the Bid. Notice to Proceed - The written notice from the Contracting Agency or the Engineer to the Contractor authorizing and directing the Contractor to proceed with Work and establishing the date on which the Contract time begins. Or Equal - Where the term "or equal" is used herein, the Contracting Agency, or the Contracting Agency on recommendation of the Engineer, shall be the sole judge of the quality and suitability of the proposed substitution. The responsibility and cost of furnishing necessary evidence, demonstrations, or other information required to obtain the approval of alternative materials or processes by the Owner shall be entirely borne by the Contractor. Owner - The City of Renton or its authorized representative also referred to as Contracting Agency. Performance and Payment Bond - Same as “Contract Bond” defined in the Standard Specifications. Plans - The Contract Plans and/or Standard Plans which show location, character, and dimensions of prescribed Work including layouts, profiles, cross- sections, and other details. Drawings may either be bound in the same book as the balance of the Contract Documents or bound in separate sets, and are a part of the Contract Documents, regardless of the method of binding. The terms "Standard Drawings" or "Standard Details" generally used in Specifications refers to drawings bound either with the specification documents or included with the Plans or the City of Renton Standard Plans. Points - Wherever reference is made to the Engineer’s points, this shall mean all marks, bench marks, reference points, stakes, hubs, tack, etc., established by the Engineer for maintaining horizontal and vertical control of the Work. Provide - Means “furnish and install” as specified and shown in the Plans. Secretary, Secretary of Transportation - The chief executive officer of the Department and other authorized representatives. The chief executive officer to the Department shall also refer to the Department of Public Works Administrator. Shop Drawings - Same as “Working Drawings” defined in the Standard Specifications. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-15 Special Provisions - Modifications to the Standard Specifications and their amendments that apply to an individual project. The Special Provisions may describe Work the Standard Specifications do not cover. Such Work shall comply first with the Special Provisions and then with any Standard Specifications that apply. The Contractor shall include all costs of doing this Work within the bid prices. State - The state of Washington acting through its representatives. The State shall also refer to The City of Renton and its authorized representatives where applicable. Supplemental Drawings and Instructions - Additional instructions by the Engineer at request of the Contractor by means of drawings or documents necessary, in the opinion of the Engineer, for the proper execution of the Work. Such drawings and instructions are consistent with the Contract Documents. Technical Specifications - Modifications to the Standard Specifications and their amendments that apply to an individual project. The Technical Specifications may describe Work the Standard Specifications do not cover. Such Work shall comply first with the Technical Specifications and then with any Standard Specifications that apply. The Contractor shall include all costs of doing this Work within the bid prices. Traffic - Both vehicular and non-vehicular traffic, such as pedestrians, bicyclists, wheelchairs, and equestrian traffic. Utility - Public or private fixed improvement for the transportation of fluids, gases, power, signals, or communications and shall be understood to include tracks, overhead and underground wires, cables, pipelines, conduits, ducts, sewers, or storm drains. 1-02 BID PROCEDURES AND CONDITIONS 1-02.1 Prequalification of Bidders Delete this Section and replace it with the following: (******) Bidders shall be qualified by experience, financing, equipment, and organization to do the Work called for in the Contract Documents. The Contracting Agency reserves the right to take whatever action it deems necessary to ascertain the ability of the bidder to perform the Work satisfactorily. 1-02.2 Plans and Specifications Delete this Section and replace it with the following: (******) CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-16 Information as to where Bid Documents can be obtained or reviewed will be found in the Call for Bids (Advertisement for Bids) for the Work. After award of the Contract, Plans and Specifications will be issued to the Contractor at no cost as detailed below: To Prime Contractor No. of Sets Basis of Distribution Reduced Plans (11” x 17”) and contract provisions 4 Furnished automatically upon award Large Plans (22” x 34”)4 Furnished only upon request Additional Plans and Contract Provisions may be purchased by the Contractor by payment of the cost stated in the Call for Bids. 1-02.4(2) Subsurface Information Section 1-02.4(2) is supplemented with the following: (******) If a geotechnical study was prepared for the project, then the findings and recommendations are summarized in a report provided in the contract documents. 1-02.5 Proposal Forms Delete this Section and replace it with the following: (******) At the request of the bidder, the Contracting Agency will provide a proposal form for any project on which the bidder is eligible to bid. The proposal form will identify the project and its location and describe the Work. It will also list estimated quantities, units of measurement, the items of Work, and the materials to be furnished at the unit bid prices. The bidder shall complete spaces on the proposal form that call for, but are not limited to, unit bid prices; extensions; summations; the total bid amount; signatures; date; and, where applicable, retail sales taxes and acknowledgement of addenda; the bidder’s name, address, telephone number, and signature; and a State of Washington Contractor’s Registration Number. Bids shall be completed by typing or shall be printed in ink by hand, preferably in black ink. The required certifications are included as part of the proposal form. The Contracting Agency reserves the right to arrange the proposal forms with alternates and additives, if such be to the advantage of the Contracting Agency. The bidder shall bid on all alternates and additives set forth in the proposal forms unless otherwise specified. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-17 Any correction to a bid made by interlineations, alteration, or erasure, shall be initialed by the signer of the bid. The bidder shall make no stipulation on the Bid Form, nor qualify the bid in any manner. A bid by a corporation shall be executed in the corporate name, by the president or a vice president (Or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign). A bid by a partnership shall be executed in the partnership name, and signed by a partner. A copy of the partnership agreement shall be submitted with the Bid Form if any D/M/WBE requirements are to be satisfied through such an agreement. A bid by a joint venture shall be executed in the joint venture name and signed by a member of the joint venture. A copy of the joint venture agreement shall be submitted with the Bid Form if any D/W/MBE requirements are to be satisfied through such an agreement. 1-02.6 Preparation of Proposal Section 1-02.6 is supplemented with: Supplement the second paragraph with the following: (******) 4. If a minimum bid amount has been established for any item, the unit or lump sum price must equal or exceed the minimum amount stated. 5. Any correction to a bid made by interlineation, alteration, or erasure, shall be initialed by the signer of the bid. Delete the last paragraph, and replace it with the following: The Bidder shall make no stipulation on the Bid Form, nor qualify the bid in any manner. A bid by a corporation shall be executed in the corporate name, by the president or a vice president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign). A bid by a partnership shall be executed in the partnership name, and signed by a partner. A copy of the partnership agreement shall be submitted with the Bid Form if any D/M/WBE requirements are to be satisfied through such an agreement. A bid by a joint venture shall be executed in the joint venture name and signed by a member of the joint venture. A copy of the joint venture agreement shall be submitted with the Bid Form if any D/W/MBE requirements are to be satisfied through such an agreement. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-18 1-02.6(1) Proprietary Information 1-02.6(1) is a new Section. (******) Vendors should, in the bid proposal, identify clearly any material(s), which constitute "(valuable) formula, designs drawings, and research data" so as to be exempt from public disclosure, RCW 42.56.210, or any materials otherwise claimed to be exempt, along with a Statement of the basis for such claim of exemption. The Department (or State) will give notice to the vendor of any request for disclosure of such information received within 5 (five) years from the date of submission. Failure to so label such materials or failure to timely respond after notice of request for public disclosure has been given shall be deemed a waiver by the submitting vendor of any claim that such materials are, in fact, so exempt. 1-02.7 Bid Deposit Section 1-02.7 is supplemented with the following: (******) Bid Bonds shall contain the following: 1. Number assigned to the project by the Contracting Agency; 2. Name of the project; 3. The Contracting Agency named as obligee; 4. The amount of the bid bond stated either as a dollar figure or as a percentage which represents five percent of the maximum bid amount that could be awarded; 5. Signature of the bidder’s officer empowered to sign official statements. The signature of the person authorized to submit the bid should agree with the signature on the bond, and the title of the person must accompany said signature; 6. The signature of the surety’s officer empowered to sign the bond form included in the Contract Provision. 1-02.9 Delivery of Proposal Replace the first paragraph with: (******) Each proposal shall be submitted in a sealed envelope, with Project Name and Project Number clearly marked on the outside of the envelope as stated in the Call for Bids, or as otherwise stated in the Bid Documents. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-19 1-02.12 Public Opening of Proposals Section 1-02.12 is supplemented with the following: (******) The Contracting Agency reserves the right to postpone the date and time for bid opening. Notification to bidder will be by addenda. 1-02.13 Irregular Proposals Revise item 1 to read: (******) 1. A proposal will be considered irregular and will be rejected if: a. The bidder is not prequalified when so required; b. The authorized proposal form furnished by the Contracting Agency is not used or is altered; c. The complete proposal form contains any unauthorized additions, deletions, alternate bids, or conditions; d. The bidder adds provisions reserving the right to reject or accept the award, or enter into the Contract; e. A price per unit cannot be determined from the bid proposal; f. The proposal form is not properly executed; g. The bidder fails to submit or properly complete a subcontractor list, if applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6 h. The bidder fails to submit or properly complete a Disadvantaged, Minority or Women’s Business Enterprise Certification, if applicable, as required in Section 1-02.6; or i. The bid proposal does not constitute a definite and unqualified offer to meet the material terms of the bid invitation. j. More than one proposal is submitted for the same project from a Bidder under the same or different names. 1-02.14 Disqualification of Bidders Delete this section in its entirety and replace with the following: (******) 1. A bidder will be deemed not responsible and the proposal rejected if the bidder does not meet the responsibility criteria in RCW 39.04. 2. A bidder may be deemed not responsible and the proposal rejected if: CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-20 a. More than one proposal is submitted for the same project from a bidder under the same or different names; b. Evidence of collusion exists with any other bidder or potential bidder. Participants in collusion will be restricted from submitting further bids; c. The bidder, in the opinion of the Contracting Agency, is not qualified for the Work or to the full extent of the bid, or to the extent that the bid exceeds the authorized prequalification amount as may have been determined by a prequalification of the bidder; d. An unsatisfactory performance record exists based on past or current Contracting Agency Work or for Work done for others, as judged from the standpoint of conduct of the Work; workmanship; progress; affirmative action; equal employment opportunity practices; or Disadvantaged Enterprise, Minority Enterprise, or Women’s Business Enterprise utilization. e. There is uncompleted Work (Contracting Agency or otherwise) which might hinder or prevent the prompt completion of the Work bid upon; f. The bidder failed to settle bills for labor or materials on past or current contracts; g. The bidder has failed to complete a written public contract or has been convicted of a crime arising from a previous public contract; h. The bidder is unable, financially or otherwise, to perform the Work; i. A bidder is not authorized to do business in the State of Washington (not registered in accordance with RCW 18.27) j. There are any other reasons deemed proper by the Contracting Agency. 1-02.15 Pre Award Information Revise this section to read: (******) Before awarding any contract, the Contracting Agency may require one or more of these items or actions of: 1. A complete statement of the origin, composition, and manufacture of any or all materials to be used; 2. Samples of these materials for quality and fitness tests; 3. A progress schedule (in a form the Contracting Agency requires) showing the order of time required for the various phases of Work; CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-21 4. A breakdown of costs assigned to any bid item; 5. Attendance at a conference with the Engineer or representatives of the Engineer; 6. Obtain, and furnish a copy of, a business license to do business in the city and/or county where the Work is located; 7. A copy of State of Washington Contractor’s Registration; or 8. Any other information or action taken that is deemed necessary to ensure that the bidder is the lowest responsible bidder. 1-03 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 1-03.1 Consideration of bids Section 1-03.1 is supplemented with the following: (******) All bids will be based on total sum of all schedules of prices. No partial bids will be accepted unless so stated in the call for bids or special provisions. The City reserves the right to award all or any schedule of a bid to the lowest bidder at its discretion. 1-03.2 Award of Contract Section 1-03.2 is supplemented with the following: (******) The Contract, bond form, and all other forms requiring execution, together with a list of all other forms or documents required to be submitted by the successful bidder, will be forwarded to the successful bidder within 10 days of the award. The number of copies to be executed by the Contractor shall be determined by the Contracting Agency. 1-03.3 Execution of Contract Section 1-03.3 is revised and supplemented as follows: (******) Within 10 calendar days after receipt from the City of the forms and documents required to be completed by the Contractor, the successful bidder shall return the signed Contracting Agency-prepared contract, an insurance certification as required by Section 1-07.18, and a satisfactory bond as required by law and Section 1-03.4. Before execution of the Contract by the Contracting Agency, the successful bidder shall provide any pre-award information the Contracting Agency may require under Section 1-02.15. Until the Contracting Agency executes a contract, no proposal shall bind the CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-22 Contracting Agency nor shall any Work begin within the project limits or within Contracting Agency-furnished sites. The Contractor shall bear all risks for any Work begun outside such areas and for any materials ordered before the Contract is executed by the Contracting Agency. If the bidder experiences circumstances beyond their control that prevents return of the Contract documents within 10 calendar days after the award date, the Contracting Agency may grant up to a maximum of 10 additional calendar days for return of the documents, provided the Contracting Agency deems the circumstances warrant it. The Contracting Agency is prohibited by RCW 39.06.010 from executing a contract with a Contractor who is not registered or licensed as required by the laws of the state. In addition, the Contracting Agency requires persons doing business with the Contracting Agency to possess a valid City of Renton business license prior to award. When the Bid Form provides spaces for a business license number, a Washington State Contractors registration number, or both, the Bidder shall insert such information in the spaces provided. The Contracting Agency requires legible copies of the Contractor's Registration and business license be submitted to the Engineer as part of the Contracting Agency's post-award information and evaluation activities. 1-03.4 Contract Bond Revise the first paragraph to read: (******) The successful bidder shall provide an executed contract bond for the full contract amount. This contract bond shall: 1. Be on the Contracting Agency-furnished form; 2. Be signed by an approved surety (or sureties) that: a. Is registered with the Washington State Insurance Commissioner, and b. Appears on the current Authorized Insurance List in the State of Washington published by the Office of the Insurance Commissioner; 3. Be conditioned upon the faithful performance of the Contract by the Contractor within the prescribed time; 4. Guarantee that the surety shall indemnify, defend, and protect the Contracting Agency against any claim of direct or indirect loss resulting from the failure: a. Of the Contractor (or any of the employees, subcontractors, or lower CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-23 tier subcontractors of the Contractor) to faithfully perform the Contract, or b. Of the Contractor (subcontractors, or lower tier subcontractors of the Contractor) to pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, lower tier subcontractors, material person, or any other person who provides supplies or provisions for carrying out Work; 5. Be accompanied by a power of attorney for the Surety’s officer empowered to sign the bond; and 6. Be signed by an officer of the Contractor empowered to sign official statements (sole proprietor or partner). If the Contractor is a corporation, the bond must be signed by the president or vice-president, unless accompanied by a written proof of the authority of the individual signing the bond to bind the corporation (i.e., corporate resolution, power of attorney or a letter to such effect by the president or vice-president). 1-03.7 Judicial Review Revise the last sentence to read: (******) The venue of all causes of action arising from the advertisement, award, execution, and performance of the Contract shall be in the Superior Court of the County where the Contracting Agency’s headquarters are located. 1-04 SCOPE OF WORK 1-04.2 Coordination of Contract Documents, Plans, Special Provisions Specifications, and Addenda Revise the second paragraph to read: (******) Any inconsistency in the parts of the Contract shall be resolved by following this order of precedence (e.g., 1 presiding over 2, 2 over 3, 3 over 4, and so forth): 1. Addenda 2. Proposal Form 3. Technical Specifications 4. Special Provisions 5. Contract Plans 6. Contracting Agency’s Standard Plans (if any) CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-24 7. Amendments to the Standard Specifications 8. WSDOT/APWA Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction 9. WSDOT/APWA Standard Plans for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction 1-04.4 Changes 1-04.4(1) Minor Changes Section 1-04.4(1) is supplemented as follows: (******) Payments and credits will be determined in accordance with Section 1-09.4 of the Standard Specifications, For the purpose of providing a common proposal for all bidders, the Contracting Agency may have entered an amount for “Minor Change” in the Proposal to become a part of the total bid by the Contractor. 1-04.8 Progress Estimates and Payments Section 1-04.8 is supplemented as follows: (******) The Contractor is encouraged to provide to the Engineer prior to progress payments an estimate of “Lump Sum” Work accomplished to date. The Engineer's calculations and decisions shall be final in regard to the actual percentage of any lump sum pay item accomplished and eligible for payment unless another specific method of calculating lump sum payments is provided elsewhere in the Specifications. 1-04.11 Final Cleanup Section 1-04.11 is supplemented as follows: (******) All salvage material as noted on the Plans and taken from any of the discarded facilities shall, at the Engineer's discretion, be carefully salvaged and delivered to the City shops. Any cost incurred in salvaging and delivering such items shall be considered incidental to the project and no compensation will be made. The Contract price for "Finish and Cleanup, Lump Sum," shall be full compensation for all Work, equipment and materials required to perform final cleanup. If this pay item does not appear in the Contract Documents then final cleanup shall be considered incidental to the Contract and to other pay item and no further compensation shall be made. 1-04.12 Contractor-Discovered Discrepancies Section 1-04.12 is a new section: (******) CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-25 Upon receipt of award of contract, the Contractor shall carefully study and compare all the components of the Contract Documents and other instructions, and check and verify all field measurements. The Contractor shall, prior to ordering material or performing Work, report in writing to the Engineer any error, inconsistency, or omission in respect to design or mode of construction, which is discovered. If the Contractor, in the course of this study or in the accomplishment of the Work, finds any discrepancy between the Plans and the physical condition of the locality as represented in the Plans, or any such errors or omissions in respect to design or mode of construction in the Plans or in the layout as given by points and instructions, it shall be the Contractor’s duty to inform the Engineer immediately in writing, and the Engineer will promptly check the same. Any Work done after such discovery, until correction of Plans or authorization of extra Work is given, if the Engineer finds that extra Work is involved, will be done at the Contractor's risk. If extra Work is involved, the procedure shall be as provided in Section 1-04.4 of the Standard Specifications. 1-05 CONTROL OF WORK 1-05.4 Conformity With and Deviation from Plans and Stakes Section 1-05.4 is supplemented with the following: (******) If the project calls for the Contractor supplied surveying, the Contractor shall provide all required survey Work, including such Work as mentioned in Sections 1-05, 1-11 and elsewhere in these Specifications as being provided by the Engineer. All costs for this survey Work shall be included in "Contractor Supplied Surveying," per lump sum. The Engineer or the Contractor supplied surveyor will provide construction stakes and marks establishing lines, slopes, and grades as stipulated in Sections 1-05.4 and will perform such Work per Section 1-11. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for detailed dimensions, elevations, and excavation slopes measured from the Engineer or the Contractor supplied surveyor furnished stakes and marks. The Contractor shall provide a work site, which has been prepared to permit construction staking to proceed in a safe and orderly manner. The Contractor shall keep the Engineer or the Contractor supplied surveyor informed of staking requirements and provide at least 48 hours notice to allow the Engineer or the Contractor supplied surveyor adequate time for setting stakes. The Contractor shall carefully preserve stakes, marks, and other reference points, including existing monumentation, set by Contracting Agency forces. The Contractor will be charged for the costs of replacing stakes, markers and monumentation that were not to be disturbed but were destroyed or damaged by CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-26 the Contractor's operations. This charge will be deducted from monies due or to become due to the Contractor. Any claim by the Contractor for extra compensation by reason of alterations or reconstruction Work allegedly due to error in the Engineer's line and grade, will not be allowed unless the original control points set by the Engineer still exist, or unless other satisfactory substantiating evidence to prove the error was furnished by the Engineer. Three consecutive points set on line or grade shall be the minimum points used to determine any variation from a straight line or grade. Any such variation shall, upon discovery, be reported to the Engineer. In the absence of such report the Contractor shall be liable for any error in alignment or grade. The Contractor shall provide all surveys required other than those to be performed by the Engineer. All survey Work shall be done in accordance with Section 1-11 SURVEYING STANDARDS of these Specifications. The Contractor shall keep updated survey field notes in a standard field book and in a format set by the Engineer, per Section 1-11.1(4). These field notes shall include all survey Work performed by the Contractor's surveyor in establishing line, grade and slopes for the construction Work. Copies of these field notes shall be provided to the Engineer upon request and upon completion of the Contract Work the field book or books shall be submitted to the Engineer and become the property of the Contracting Agency. If the survey Work provided by the Contractor does not meet the standards of the Engineer, then the Contractor shall, upon the Engineer's written request, remove the individual or individuals doing the survey Work and the survey Work will be completed by the Engineer at the Contractor's expense. Costs for completing the survey Work required by the Engineer will be deducted from monies due or to become due the Contractor. All costs for survey Work required to be performed by the Contractor shall be included in the prices bid for the various items which comprise the improvement or be included in the bid item for "Contractor Supplied Surveying" per lump sum if that item is included in the contracts. 1-05.4(1) Contractor Supplied Surveying Section 1-05.4(1) is a new section: (******) When the Contract provides for Contractor Supplied Surveying, the Contractor shall supply the survey Work required for the project. The Contractor shall retain as a part of the Contractor Organization an experienced team of surveyors under the direct supervision of a professional land surveyor licensed by the State of Washington. All survey Work shall be done in accordance with Sections 1-05.4 and 1-11. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-27 The Contractor and/or the Surveyor shall inform the Engineer in writing of any errors, discrepancies, and omissions to the Plans that prevent the Contractor and/or the Surveyor from constructing the project in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. All errors, discrepancies, and omissions must be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer before the survey Work may be continued. The Contractor shall coordinate his Work with the Surveyor and perform his operations in a manner to protect all survey stakes from harm. The Contractor shall inform the Surveyor of the Contractor's intent to remove any survey stakes and/or points before physically removing them. The Surveyor shall be responsible for maintaining As-Built records for the project. The Contractor shall coordinate his operations and assist the Surveyor in maintaining accurate As-Built records for the project. If the Contractor and the Surveyor fail to provide, as directed by the Engineer and/or these Plans and Specifications, accurate As-Built records and other Work the Engineer deems necessary, the Engineer may elect to provide at Contractor expense, a surveyor to provide all As-Built records and other Work as directed by the Engineer. The Engineer shall deduct expenses incurred by the Engineer- supplied surveying from monies owed to the Contractor. Payment per Section 1-04.1 for all Work and materials required for the full and complete survey Work required to complete the project and As-Built drawings shall be included in the lump sum price for "Construction Surveying, Staking, and As-Built Drawings." 1-05.4(2) Contractor Provided As-Built Information Section 1-05.4(2) is a new section: (******) It shall be the Contractors responsibility to record the location prior to the backfilling of the trenches, by centerline station, offset, and depth below pavement, of all existing utilities uncovered or crossed during his Work as covered under this project. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to have his Surveyor locate each major item of Work done under this contract per the survey standard of Section 1-11. Major items of Work shall include but not be limited to: Manholes, Catch basins and Inlets, Valves, vertical and Horizontal Bends, Junction boxes, Cleanouts, Side Sewers, Street Lights & Standards, Hydrants, Major Changes in Design Grade, Vaults, Culverts, Signal Poles, and Electrical Cabinets. After the completion of the Work covered by this contract, the Contractor’s Surveyor shall provide to the City the hard covered field book(s) containing the as-built notes and one set of white prints of the project drawings upon which he has plotted the notes of the Contractor locating existing utilities, and one set of CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-28 white prints or an electronic file (i.e. pdf)c of the project drawings upon which he has plotted the as-built location of the new Work as he recorded in the field book(s). This drawing shall bear the Surveyor’s seal and signature certifying its accuracy. All costs for as-built Work shall be included in the Contract item "Construction Surveying, Staking, and As-Builts", lump sum. 1-05.7 Removal of Defective and/or Unauthorized Work Section 1-05.7 is supplemented as follows: (******) Upon written notice from the Engineer, the Contractor shall promptly replace and re-execute Work by Contractor forces, in accordance with the intent of the Contract and without expense to the Owner, and shall bear the expense of making good all Work of other contractors destroyed or damaged by such removal or replacement. If the Contractor does not remove such condemned Work and materials and commence re-execution of the Work within 7 calendar days of written notice from the Engineer, or fails to perform any part of the Work required by the Contract Documents, the Owner may correct and remedy such Work as may be identified in the written notice, with Contracting Agency forces or by such other means as the Contracting Agency may deem necessary. In that case, the Owner may store removed material. Direct or indirect costs incurred by the Contracting Agency attributable to correcting and remedying defective or unauthorized Work, or Work the Contractor failed or refused to perform, shall be paid by the Contractor. Payment will be deducted by the Engineer from monies due, or to become due, the Contractor. Such direct and indirect costs shall include in particular, but without limitation, compensation for additional professional services required, and costs for repair and replacement of Work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of the Contractor’s unauthorized Work. If sufficient funds do not remain in the Contract and the Contractor does not pay the cost of such removal and storage within 10 calendar days from the date of the notice to the Contractor of the fact of such removal, the Owner may, upon an additional 10 calendar days written notice, sell such materials at public or private sale, and deduct all costs and expenses incurred from monies due to the Contractor, including costs of sale, and accounting to Contractor for the net proceeds remaining. The Owner may bid at any such sale. The Contractor shall be liable to the Owner for the amount of any deficiency from any funds otherwise due the Contractor. If the Contractor fails to comply with a written order to remedy what the Engineer determines to be an emergency situation, the Engineer may have the defective CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-29 and unauthorized Work corrected immediately, have the rejected Work removed and replaced, or have Work the Contractor refuses to perform completed by using Contracting Agency or other forces. An emergency situation is any situation when, in the opinion of the Engineer, a delay in its remedy could be potentially unsafe, or might cause serious risk of loss or damage to the public, the Property Owner and the Property Owner’s property. No adjustment in contract time or compensation will be allowed because of the delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of the Contracting Agency’s rights provided by this section. The rights exercised under the provisions of this section shall not diminish the Contracting Agency’s right to pursue any other avenue for additional remedy or damages with respect to the Contractor’s failure to perform the Work as required. 1-05.10 Guarantees Section 1-05.10 is supplemented as follows: (******) If within one year after the Acceptance Date of the Work by the Contracting Agency, defective and/or unauthorized Work is discovered, the Contractor shall promptly, upon written order by the Contracting Agency, return and in accordance with the Engineer’s instructions, either correct such Work, or if such Work has been rejected by the Engineer, remove it from the project site and replace it with non-defective and authorized Work, all without cost to the Contracting Agency. If the Contractor does not promptly comply with the written order to correct defective and/or unauthorized Work, or if an emergency exists, the Contracting Agency reserves the right to have defective and/or unauthorized Work corrected or removed and replaced pursuant to Section 1-05.7 “Removal of Defective and/or Unauthorized Work.” The Contractor agrees the above one year limitation shall not exclude or diminish the Contracting Agency’s rights under any law to obtain damages and recover costs resulting from defective and/or unauthorized Work discovered after one year but prior to the expiration of the legal time period set forth in RCW 4.16.040 limiting actions upon a contract in writing, or liability expressed or implied arising out of a written agreement. The Contractor shall warrant good title to all materials, supplies, and equipment purchased for, or incorporated in the Work. Nothing contained in this paragraph, however, shall defeat or impair the right of persons furnishing materials or labor, to recover under any bond given by the Contractor for their protection, or any rights under any law permitting such persons to look to funds due the Contractor in the hands of the Contracting Agency. The provisions of this paragraph shall be inserted in all subcontracts and material contracts, and notice of its provisions shall be given to all persons furnishing CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-30 materials for the Work when no formal contract is entered into for such materials. 1-05.11 Final Inspection 1-05.11(1) Substantial Completion Date Section 1-05.11(1) is a new section: (******) When the Contractor considers the Work to be substantially complete, the Contractor shall so notify the Engineer and request the Engineer establish the Substantial Completion Date. The Engineer will schedule an inspection of the Work with the Contractor to determine the status of completion. To be considered substantially complete the following conditions must be met: 1. The Contracting Agency must have full and unrestricted use and benefit of the facilities both from the operational and safety standpoint. This shall include the following: Release or approval of all regulatory agency related permits/requirements, including the approval of the electrical work. Training of the Owner’s personnel as specified herein. Testing and Startup 2. Only minor incidental Work, replacement of temporary substitute facilities, or correction of repair Work remains to reach physical completion of the Work. The Contractor’s request shall list the specific items of Work in subparagraph two above that remains to be completed in order to reach physical completion. The Engineer may also establish the Substantial Completion Date unilaterally. If after this inspection, the Engineer concurs with the Contractor that the Work is substantially complete and ready for its intended use, the Engineer, by written notice to the Contractor, will set the Substantial Completion Date. If, after this inspection the Engineer does not consider the Work substantially complete and ready for its intended use, the Engineer will, by written notice, so notify the Contractor giving the reasons therefore. Upon receipt of written notice concurring with or denying substantial completion, whichever is applicable, the Contractor shall pursue vigorously, diligently and without unauthorized interruption, the Work necessary to reach Substantial and Physical Completion. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with a revised schedule indicating when the Contractor expects to reach substantial and physical completion of the Work. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-31 The above process shall be repeated until the Engineer establishes the Substantial Completion Date and the Contractor considers the Work physically complete and ready for Final Inspection. 1-05.11(2) Final Inspection and Physical Completion Date Section 1-05.11(2) is a new Section: (******) When the Contractor considers the Work physically complete and ready for Final Inspection, the Contractor, by Written Notice, shall request the Engineer to schedule a final inspection. The Engineer will set a date for Final Inspection. The Engineer and the Contractor will then make a final inspection and the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing of all particulars in which the Final Inspection reveals the Work incomplete or unacceptable. The Contractor shall immediately take such corrective measures as are necessary to remedy the listed deficiencies. Corrective Work shall be pursued vigorously, diligently, and without interruption until physical completion of the listed deficiencies. This process will continue until the Engineer is satisfied the listed deficiencies have been corrected. If action to correct the listed deficiencies is not initiated within 7 days after receipt of the Written Notice listing the deficiencies, the Engineer may, upon Written Notice to the Contractor, take whatever steps are necessary to correct those deficiencies. The Contractor will not be allowed an extension of contract time because of a delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of the Engineer’s right hereunder. Upon correction of all deficiencies, the Engineer will notify the Contractor and the Contracting Agency, in writing, of the date upon which the Work was considered physically complete, that date shall constitute the Physical Completion Date of the Contract, but shall not imply all the obligations of the Contractor under the Contract have been fulfilled. 1-05.11(3) Operational Testing Section 1-05.11(3) is a new section: (******) Unless otherwise noted in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall give the Engineer a minimum of 3 working days’ notice of the time for each test and inspection. If the inspection is by another authority than the Engineer, the Contractor shall give the Engineer a minimum of 3 working days’ notice of the date fixed for such inspection. Required certificates of inspection by other authority than the Engineer shall be secured by the Contractor. It is the intent of the Contracting Agency to have at the Physical Completion Date a complete and operable system. Therefore, when the Work involves the installation of machinery or other mechanical equipment; street lighting, electrical CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-32 distribution or signal systems; irrigation systems; buildings; or other similar Work, it may be desirable for the Engineer to have the Contractor operate and test the Work for a period of time, after final inspection but prior to the physical completion date. Whenever items of Work are listed in the Contract Provisions for operational testing they shall be fully tested under operating conditions for the time period specified to ensure their acceptability prior to the Physical Completion Date. During and following the test period, the Contractor shall correct any items of workmanship, materials, or equipment which prove faulty, or that are not in first class operating condition. Equipment, electrical controls, meters, or other devices and equipment to be tested during this period shall be tested under the observation of the Engineer, so that the Engineer may determine their suitability for the purpose for which they were installed. The Physical Completion Date cannot be established until testing and corrections have been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The costs for power, gas, labor, material, supplies, and everything else needed to successfully complete operational testing, shall be included in the unit contract prices related to the system being tested, unless specifically set forth otherwise in the proposal. Operational and test periods, when required by the Engineer, shall not affect a manufacturer’s guaranties or warranties furnished under the terms of the Contract. 1-05.12 Final Acceptance The third and fourth sentences in paragraph 1 are deleted and replaced with: (******) The Final Acceptance date shall be that date in which the Renton City Council formally approves acceptance of the Work. 1-05.13 Superintendents, Labor and Equipment of Contractor Revise the last paragraph to read: (******) Whenever the Contracting Agency evaluates the Contractor’s qualifications pursuant to Section 1-02.1, the Contracting Agency will take these performance reports into account. 1-05.14 Cooperation with Other Contractors Section 1-05.14 is supplemented as follows: (******) The Contractor shall afford the Owner and other contractors working in the area reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their materials and the execution of their respective Work, and shall properly connect and coordinate the Contractor’s Work with theirs. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-33 Other utilities, districts, agencies, and contractors who may be working within the project area may include, but are not limited to: 1. Puget Sound Energy (gas and electric) 2. AT&T Broadband 3. CenturyLink 4. City of Renton (water, wastewater, surfacewater, transportation, etc.) 5. Comcast 6. Seattle Public Utilities 7. Soos Creek Sewer and Water District 8. Cedar River Sewer and Water District 9. Skyway Sewer and Water District 10. Coal Creek Sewer and Water District 11. King County Water District 90 12. Olympic Pipeline 13. Private contractors employed by adjacent property owners The Contractor shall coordinate with City of Renton on tying into any existing electrical service cabinet. 1-05.15 Method of Serving Notice Revise the second paragraph to read: (******) All correspondence from the Contractor shall be directed to the Engineer. All correspondence from the Contractor constituting any notification, notice of protest, notice of dispute, or other correspondence constituting notification required to be furnished under the Contract, shall be in letter format and delivered either via mail delivery service to the Engineer's office or delivered as an attachment to an email, as described below. Notices delivered by email shall be sent to all addresses on a mutually agreed upon list of addresses for the Contractor or the Contracting Agency. The list shall be agreed upon prior to issuance of the “Notice to Proceed with Construction” and shall be maintained by the Engineer. An email is deemed to be received by the end of the next business day following the date and time as recorded by the device used by the sender from which the email was sent. Email notifications shall have a subject line containing at least the project name and the word CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-34 Notification (Renton Airport Lift Station – Notification). Attachments over 10 megabytes are not allowed. For files over 10 megabytes, a link to a secure file transfer service shall be provided. Confirmation of receipt of email notification shall be provided by the recipient no later than one business day following receipt of the email notification. 1-05.16 Water and Power Section 1-05.16 is a new Section: (******) The Contractor shall make necessary arrangements, and shall bear the costs for power and water necessary for the performance of the Work, unless the Contract includes power and water as a pay item. 1-05.17 Oral Agreements Section 1-05.17 is a new section: (******) No oral agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the Contracting Agency, either before or after execution of the Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations contained in any of the documents comprising the Contract. Such oral agreement or conversation shall be considered as unofficial information and in no way binding upon the Contracting Agency, unless subsequently put in writing and signed by the Contracting Agency. 1-05.18 Contractor's Daily Diary Section 1-05.18 is a new section: (******) The Contractor and subcontractors shall maintain and provide to the Engineer a Daily Diary Record of this Work. This diary will be created by pen entries in a hardbound diary book of the type that is commonly available through commercial outlets. The diary must contain the Project and Number; if the diary is in loose- leaf form, this information must appear on every page. The diary must be kept and maintained by the Contractor's designated project superintendent(s). Entries must be made on a daily basis and must accurately represent all of the project activities on each day. At a minimum, the diary shall show on a daily basis: 1. The day and date. 2. The weather conditions, including changes throughout the day. 3. A complete description of Work accomplished during the day with adequate references to the Plans and Contract Provisions, so that the reader can eas¬ily and accurately identify said Work in the Plans. Identify CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-35 location/description of photographs or videos taken that day. 4. An entry for each and every changed condition, dispute or potential dispute, incident, accident, or occurrence of any nature whatsoever which might af¬fect the Contractor, the Owner, or any third party in any manner. 5. Listing of any materials received and stored on- or off-site by the Contractor for future installation, to include the manner of storage and protection of the same. 6. Listing of materials installed during each day. 7. List of all subcontractors working on-site during each day. 8. Listing of the number of the Contractor's employees working during each day by category of employment. 9. Listing of the Contractor's equipment working on the site during each day. Idle equipment on the site shall be listed and designated as idle. 10. Notations to explain inspections, testing, stake-out, and all other services furnished by the Owner or other party during each day. 11. Entries to verify the daily (including non-Work days) inspection and maintenance of traffic control devices and condition of the traveled roadway surfaces. The Contractor shall not allow any conditions to develop that would be hazardous to the public. 12. Any other information that serves to give an accurate and complete record of the nature, quantity, and quality of Contractor's progress on each day. 13. Plan markups showing locations and dimensions of constructed features to be used by the Engineer to produce record drawings. 14. All pages of the diary must be numbered consecutively with no omissions in page numbers. 15. Each page must be signed and dated by the Contractor's official representative on the project. The Contractor may use additional sheets separate from the diary book if necessary to provide a complete diary record, but they must be signed, dated, and labeled with project name and number. It is expressly agreed between the Contractor and the Owner that the Daily Diary maintained by the Contractor shall be the “Contractor's Book of Original Entry” for the documentation of any potential claims or disputes that might arise during this contract. Failure of the Contractor to maintain this diary in the manner described above will constitute a waiver of any such claims or disputes by the Contractor. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-36 The Engineer or other Owner’s representative on the job site will also complete a Daily Construction Report. 1-06 CONTROL OF MATERIAL 1-06.1 Approval of Materials Prior to Use Section 1-06.1 is supplemented as follows: (******) The materials and equipment lists submitted to the Engineer at the Preconstruction Conference shall include the quantity, manufacturer, and model number, if applicable, of materials and equipment to be installed under the Contract. This list will be checked by the Engineer as to conformity with the Contract Documents. The Engineer will review the lists within 10 working days, noting required corrections. The Contractor shall make required corrections and file 2 corrected copies with the Engineer within one week after receipt of required corrections. The Engineer's review and acceptance of the lists shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for suitability for the intended purpose, nor for deviations from the Contract Documents. 1-06.2(1) Samples and Tests for Acceptance Section 1-06.2(1) is supplemented a follows: (******) The finished Work shall be in accordance with approved samples. Approval of samples by the Engineer does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1-06.2(2) Statistical Evaluation of Materials for Acceptance Section 1-06.02(2) is supplemented by adding the following: (******) Unless stated otherwise in the special provisions, statistical evaluation will not be used by the City of Renton. 1-07 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE PUBLIC 1-07.1 Laws to be Observed Section 1-07.1 is supplemented as follows: (******) The Contractor shall erect and properly maintain, at all times, as required by the conditions and progress of the Work, all necessary safeguards for protection of workers and the public; shall post danger signs warning against known or unusual hazards; and shall designate as Safety Supervisor, a responsible employee on the construction site whose duty shall be the enforcement of safety. The name CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-37 and position of such person so designated shall be reported in writing to the Engineer by the Contractor. The Contractor shall, at all times, enforce strict discipline and good order among all employees and shall not employ any person unfit or not skilled in the Work assigned to him/her. Necessary sanitation conveniences for the use of the workers on the job, properly secluded from public observation, shall be provided and maintained by the Contractor. In cases of conflict between different safety regulations, the more stringent regulation shall apply. The Washington State Department of Labor and Industries shall be the sole and paramount administrative agency responsible for the administration of the provisions of the Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act of 1973 (WISHA). The Contractor shall maintain at the project site office, or other well-known place at the project site, all articles necessary for providing first aid to the injured. The Contractor shall establish, publish, and make known to all employees, procedures for ensuring immediate removal to a hospital or doctor’s care, and persons, including employees, who may have been injured on the project site. Employees should not be permitted to Work on the project site before the Contractor has established and made known procedures for removal of injured persons to a hospital or a doctor’s care. The Contractor shall have sole responsibility for the safety, efficiency, and adequacy of the Contractor’s plant, appliances, and methods, and for any damage or injury resulting from their failure, or improper maintenance, use, or operation. The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for the conditions of the project site, including safety for all persons and property in the performance of the Work. This requirement shall apply continuously, and not be limited to normal working hours. The required or implied duty of the Engineer to conduct construction review of the Contractor’s performance does not, and shall not, be intended to include review and adequacy of the Contractor’s safety measures, in, on, or near the project site. In response to COVID-19, the Contractor shall prepare a project specific COVID- 19 Health and Safety Plan (CHSP) in conformance with Section 1-07.4 and the Washington State Governor’s Phase 1 Construction Restart COVID-19 Job Site Requirements. A copy of the CHSP developed by the Contractor shall be submitted to the Engineer as a Type 2 Working Drawing. 1-07.2 State Taxes Delete this section, including its sub-sections, in its entirety and replace it with the following: (******) CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-38 The Washington State Department of Revenue has issued special rules on the state sales tax. Sections 1-07.2(1) through 1-07.2(4) are meant to clarify those rules. The Contractor should contact the Washington State Department of Revenue for answers to questions in this area. The Contracting Agency will not adjust its payment if the Contractor bases a bid on a misunderstood tax liability. 1-07.2(1) General The Contractor shall include all Contractor-paid taxes in the unit bid prices or other contract amounts. In some cases, however, state retail sales tax will not be included. Section 1-07.2(3) describes this exception. The Contracting Agency will pay the retained percentage only if the Contractor has obtained from the Washington State Department of Revenue a certificate showing that all contract-related taxes have been paid (RCW 60.28.050). The Contracting Agency may deduct from its payments to the Contractor any amount the Contractor may owe the Washington State Department of Revenue, whether the amount owed relates to this contract or not. Any amount so deducted will be paid into the proper state fund. 1-07.2(2) State Sales Tax – Rule 171 WAC 458-20-171, and its related rules, apply to building, repairing, or improving streets, roads, etc., which are owned by a municipal corporation, or political subdivision of the state, or by the United States, and which are used primarily for foot or vehicular traffic. This includes storm or combined sewer systems within and included as part of the street or road drainage system, and power lines when such are part of the roadway lighting system. For Work performed in such cases, the Contractor shall include Washington State Retail Sales Taxes in the various unit bid item prices, or other contract amounts, including those that the Contractor pays on the purchase of the materials, equipment, or supplies used or consumed in doing the Work. 1-07.2(3) State Sales Tax – Rule 170 WAC 458-20-170, and its related rules, applies to the constructing and repairing of new or existing buildings, or other structures, upon real property. This includes, but is not limited to; the construction of streets, roads, highways, etc., owned by the state of Washington; water mains and their appurtenances; sanitary sewers and sewage disposal systems unless such sewers and disposal systems are within, and a part of, a street or road drainage system; telephone, telegraph, electrical power distribution lines, or other conduits or lines in or above streets or roads, unless such power lines become a part of a street or road lighting system; and installing or attaching of any article of tangible personal property in or to real property, whether or not such personal property becomes a part of the realty by virtue of installation. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-39 For Work performed in such cases, the Contractor shall collect from the Contracting Agency, retail sales tax on the full contract price. The Contracting Agency will automatically add this sales tax to each payment to the Contractor. For this reason, the Contractor shall not include the retail sales tax in the unit bid item prices, or in any other contract amount subject to Rule 170, with the following exception. Exception: The Contracting Agency will not add in sales tax for a payment the Contractor or a subcontractor makes on the purchase or rental of tools, machinery, equipment, or consumable supplies not integrated into the project. Such sales taxes shall be included in the unit bid item prices or in any other contract amount. 1-07.2(4) Services The Contractor shall not collect retail sales tax from the Contracting Agency on any contract wholly for professional or other services (as defined in Washington State Department of Revenue Rules 138 and 244). 1-07.4 SANITATION 1-07.4(2) Health Hazards Section 1-07.4(2) is supplemented with the following: (******) 1-07.4(2)A COVID-19 Health and Safety Plan (CHSP) The Contractor shall prepare a project specific COVID-19 Health and Safety Plan (CHSP). The CHSP shall be prepared and submitted as a Type 2 Working Drawing prior to beginning physical Work. The Contractor shall update and resubmit the CHSP as the work progresses and new activities appear on the look ahead schedule required under Section 1- 08.3(2)D. If the conditions change on the project, or a particular activity, the Contractor shall update and resubmit the CHSP. Work on any activity shall cease if conditions prevent full compliance with the CHSP. The CHSP shall address the health and safety of all people associated with the project including Contracting Agency workers in the field, Contractor personnel, consultants, project staff, subcontractors, suppliers and anyone on the project site, staging areas, or yards. The plan shall address all elements of the Washington State Governor’s Phase 1 Construction Restart COVID-19 Job Site Requirements. 1-07.4(2)B COVID-19 Health and Safety Plan (CHSP) Inspection The Contractor shall grant full and unrestricted access to the Contracting Agency for CHSP Inspections. The Contracting Agency will conduct periodic compliance inspections on the project site, staging areas, or yards to verify that any ongoing CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-40 work activity is following the CHSP plan. If the Contracting Agency becomes aware of a noncompliance incident either through a site inspection or other means, the Contractor will be notified immediately. The Contractor shall immediately remedy the noncompliance incident or suspend all or part of the associated work activity. If a suspension is necessary the Contractor shall satisfy the Contracting Agency that the noncompliance incident has been corrected before the suspension will end. 1-07.4(2)C Payment “COVID-19 Health and Safety Plan (CHSP)”, lump sum. The lump sum Contract price for “COVID-19 Health and Safety Plan (CHSP)” shall be full pay for all costs, including but not limited to, preparing, submitting, revising, and resubmitting revisions for the plan. “COVID-19 Added Measures (Without Overhead & Profit)”, by force account. Payment will include the direct costs for the added health and safety measures necessitated by the plan, including additional materials and PPE. No overhead or profit will be included. To provide a common Proposal for all Bidders, the Contracting Agency has entered an amount in the Proposal to become a part of the Contractor’s total Bid. Should reporting as required by the Governor’s requirements be necessary, all direct labor associated with said reporting shall be paid for as force account. Any loss of production associated with implementation of the plan, or as precipitated by the Governor’s Phase 1 Construction Restart COVID-19 Job Site Requirements, shall be included and accounted for when developing the Bid package. 1-07.6 Permits and Licenses Section 1-07.6 is supplemented as follows: (******) The permits, easements, and right of entry documents that have been acquired are available for inspection and review. The Contractor shall be required to comply with all conditions of the permits, easements, and rights of entry, at no additional cost to the Owner. The Contractor is required to indemnify the Owner from claims on all easements and rights of entry. All other permits, licenses, etc., shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall comply with the special provisions and requirements of each. Permits, permission under franchises, licenses and bonds of a temporary nature CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-41 necessary for and during the prosecution of the Work, and inspection fees in connection therewith shall be secured and paid for by the Contractor. If the Owner is required to secure such permits, permission under franchises, licenses and bonds, and pay the fees, the costs incurred by the Owner thereby shall be charged against the Contractor and deducted from any funds otherwise due the Contractor. 1-07.9 Wages 1-07.9(5) Required Documents Delete the first sentence of the third paragraph, and replace it with the following: (******) The Contractor must submit weekly-certified payrolls for the Contractor and all subcontractors and lower tier subcontractors, regardless of project’s funding source. 1-07.11 Requirements for Non-Discrimination 1-07.11(11) City of Renton Affidavit of Compliance Section 1-07.11(11) is a new Section: (******) Each Contractor, Subcontractor, Consultant, and or Supplier shall complete and submit a copy of the “City of Renton Fair Practices Policy Affidavit of Compliance”. A copy of this document will be bound in the bid documents. 1-07.12 Federal Agency Inspection Section 1-07.12 is supplemented with the following: (******) Required Federal Aid Provisions The Required Contract Provisions Federal Aid Construction Contracts (FHWA 1273) and the amendments thereto supersede any conflicting provisions of the Standard Specifications and are made a part of this contract; provided, however, that if any of the provisions of FHWA 1273, as amended, are less restrictive than Washington State Law, then the Washington State Law shall prevail. The provisions of FHWA 1273, as amended, included in this contract require that the Contractor insert the FHWA 1273 and amendments thereto in each subcontract, together with the wage rates which are part of the FHWA 1273, as amended. Also, a clause shall be included in each subcontract requiring the subcontractors to insert the FHWA 1273 and amendments thereto in any lower tier subcontracts, together with the wage rates. The Contractor shall also ensure that this Section, REQUIRED FEDERAL AID PROVISIONS, is inserted in each subcontract for subcontractors and lower tier subcontractors. For this purpose, upon request to the Project Engineer, the Contractor will be provided with extra CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-42 copies of the FHWA 1273, the amendments thereto, the applicable wage rates, and this Special Provision. 1-07.13 Contractor’s Responsibility for Work 1-07.13(1) General Section 1-07.13(1) is supplemented as follows: (******) During unfavorable weather and other conditions, the Contractor shall pursue only such portions of the Work as shall not be damaged thereby. No portion of the Work whose satisfactory quality or efficiency will be affected by unfavorable conditions shall be constructed while these conditions exist, unless the Contractor shall be able to overcome said unfavorable conditions by special means or precautions acceptable to the Engineer. 1-07.15 Temporary Water Pollution Prevention Delete this section in its entirety and replace with the following: (******) The Contractor shall perform all work in strict accordance with all Federal, State, and local laws and regulations governing waters of the State, as well as permits acquired for the project. The Contractor shall prepare a final Temporary Water Pollution/Erosion Control Plan (TWPECP) and a final Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP). The TWPECP and SWPPP shall be developed in accordance with the erosion control standards contained in the Current City of Renton Surface Water Design Manual. The plan shall include any assumptions, detailed calculations, sketches and sequencing,. The plan shall be signed and stamped by a Washington State Professional Engineer. A TESC supervisor shall be designated by the Contractor, whose name and phone number shall be given to the Engineer at the Preconstruction Conference. The TESC supervisor must be a CESCL certified in accordance with NPDES permit requirements. The plan shall be submitted for approval to the City within 10 days of the Notice of Award. The TWPECP shall include the various configurations that may be necessary to adequately control erosion and sediment at the site during the various stages of construction. Design of dewatering, water control, bypass systems, and temporary erosion and sediment control during construction shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. At a minimum, the plan shall contain: 1.Manufacturer’s data and detailed plans for the erosion control products CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-43 specified in the plan. 2.Plan for temporary pipe system diversions. This shall include a description of when the piping will be used, pipe material, locations, elevations, plan and profile views, inlet and outlet protection, hydraulic capacity, and details of important design features. 3.Plan for collecting, pumping and pipe surface stormwater runoff, dewatering discharge, and seepage from the source to the Baker Tank or acceptable discharge. The plan shall be shown in phases to coincide with the phases of construction. The plan shall include: a.Layout and details of the system., b.Diversion systems manufacturer’s data and material submittals. c.Pump and pipe types, sizes, manufacturer’s data, and design criteria for pump sizing. d.Flow calculations for stormwater, seepage, and dewatering pump discharge. Schedule and sketch of location for dewatering systems. Pumps shall be sized to pump stormwater runoff for the tributary area plus an allowance for groundwater and surface seepage. Each pump area locations hall be equipped with two pumps meeting the capacity requirement, in case one is non-operational. e.Source of power for pumps, description of schedule and fueling requirements, storage location, and methods. 4.Manufacturer’s literature and test results (certificates) on the temporary silt fence, erosion control matting, riprap gradations, and any other necessary erosion control materials. 5.Planned installation and maintenance schedule for temporary erosion and sediment control facilities. Indicate locations and outlets of dewatering systems. 6.The boundaries of the clearing limits, sensitive areas and their buffers, and areas of vegetation preservation and tree retention. The Contractor shall also prepare a final SWPPP. The SWPPP must meet the requirements of the Department of Ecology’s NPDES and State Waste Discharge General Permit for Stormwater Discharges Associated with Construction Activity (General Permit). The SWPPP shall include and modify as necessary the Site Preparation and Erosion Control Plan drawings provided as part of the Contract Plans. The Contractor shall prepare, review, and modify the SWPPP as necessary to be consistent with the actual work schedule, sequencing, and construction methods that will be used on the project. The Contractor’s SWPPP CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-44 shall meet the requirements of the general permit. The Contractor shall: • Furnish, install, operate, and maintain necessary machinery, appurtenances, and equipment to keep excavations free of water during construction; • Dewater and dispose of water in a manner that will not cause injury to public and private property, as well as keep sediment-laden water from entering the City surface water system or violate applicable water standards; • Keep sufficient pumping equipment and machinery on hand at all times for emergencies, including electric power failures; • Keep experienced personnel available at all times to operate pumping equipment, machinery and appliances; • Not shut down dewatering systems between shifts, on holidays and weekends, nor during work stoppages without prior authorization by the Engineer; • Control groundwater to prevent softening of bottoms of excavations, or formation of “quick” conditions or “boils”; • Design and operate dewatering system that will not remove natural soils; • Keep excavations free of water during excavation, construction of structures, installation of pipelines, placing of structures, backfill, and placing and curing of concrete; and • Control surface water runoff to prevent entry and collection in excavations. As construction progresses and unexpected or seasonal conditions dictate, the Contractor shall anticipate that more water pollution/erosion control measures will be necessary. It shall be the obligation and responsibility of the Contractor to revise or supplement the pollution/erosion control measures as may be needed to protect the work, adjacent properties, storm drains, streams, and other water bodies. At all times, there must be material on the job site to handle any spills caused by the Contractor, such as tack, oils, diesel, etc. Materials would include, but not be limited to, oil absorbent pads and “kitty litter.” The Contractor must supply said materials at his expense and, in the event of a spill, be responsible for cleanup and disposal of contaminated materials. In addition, the SWPPP shall outline the procedures to be used to prevent high pH stormwater or dewatering water from entering surface waters. The plan shall include how the pH of the water will be maintained between pH 6.5 and pH 8.5 prior to being discharged from the project or entering surface waters. Prior to CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-45 beginning any concrete or grinding work, the Contractor shall submit the plan, for the Engineer’s review and approval. An Ecology template is available to the Contractor for producing the SWPPP, using project- specific information added by the Contractor. The template and instructions are available at: http://www.ecy.wa.gov/programs/wq/stormwater/construction. The Engineer’s review and any resulting approval of the Contractor’s SWPPP and TESCP will be only regarding conformance with the specification requirement that the Contractor have the plans prepared by a CPESC or professional Civil Engineer who has expertise in the type of facilities and that the SWPPP and TESCP include the items specified for such plans. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the adequacy of the SWPPP and TESCP and if erosion sediment, and other pollutant control measures in deviation or addition to those described in the SWPPP become necessary to minimize erosion and prevent storm water contamination from sediment and other pollutants, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a revised SWPPPP to the Engineer for review as specified for the original plan. The Owner will not be liable to the Contractor for failure to accept all or any portion of an originally submitted or revised SWPPP, nor for any delays to the Work due to the Contractor’s failure to submit and implement an acceptable SWPPP. 1-07.16 Protection and Restoration of Property 1-07.16(1) Private/Public Property Section 1-07.16(1) is supplemented with the following: (******) The Contracting Agency will obtain all easements and franchises required for the project. The Contractor shall limit his operation to the areas obtained and shall not trespass on private property. The Contracting Agency may provide certain lands, as indicated in connection with the Work under the Contract together with the right of access to such lands. The Contractor shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with his equipment or materials. The Contractor shall provide, with no liability to the Contracting Agency, any additional land and access thereto not shown or described that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials. He shall construct all access roads, detour roads, or other temporary Work as required by his operations. The Contractor shall confine his equipment, storage of material, and operation of his workers to those areas shown and described and such additional areas as he may provide. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-46 A.General. All construction Work under this contract on easements, right-of-way, over private property or franchise, shall be confined to the limits of such easements, right-of-way or franchise. All Work shall be accomplished so as to cause the least amount of disturbance and a minimum amount of damage. The Contractor shall schedule his Work so that trenches across easements shall not be left open during weekends or holidays and trenches shall not be open for more than 48 hours. B.Structures. The Contractor shall remove such existing structures as may be necessary for the performance of the Work and, if required, shall rebuild the structures thus removed in as good a condition as found. He shall also repair all existing structures that may be damaged as a result of the Work under this contract. C.Easements, cultivated areas and other surface improvements. All cultivated areas, either agricultural or lawns, and other surface improvements which are damaged by actions of the Contractor shall be restored as nearly as possible to their original condition. Prior to excavation on an easement or private right-of-way, the Contractor shall strip topsoil from the trench or construction area and stockpile it in such a manner that it may be replaced by him, upon completion of construction. Ornamental trees and shrubbery shall be carefully removed with the earth surrounding their roots wrapped in burlap and replanted in their original positions within 48 hours. All shrubbery or trees destroyed or damaged, shall be replaced by the Contractor with material of equal quality at no additional cost to the Contracting Agency. In the event that it is necessary to trench through any lawn area, the sod shall be carefully cut and rolled and replaced after the trenches have been backfilled. The lawn area shall be cleaned by sweeping or other means, of all earth and debris. The Contractor shall use rubber wheel equipment similar to the small tractor- type backhoes used by side sewer contractors for all Work, including excavation and backfill, on easements or rights-of-way, which have lawn areas. All fences, markers, mailboxes, or other temporary obstacles shall be removed by the Contractor and immediately replace, after the trench is backfilled, in their original position. The Contractor shall notify the Contracting Agency and Property Owner at least 24 hours in advance of any Work done on easements or rights-of-way. Damage to existing structures outside of easement areas that may result from dewatering and/or other construction activity under this contract shall be restored to their original condition or better. The original condition shall be established by photographs taken and/or inspection made prior to construction. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-47 All such Work shall be done to the satisfaction of the Property Owners and the Contracting Agency at the expense of the Contractor. D.Streets. The Contractor will assume all responsibility of restoration of the surface of all streets (traveled ways) used by him if damaged. In the event the Contractor does not have labor or material immediately available to make necessary repairs, the Contractor shall so inform the Contracting Agency. The Contracting Agency will make the necessary repairs and the cost of such repairs shall be paid by the Contractor. The Contractor is responsible for identifying and documenting any damage that is pre-existing or caused by others. Restoration of excavation in City streets shall be done in accordance with the City of Renton Trench Restoration Requirements, which is available at the Public Works Department Customer Services counter on the 6th floor, Renton City Hall, 1055 South Grady Way or can be found on the City’s website at: https://edocs.rentonwa.gov/Documents/ElectronicFile.aspx?docid=1074326&d bid=0&repo=CityofRenton. 1-07.17 Utilities and Similar Facilities Section 1-07.17 is supplemented with the following: (******) Existing utilities indicated in the Plans have been plotted from the best information available to the Engineer. Information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing underground utilities or services at or contiguous to the project site are based on information and data furnished to the Owner and the Engineer by owners of such underground facilities or others, and the Owner and the Engineer do not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof. It is to be understood that other aboveground or underground facilities not shown in the Plans may be encountered during the course of the Work. All utility valves, manholes, vaults, or pull boxes which are buried shall be conspicuously marked in a fashion acceptable to the Owner and the Engineer by the Contractor to allow their location to be determined by the Engineer or utility personnel under adverse conditions, (inclement weather or darkness). Where underground main distribution conduits, such as water, gas, sewer, electric power, or telephone, are shown on the Plans, the Contractor, for the purpose of preparing his bid, shall assume that every property parcel will be served by a service connection for each type of utility. The Contractor shall check with the utility companies concerning any possible conflict prior to commencing excavation in any area. The Contractor shall resolve all crossing and clearance problems with the utility company concerned. No CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-48 excavation shall begin until all known facilities, in the vicinity of the excavation area, have been located and marked. In addition to the Contractor having all utilities field marked before starting Work, the Contractor shall have all utilities field marked after they are relocated in conjunction with this project. Call Before You Dig The 48-Hour Locators 1-800-424-5555 At least 2 and not more than 10 working days prior to commencing any excavations for utility potholing or for any other purpose under this Contract, the Contractor shall notify the Underground Utilities Location Center by telephone of the planned excavation and progress schedule. The Contractor is also warned that there may be utilities on the project that are not part of the One Call system. They must be contacted directly by the Contractor for locations. The Contractor shall make arrangements 48 hours in advance with respective utility owners to have a representative present when their utility is exposed or modified, if the utility chooses to do so. Existing utilities for telephone, power, gas, water, and television cable facilities shall be adjusted or relocated by the appropriate utility company unless otherwise noted in the Plans. These adjustments may be completed before the Contractor begins Work, or may be performed in conjunction with the Contract Work. The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for coordination with the utility companies and arranging for the movement or adjustment, either temporary or permanent, of their facilities within the project limits. See also Section 1-05.14 of these Special Provisions. If or when utility conflicts occur, the Contractor shall continue the construction process on other aspects of the project whenever possible. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for reason of delay caused by the actions of any utility company, and the Contractor shall consider such costs to be incidental to the other items of the Contract. Utility Potholing Potholing may be included as a bid item for use in determining the location of existing utilities in advance of the Contractor's operations. If potholing is not included as a bid item then it shall be considered incidental to other Work. The Contractor shall submit all potholing requests to the Engineer for approval, at least 2 working days before potholing is scheduled. Additionally, the Contractor shall provide potholing at the Engineer's request. In no way shall the Work described under Utility Potholing relieve the Contractor of any of the responsibilities described in Section 1-07.17 of the Standard CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-49 Specifications and Special Provisions, and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 1-07.17(3) Site Specific Potholing Section 1-07.17(3) is a new section: (******) Site Specific Potholing is intended to be additional potholing as directed by the Engineer, which is in addition to potholing included as incidental for utility installation. Where underground utilities are found to be in the way of construction, such condition shall not be deemed to be a changed or differing site condition, and if necessary, pipe alignment or grade shall be modified. No payment will be made unless potholing has been performed prior to trench excavation, and witnessed by the Engineer. Different utilities may be found to occupy a common trench. Any two or more utilities separated by 3 feet or less shall constitute one locate. Where multiple utilities exist in close proximity, the Contractor shall be paid for one locate for every 5 feet of exploration trench. The quantity for this item is included to provide a common proposal for bid purposes. The actual quantity used in construction may vary from that amount. The unit price will not be adjusted if the actual quantity used varies by more than 25 percent. The contractor shall perform this potholing a minimum of five working days prior to crossing to allow for potential revisions. The contractor shall not have cause for claim of down-time or any other additional costs associated with ‘waiting’ if the owner provides design revisions (related to the information supplied per this section) within three working days after the contractor provides the surveyed elevations. In no way shall the Work described under Site Specific Potholing relieve the Contractor of any of the responsibilities described in Section 1-07.17 of the Standard Specifications and Special Provisions, and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 1-07.17(4) Interruption of Services Section 1-07.17(4) is a new section: (******) Whenever, in the course of the construction operation, it becomes neces¬sary to cause an outage of utilities, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to notify the affected users and the Engineer not less than 48 hours in advance of such outage. The Contractor shall make reasonable effort to minimize the duration of outages, and shall estimate the length of time service will be interrupted and so notify the users. In the case of any utility outage that has exceeded or will exceed four hours, user contact shall again be made. Temporary service, if needed, will be arranged by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. Overhead lighting outages shall not exceed 24 hours. All cost to the Contractor CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-50 for providing temporary overhead lighting to meet above requirements shall be incidental to the various unit and Lump sum items of the Contract; no separate payment will be made. 1-07.17(5) Resolution of Utility Conflicts Section 1-07.17(5) is a new section: (******) In no way shall the work described under Resolution of Utility Conflicts relieve Contractor of any of the responsibilities described in Section 1-07.17 of the Standard Specifications and Special Provisions, and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. If or when utility conflicts occur, Contractor shall continue the construction process on other aspects of the project whenever possible. If “Resolution of utility conflicts” is included as a bid item in Section 1-09.14, it shall be used to resolve any new identified utility conflicts not otherwise shown on the Contract Drawing or Specifications that are identified during the course of construction. 1-07.18 Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance Section 1-07.18 Delete this section in its entirety and replace with the following: (******) 1-07.18(1) General The Contractor shall obtain and maintain in full force and effect, from the Contract Execution Date to the Completion Date, public liability and property damage insurance with an insurance company(ies) or through sources approved by the State Insurance Commissioner pursuant to RCW 48. The Contractor shall not begin work under the Contract until the required insurance has been obtained and approved by the Contracting Agency. Insurance shall provide coverage to the Contractor, all subcontractors, Contracting Agency and the Contracting Agency's consultant. The coverage shall protect against claims for bodily injuries, personal injuries, including accidental death, as well as claims for property damages which may arise from any act or omission of the Contractor or the subcontractor, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them. If warranted work is required, the Contractor shall provide the City proof that insurance coverage and limits established under the term of the Contract for work are in full force and effect during the period of warranty work. The Contracting Agency may request a copy of the actual declaration pages(s) for each insurance policy effecting coverage(s) required on the Contract prior to the date work commences. Failure of the Contractor to fully comply during the term of the Contract with the CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-51 requirements described herein will be considered a material breach of contract and shall be caused for immediate termination of the Contract at the option of the Contracting Agency. All costs for insurance shall be incidental to and included in the unit or Lump Sum prices of the contract and no additional payment will be made. 1-07.18(2) Coverages All coverage provided by the Contractor shall be in a form and underwritten by a company acceptable to the Contracting Agency. The City requires that all insurers: 1. Be licensed to do business within the State of Washington. 2. Coverage to be on an "occurrence" basis (Professional Liability and Pollution coverage are acceptable when written on a claims-made basis). The City may also require proof of professional liability coverage be provided for up to two (2) years after the completion of the project. 3. The City may request a copy of the actual declaration page(s) for each insurance policy affecting coverage(s) required by the Contract prior to the date work commences. 4. Possess a minimum A.M. best rating of AVII (A rating of A XII or better is preferred.) If any insurance carrier possesses a rating of less than AVII, the City may make an exception. The City reserves the right to approve the security of the insurance coverage provided by the insurance company(ies), terms, conditions, and the Certificate of Insurance. Failure of the Contractor to fully comply during the term of the Contract with these requirements will be considered a material breach of contract and shall be cause for immediate termination of the contract at the option of the City. The Contractor shall obtain and maintain the minimum insurance coverage set forth below. By requiring such minimum insurance, the City of Renton shall not be deemed or construed to have assessed the risks that may be applicable to the Contractor. The Contractor shall assess its own risks and if it deems appropriate and/or prudent, maintain higher limits and/or broader coverage. Coverage shall include: A. Commercial General Liability - ISO 1993 Form or equivalent. Coverage will be written on an occurrence basis and include: . Premises and Operations (including CG2503; General Aggregate to CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-52 apply per project, if applicable) . Explosion, Collapse, and Underground Hazards. . Products/Completed Operations . Contractual Liability (including Amendatory Endorsement CG 0043 or equivalent which includes defense coverage assumed under contract) . Broad Form Property Damage . Independent Contractors . Personal/Advertising Injury . Stop Gap Liability B. Automobile Liability including all . Owned Vehicles . Non-Owned Vehicles . Hired Vehicles C. Workers' Compensation . Statutory Benefits (Coverage A) - Show Washington Labor & Industries Number D. Umbrella Liability (when necessary) . Excess of Commercial General Liability and Automobile Liability. Coverage should be as broad as primary. E. Professional Liability - (whenever the work under this Contract includes Professional Liability, including Advertising activities) the (CONTRACTOR) shall maintain professional liability covering wrongful acts, errors and/or omissions of the (CONTRACTOR) for damage sustained by reason of or in the course of operations under this Contract. F. Pollution Liability - the City may require this coverage whenever work under this Contract involves pollution risk to the environment. This coverage is to include sudden and gradual coverage for third party liability including defense costs and completed operations. Contractor shall name City of Renton, and its officers, officials, agents, employees and volunteers as Additional Insured (ISO Form CG 2010 or equivalent). The Contractor shall provide City of Renton Certificates of Insurance prior to commencement of work. The City reserves the right to request copies of CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-53 insurance policies, if at their sole discretion it is deemed appropriate. Further, all policies of insurance described above shall: A. Be on a primary basis not contributory with any other insurance coverage and/or self-insurance carried by City of Renton. B. Include a Waiver of Subrogation Clause. C. Severability of Interest Clause (Cross Liability) D. The Contractor shall provide the Contracting Agency and all Additional Insured’s with written notice of any policy cancellation, within two business days of their receipt of such notice. E. Failure on the part of the Contractor to maintain the insurance as required shall constitute a material breach of contract, upon which the Contracting Agency may, after giving five business days notice to the Contractor to correct the breach, immediately terminate the contract or, at its discretion, procure or renew such insurance and pay any and all premiums in connection therewith, with any sums so expended to be repaid to the Contracting Agency on demand, or at the sole discretion of the Contracting Agency, offset against funds due the Contractor from the Contracting Agency. 1-07.18(3) Limits LIMITS REQUIRED Providing coverage in these stated amounts shall not be construed to relieve the Contractor from liability in excess of such limits. The Contractor shall carry the following limits of liability as required below: Commercial General Liability General Aggregate*$2,000,000 ** Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $2,000,000 ** Each Occurrence Limit $1,000,000 Personal/Advertising Injury $1,000,000 Fire Damage (Any One Fire)$50,000 Medical Payments (Any One Person)$5,000 Stop Gap Liability $1,000,000 * General Aggregate to apply per project (ISO Form CG2503 or equivalent) **Amount may vary based on project risk Automobile Liability CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-54 Bodily Injury/Property Damage $1,000,000 (Each Accident) Workers' Compensation Statutory Benefits - Coverage A Variable (Show Washington Labor and Industries Number) Umbrella Liability Each Occurrence Limit $1,000,000 General Aggregate Limit $1,000,000 Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000 Professional Liability (If required) Each Occurrence/ Incident/Claim $1,000,000 Aggregate $2,000,000 Pollution Liability (If required) to apply on a per project basis Per Loss $1,000,000 Aggregate $1,000,000 The City may require the Contractor to keep professional liability coverage in effect for up to two (2) years after completion of the project. The Contractor shall promptly advise the CITY OF RENTON in the event any general aggregates are reduced for any reason, and shall reinstate the aggregate at the Contractor’s expense to comply with the minimum limits and requirements as stated above and shall furnish to the CITY OF RENTON a new certificate of insurance showing such coverage is in force. 1-07.18(4) Evidence of Insurance: Within 20 days of award of the Contract, the Contractor shall provide evidence of insurance by submitting to the Contracting Agency the Certificate of Insurance (ACORD Form 25s or equivalent) conforming to items as specified in Sections 1- 07.18(1), 1-07.18(2), and 1-07.18(3) as revised above. Other requirements are as follows: A. Strike the following or similar wording: "This Certificate is issued as a matter of information only and confers no rights upon the Certificate Holder". B. Strike the wording regarding cancellation notification to the City: "Failure to mail such notice shall impose no obligation or liability of any kind upon the company, its agents or representatives". CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-55 C. Amend the cancellation clause to state: "Should any of the above described policies be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions." For Professional Liability coverage only, instead of the cancellation language specified above, the City will accept a written agreement that the consultant's broker will provide the required notification. 1-07.22 Use of Explosives Section 1-07.22 is supplemented with the following: (******) Explosives shall not be used without specific authority of the Engineer, and then only under such restrictions as may be required by the proper authorities. Explosives shall be handled and used in strict compliance with WAC 296-52 and such local laws, rules and regulations that may apply. The individual in charge of the blasting shall have a current Washington State Blaster Users License. The Contractor shall obtain, comply with, and pay for such permits and costs as are necessary in conjunction with blasting operations. 1-07.23 Public Convenience and Safety 1-07.23(1) Construction Under Traffic Section 1-07.23(1) is revised and supplemented with the following: (******) Revise the second paragraph to read: (******) To disrupt public traffic as little as possible, the Contractor shall permit traffic to pass through the Work with the least possible inconvenience or delay. The Contractor shall maintain existing roads, streets, sidewalks, driveways, and paths within the project limits, keeping them open, and in good, clean, safe condition at all times. Accessibility to existing or temporary pedestrian push buttons shall not be impaired. Deficiencies caused by the Contractor’s operations shall be repaired at the Contractor’s expense. Deficiencies not caused by the Contractor’s operations shall be repaired by the Contractor when directed by the Engineer, at the Contracting Agency’s expense. The Contractor shall also maintain roads, streets, sidewalks, driveways, and paths adjacent to the project limits when affected by the Contractor’s operations. Snow and ice control will be performed by the Contracting Agency on all projects. Cleanup of snow and ice control debris will be at the Contracting Agency’s expense. The Contractor shall perform the following: CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-56 1. Remove or repair any condition resulting from the Work that might impede traffic or create a hazard. 2. Keep existing traffic signal and highway lighting systems in operation as the Work proceeds. (The Contracting Agency will continue the route maintenance on such system.) 3. Maintain the striping on the roadway at the Contracting Agency’s expense. The Contractor shall be responsible for scheduling when to renew striping, subject to the approval of the Engineer. When the scope of the project does not require Work on the roadway, the Contracting Agency will be responsible for maintaining the striping. 4. Maintain existing permanent signing. Repair of signs will be at the Contracting Agency’s expense, except those damaged due to the Contractor’s operations. 5. Keep drainage structures clean to allow for free flow of water. Cleaning of existing drainage structures will be at the Contracting Agency’s expense when approved by the Engineer, except when flow is impaired due to the Contractor’s operations. Section 1-07.23(1) is supplemented with the following: (******) The Contractor shall be responsible for controlling dust and mud within the project limits and on any street, which is utilized by his equipment for the duration of the project. The Contractor shall be prepared to use watering trucks, power sweepers, and other pieces of equipment as deemed necessary by the Engineer, to avoid creating a nuisance. Dust and mud control shall be considered as incidental to the project, and no compensation will be made for this section. Complaints of dust, mud, or unsafe practices and/or property damage to private ownership will be transmitted to the Contractor and prompt action in correcting them will be required by the Contractor. The Contractor shall maintain the roads during construction in a suitable condition to minimize affects to vehicular and pedestrian traffic. All cost to maintain the roads shall be borne by the Contractor. At least one-way traffic shall be maintained on all cross-streets within the project limits during working hours. One lane shall be provided in each direction for all streets during non-working hours. The Contractor shall provide one drivable roadway lane and maintain convenient access for local and commuter traffic to driveways, businesses, and buildings along the line of Work throughout the course of the project. Such access shall be maintained as near as possible to that which existed prior to the commencement CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-57 of construction. This restriction shall not apply to the paving portion of the construction process. The Contractor shall notify and coordinate with all property owners and tenants of street closures, or other restrictions which may interfere with their access at least 24 hours in advance for single-family residential property, and at least 48 hours in advance for apartments, offices, and commercial property. The Contractor shall give a copy of all notices to the Engineer. When the abutting owners’ access across the right-of-way line is to be eliminated and replaced under the Contract by other access, the existing access shall not be closed until the replacement access facility is available. All unattended excavations shall be properly barricaded and covered at all times. The Contractor shall not open any trenches that cannot be completed and refilled that same day. Trenches shall be patched or covered by a temporary steel plate, at the Contractor’s expense, except in areas where the roadway remains closed to public traffic. Steel plates must be anchored. 1-07.23(2) Construction and Maintenance of Detours Revise the first paragraph to read: (******) Unless otherwise approved, the Contractor shall maintain two-way traffic during construction. The Contractor shall build, maintain in a safe condition, keep open to traffic, and remove when no longer needed: 1. Detours and detour bridges that will accommodate traffic diverted from the roadway, bridge, sidewalk, driveway, or path during construction, 2. Detour crossings of intersecting highways, and 3. Temporary approaches. 1-07.24 Rights-of-Way Delete this section in its entirety, and replace it with the following: (******) Street right-of-way lines, limits of easements, and limits of construction permits are indicated on the Drawings. The Contractor’s construction activities shall be confined within these limits unless arrangements for use of private property are made. Generally, the Contracting Agency will have obtained, prior to bid opening, all rights-of-way and easements, both permanent and temporary, necessary for carrying out the completion of the Work. Exceptions to this are noted in the Contract Documents or brought to the Contractor’s attention by a duly issued addendum. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-58 Whenever any of the Work is accomplished on or through property other than public right-of-way, the Contractor shall meet and fulfill all covenants and stipulations of any easement agreement obtained by the Contracting Agency from the owner of the private property. Copies of the easement agreements are included in the Contract Provisions or made available to the Contractor as soon as practical after they have been obtained by the Engineer. Whenever easements or rights-of-entry have not been acquired prior to advertising, these areas are so noted on the Drawings. The Contractor shall not proceed with any portion of the Work in areas where right-of-way, easements, or rights-of-entry have not been acquired until the Engineer certifies to the Contractor that the right-of-way or easement is available or that the right-of-entry had been received. If the Contractor is delayed due to acts of omission on the part of the Contracting Agency in obtaining easements, rights of entry of right-of- way, the Contractor will be entitled to an extension of time. The Contractor agrees that such delay shall not be a breach of contract. Each property owner shall be given 48 hours notice prior to entry by the Contactor. This includes entry onto easements and private property where private improvements must be adjusted. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing, without expense or liability of the Contracting Agency, any additional land and access thereto that the Contractor may desire for temporary construction facilities, storage of materials, or other Contractor needs. However, before using any private property, whether adjoining the Work or not, the Contractor shall file with the Engineer a written permission of the private property owner, and, upon vacating the premises, a written release from the property owner of each property disturbed or otherwise interfered with by reasons of construction pursued under this Contract. The statement shall be signed by the private property owner, or proper authority acting for the owner of the private property affected, stating that permission has been granted to use the property and all necessary permits have been obtained or, in the case of a release, that the restoration of the property has been satisfactorily accomplished. The statement shall include the parcel number, address and date of signature. Written releases must be filed with the Engineer before the Completion Date will be established. 1-07.28 Confined Space Entry Section 1-07.28 is a new section: (******) The Contractor shall: 1. Review and be familiar with the City’s Public Works Confined Space Entry Program. 2. Review documented information about the City confined spaces in which CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-59 entry is intended as listed and described in the City’s Attribute and Map Book. This information includes identified hazards for each permit- required confined space. 3. Each contractor shall have their own confined space entry program. Upon request of the City they will provide a statement confirming they are in compliance with their confined space entry program including requirements for confined space training for employees associated with the project in Renton. 4. Be responsible for following all confined space requirements established by the provisions in WAC 296-809 and its chapters. 5. Coordinate entry operations with the City of Renton when employees from the contractor will be working in or near City confined spaces. 6. Discuss entry operations with the City of Renton including the program followed during confined space entry. 7. Debrief the City on any hazards confronted or created at the completion of entry operations. 8. Place signs stating, “Danger, Follow Confined Space Entry Procedure before Entering” at each confined space to be entered. Never leave the confined space open and unattended. The contractor’s or consultant’s point of contact with the City in regard to confined space entry will be the City’s assigned construction inspector. 1-08 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 1-08.0 Preliminary Matters Section 1-08.0 is a new section with subsection: (******) 1-08.0(1) Preconstruction Conference Section 1-08.0(1) is a new subsection: (******) The Engineer will furnish the Contractor with copies of the Contract Documents per Section 1-02.2 “Plans and Specifications”. Additional documents may be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction. Prior to undertaking each part of the Work the Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents, and check and verify pertinent figures shown therein and all applicable field measurements. The Contractor shall promptly report in writing to the Engineer any conflict, error or discrepancy, which the Contractor may discover. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-60 After the Contract has been executed, but prior to the Contractor beginning the Work, a preconstruction conference will be held between the Contractor, the Engineer and such other interested parties as may be invited. The Contractor shall prepare and submit at the preconstruction meeting: Contractor's plan of operation and progress schedule (3+ copies) Approval of qualified subcontractors (bring list of subcontractors if different from list submitted with bid) List of materials fabricated or manufactured off the project Material sources on the project Names of principal suppliers Detailed equipment list, including “Rental Rate Blue Book” hourly costs (both working and standby rates) Weighted wage rates for all employee classifications anticipated to be used on Project Cost percentage breakdown for lump sum bid item(s) Shop Drawings (bring preliminary list) Traffic Control Plans (3+ copies) Temporary Water Pollution/Erosion Control Plan Shoring Plans (per section 1-0914(2)(B), if applicable In addition, the Contractor shall be prepared to address: Bonds and insurance Project meetings – schedule and responsibilities Provision for inspection for materials from outside sources Responsibility for locating utilities Responsibility for damage Time schedule for relocations, if by other than the Contractor Compliance with Contract Documents Acceptance and approval of Work CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-61 Labor compliance, payrolls, and certifications Safety regulations for the Contractors’ and the Owner's employees and representatives Suspension of Work, time extensions Change order procedures Progress estimates, procedures for payment Special requirements of funding agencies Construction engineering, advance notice of special Work Any interpretation of the Contract Documents requested by the Contractor Any conflicts or omissions in Contract Documents Any other problems or questions concerning the Work Processing and administration of public complaints Easements and rights-of-entry Other contracts The franchise utilities may be present at the preconstruction conference, and the Contractor should be prepared for their review and discussion of progress schedule and coordination. 1-08.0(2) Hours of Work Section 1-08.0(2) is a new subsection: (******) Except in the case of emergency or unless otherwise approved by the Contracting Agency, the normal straight time working hours for the Contract shall be any consecutive 8-hour period between 7:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. of a working day with a maximum 1-hour lunch break and a 5-day Work week. The normal straight time 8-hour working period for the Contract shall be established at the preconstruction conference or prior to the Contractor commencing the Work. If a Contractor desires to perform Work before 7:00 a.m. or after 5:00 p.m. on any day, the Contractor shall apply in writing to the Engineer for permission to Work such times. Permission to Work longer than an 8-hour period between 7:00 a.m. an 5:00 p.m. is required. Such requests shall be submitted to the Engineer no later than noon on the working day prior to the day for which the Contractor is requesting permission to Work. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-62 Permission to Work between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. during weekdays and between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. on weekends or holidays may also be subject to noise control requirements. Approval to continue Work during these hours may be revoked at any time the Contractor exceeds the Contracting Agency’s noise control regulations or complaints are received from the public or adjoining property owners regarding the noise from the Contractor’s operations. The Contractor shall have no claim for damages or delays should such permission be revoked for these reasons. Permission to Work Saturdays, Sundays, holidays or other than the agreed upon normal straight time working hours Monday through Friday may be given subject to certain other conditions set forth by the Contracting Agency or the Engineer. These conditions may include but are not limited to: requiring the Engineer or such assistants as the Engineer may deem necessary to be present during the Work; requiring the Contractor to reimburse the Contracting Agency for the cost of engineering salaries paid Contracting Agency employees who worked during such times; considering the Work performed on Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays as working days with regards to the Contract Time; and considering multiple Work shifts as multiple working days with respect to Contract Time even though the multiple shifts occur in a single 24-hour period. Assistants may include, but are not limited to, survey crews; personnel from the material testing labs; inspectors; and other Contracting Agency employees when in the opinion of the Engineer such Work necessitates their presence. 1-08.0(3) Reimbursement for Overtime Work of Contracting Agency Employees Section 1-08.0(3) is a new subsection: (******) Where the Contractor elects to Work on a Saturday, Sunday, holiday, or longer than an 8-hour Work shift on a regular working day, as defined in the Standard Specifications, such Work shall be considered as overtime Work. On all such overtime Work an inspector will be present, and a survey crew may be required at the discretion of the Engineer. The Contractor shall reimburse the Contracting Agency for the full amount of the straight time plus overtime costs for employees and representative(s) of the Contracting Agency required to Work overtime hours. The Contractor, by these Specifications, does hereby authorize the Engineer to deduct such costs from the amount due or to become due the Contractor. 1-08.1 Subcontracting Section 1-08.1 is revised and supplemented as follows: (******) Revise the second paragraph to read: (******) The Contractor shall not subcontract Work unless the Engineer approves in CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-63 writing. Each request to subcontract shall be on the form the Engineer provides. If the Engineer requests, the Contractor shall provide proof that subcontractor has the experience, ability, and equipment the Work requires. The Contractor shall require each subcontractor to comply with Section 1-07.9 and to furnish all certificates and statements required by the Contract. The Contractor shall require each subcontractor of every tier to meet the responsibility criteria stated in RCW 39.06, and shall include these requirements in every subcontract of every tier. Section 1-08.1 is supplemented as follows: (******) Written requests for change in subcontractors shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Engineer at least 7 calendar days prior to start of a subcontractor's Work. The Contractor agrees that he/she is fully responsible to the Owner for the acts and omissions of all subcontractors and lower-tier subcontractors, and persons either directly or indirectly employed by the subcontractors, as well as for the acts and omissions of persons directly employed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be required to give personal attention to the Work that is sublet. Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relation between any subcontractor and the Owner. The Contractor shall be responsible for making sure all subcontractors submit all required documentation, forms, etc. 1-08.2 Assignment The second paragraph of Section 1-08.2 is deleted and replaced as follows: (******) The Contractor shall not assign any moneys due or to become due to the Contractor hereunder without the prior written consent of the Owner. The assignment, if approved, shall be subject to all setoffs, withholdings, and deductions required by law and the Contract. 1-08.3 Progress Schedule 1-08.3(1) General Requirements Section 1-08.3(1) Delete this sub-section in its entirety and replace as follows: (******) The progress schedule for the entire project shall be submitted 7 calendar days prior to the Preconstruction Conference. The schedule shall be prepared using the critical path method (CPM), preferably using Microsoft Project or equivalent software. The schedule shall contain this information, at a minimum: 1. Construction activities, in sufficient detail that all activities necessary to CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-64 construct a complete and functional project are considered. Any activity that has a scheduled duration exceeding 30 calendar days shall be subdivided until no sub-element has a duration exceeding 30 calendar days. 2. The schedule shall clearly indicate the activities that comprise the critical path. For each activity not on the critical path, the schedule shall show the float, or slack, time. 3. Procurement of material and equipment. 4. Submittals requiring review by the Engineer. Submittal by the Contractor and review by the Engineer shall be shown as separate activities. 5. Work to be performed by a subcontractor, agent, or any third party. 6. Allowances for delays that could result from normal inclement weather (time extensions due to inclement weather will not be allowed). 7. Allowances for the time required by utilities (Owner’s and others) to locate, monitor, and adjust their facilities as required. The Engineer may request the Contractor to alter the progress schedule when deemed necessary in the opinion of the Engineer, in the interest of public safety and welfare of the Owner, or for coordination with any other activity of other contractors, the availability of all or portions of the job site, or special provisions of this Contract, or to reasonably meet the completion date of the project. The Contractor shall provide such revised schedule within 10 days of request. If, at any time, in the opinion of the Engineer, the progress of construction falls significantly behind schedule, the Contractor may be required to submit a plan for regaining progress and a revised schedule indicating how the remaining Work items will be completed within the authorized contract time. The Contractor shall promptly report to the Engineer any conditions that the Contractor feels will require revision of the schedule and shall promptly submit proposed revisions in the progress schedule for acceptance by the Engineer. When such changes are accepted by the Engineer, the revised schedule shall be followed by the Contractor. Weekly Schedule. The Contractor shall submit a weekly progress schedule to the Engineer which sets forth specific Work to be performed the following week, and a tentative schedule for the second week. Failure to Maintain Progress Schedule. The Engineer will check actual progress of the Work against the progress schedule a minimum of two times per month. Failure, without just cause, to maintain progress in accordance with the approved schedule shall constitute a breach of Contract. If, through no fault of the CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-65 Contractor, the proposed construction schedule cannot be met, the Engineer will require the Contractor to submit a revised schedule to the Engineer for acceptance. The approved revisions will thereafter, in all respects, apply in lieu of the original schedule. Failure of the Contractor to follow the progress schedule submitted and accepted, including revisions thereof, shall relieve the Owner of any and all responsibility for furnishing and making available all or any portion of the job site, and will relieve the Owner of any responsibility for delays to the Contractor in the performance of the Work. The cost of preparing the progress schedule, any supplementary progress schedules, and weekly schedules shall be considered incidental to the Contract and no other compensation shall be made. 1-08.4 Prosecution of the Work Section 1-08.4 is replaced with the following: (******) Notice to Proceed will be given after the contract has been executed and the contract bond and evidence of insurance have been approved and filed by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall not commence with the work until the Notice to Proceed has been given by the Engineer. Work on site shall not commence until the Contracting Agency has received the Contractor’s COVID-19 Health and Safety Plan (CHSP). The Contractor shall commence construction activities on the project site within ten days of the Notice to Proceed Date, unless otherwise approved in writing. The Contractor shall diligently pursue the work to the physical completion date within the time specified in the contract. Voluntary shutdown or slowing of operations by the Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility to complete the work within the time(s) specified in the contract. When shown in the Plans, the first order of work shall be the installation of high visibility fencing to delineate all areas for protection or restoration, as described in the Contract. Installation of high visibility fencing adjacent to the roadway shall occur after the placement of all necessary signs and traffic control devices in accordance with 1-10.1(2). Upon construction of the fencing, the Contractor shall request the Engineer to inspect the fence. No other work shall be performed on the site until the Contracting Agency has accepted the installation of high visibility fencing, as described in the Contract. Following acceptance of high visibility fencing Contractor shall install fencing to limit access, COVID-19 sampling and testing stations, and all other onsite control measures identified in the CHSP and the Governor’s Phase 1 Construction Restart COVID-19 Job Site Requirements. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-66 1-08.5 Time for Completion Section 1-08.5 is revised and supplemented as follows: (******) The first five paragraphs of Section 1-08.5 are deleted and replaced with the following: (******) The Work shall be physically completed in its entirety within the time specified in the Contract Documents or as extended by the Engineer. The Contract Time will be stated in “working days”, shall begin on the Notice To Proceed date, or the date identified in the Notice to Proceed as “the first working day”, and shall end on the Contract Completion date. A non-working day is defined as a Saturday, a Sunday, a day on which the Contract specifically suspends Work, or one of these holidays: New Year’s Day Martin Luther King Day Memorial Day Fourth of July Labor Day Veteran’s Day Thanksgiving Day the day after Thanksgiving Christmas Day Note for holidays that land on a Saturday or Sunday: The day before Christmas shall be a holiday when Christmas Day occurs on a Tuesday, Wednesday, or Friday. The day after Christmas shall be a holiday when Christmas Day occurs on a Monday or Thursday. When Christmas Day occurs on a Saturday, the two preceding working days shall be observed as holidays. When Christmas day occurs on a Sunday, the two working days following shall be observed as holidays. When holidays other than Christmas fall on a Saturday, the preceding Friday will be counted as a non-working day and when they fall on a Sunday the following Monday will be counted as a non-working day. The Contract Time has been established to allow for periods of normal inclement weather that, from historical records, is to be expected during the Contract Time, and during which periods, Work is anticipated to be performed. Each successive working day, beginning with the Notice to Proceed date and ending with the Physical Completion date, shall be charged to the Contract Time as it occurs except a day, or part of a day, which is designated a non-working day or an Engineer determined unworkable day. The Engineer will furnish the Contractor a weekly report showing (1) the number of working days charged against the Contract Time for the preceding week; (2) the Contract Time in working days; (3) the number of working days remaining in the Contract Time; (4) the number of non-working days; and (5) any partial or CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-67 whole days the Engineer declared unworkable the previous week. This weekly report will be correlated with the Contractor’s current approved progress schedule. If the Contractor elects to work 10 hours a day and 4 days a week (a 4- 10 schedule), and the fifth day of the week in which a 4-10 shift is worked would ordinarily be charged as a working day, then the fifth day of that week will be charged as a working day whether or not the Contractor works on that day. The Contractor will be allowed 10 calendar days from the date of each report in which to file a written protest of an alleged discrepancy in the Contract Time as reported. Otherwise, the report will be deemed to have been accepted by the Contractor as correct. The requirements for scheduling the Final Inspection and establishing the Substantial Completion, Physical Completion, and Completion Dates are specified in Sections 1 05.11 and 1-05.12. Revise the sixth paragraph to read: (******) The Engineer will give the Contractor written notice of the completion date of the Contract after all the Contractor’s obligations under the Contract have been performed by the Contractor. The following events must occur before the Completion Date can be established: 1. The physical Work on the project must be complete; and 2. The Contractor must furnish all documentation required by the Contract and required by law, to allow the Contracting Agency to process final acceptance of the Contract. The following documents must be received by the Project Engineer prior to establishing a completion date: a. Certified Payrolls (Federal-aid Projects) b. Material Acceptance Certification Documents c. Annual Report of Amounts Paid as MBE/WBE Participants or Quarterly Report of Amounts Credited as DBE Participation, as required by the Contract Provisions. d. FHWA 47 (Federal-aid Projects) e. Final Contract Voucher Certification f. Copies of the approved “Affidavit of Prevailing Wages Paid” for the Contractor and all Subcontractors g. Property owner releases per Section 1-07.24 Section 1-08.5 is supplemented as follows: CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-68 (******) Within 10 calendar days after execution of the Contract by the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall provide the Contracting Agency with copies of purchase orders for all equipment items deemed critical by the Contracting Agency, including but not limited to signal controller materials, lighting standards, and signal standards required for the physical completion of the Contract. Such purchase orders shall disclose the estimated delivery dates for the equipment. All items of Work that can be performed without delivery of the critical items shall start and be completed as soon as possible. At that time, the Engineer may suspend the Work upon request of the Contractor until the critical items are delivered to the Contractor, if the Contracting Agency received a purchase order within 10 calendar days after execution of the Contract by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor will be entitled to only one such suspension of time during the performance of the Work and during such suspension shall not perform any additional Work on the project. Upon delivery of the critical items, contract time will resume and continue to be charged in accordance with Section 1-08. 1-08.6 Suspension of Work Section 1-08.6 is supplemented as follows: (******) Owner may at any time suspend the Work, or any part thereof, by giving notice to the Contractor in writing. The Work shall be resumed by the Contractor within 14 calendar days after the date fixed in the written notice from the Owner to the Contractor to do so. The Contractor shall not suspend Work under the Contract without the written order of the Owner. If it has been determined that the Contractor is entitled to an extension of time, the amount of such extension shall be only to compensate for direct delays, and shall be based upon the Contractor's diligently pursuing the Work at a rate not less than that which would have been necessary to complete the original Contract Work on time. 1-08.7 Maintenance During Suspension Revise the second paragraph to read: (******) At no expense to the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall provide through the construction area a safe, smooth, and unobstructed roadway, sidewalk, driveway, and path for public use during suspension (as required in Section 1- 07.23 or the Special Provisions). This may include a temporary road or detour. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-69 1-08.9 Liquidated Damages Section 1-08.9 is supplemented as follows: (******) In addition, the Contractor shall compensate the Owner for actual engineering inspection and supervision costs and any other expenses and legal fees incurred by the Owner as a result of such delay. Such labor costs will be billed to the Contractor at actual costs, including administrative overhead costs. In the event that the Owner is required to commence any lawsuit in order to enforce any provision of this Contract or to seek redress for any breach thereof, the Owner shall be entitled to recover its costs, including reasonable attorney’s fees, from the Contractor. 1-08.11 Contractor's Plant and Equipment Section 1-08.11 is a new Section: (******) The Contractor alone shall at all times be responsible for the adequacy, efficiency, and sufficiency of his and his subcontractor's plant and equipment. The Owner shall have the right to make use of the Contractor's plant and equipment in the performance of any Work on the site of the Work. The use by the Owner of such plant and equipment shall be considered as extra Work and paid for accordingly. Neither the Owner nor the Engineer assumes any responsibility, at any time, for the security of the site from the time the Contractor's operations have commenced until final acceptance of the Work by the Engineer and the Owner. The Contractor shall employ such measures as additional fencing, barricades, and watchmen service, as he deems necessary for the public safety and for the protection of the site and his plant and equipment. The Owner will be provided keys for all fenced, secured areas. 1-08.12 Attention to Work Section 1-08.12 is a new section: (******) The Contractor shall give his personal attention to and shall supervise the Work to the end that it shall be prosecuted faithfully, and when he is not personally present on the Work site, he shall at all times be represented by a competent superintendent who shall have full authority to execute the same, and to supply materials, tools, and labor without delay, and who shall be the legal representative of the Contractor. The Contractor shall be liable for the faithful observance of any instructions delivered to him or to his authorized representative. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-70 1-09 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 1-09.1 Measurement of Quantities Section 1-09.1 is supplemented by adding the following: (******) Lump Sum. The percentage of lump sum Work completed, and payment will be based on the cost percentage breakdown of the lump sum bid price(s) submitted at the preconstruction conference. The Contractor shall submit a breakdown of costs for each lump sum bid item. The breakdown shall list the items included in the lump sum together with a unit price of labor, materials, and equipment for each item. The summation of the detailed unit prices for each item shall add up to the lump sum bid. The unit price values may be used as a guideline for determining progress payments or deductions or additions in payment for ordered Work changes. Cubic Yard Quantities. The Contractor shall provide truck trip tickets for progress payments only in the following manner. Where items are specified to be paid by the cubic yard, the following tally system shall be used. All trucks to be employed on this Work will be measured to determine the volume of each truck. Each truck shall be clearly numbered, to the satisfaction of the Engineer, and there shall be no duplication of numbers. Duplicate tally tickets shall be prepared to accompany each truckload of material delivered on the project. All tickets received that do not contain the following information will not be processed for payment: 1. Truck number 2. Quantity and type of material delivered in cubic yards 3. Drivers name, date and time of delivery 4. Location of delivery, by street and stationing on each street 5. Place for the Engineer to acknowledge receipt 6. Pay item number 7. Contract number and/or name It will be the Contractor's responsibility to see that a ticket is given to the Engineer on the project for each truckload of material delivered. Pay quantities will be prepared on the basis of said tally tickets. Loads will be checked by the Engineer to verify quantity shown on ticket. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-71 Quantities by Ton. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to see that a certified weight ticket is given to the Inspector on the project at the time of delivery of materials for each truckload delivered. Pay quantities will be prepared on the basis of said tally tickets, delivered to Inspector at time of delivery of materials. Tickets not receipted by Inspector will not be honored for payment. Each truck shall be clearly numbered to the satisfaction of the Engineer and there shall be no duplication of numbers. Duplicate tickets shall be prepared to accompany each truckload of material delivered to the project. All tickets received that do not contain the following information will not be processed for payment: 1. Truck number 2. Truck tare weight (stamped at source) 3. Gross truckload weight in tons (stamped at source) 4. Net load weight (stamped at source) 5. Driver's name, date, and time of delivery 6. Location for delivery by street and stationing on each street 7. Place for the Engineer to acknowledge receipt 8. Pay item number 9. Contract number and/or name 1-09.3 Scope of Payment Section 1-09.3 is supplemented by adding the following: (******) The bid items listed in Section 1-09.14 will be the only items for which compensation will be made for the Work described in each section of the Standard Specifications when the Contractor performs the specified Work. Should a bid item be listed in a “Payment” clause but not in the Proposal Form, and Work for that item is performed by the Contractor and the Work is not stated as included in or incidental to a pay item in the Contract and is not Work that would be required to complete the intent of the Contract per Section 1-04.1, then payment for that Work will be made as for Extra Work pursuant to a Change Order. The words “Bid Item,” “Contract Item,” and “Pay Item,” and similar terms used throughout the Contract Documents are synonymous. If the “payment” clause in the Specifications relating to any unit bid item price in CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-72 the Proposal Form requires that said unit bid item price cover and be considered compensation for certain Work or material essential to the item, then the Work or material will not be measured or paid for under any other unit bid item which may appear elsewhere in the Proposal Form or Specifications. Pluralized unit bid items appearing in these Specifications are changed to singular form. Payment for bid items listed or referenced in the “Payment” clause of any particular section of the Specifications shall be considered as including all of the Work required, specified, or described in that particular section. Payment items will generally be listed generically in the Specifications, and specifically in the bid form. When items are to be “furnished” under one payment item and “installed” under another payment item, such items shall be furnished FOB project site, or, if specified in the Special Provisions, delivered to a designated site. Materials to be “furnished,” or “furnished and installed” under these conditions, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor with regard to storage until such items are incorporated into the Work or, if such items are not to be incorporated into the Work, delivered to the applicable Contracting Agency storage site when provided for in the Specifications. Payment for material “furnished,” but not yet incorporated into the Work, may be made on monthly estimates to the extent allowed. 1 09.6 Force Account Section 1-09.6 is supplemented as follows: (******) Owner has estimated and included in the proposal, dollar amounts for all items to be paid per force account, only to provide a common proposal for Bidders. All such dollar amounts are to become a part of the Contractor’s total bid. However, the Owner does not warrant expressly or by implication that the actual amount of Work will correspond with those estimates. Payment will be made on the basis of the amount of Work actually authorized by the Engineer. 1 09.7 Mobilization Section 1-09.7 is supplemented as follows: (******) Mobilization shall also include, but not be limited to, the following items: the movement of Contractor's personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidentals to the project site; the establishment of an office, buildings, and other facilities necessary for Work on the project; providing sanitary facilities for the Contractor's personnel; and obtaining permits or licenses required to complete the project not furnished by the Owner. This item shall also include providing the Engineer and the Inspectors with access to telephone, facsimile machine, and copy machine during all hours the CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-73 Contractor is working on the jobsite; and a table and chair for their use when needed. Payment will be made for the following bid item(s): “Mobilization & Demobilization,” Lump Sum. 1-09.9 Payments Section 1-09.9 is revised supplemented as follows: (******) Delete the fourth paragraph and replace it with the following: (******) Progress payments for completed Work and material on hand will be based upon progress estimates prepared by the Engineer. A progress estimate cutoff date will be established at the preconstruction meeting. The initial progress estimate will be made not later than 30 days after the Contractor commences the Work, and successive progress estimates will be made every month thereafter until the Completion Date. Progress estimates made during progress of the Work are tentative, and made only for the purpose of determining progress payment. The progress estimates are subject to change at any time prior to the calculation of the final payment. The value of the progress estimate will be the sum of the following: 1. Unit Price Items in the Bid Form – the approximate quantity of acceptable units of Work completed multiplied by the unit price. 2. Lump Sum Items in the Bid Form – the estimated percentage complete multiplied by the Bid Forms amount for each lump sum item, or per the schedule of values for that item. 3. Materials on Hand – 100 percent of invoiced cost of material delivered to job site or other storage area approved by the Engineer. 4. Change Orders – entitlement for approved extra cost or completed extra Work as determined by the Engineer. Progress payments will be made in accordance with the progress estimate less: 1. Retainage per Section 1-09.9(1); 2. The amount of Progress Payments previously made; and 3. Funds withheld by the Contracting Agency for disbursement in accordance with the Contract Documents. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-74 Progress payments for Work performed shall not be evidence of acceptable performance or an admission by the Contracting Agency that any Work has been satisfactorily completed. Payments will be made by check or electronic transfer, issued by the Contracting Agency’s fiscal officer, against the appropriate fund source for the project. Payments received on account of Work performed by a subcontractor are subject to the provisions of RCW 39.04.250. Section 1-09.9 is supplemented as follows: (******) Applications for payment shall be itemized and supported to the extent required by the Engineer by receipts or other vouchers showing payment for materials and labor, payments to subcontractors, and other such evidence of the Contractor's right to payment as the Engineer may direct, including “red line” as-built drawings showing work installed by the contractor during the progress payment period. The Contractor shall submit a progress report with each monthly request for a progress payment. The progress report shall indicate the estimated percent complete for each activity listed on the progress schedule (see Section 1-08.3) and a revised and updated schedule to reflect the most current project completion date. 1-09.9(1) Retainage Section 1-09.9(1) is supplemented as follows: (******) The retained amount shall be released as stated in the Standard Specifications if no claims have been filed against such funds as provided by law, and if the Owner has no unsatisfied claims against the Contractor. In the event claims are filed, the Owner shall withhold, until such claims are satisfied, a sum sufficient to satisfy all claims and to pay attorney's fees. In addition, the Owner shall withhold such amount as is required to satisfy any claims by the Owner against the Contractor, until such claims have been finally settled. Neither the final payment nor any part of the retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor, if requested, delivers to the Owner a complete release of all liens arising out of this Contract, or receipts in full in lieu thereof, and, if required in either case, an affidavit that so far as the Contractor has knowledge or information, the release and receipts include all labor and materials for which a lien could be filed: but the Contractor may, if any subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or receipt in full, furnish a bond satisfactorily to the Engineer to indemnify the Owner against the lien. If any lien remains unsatisfied after all payments are made, the Contractor shall reimburse to the Owner all monies that the latter may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien, including all costs and reasonable engineer's and attorney's fees. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-75 1-09.9(2) Contracting Agency’s Right to Withhold and Disburse Certain Amounts Section 1-09.9(2) is a new section: (******) In addition to monies retained pursuant to RCW 60.28 and subject to RCW 39.04.250, RCW 39.12 and RCW 39.76, the Contractor authorizes the Engineer to withhold progress payments due or deduct an amount from any payment or payments due the Contractor which, in the Engineer’s opinion, may be necessary to cover the Contracting Agency’s costs for or to remedy the following situations: 1. Damage to another contractor when there is evidence thereof and a claim has been filed. 2. Where the Contractor has not paid fees or charges to public authorities of municipalities, which the Contractor is obligated to pay. 3. Utilizing material tested and inspected by the Engineer, for purposes not connected with the Work (Section 1-05.6). 4. Landscape damage assessments per Section 1-07.16. 5. For overtime Work performed by City personnel per Section 1-08.1(4). 6. Anticipated or actual failure of the Contractor to complete the Work on time: a. Per Section 1-08.9 Liquidated Damages; or b. Lack of construction progress based upon the Engineer’s review of the Contractor’s approved progress schedule, which indicates the Work will not be complete within the contract time. When calculating an anticipated time overrun, the Engineer will make allowances for weather delays, approved unavoidable delays, and suspensions of the Work. The amount withheld under this subparagraph will be based upon the liquidated damages amount per day set forth in Contract Documents multiplied by the number of days the Contractor’s approved progress schedule, in the opinion of the Engineer, indicates the Contract may exceed the Contract Time. 7. Failure of the Contractor to perform any of the Contractor’s other obligations under the Contract, including but not limited to: a. Failure of the Contractor to provide the Engineer with a field office when required by the Contract Provisions. b. Failure of the Contractor to protect survey stakes, markers, etc., or to provide adequate survey Work as required by Section 1-05.4. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-76 c. Failure of the Contractor to correct defective or unauthorized Work (Section 1-05.7). d. Failure of the Contractor to furnish a Manufacture’s Certificate of Compliance in lieu of material testing and inspection as required by Section 1-06.3. e. Failure to submit weekly payrolls, Intent to Pay Prevailing Wage forms, or correct underpayment to employees of the Contractor or subcontractor of any tier as required by Section 1-07.9. f. Failure of the Contractor to pay worker’s benefits (Title 50 and Title 51 RCW) as required by Section 1-07.10. g. Failure of the Contractor to submit and obtain approval of a progress schedule per Section 1-08.3. The Contractor authorizes the Engineer to act as agent for the Contractor disbursing such funds as have been withheld pursuant to this Section to a party or parties who are entitled to payment. Disbursement of such funds, if the Engineer elects to do so will be made only after giving the Contractor 15 calendar days prior written notice of the Contracting Agency’s intent to do so, and if prior to the expiration of the 15-calendar day period, 1. No legal action has commenced to resolve the validity of the claims, and 2. The Contractor has not protested such disbursement. A proper accounting of all funds disbursed on behalf of the Contractor in accordance with this Section will be made. A payment made pursuant to this section shall be considered as payment made under the terms and conditions of the Contract. The Contracting Agency shall not be liable to the Contractor for such payment made in good faith. 1-09.9(3) Final Payment Section 1-09.9(3) is a new section: (******) Upon Acceptance of the Work by the Contracting Agency, the final amount to be paid the Contactor will be calculated based upon a Final Progress Estimate made by the Engineer. Acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment shall be and shall operate as a release: 1. To the Contracting Agency of all claims and all liabilities of the Contractor, other than claims in stated amounts as may be specifically excepted in writing by the Contractor; 2. For all things done or furnished in connection with the Work; CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-77 3. For every act and neglect by the Contracting Agency; and 4. For all other claims and liability relating to or arising out of the Work. A payment (monthly, final, retainage, or otherwise) shall not release the Contractor or the Contractor’s Surety from any obligation required under the terms of the Contract Documents or the Contract Bond; nor shall such payment constitute a waiver of the Contracting Agency’s ability to investigate and act upon findings of non-compliance with the WMBE requirements of the Contract; nor shall such payment preclude the Contracting Agency from recovering damages, setting penalties, or obtaining such other remedies as may be permitted by law. Before the Work will be accepted by the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall submit an affidavit, on the form provided by the Engineer, of amounts paid to certified disadvantaged (DB), minority (MBE) or women business enterprises (WBE) participating in the Work. Such affidavit shall certify the amounts paid to the DB, MBE or WBE subcontractors regardless of tier. On federally funded projects the Contractor may also be required to execute and furnish the Contracting Agency an affidavit certifying that the Contractor has not extended any loans, gratuity or gift and money pursuant to Section 1-07.19 of these Specifications. If the Contractor fails, refuses, or is unable to sign and return the Final Progress Estimate or any other documents required for the final acceptance of the Contract, the Contracting Agency reserves the right to establish a completion date and unilaterally accept the Contract. Unilateral acceptance will occur only after the Contractor has been provided the opportunity, by written request from the Engineer, to voluntarily submit such documents. If voluntary compliance is not achieved, formal notification of the impending unilateral acceptance will be provided by certified letter from the Engineer to the Contractor that will provide 30 calendar days for the Contractor to submit the necessary documents. The 30- calendar day deadline shall begin on the date of the postmark of the certified letter from the Engineer requesting the necessary documents. This reservation by the Contracting Agency to unilaterally accept the Contract will apply to contracts that are completed in accordance with Section 1-08.5 for contracts that are terminated in accordance with Section 1-08.10. Unilateral acceptance of the Contract by the Contracting Agency does not in any way relieve the Contractor of the provisions under contract or of the responsibility to comply with all laws, ordinances, and federal, state, and local regulations that affect the Contract. The date the Contracting Agency unilaterally signs the Final Progress Estimate constitutes the final acceptance date (Section 1-05.12). 1-09.11 Disputes and Claims 1-09.11(2) Claims Paragraph 5 is revised as follows: CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-78 (******) Failure to submit with the Final Application for Payment such information and details as described in this section for any claim shall operate as a waiver of the claims by the Contractor as provided in Section 1-09.9. 1-09.11(3) Time Limitations and Jurisdiction Paragraph 1, Sentence 1 is revised as follows: (******) …such claims or causes of action shall be brought in the Superior Court of the county where the Work is performed. 1-09.13 Claims and Resolutions 1-09.13(3) Claims $250,000 or Less Delete this Section and replace it with the following: (******) The Contractor and the Contracting Agency mutually agree that those claims that total $250,000 or less, submitted in accordance with Section 1-09.11 and not resolved by nonbonding ADR processes, shall be resolved through litigation, unless the parties mutually agree in writing to resolve the claim through binding arbitration. 1-09.13(3)A Administration of Arbitration Revise the third paragraph to read: (******) The Contracting Agency and the Contractor mutually agree to be bound by the decision of the arbitrator, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in the Superior Court of the county in which the Contracting Agency’s headquarters are located. The decision of the arbitrator and the specific basis for the decision shall be in writing. The arbitrator shall use the Contract as a basis for decisions. 1-09.13(3)B Procedures to Pursue Arbitration Section 1-09.13(3)B is supplemented by adding: (******) The findings and decision of the board of arbitrators shall be final and binding on the parties, unless the aggrieved party, within 10 days, challenges the findings and decision by serving and filing a petition for review by the superior court of King County, Washington. The grounds for the petition for review are limited to showing that the findings and decision: 1. Are not responsive to the questions submitted; 2. Is contrary to the terms of the contract or any component thereof; CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-79 3. Is arbitrary and/or is not based upon the applicable facts and the law controlling the issues submitted to arbitration. The board of arbitrators shall support its decision by setting forth in writing their findings and conclusions based on the evidence adduced at any such hearing. The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the statutes of the State of Washington and court decisions governing such procedure. The costs of such arbitration shall be borne equally by the City and the Contractor unless it is the board's majority opinion that the Contractor's filing of the protest or action is capricious or without reasonable foundation. In the latter case, all costs shall be borne by the Contractor. 1-09.14 Payment Schedule Section 1-09.14 is a new section: (******) 1-09.14(1) General Measurement and Payment Schedule for Bid Items in This Project Proposal 1-09.14(2) Scope A. Payment for the various items of the bid sheets, as further specified herein, shall include all compensation to be received by the Contractor for furnishing all tools, equipment, supplies, and manufactured articles, and for all labor, operations, and incidentals appurtenant to the items of Work being described, as necessary to complete the various items of the Work all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, including all appurtenances thereto, and including all costs of compliance with the regulations of public agencies having jurisdiction, including Safety and Health Administration of the U.S. Department of Labor (OSHA). No separate payment will be made for any item that is not specifically set forth in the Bid Schedules, and all costs therefore shall be included in the prices named in the Bid Schedules for the various appurtenant items of Work described in these Special Provisions and shown on the Plans. B. The Owner shall not pay for material quantities, which exceed the actual measured amount used and approved by the Engineer. C. It is the intention of these specifications that performance of work under bid items shall result in complete construction, in proper operating condition, of improvements identified in these written specifications and accompanying plans. Work and material not specifically listed in the proposal but required in the Plans, Specifications, and general construction practice, shall be included in the bid price. No separate payment will be made for these incidental CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-80 items. 1-09.14(3) Bid Items See Technical Specifications Division 18 (Measurement and Payment) for Bid Items. 1-10 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL 1-10.1(2) Description Section 1-10.1(2) is revised and supplemented by adding the following: (******) Revise the first paragraph to read: (******) The Contractor shall provide flaggers, signs, and other traffic control devices not otherwise specified as being furnished by the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall erect and maintain all construction signs, warning signs, detour signs, and other traffic control devices necessary to warn and protect the public at all times from injury or damage as a result of the Contractor’s operations which may occur on highways, roads, streets, sidewalks, or paths. No Work shall be done on or adjacent to any traveled way until all necessary signs and traffic control devices are in place. Section 1-10.1(2) is supplemented by adding the following: (******) When the bid proposal includes an item for “Traffic Control,” the Work required for this item shall be all items described in Section 1-10, including, but not limited to: 1. Furnishing and maintaining barricades, flashers, construction signage, and other channelization devices, unless a pay item is in the bid proposal for any specific device and the Special Provisions specify furnishing, maintaining, and payment in a different manner for that device; 2. Furnishing traffic control labor, equipment, and supervisory personnel for all traffic control labor; 3. Furnishing any necessary vehicle(s) to set up and remove the Class B construction signs and other traffic control devices; 4. Furnishing labor and vehicles for patrolling and maintaining in position all of the construction signs and the traffic control devices, unless a pay item is in the bid proposal to specifically pay for this Work; and 5. Furnishing labor, material, and equipment necessary for cleaning up, removing, and replacing of the construction signs and the traffic control devices destroyed or damaged during the life of the project. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-81 6. Removing existing signs as specified or as directed by the Engineer and delivering to the City Shops, or storing and reinstalling as directed by the Engineer. 7. Preparing a traffic control plan for the project and designating the person responsible for traffic control at the Work site. The traffic control plan shall include descriptions of the traffic control methods and devices to be used by the prime Contractor, and subcontractors, shall be submitted at or before the preconstruction conference, and shall be subject to review and approval of the Engineer. 8. Contacting police, fire, 911, and ambulance services to notify them in advance of any Work that will affect and traveled portion of a roadway. 9. Assuring that all traveled portions of roadways are open to traffic during peak traffic periods, 6:30 a.m. to 8:30 a.m., and 3:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m., or as specified in the special provisions, or as directed by the Engineer. 10. Promptly removing or covering all non-applicable signs during periods when they are not needed. If no bid item “Traffic Control” appears in the proposal, then all Work required by these sections will be considered incidental and their cost shall be included in the other items of Work. If the Engineer requires the Contractor to furnish additional channelizing devices, pieces of equipment, or services, which could not be usually anticipated, by a prudent Contractor for the maintenance and protection of traffic, then a new item or items may be established to pay for such items. Further limitations for consideration of payment for these items are that they are not covered by other pay items in the bid proposal, they are not specified in the Special Provisions as incidental, and the accumulative cost for the use of each individual channelizing device, piece of equipment, or service must exceed $200 in total cost for the duration of their need. In the event of disputes, the Engineer will determine what is usually anticipated by a prudent Contractor. The cost for these items will be by agreed price, price established by the Engineer, or by force account. Additional items required as a result of the Contractor’s modification to the traffic control plan(s) appearing in the Contract shall not be covered by the provisions in this paragraph. If the total cost of all the Work under the Contract increases or decreases by more than 25 percent, an equitable adjustment will be considered for the item “Traffic Control” to address the increase or decrease. Traffic control and maintenance for the safety of the traveling public on this project shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor and all methods and equipment used will be subject to the approval of the Owner. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-82 Traffic control devices and their use shall conform to City of Renton standards and the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD). The Contractor shall not proceed with any construction until proper traffic control has been provided to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Any days lost due to improper traffic control will be charged against the Contractor’s allowable contract time, and shall not be the cause for a claim for extra days to complete the Work. 1-10.2(1)B Traffic Control Supervisor Paragraphs 1 and 2 are deleted in their entirety and replaced as follows: (******) A Traffic Control Supervisor (TCS) shall be on the project whenever traffic control labor is required or as authorized by the Engineer. The TCS shall assure that all the duties of the TCS are performed during the duration of the Contract. During non-Work periods, the TCS shall be able to be on the job site within a 45-minute time period after notification by the Engineer. 1-10.2(2) Traffic Control Plans Section 1-10.2(2) is supplemented as follows: (******) The Contractor shall be responsible for assuring that traffic control is installed and maintained in conformance to established standards. The Contractor shall continuously evaluate the operation of the traffic control plan and take prompt action to correct any problems that become evident during operation. 1-10.3 Traffic Control Labor, Procedures, and Devices Section 1-10.3 is supplemented as follows: (******) At the end of each working day, provisions shall be made for the safe passage of traffic and pedestrians during non-working hours. Barricades shall be reflectorized as specified in Part VI of the MUTCD, and shall be 3M-diamond grade or equivalent approved by the Engineer. Barricades shall also be equipped with flashers. 1-10.3(3)A Construction Signs Section 1-10.3(3)A paragraph 3 is supplemented as follows: (******) No separate pay item will be provided in the bid proposal for Class A or Class B construction signs. All costs for the Work to provide Class A or Class B construction signs shall be included in the unit contract price for the various other items of the Work in the bid proposal. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-83 1-10.4 Measurement Section 1-10.4 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with: (******) No specific unit of measurement will apply to the lump sum item of “Traffic Control”. No adjustment in the lump sum bid amount will be made for overtime Work or for use of relief flaggers. 1-10.5 Payment Section 1-10.5 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with: (******) Payment for all labor, materials, and equipment described in Section 1-10 will be made in accordance with Section 1-04.1, for the following bid items when included in the proposal: “Traffic Control,” Lump Sum. 1-11 RENTON SURVEYING STANDARDS The following is a new section with new subsections: (******) 1-11.1 General Requirements 1-11.1(1) Responsibility for Surveys All surveys and survey reports shall be prepared under the direct supervision of a person registered to practice land surveying under the provisions of Chapter 18.43 RCW. All surveys and survey reports shall be prepared in accordance with the requirements established by the Board of Registration for Professional Engineers and Land Surveyors under the provisions of Chapter 18.43 RCW. 1-11.1(2) Survey Datum and Precision The horizontal component of all surveys shall have as its coordinate base: The North American Datum of 1983/91. All horizontal control for projects must be referenced to or in conjunction with a minimum of two of the City of Renton's Survey Control Network monuments. The source of the coordinate values used will be shown on the survey drawing per RCW 58.09.070. The horizontal component of all surveys shall meet or exceed the closure CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-84 requirements of WAC 332-130-060. The control base lines for all surveys shall meet or exceed the requirements for a Class A survey revealed in Table 2 of the Minimum Standard Detail Requirements for ALTA/ACSM Land Title Surveys jointly established and adopted by ALTA and ACSM in 1992 or comparable classification in future editions of said document. The angular and linear closure and precision ratio of traverses used for survey control shall be revealed on the face of the survey drawing, as shall the method of adjustment. The horizontal component of the control system for surveys using global positioning system methodology shall exhibit at least 1 part in 50,000 precision in line length dependent error analysis at a 95 percent confidence level and performed pursuant to Federal Geodetic Control Subcommittee Standards for GPS control surveys as defined in Geometric Geodetic Accuracy Standards & Specifications for Using GPS Relative Positioning Techniques dated August 1, 1989, or comparable classification in future editions of said document. The vertical component of all surveys shall be based on NAVD 1988, the North American Vertical Datum of 1988, and tied to at least one of the City of Renton Survey Control Network benchmarks. If there are two such benchmarks within 3000 feet of the project site a tie to both shall be made. The benchmark(s) used will be shown on the drawing. If a City of Renton benchmark does not exist within 3000 feet of a project, one must be set on or near the project in a permanent manner that will remain intact throughout the duration of the project. Source of elevations (benchmark) will be shown on the drawing, as well as a description of any benchmarks established. 1-11.1(3) Subdivision Information Those surveys dependent on section subdivision shall reveal the controlling monuments used and the subdivision of the applicable quarter section. Those surveys dependent on retracement of a plat or short plat shall reveal the controlling monuments, measurements, and methodology used in that retracement. 1-11.1(4) Field Notes Field notes shall be kept in conventional format in a standard bound field book with waterproof pages. In cases where an electronic data collector is used field notes must also be kept with a sketch and a record of control and base line traverses describing station occupations and what measurements were made at each point. Every point located or set shall be identified by a number and a description. Point numbers shall be unique within a complete job. The preferred method of point numbering is field notebook, page and point set on that page. Example: The first point set or found on page 16 of field book 348 would be identified as Point No. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-85 348.16.01, the second point would be 348.16.02, etc. Upon completion of a City of Renton project, either the field notebook(s) provided by the City or the original field notebook(s) used by the Surveyor will be given to the City. For all other Work, Surveyors will provide a copy of the notes to the City upon request. In those cases where an electronic data collector is used, a hard copy print out in ASCII text format will accompany the field notes. 1-11.1(5) Corners and Monuments Corner: A point on a land boundary, at the juncture of two or more boundary lines. A monument is usually set at such points to physically reference a corner's location on the ground. Monument: Any physical object or structure of record, which marks or accurately references: A corner or other survey point established by or under the supervision of an individual per Section 1-11.1(1) and any corner or monument established by the General Land Office and its successor the Bureau of Land Management including section subdivision corners down to and including one-sixteenth corners; and Any permanently monumented boundary, right-of-way alignment, or horizontal and vertical control points established by any governmental agency or private surveyor including street intersections but excluding dependent interior lot corners. 1-11.1(6) Control or Base Line Survey Control or Base Line Surveys shall be established for all construction projects that will create permanent structures such as roads, sidewalks, bridges, utility lines or appurtenances, signal or light poles, or any non-single family building. Control or Base Line Surveys shall consist of such number of permanent monuments as are required such that every structure may be observed for staking or "as-builting" while occupying one such monument and sighting another such monument. A minimum of two of these permanent monuments shall be existing monuments, recognized and on record with the City of Renton. The Control or Base Line Survey shall occupy each monument in turn, and shall satisfy all applicable requirements of Section 1-11.1 herein. The drawing depicting the survey shall be neat, legible, and drawn to an appropriate scale. North orientation should be clearly presented and the scale shown graphically as well as noted. The drawing must be of such quality that a reduction thereof to one-half original scale remains legible. If recording of the survey with the King County Recorder is required, it will be CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-86 prepared on 18 inch by 24 inch mylar and will comply with all provisions of Chapter 58.09 RCW. A photographic mylar of the drawing will be submitted to the City of Renton and, upon their review and acceptance per the specific requirements of the project, the original will be recorded with the King County Recorder. If recording is not required, the survey drawing shall be prepared on 22 inch by 34 inch mylar, and the original or a photographic mylar thereof will be submitted to the City of Renton. The survey drawings shall meet or exceed the requirements of WAC 332-130-050 and shall conform to the City of Renton's Drafting Standards. American Public Works Association symbols shall be used whenever possible, and a legend shall identify all symbols used if each point marked by a symbol is not described at each use. An electronic listing of all principal points shown on the drawing shall be submitted with each drawing. The listing should include the point number designation (corresponding with that in the field notes), a brief description of the point, and northing, easting, and elevation (if applicable) values, all in ASCII format, on IBM PC compatible media. 1-11.1(7) Precision Levels Vertical Surveys for the establishment of benchmarks shall satisfy all applicable requirements of Sections 1-05 and 1-11.1. Vertical surveys for the establishment of benchmarks shall meet or exceed the standards, Specifications and procedures of third order elevation accuracy established by the Federal Geodetic Control Committee. Benchmarks must possess both permanence and vertical stability. Descriptions of benchmarks must be complete to insure both recoverability and positive identification on recovery. 1-11.1(8) Radial and Station -- Offset Topography Topographic surveys shall satisfy all applicable requirements of Section 1-11.1 herein. All points occupied or back sighted in developing radial topography or establishing baselines for station-offset topography shall meet the requirements of Section 1-11.1 herein. The drawing and electronic listing requirements set forth in Section 1-11.1 herein shall be observed for all topographic surveys. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-87 1-11.1(9) Radial Topography Elevations for the points occupied or back sighted in a radial topographic survey shall be determined either by, 1) spirit leveling with misclosure not to exceed 0.1 feet or Federal Geodetic Control Committee third order elevation accuracy Specifications, OR 2) trigonometric leveling with elevation differences determined in at least two directions for each point and with misclosure of the circuit not to exceed 0.1 feet. 1-11.1(10) Station--Offset Topography Elevations of the baseline and topographic points shall be determined by spirit leveling and shall satisfy Federal Geodetic Control Committee Specifications as to the turn points and shall not exceed 0.1 foot's error as to side shots. 1-11.1(11) As-Built Survey All improvements required to be "as-built" (post construction survey) per City of Renton Codes, TITLE 4 Building Regulations and TITLE 9 Public Ways and Property, must be located both horizontally and vertically by a Radial survey or by a Station offset survey. The "as-built" survey must be based on the same base line or control survey used for the construction staking survey for the improvements being "as-built". The "as-built" survey for all subsurface improvements should occur prior to backfilling. Close cooperation between the installing Contractor and the "as-builting" surveyor is therefore required. All "as-built" surveys shall satisfy the requirements of Section 1-11.1(1) herein, and shall be based upon control or base line surveys made in conformance with these Specifications. The field notes for "as-built" shall meet the requirements of Section 1-11.1(4) herein, and submitted with stamped and signed "as-built" drawings which includes a statement certifying the accuracy of the "as-built". The drawing and electronic listing requirements set forth in Section 1-11.1(6) herein shall be observed for all "as-built" surveys. 1-11.1(12) Monument Setting and Referencing All property or lot corners, as defined in 1-11.1(5), established or reestablished on a plat or other recorded survey shall be referenced by a permanent marker at the corner point per 1-11.2(1). In situations where such markers are impractical or in danger of being destroyed, e.g., the front corners of lots, a witness marker shall be set. In most cases, this will be the extension of the lot line to a tack in lead in the curb. The relationship between the witness monuments and their respective corners shall be shown or described on the face of the plat or survey of record, e.g., “Tacks in lead on the extension of the lot side lines have been set in the curbs on the extension of said line with the curb." In all other cases the corner CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 1-88 shall meet the requirements of Section 1-11.2(1) herein. All non-corner monuments, as defined in 1-11.1(5), shall meet the requirements of Section 1-11.2(2) herein. If the monument falls within a paved portion of a right-of-way or other area, the monument shall be set below the ground surface and contained within a lidded case kept separate from the monument and flush with the pavement surface, per Section 1-11.2(3). In the case of right-of-way centerline monuments all points of curvature (PC), points of tangency (PT), street intersections, center points of cul-de-sacs shall be set. If the point of intersection (PI) for the tangents of a curve fall within the paved portion of the right-of-way, a monument can be set at the PI instead of the PC and PT of the curve. For all non corner monuments set while under contract to the City of Renton or as part of a City of Renton approved subdivision of property, a City of Renton Monument Card (furnished by the city) identifying the monument; point of intersection (PI), point of tangency (PT), point of curvature (PC), one-sixteenth corner, Plat monument, street intersection, etc., complete with a description of the monument, a minimum of two reference points and NAD 83/91 coordinates, and NAVD 88 elevation shall be filled out and filed with the city. 1-11.2 Materials 1-11.2(1) Property/Lot Corners Corners per 1-11.1(5) shall be marked in a permanent manner such as 1/2 inch diameter rebar 24 inches in length, durable metal plugs or caps, tack in lead, etc., and permanently marked or tagged with the surveyor's identification number. The specific nature of the marker used can be determined by the surveyor at the time of installation. 1-11.2(2) Monuments Monuments per 1-11.1(5) shall meet the requirements as set forth in City of Renton Standard Plans page H031 and permanently marked or tagged with the surveyor's identification number. 1-11.2(3) Monument Case and Cover Materials shall meet the requirements of Section 9-22 and City of Renton Standard Plan H031. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 2-1 DIVISION 2 2-01 CLEARING, GRUBBING, AND ROADSIDE CLEANUP 2-01.1 Description Section 2-01.1 is supplemented as follows: (******) The limits of clearing and grubbing (construction limits) shall be defined as being the construction limit lines as shown in the Plans. Where, in the opinion of the Engineer, any trees abutting or adjacent to the limits of clearing and grubbing are damaged and require removal, the Contractor shall remove such trees. Any trees flagged by the Engineer to remain within the clearing and grubbing limits shall be left undamaged by the Contractor’s operations. Any flagged trees, which are damaged, shall be replaced in kind at the Contractor’s expense. Existing landscaping outside the construction limits, including but not limited to, sod, rockeries, beauty bark, decorative gravel or rock, bushes, and shrubbery shall be protected from damage. The property owners shall be responsible for removing and/or relocating irrigation equipment, trees, shrubs, curbing, ornamental plants, and any other decorative landscaping materials within the construction limits that they wish to save. The Contractor shall give property owners 10 days’ written notice prior to removing landscaping materials. All landscaping materials that remain in the construction limits after that time period shall be removed and disposed of, by the Contractor, in accordance with Section 2-01 of the Standard Specifications, these Special Provisions, and the Plans. The Contractor shall receive approval from the Engineer prior to removal. 2-01.2 Disposal of Usable Material and Debris Section 2-01.2 is supplemented as follows: (******) The Contractor shall dispose of all debris by Disposal Method No. 2 – Waste Site. 2-01.5 Payment Section 2-01.5 is supplemented as follows: (******) The lump sum price for “Clearing and Grubbing” shall be full compensation for all Work described herein and shown in the Plans, including removing trees and shrubbery where shown in the Plans and directed by the Engineer. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 2-2 2-02 REMOVAL OF STRUCTURE AND OBSTRUCTIONS 2-02.3(3) Removal of Pavement, Sidewalks, Curbs, and Gutters Section 2-02.3(3) is revised and supplemented as follows: (******) Item “1” is deleted and replaced as follows: In removing pavement, sidewalks, driveways, and curbs, the Contractor shall haul broken-up pieces to some off-project site. Section 2-02.3(3) is supplemented as follows: When an area where pavement, sidewalk, or driveway has been removed is to be opened to traffic before pavement patching has been completed, temporary mix asphalt concrete patch shall be required. Temporary patching shall be placed to a minimum depth of 2 inches immediately after backfilling and compaction are complete, and before the road is opened to traffic. MC cold mix or MC hot mix shall be used at the discretion of the Engineer. 2-02.4 Measurement Section 2-02.4 replaces the existing vacant section: (******) Sawcutting existing cement and asphalt concrete pavements shall be measured by the linear foot along the sawcut, full depth. Wheel cutting of pavement will not be measured for separate payment, but shall be included in other items of Work. 2-02.5 Payment Section 2-02.5 is supplemented by adding: (******) "Saw Cutting", per lineal foot. "Remove Sidewalk", per square yard. "Remove Curb and Gutter", per lineal foot. "Cold Mix", per ton "Remove Asphalt Concrete Pavement," per square yard. "Remove Cement Concrete pavement," per square yard. "Remove existing ___________," per ___________. All costs related to the removal and disposal of structures and obstructions including saw cutting, excavation, backfilling, and temporary asphalt shall be considered incidental to and included in other items unless designated as specific bid items in the proposal. If CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 2-3 pavements, sidewalks, or curbs lie within an excavation area and are not mentioned as separate pay items, their removal will be paid for as part of the quantity removed in excavation. If they are mentioned as a separate item in the proposal, they will be measured and paid for as provided under Section 2-02.5 and will not be included in the quantity calculated for excavation. 2-03 ROADWAY EXCAVATION AND EMBANKMENT 2-03.3 Construction Requirements Section 2-03.3 is supplemented by adding the following: (******) Roadway excavation shall include the removal of all materials excavated from within the limits shown on the Plans. Suitable excavated material shall be used for embankments, while surplus excavated material or unsuitable material shall be disposed of by the Contractor. Earthwork quantities and changes will be computed, either manually or by means of electronic data processing equipment, by use of the average end area method. Any changes to the proposed Work as directed by the Engineer that would alter these quantities shall be calculated by the Engineer and submitted to the Contractor for his review and verification. Any excavation or embankment beyond the limits indicated in the Plans, unless ordered by the Engineer, shall not be paid for. All Work and material required to return these areas to their original conditions, as directed by the Engineer, shall be provided by the Contractor at his sole expense. All areas shall be excavated, filled, and/or backfilled as necessary to comply with the grades shown on the Plans. In filled and backfilled areas, fine grading shall begin during the placement and the compaction of the final layer. In cut sections, fine grading shall begin within the final six (6) inches of cut. Final grading shall produce a surface, which is smooth and even, without abrupt changes in grade. Excavation for curbs and gutters shall be accomplished by cutting accurately to the cross sections, grades and elevations shown. Care shall be taken not to excavate below the specified grades. The Contractor shall maintain all excavations free from detrimental quantities of leaves, brush, sticks, trash, and other debris until final acceptance of the Work. Following removal of topsoil or excavation to grade, and before placement of fills or base course, the subgrade under the roadway shall be proof-rolled to identify any soft or loose areas which may warrant additional compaction or excavation and replacement. The Contractor shall provide temporary drainage or protection to keep the subgrade free from standing water. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 2-4 Acceptable excavated native soils shall be used for fill in the area requiring fills. Care shall be taken to place excavated material at the optimum moisture content to achieve the specified compaction. Any native material used for fill shall be free of organics and debris, and have a maximum particle size of 6 inches. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to prevent the native materials from becoming saturated with water. The measures may include sloping to drain, compacting the native materials, and diverting runoff away from the materials. If the Contractor fails to take such preventative measures, any costs or delay related to drying the materials shall be at his own expense. If the native materials become saturated, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to dry the materials, to the optimum moisture content. If sufficient acceptable native soils are not available to complete construction of the roadway embankment, Gravel Borrow shall be used. If subgrade trimmer is not required on the project, all portions of Section 2-03 shall apply as though a subgrade trimmer were specified. If sufficient acceptable native soils, as determined by the Engineer, are not available to complete construction of the roadway embankment, Gravel Borrow meeting the requirements of Section 9-03.14 of the Standard Specifications, shall be used. 2-03.4 Measurement Section 2-03.4 is supplemented by adding the following: (******) At the discretion of the Engineer, roadway excavation, borrow excavation, and unsuitable foundation excavation - by the cubic yard (adjusted for swell) may be measured by truck in the hauling vehicle at the point of loading. The Contractor shall provide truck tickets for each load removed. Each ticket shall have the truck number, time and date, and be approved by the Engineer. 2-03.5 Payment Section 2-03.5 is revised as follows: (******) Payment for embankment compaction will not be made as a separate item. All costs for embankment compaction shall be included in other bid items involved. Payment will be made for the following bid items when they are included in the proposal: “Roadway Excavation Including Haul,” per cubic yard “Removal and Replacement of Unsuitable Foundation Material,” per ton “Gravel Borrow Including Haul,” per ton “Roadway Excavation Including Haul” shall be considered incidental and part of the bid CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 2-5 item(s) provided for the installation of the utility mains and appurtenances. When the Engineer orders excavation below subgrade, then payment will be in accordance with the item “Removal and Replacement of Unsuitable Foundation Material”. In this case, all items of Work other than roadway excavation shall be paid at unit contract prices. The unit contract price per cubic yard for “Roadway Excavation Including Haul” shall be full pay for excavating, loading, placing, or otherwise disposing of the material. The unit contract price per ton for “Removal and Replacement of Unsuitable Foundation Material” shall be full pay for excavating, loading, and disposing of the material. Payment for embankment compaction will not be made as a separate item. All costs for embankment compaction shall be included in other bid items involved. 2-04 HAUL 2-04.5 Payment Section 2-04.5 is revised and supplemented as follows: (******) All costs for the hauling of material to, from, or on the job site shall be considered incidental to and included in the unit price of other units of Work. 2-06 SUBGRADE PREPARATION 2-06.5 Measurement and Payment Section 2-06.5 is supplemented by adding the following: (******) Subgrade preparation and maintenance including watering shall be considered as incidental to the construction and all costs thereof shall be included in the appropriate unit or lump sum contract bid prices. 2-09 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION 2-09.1 Description Section 2-09.1 is supplemented by adding the following: (******) This Work also includes the excavation, haul, and disposal of all unsuitable materials such as peat, muck, swampy or unsuitable materials, including buried logs and stumps. 2-09.3(1)D Disposal of Excavated Material Section 2-09.3(1)D is revised as follows: (******) CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 2-6 The second paragraph is deleted and replaced with: All costs for disposing of excavated material within or external to the project limits shall be included in the unit contract price for structure excavation, Class A or B. The third paragraph is deleted and replaced with: If the Contract includes structure excavation, Class A or B, including haul, the unit contract price shall include all costs for loading and hauling the material the full required distance, otherwise all such disposal costs shall be considered incidental to the Work. 2-09.4 Measurement Section 2-09.4 the 9th paragraph is revised and supplemented as follows: (******) Gravel backfill. Gravel backfill, except when used as bedding for culvert, storm sewer, sanitary sewer, manholes, and catch basins, will be measured by the cubic yard in place determined by the neat lines required by the Plans or by the ton as measured in conformance with Section 1-09.2. 2-09.5 Payment Section 2-09.5 is revised and supplemented as follows: (******) Payment will be made for the following bid items when they are included in the proposal: “Structure Excavation Class A”, per cubic yard. “Structure Excavation Class B”, per cubic yard. “Structure Excavation Class A Incl. Haul”, per cubic yard. “Structure Excavation Class B Incl. Haul”, per cubic yard. Payment for reconstruction of surfacing and paving, within the limits of structure excavation, will be at the applicable unit prices for the items involved. If the Engineer orders the Contractor to excavate below the elevations shown in the Plans, the unit contract price per cubic yard for “Structure Excavation Class A or B” will apply. But if the Contractor excavates deeper than the Plans or the Engineer requires, the Contracting Agency will not pay for material removed from below the required elevations. In this case, the Contractor, at no expense to the Contracting Agency, shall replace such material with concrete or other material the Engineer approves. The unit contract price per cubic yard for the bid items listed as 1 through 4 above shall be full pay for all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and pumping, or shall be included in the unit bid price of other items of Work if "Structure Excavation" or "Structure Excavation Incl Haul" are not listed as pay items in the Contract. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 2-7 “Shoring or Extra Excavation Class B”, per square foot. The unit contract price per square foot shall be full pay for all excavation, backfill, compaction, and other Work required when extra excavation is used in lieu of constructing shoring. If select backfill material is required for backfilling within the limits of the structure excavation, it shall also be required as backfill material for the extra excavation at the Contractor’s expense. Any excavation or backfill material being paid by unit price shall be calculated by the Engineer only for the neat line measurement of the excavation and shall not include the extra excavation beyond the neat line. If there is no bid item for shoring or extra excavation Class B on a square foot basis and the nature of the excavation is such that shoring or extra excavation is required as determined by the Engineer, then shoring or extra excavation shall be considered incidental to the Work involved and no further compensation shall be made. “Gravel Backfill (Kind) for (Type of Excavation)”, per cubic yard or per ton. “Controlled Density Fill”, per cubic yard. When gravel backfill is paid by the ton, the Contractor shall take care to assure to the satisfaction of the Engineer that such per ton backfill is only being used for the specified purpose and not for purposes where backfill is incidental or being paid by cubic yard. Evidence that per ton gravel backfill is not being used for its designated purpose shall be grounds for the Engineer to deny payment for such load tickets. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5-1 DIVISION 5 5-04 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT Section 5-04 is deleted are replaced with the following: (******) 5-04.1 Description This Work shall consist of providing and placing one or more layers of plant-mixed hot mix asphalt (HMA) on a prepared foundation or base in accordance with these Specifications. The Contractor shall maintain the existing street surface contours (e.g. street profile and cross section, etc.), unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. The manufacture of HMA may include warm mix asphalt (WMA) processes in accordance with these Specifications. WMA processes include organic additives, chemical additives, and foaming. HMA shall be composed of asphalt binder and mineral materials as may be required, mixed in the proportions specified to provide a homogeneous, stable, and workable mixture. 5-04.2 Materials Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: Asphalt Binder 9-02.1(4) Cationic Emulsified Asphalt 9-02.1(6) Anti-Stripping Additive 9-02.4 HMA Additive 9-02.5 Aggregates 9-03.8 Recycled Asphalt Pavement 9-03.8(3)B Mineral Filler 9-03.8(5) Recycled Material 9-03.21 Portland Cement 9-01 Sand (As noted in 5-04.3(5)C for crack sealing) 9-03.1(2) Joint Sealant 9-04.2 Foam Backer Rod 9-04.2(3)A The Contract documents may establish that the various mineral materials required for the manufacture of HMA will be furnished in whole or in part by the Contracting Agency. If the documents do not establish the furnishing of any of these mineral materials by the Contracting Agency, the Contractor shall be required to furnish such materials in the amounts required for the designated mix. Mineral materials include coarse and fine CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5-2 aggregates, and mineral filler. The Contractor may choose to utilize recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) in the production of HMA. The RAP may be from pavements removed under the Contract, if any, or pavement material from an existing stockpile. The Contractor may use up to 20 percent RAP by total weight of HMA with no additional sampling or testing of the RAP. The RAP shall be sampled and tested at a frequency of one sample for every 1,000 tons produced and not less than ten samples per project. The asphalt content and gradation test data shall be reported to the Contracting Agency when submitting the mix design for approval on the QPL. The Contractor shall include the RAP as part of the mix design as defined in these Specifications. The grade of asphalt binder shall be as required by the Contract. Blending of asphalt binder from different sources is not permitted. The Contractor may only use warm mix asphalt (WMA) processes in the production of HMA with 20 percent or less RAP by total weight of HMA. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval the process that is proposed and how it will be used in the manufacture of HMA. Production of aggregates shall comply with the requirements of Section 3-01. Preparation of stockpile site, the stockpiling of aggregates, and the removal of aggregates from stockpiles shall comply with the requirements of Section 3-02. 5-04.2(1) How to Get an HMA Mix Design on the QPL If the contractor wishes to submit a mix design for inclusion in the Qualified Products List (QPL), please follow the WSDOT process outlined as follows: Comply with each of the following: Develop the mix design in accordance with WSDOT SOP 732. Develop a mix design that complies with Sections 9-03.8(2) and 9-03.8(6). Develop a mix design no more than 6 months prior to submitting it for QPL evaluation. Submit mix designs to the WSDOT State Materials Laboratory in Tumwater, including WSDOT Form 350-042. Include representative samples of the materials that are to be used in the HMA production as part of the mix design submittal. Identify the brand, type, and percentage of anti-stripping additive in the mix design submittal. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5-3 Include with the mix design submittal a certification from the asphalt binder supplier that the anti-stripping additive is compatible with the crude source and the formulation of asphalt binder proposed for use in the mix design. Do not include warm mix asphalt (WMA) additives when developing a mix design or submitting a mix design for QPL evaluation. The use of warm mix asphalt (WMA) additives is not part of the process for obtaining approval for listing a mix design on the QPL. Refer to Section 5-04.2(2)B. 5-04.2(1)A Vacant 5-04.2(2) Mix Design – Obtaining Project Approval No paving shall begin prior to the approval of the mix design by the Engineer. Nonstatistical evaluation will be used for all HMA not designated as Commercial HMA in the contract documents. Commercial evaluation will be used for Commercial HMA and for other classes of HMA in the following applications: sidewalks, road approaches, ditches, slopes, paths, trails, gores, prelevel, and pavement repair. Other nonstructural applications of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation shall be as approved by the Project Engineer. Sampling and testing of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation will be at the option of the Project Engineer. The Proposal quantity of HMA that is accepted by commercial evaluation will be excluded from the quantities used in the determination of nonstatistical evaluation. Nonstatistical Mix Design. Fifteen days prior to the first day of paving the contractor shall provide one of the following mix design verification certifications for Contracting Agency review; The WSDOT Mix Design Evaluation Report from the current WSDOT QPL, or one of the mix design verification certifications listed below. The proposed HMA mix design on WSDOT Form 350-042 with the seal and certification (stamp & signature) of a valid licensed Washington State Professional Engineer. The Mix Design Report for the proposed HMA mix design developed by a qualified City or County laboratory that is within one year of the approval date.** The mix design report shall be performed by a lab accredited by a national authority such as Laboratory Accreditation Bureau, L-A-B for Construction Materials Testing, The Construction Materials Engineering Council (CMEC’s) ISO 17025 or AASHTO Accreditation Program (AAP) and shall supply evidence of participation in the AASHTO: resource proficiency sample program. Mix designs for HMA accepted by Nonstatistical evaluation shall; CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5-4 Have the aggregate structure and asphalt binder content determined in accordance with WSDOT Standard Operating Procedure 732 and meet the requirements of Sections 9-03.8(2), except that Hamburg testing for ruts and stripping are at the discretion of the Engineer, and 9-03.8(6). Have anti-strip requirements, if any, for the proposed mix design determined in accordance with AASHTO T 283 or T 324, or based on historic anti-strip and aggregate source compatibility from previous WSDOT lab testing. At the discretion of the Engineer, agencies may accept verified mix designs older than 12 months from the original verification date with a certification from the Contractor that the materials and sources are the same as those shown on the original mix design. Commercial Evaluation. Approval of a mix design for “Commercial Evaluation” will be based on a review of the Contractor’s submittal of WSDOT Form 350-042 (For commercial mixes, AASHTO T 324 evaluation is not required) or a Mix Design from the current WSDOT QPL or from one of the processes allowed by this section. Testing of the HMA by the Contracting Agency for mix design approval is not required. For the Bid Item Commercial HMA, the Contractor shall select a class of HMA and design level of Equivalent Single Axle Loads (ESAL’s) appropriate for the required use. 5-04.2(2)B Using Warm Mix Asphalt Processes The Contractor may elect to use additives that reduce the optimum mixing temperature or serve as a compaction aid for producing HMA. Additives include organic additives, chemical additives and foaming processes. The use of Additives is subject to the following: Do not use additives that reduce the mixing temperature more than allowed in Section 5-04.3(6) in the production of mixtures. Before using additives, obtain the Engineer’s approval using WSDOT Form 350- 076 to describe the proposed additive and process. 5-04.3 Construction Requirements 5-04.3(1) Weather Limitations Do not place HMA for wearing course on any Traveled Way beginning October 1st through March 31st of the following year without written concurrence from the Engineer. Do not place HMA on any wet surface, or when the average surface temperatures are less than those specified below, or when weather conditions otherwise prevent the proper handling or finishing of the HMA. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5-5 Minimum Surface Temperature for Paving Compacted Thickness (Feet)Wearing Course Other Courses Less than 0.10 55◦F 45◦F 0.10 to .20 45◦F 35◦F More than 0.20 35◦F 35◦F 5-04.3(2) Paving Under Traffic When the Roadway being paved is open to traffic, the requirements of this Section shall apply. The Contractor shall keep intersections open to traffic at all times except when paving the intersection or paving across the intersection. During such time, and provided that there has been an advance warning to the public, the intersection may be closed for the minimum time required to place and compact the mixture. In hot weather, the Engineer may require the application of water to the pavement to accelerate the finish rolling of the pavement and to shorten the time required before reopening to traffic. Before closing an intersection, advance warning signs shall be placed and signs shall also be placed marking the detour or alternate route. During paving operations, temporary pavement markings shall be maintained throughout the project. Temporary pavement markings shall be installed on the Roadway prior to opening to traffic. Temporary pavement markings shall be in accordance with Section 8- 23. All costs in connection with performing the Work in accordance with these requirements, except the cost of temporary pavement markings, shall be included in the unit Contract prices for the various Bid items involved in the Contract. 5-04.3(3) Equipment 5-04.3(3)A Mixing Plant Plants used for the preparation of HMA shall conform to the following requirements: 1.Equipment for Preparation of Asphalt Binder – Tanks for the storage of asphalt binder shall be equipped to heat and hold the material at the required temperatures. The heating shall be accomplished by steam coils, electricity, or other approved means so that no flame shall be in contact with the storage tank. The circulating system for the asphalt binder shall be designed to ensure proper and continuous circulation during the operating period. A valve for the purpose of sampling the asphalt binder shall be placed in either the storage tank or in the supply line to the mixer. 2.Thermometric Equipment – An armored thermometer, capable of detecting temperature ranges expected in the HMA mix, shall be fixed in the asphalt binder feed line at a location near the charging valve at the mixer unit. The thermometer CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5-6 location shall be convenient and safe for access by Inspectors. The plant shall also be equipped with an approved dial-scale thermometer, a mercury actuated thermometer, an electric pyrometer, or another approved thermometric instrument placed at the discharge chute of the drier to automatically register or indicate the temperature of the heated aggregates. This device shall be in full view of the plant operator. 3.Heating of Asphalt Binder – The temperature of the asphalt binder shall not exceed the maximum recommended by the asphalt binder manufacturer nor shall it be below the minimum temperature required to maintain the asphalt binder in a homogeneous state. The asphalt binder shall be heated in a manner that will avoid local variations in heating. The heating method shall provide a continuous supply of asphalt binder to the mixer at a uniform average temperature with no individual variations exceeding 25°F. Also, when a WMA additive is included in the asphalt binder, the temperature of the asphalt binder shall not exceed the maximum recommended by the manufacturer of the WMA additive. 4.Sampling and Testing of Mineral Materials – The HMA plant shall be equipped with a mechanical sampler for the sampling of the mineral materials. The mechanical sampler shall meet the requirements of Section 1-05.6 for the crushing and screening operation. The Contractor shall provide for the setup and operation of the field testing facilities of the Contracting Agency as provided for in Section 3-01.2(2). 5.Sampling HMA – The HMA plant shall provide for sampling HMA by one of the following methods: a. A mechanical sampling device attached to the HMA plant. b. Platforms or devices to enable sampling from the hauling vehicle without entering the hauling vehicle. 5-04.3(3)B Hauling Equipment Trucks used for hauling HMA shall have tight, clean, smooth metal beds and shall have a cover of canvas or other suitable material of sufficient size to protect the mixture from adverse weather. Whenever the weather conditions during the work shift include, or are forecast to include, precipitation or an air temperature less than 45°F or when time from loading to unloading exceeds 30 minutes, the cover shall be securely attached to protect the HMA. The contractor shall provide an environmentally benign means to prevent the HMA mixture from adhering to the hauling equipment. Excess release agent shall be drained prior to filling hauling equipment with HMA. Petroleum derivatives or other coating material that contaminate or alter the characteristics of the HMA shall not be used. For live bed trucks, the conveyer shall be in operation during the process of applying the release agent. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5-7 5-04.3(3)C Pavers HMA pavers shall be self-contained, power-propelled units, provided with an internally heated vibratory screed and shall be capable of spreading and finishing courses of HMA plant mix material in lane widths required by the paving section shown in the Plans. The HMA paver shall be in good condition and shall have the most current equipment available from the manufacturer for the prevention of segregation of the HMA mixture installed, in good condition, and in working order. The equipment certification shall list the make, model, and year of the paver and any equipment that has been retrofitted. The screed shall be operated in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and shall effectively produce a finished surface of the required evenness and texture without tearing, shoving, segregating, or gouging the mixture. A copy of the manufacturer’s recommendations shall be provided upon request by the Contracting Agency. Extensions will be allowed provided they produce the same results, including ride, density, and surface texture as obtained by the primary screed. Extensions without augers and an internally heated vibratory screed shall not be used in the Traveled Way. When specified in the Contract or directed by the Engineer, reference lines for vertical control will be required. Lines shall be placed on both outer edges of the Traveled Way of each Roadway. Horizontal control utilizing the reference line will be permitted. The grade and slope for intermediate lanes shall be controlled automatically from reference lines or by means of a mat referencing device and a slope control device. When the finish of the grade prepared for paving is superior to the established tolerances and when, in the opinion of the Engineer, further improvement to the line, grade, cross-section, and smoothness can best be achieved without the use of the reference line, a mat referencing device may be substituted for the reference line. Substitution of the device will be subject to the continued approval of the Engineer. A joint matcher may be used subject to the approval of the Engineer. The reference line may be removed after the completion of the first course of HMA when approved by the Engineer. Whenever the Engineer determines that any of these methods are failing to provide the necessary vertical control, the reference lines will be reinstalled by the Contractor. The Contractor shall furnish and install all pins, brackets, tensioning devices, wire, and accessories necessary for satisfactory operation of the automatic control equipment. If the paving machine in use is not providing the required finish, the Engineer may suspend Work as allowed by Section 1-08.6. Any cleaning or solvent type liquids spilled on the pavement shall be thoroughly removed before paving proceeds. 5-04.3(3)D Material Transfer Device or Material Transfer Vehicle A Material Transfer Device/Vehicle (MTD/V) shall only be used with the Engineer’s approval, unless otherwise required by the contract. Where an MTD/V is required by the contract, the Engineer may approve paving without CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5-8 an MTD/V, at the request of the Contractor. The Engineer will determine if an equitable adjustment in cost or time is due. When used, the MTD/V shall mix the HMA after delivery by the hauling equipment and prior to laydown by the paving machine. Mixing of the HMA shall be sufficient to obtain a uniform temperature throughout the mixture. If a windrow elevator is used, the length of the windrow may be limited in urban areas or through intersections, at the discretion of the Engineer. To be approved for use, an MTV: 1. Shall be self-propelled vehicle, separate from the hauling vehicle or paver. 2. Shall not be connected to the hauling vehicle or paver. 3. May accept HMA directly from the haul vehicle or pick up HMA from a windrow. 4. Shall mix the HMA after delivery by the hauling equipment and prior to placement into the paving machine. 5. Shall mix the HMA sufficiently to obtain a uniform temperature throughout the mixture. To be approved for use, an MTD: 1. Shall be positively connected to the paver. 2. May accept HMA directly from the haul vehicle or pick up HMA from a windrow. 3. Shall mix the HMA after delivery by the hauling equipment and prior to placement into the paving machine. 4. Shall mix the HMA sufficiently to obtain a uniform temperature throughout the mixture. 5-04.3(3)E Rollers Rollers shall be of the steel wheel, vibratory, oscillatory, or pneumatic tire type, in good condition and capable of reversing without backlash. Operation of the roller shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. When ordered by the Engineer for any roller planned for use on the project, the Contractor shall provide a copy of the manufacturer’s recommendation for the use of that roller for compaction of HMA. The number and weight of rollers shall be sufficient to compact the mixture in compliance with the requirements of Section 5-04.3(1). The use of equipment that results in crushing of the aggregate will not be permitted. Rollers producing pickup, washboard, uneven compaction of the surface, displacement of the mixture or other undesirable results shall not be used. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5-9 5-04.3(4) Preparation of Existing Paved Surfaces When the surface of the existing pavement or old base is irregular, the Contractor shall bring it to a uniform grade and cross-section as shown on the Plans or approved by the Engineer. Preleveling of uneven or broken surfaces over which HMA is to be placed may be accomplished by using an asphalt paver, a motor patrol grader, or by hand raking, as approved by the Engineer. Compaction of preleveling HMA shall be to the satisfaction of the Engineer and may require the use of small steel wheel rollers, plate compactors, or pneumatic rollers to avoid bridging across preleveled areas by the compaction equipment. Equipment used for the compaction of preleveling HMA shall be approved by the Engineer. Before construction of HMA on an existing paved surface, the entire surface of the pavement shall be clean. All fatty asphalt patches, grease drippings, and other objectionable matter shall be entirely removed from the existing pavement. All pavements or bituminous surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned of dust, soil, pavement grindings, and other foreign matter. All holes and small depressions shall be filled with an appropriate class of HMA. The surface of the patched area shall be leveled and compacted thoroughly. Prior to the application of tack coat, or paving, the condition of the surface shall be approved by the Engineer. A tack coat of asphalt shall be applied to all paved surfaces on which any course of HMA is to be placed or abutted; except that tack coat may be omitted from clean, newly paved surfaces at the discretion of the Engineer. Tack coat shall be uniformly applied to cover the existing pavement with a thin film of residual asphalt free of streaks and bare spots at a rate between 0.02 and 0.10 gallons per square yard of retained asphalt. The rate of application shall be approved by the Engineer. A heavy application of tack coat shall be applied to all joints. For Roadways open to traffic, the application of tack coat shall be limited to surfaces that will be paved during the same working shift. The spreading equipment shall be equipped with a thermometer to indicate the temperature of the tack coat material. Equipment shall not operate on tacked surfaces until the tack has broken and cured. If the Contractor’s operation damages the tack coat it shall be repaired prior to placement of the HMA. The tack coat shall be CSS-1, or CSS-1h emulsified asphalt. The CSS-1 and CSS-1h emulsified asphalt may be diluted once with water at a rate not to exceed one part water to one part emulsified asphalt. The tack coat shall have sufficient temperature such that it may be applied uniformly at the specified rate of application and shall not exceed the maximum temperature recommended by the emulsified asphalt manufacturer. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5-10 5-04.3(4)A Crack Sealing 5-04.3(4)A1 General When the Proposal includes a pay item for crack sealing, seal all cracks ¼ inch in width and greater. Cleaning: Ensure that cracks are thoroughly clean, dry and free of all loose and foreign material when filling with crack sealant material. Use a hot compressed air lance to dry and warm the pavement surfaces within the crack immediately prior to filling a crack with the sealant material. Do not overheat pavement. Do not use direct flame dryers. Routing cracks is not required. Sand Slurry: For cracks that are to be filled with sand slurry, thoroughly mix the components and pour the mixture into the cracks until full. Add additional CSS-1 cationic emulsified asphalt to the sand slurry as needed for workability to ensure the mixture will completely fill the cracks. Strike off the sand slurry flush with the existing pavement surface and allow the mixture to cure. Top off cracks that were not completely filled with additional sand slurry. Do not place the HMA overlay until the slurry has fully cured. The sand slurry shall consist of approximately 20 percent CSS-1 emulsified asphalt, approximately 2 percent portland cement, water (if required), and the remainder clean Class 1 or 2 fine aggregate per section 9-03.1(2). The components shall be thoroughly mixed and then poured into the cracks and joints until full. The following day, any cracks or joints that are not completely filled shall be topped off with additional sand slurry. After the sand slurry is placed, the filler shall be struck off flush with the existing pavement surface and allowed to cure. The HMA overlay shall not be placed until the slurry has fully cured. The requirements of Section 1-06 will not apply to the portland cement and sand used in the sand slurry. In areas where HMA will be placed, use sand slurry to fill the cracks. In areas where HMA will not be placed, fill the cracks as follows: 1. Cracks ¼ inch to 1 inch in width - fill with hot poured sealant. 2. Cracks greater than 1 inch in width – fill with sand slurry. Hot Poured Sealant: For cracks that are to be filled with hot poured sealant, apply the material in accordance with these requirements and the manufacturer’s recommendations. Furnish a Type 1 Working Drawing of the manufacturer’s product information and recommendations to the Engineer prior to the start of work, including the manufacturer’s recommended heating time and temperatures, allowable storage time and temperatures after initial heating, allowable reheating criteria, and application temperature range. Confine hot poured sealant material within the crack. Clean any overflow of sealant from the pavement surface. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor’s method of sealing the cracks with hot poured sealant results in an excessive amount of material on the pavement surface, stop and correct the operation to eliminate CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5-11 the excess material. 5-04.3(4)A2 Crack Sealing Areas Prior to Paving In areas where HMA will be placed, use sand slurry to fill the cracks. 5-04.3(4)A3 Crack Sealing Areas Not to be Paved In areas where HMA will not be placed, fill the cracks as follows: a. Cracks ¼ inch to 1 inch in width - fill with hot poured sealant. b. Cracks greater than 1 inch in width – fill with sand slurry. 5-04.3(4)B Vacant 5-04.3(4)C Pavement Repair The Contractor shall excavate pavement repair areas and shall backfill these with HMA in accordance with the details shown in the Plans and as marked in the field. The Contractor shall conduct the excavation operations in a manner that will protect the pavement that is to remain. Pavement not designated to be removed that is damaged as a result of the Contractor’s operations shall be repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer at no cost to the Contracting Agency. The Contractor shall excavate only within one lane at a time unless approved otherwise by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not excavate more area than can be completely finished during the same shift, unless approved by the Engineer. Unless otherwise shown in the Plans or determined by the Engineer, excavate to a depth of 1.0 feet. The Engineer will make the final determination of the excavation depth required. The minimum width of any pavement repair area shall be 40 inches unless shown otherwise in the Plans. Before any excavation, the existing pavement shall be sawcut or shall be removed by a pavement grinder. Excavated materials will become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed of in a Contractor-provided site off the Right of Way or used in accordance with Sections 2-02.3(3) or 9-03.21. Asphalt for tack coat shall be required as specified in Section 5-04.3(4). A heavy application of tack coat shall be applied to all surfaces of existing pavement in the pavement repair area. Placement of the HMA backfill shall be accomplished in lifts not to exceed 0.35-foot compacted depth. Lifts that exceed 0.35-foot of compacted depth may be accomplished with the approval of the Engineer. Each lift shall be thoroughly compacted by a mechanical tamper or a roller. 5-04.3(5) Producing/Stockpiling Aggregates and RAP Aggregates and RAP shall be stockpiled according to the requirements of Section 3-02. Sufficient storage space shall be provided for each size of aggregate and RAP. Materials CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5-12 shall be removed from stockpile(s) in a manner to ensure minimal segregation when being moved to the HMA plant for processing into the final mixture. Different aggregate sizes shall be kept separated until they have been delivered to the HMA plant. 5-04.3(5)A Vacant 5-04.3(6) Mixing After the required amount of mineral materials, asphalt binder, recycling agent and anti- stripping additives have been introduced into the mixer the HMA shall be mixed until complete and uniform coating of the particles and thorough distribution of the asphalt binder throughout the mineral materials is ensured. When discharged, the temperature of the HMA shall not exceed the optimum mixing temperature by more than 25°F as shown on the reference mix design report or as approved by the Engineer. Also, when a WMA additive is included in the manufacture of HMA, the discharge temperature of the HMA shall not exceed the maximum recommended by the manufacturer of the WMA additive. A maximum water content of 2 percent in the mix, at discharge, will be allowed providing the water causes no problems with handling, stripping, or flushing. If the water in the HMA causes any of these problems, the moisture content shall be reduced as directed by the Engineer. Storing or holding of the HMA in approved storage facilities will be permitted with approval of the Engineer, but in no event shall the HMA be held for more than 24 hours. HMA held for more than 24 hours after mixing shall be rejected. Rejected HMA shall be disposed of by the Contractor at no expense to the Contracting Agency. The storage facility shall have an accessible device located at the top of the cone or about the third point. The device shall indicate the amount of material in storage. No HMA shall be accepted from the storage facility when the HMA in storage is below the top of the cone of the storage facility, except as the storage facility is being emptied at the end of the working shift. Recycled asphalt pavement (RAP) utilized in the production of HMA shall be sized prior to entering the mixer so that a uniform and thoroughly mixed HMA is produced. If there is evidence of the recycled asphalt pavement not breaking down during the heating and mixing of the HMA, the Contractor shall immediately suspend the use of the RAP until changes have been approved by the Engineer. After the required amount of mineral materials, RAP, new asphalt binder and asphalt rejuvenator have been introduced into the mixer the HMA shall be mixed until complete and uniform coating of the particles and thorough distribution of the asphalt binder throughout the mineral materials, and RAP is ensured. 5-04.3(7) Spreading and Finishing The mixture shall be laid upon an approved surface, spread, and struck off to the grade and elevation established. HMA pavers complying with Section 5-04.3(3) shall be used to distribute the mixture. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, the nominal compacted CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5-13 depth of any layer of any course shall not exceed the following: HMA Class 1”0.35 feet HMA Class ¾” and HMA Class ½” wearing course 0.30 feet other courses 0.35 feet HMA Class ⅜”0.15 feet On areas where irregularities or unavoidable obstacles make the use of mechanical spreading and finishing equipment impractical, the paving may be done with other equipment or by hand. When more than one JMF is being utilized to produce HMA, the material produced for each JMF shall be placed by separate spreading and compacting equipment. The intermingling of HMA produced from more than one JMF is prohibited. Each strip of HMA placed during a work shift shall conform to a single JMF established for the class of HMA specified unless there is a need to make an adjustment in the JMF. 5-04.3(8) Aggregate Acceptance Prior to Incorporation in HMA For HMA accepted by nonstatistical evaluation the aggregate properties of sand equivalent, uncompacted void content and fracture will be evaluated in accordance with Section 3-04. Sampling and testing of aggregates for HMA accepted by commercial evaluation will be at the option of the Engineer. 5-04.3(9) HMA Mixture Acceptance Acceptance of HMA shall be as provided under nonstatistical, or commercial evaluation. Nonstatistical evaluation will be used for the acceptance of HMA unless Commercial Evaluation is specified. Commercial evaluation will be used for Commercial HMA and for other classes of HMA in the following applications: sidewalks, road approaches, ditches, slopes, paths, trails, gores, prelevel, temporary pavement, and pavement repair. Other nonstructural applications of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation shall be as approved by the Engineer. Sampling and testing of HMA accepted by commercial evaluation will be at the option of the Engineer. The mix design will be the initial JMF for the class of HMA. The Contractor may request a change in the JMF. Any adjustments to the JMF will require the approval of the Engineer and may be made in accordance with this section. HMA Tolerances and Adjustments 1.Job Mix Formula Tolerances – The constituents of the mixture at the time of acceptance shall conform to the following tolerances: CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5-14 Aggregate Percent Passing Non-Statistical Evaluation Commercial Evaluation 1”, ¾”, ½”, and 3/8” sieves +/- 6%+/- 8% No. 4 sieve +/-6%+/- 8% No. 8 Sieve +/- 6%+/-8% No. 200 sieve +/- 2.0%+/- 3.0% Asphalt Binder +/- 0.5%+/- 0.7% Air Voids, Va 2.5% min. and 5.5% max N/A These tolerance limits constitute the allowable limits as described in Section 1- 06.2. The tolerance limit for aggregate shall not exceed the limits of the control points, except the tolerance limits for sieves designated as 100 percent passing will be 99-100. 2.Job Mix Formula Adjustments – An adjustment to the aggregate gradation or asphalt binder content of the JMF requires approval of the Engineer. Adjustments to the JMF will only be considered if the change produces material of equal or better quality and may require the development of a new mix design if the adjustment exceeds the amounts listed below. a.Aggregates – 2 percent for the aggregate passing the 1½″, 1″, ¾″, ½″, ⅜″, and the No. 4 sieves, 1 percent for aggregate passing the No. 8 sieve, and 0.5 percent for the aggregate passing the No. 200 sieve. The adjusted JMF shall be within the range of the control points in Section 9- 03.8(6). b.Asphalt Binder Content – The Engineer may order or approve changes to asphalt binder content. The maximum adjustment from the approved mix design for the asphalt binder content shall be 0.3 percent 5-04.3(9)A Vacant 5-04.3(9)B Vacant 5-04.3(9)C Mixture Acceptance – Nonstatistical Evaluation HMA mixture which is accepted by Nonstatistical Evaluation will be evaluated by the Contracting Agency by dividing the HMA tonnage into lots. 5-04.3(9)C1 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Lots and Sublots A lot is represented by randomly selected samples of the same mix design that will be tested for acceptance. A lot is defined as the total quantity of material or work produced for each Job Mix Formula placed. Only one lot per JMF is expected. A sublot shall be equal to one day’s production or 800 tons, whichever is less except that the final sublot will be a minimum of 400 tons and may be increased to 1200 tons. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5-15 All of the test results obtained from the acceptance samples from a given lot shall be evaluated collectively. If the Contractor requests a change to the JMF that is approved, the material produced after the change will be evaluated on the basis of the new JMF for the remaining sublots in the current lot and for acceptance of subsequent lots. For a lot in progress with a CPF less than 0.75, a new lot will begin at the Contractor’s request after the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be produced. Sampling and testing for evaluation shall be performed on the frequency of one sample per sublot. 5-04.3(9)C2 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation Sampling Samples for acceptance testing shall be obtained by the Contractor when ordered by the Engineer. The Contractor shall sample the HMA mixture in the presence of the Engineer and in accordance with AASHTO T 168. A minimum of three samples should be taken for each class of HMA placed on a project. If used in a structural application, at least one of the three samples shall be tested. Sampling and testing HMA in a structural application where quantities are less than 400 tons is at the discretion of the Engineer. For HMA used in a structural application with a total project quantity less than 800 tons but more than 400 tons, a minimum of one acceptance test shall be performed. In all cases, a minimum of 3 samples will be obtained at the point of acceptance, a minimum of one of the three samples will be tested for conformance to the JMF: If the test results are found to be within specification requirements, additional testing will be at the Engineer’s discretion. If test results are found not to be within specification requirements, additional testing of the remaining samples to determine a Composite Pay Factor (CPF) shall be performed. 5-04.3(9)C3 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Acceptance Testing Testing of HMA for compliance of Va will at the option of the Contracting Agency. If tested, compliance of Va will use WSDOT SOP 731. Testing of HMA for compliance of Va will not be performed by the Contracting Agency for this contract. Testing for compliance of asphalt binder content will be by WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 308. Testing for compliance of gradation will be by FOP for WAQTC T 27/T 11. 5-04.3(9)C4 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Pay Factors For each lot of material falling outside the tolerance limits in 5-04.3(9), the Contracting Agency will determine a Composite Pay Factor (CPF) using the following price CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5-16 adjustment factors: Table of Price Adjustment Factors Constituent Factor “f” All aggregate passing: 1½″, 1″, ¾″, ½″, ⅜″ and No.4 sieves 2 All aggregate passing No. 8 sieve 15 All aggregate passing No. 200 sieve 20 Asphalt binder 40 Air Voids (Va) (where applicable)20 Each lot of HMA produced under Nonstatistical Evaluation and having all constituents falling within the tolerance limits of the job mix formula shall be accepted at the unit Contract price with no further evaluation. When one or more constituents fall outside the nonstatistical tolerance limits in the Job Mix Formula shown in Table of Price Adjustment Factors, the lot shall be evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2 to determine the appropriate CPF. The nonstatistical tolerance limits will be used in the calculation of the CPF and the maximum CPF shall be 1.00. When less than three sublots exist, backup samples of the existing sublots or samples from the Roadway shall be tested to provide a minimum of three sets of results for evaluation. 5-04.3(9)C5 Vacant 5-04.3(9)C6 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation – Price Adjustments For each lot of HMA mix produced under Nonstatistical Evaluation when the calculated CPF is less than 1.00, a Nonconforming Mix Factor (NCMF) will be determined. The NCMF equals the algebraic difference of CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by 60 percent. The total job mix compliance price adjustment will be calculated as the product of the NCMF, the quantity of HMA in the lot in tons, and the unit Contract price per ton of mix. If a constituent is not measured in accordance with these Specifications, its individual pay factor will be considered 1.00 in calculating the Composite Pay Factor (CPF). 5-04.3(9)C7 Mixture Nonstatistical Evaluation - Retests The Contractor may request a sublot be retested. To request a retest, the Contractor shall submit a written request within 7 calendar days after the specific test results have been received. A split of the original acceptance sample will be retested. The split of the sample will not be tested with the same tester that ran the original acceptance test. The sample will be tested for a complete gradation analysis, asphalt binder content, and, at the option of the agency, Va. The results of the retest will be used for the acceptance of CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5-17 the HMA in place of the original sublot sample test results. The cost of testing will be deducted from any monies due or that may come due the Contractor under the Contract at the rate of $500 per sample. 5-04.3(9)D Mixture Acceptance – Commercial Evaluation If sampled and tested, HMA produced under Commercial Evaluation and having all constituents falling within the tolerance limits of the job mix formula shall be accepted at the unit Contract price with no further evaluation. When one or more constituents fall outside the commercial tolerance limits in the Job Mix Formula shown in 5-04.3(9), the lot shall be evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2 to determine the appropriate CPF. The commercial tolerance limits will be used in the calculation of the CPF and the maximum CPF shall be 1.00. When less than three sublots exist, backup samples of the existing sublots or samples from the street shall be tested to provide a minimum of three sets of results for evaluation. For each lot of HMA mix produced and tested under Commercial Evaluation when the calculated CPF is less than 1.00, a Nonconforming Mix Factor (NCMF) will be determined. The NCMF equals the algebraic difference of CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by 60 percent. The Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment will be calculated as the product of the NCMF, the quantity of HMA in the lot in tons, and the unit Contract price per ton of mix. If a constituent is not measured in accordance with these Specifications, its individual pay factor will be considered 1.00 in calculating the Composite Pay Factor (CPF). 5-04.3(10) HMA Compaction Acceptance HMA mixture accepted by nonstatistical evaluation that is used in traffic lanes, including lanes for intersections, ramps, truck climbing, weaving, and speed change, and having a specified compacted course thickness greater than 0.10-foot, shall be compacted to a specified level of relative density. The specified level of relative density shall be a Composite Pay Factor (CPF) of not less than 0.75 when evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2, using a minimum of 92 percent of the maximum density. The maximum density shall be determined by WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 729. The specified level of density attained will be determined by the evaluation of the density of the pavement. The density of the pavement shall be determined in accordance with WSDOT FOP for WAQTC TM 8, except that gauge correlation will be at the discretion of the Engineer, when using the nuclear density gauge and WSDOT SOP 736 when using cores to determine density. Tests for the determination of the pavement density will be taken in accordance with the required procedures for measurement by a nuclear density gauge or roadway cores after completion of the finish rolling. If the Contracting Agency uses a nuclear density gauge to determine density the test procedures FOP for WAQTC TM 8 and WSDOT SOP T 729 will be used on the day the CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5-18 mix is placed and prior to opening to traffic. Roadway cores for density may be obtained by either the Contracting Agency or the Contractor in accordance with WSDOT SOP 734. The core diameter shall be 4-inches minimum, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Roadway cores will be tested by the Contracting Agency in accordance with WSDOT FOP for AASHTO T 166. If the Contract includes the Bid item “Roadway Core” the cores shall be obtained by the Contractor in the presence of the Engineer on the same day the mix is placed and at locations designated by the Engineer. If the Contract does not include the Bid item “Roadway Core” the Contracting Agency will obtain the cores. For a lot in progress with a CPF less than 0.75, a new lot will begin at the Contractor’s request after the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be produced. A lot is represented by randomly selected samples of the same mix design that will be tested for acceptance. A lot is defined as the total quantity of material or work produced for each Job Mix Formula placed. Only one lot per JMF is expected. A sublot shall be equal to one day’s production or 400 tons, whichever is less except that the final sublot will be a minimum of 200 tons and may be increased to 800 tons. Testing for compaction will be at the rate of 5 tests per sublot per WSDOT T 738. HMA mixture accepted by commercial evaluation and HMA constructed under conditions other than those listed above shall be compacted on the basis of a test point evaluation of the compaction train. The test point evaluation shall be performed in accordance with instructions from the Engineer. The number of passes with an approved compaction train, required to attain the maximum test point density, shall be used on all subsequent paving. HMA for preleveling shall be thoroughly compacted. HMA that is used for preleveling wheel rutting shall be compacted with a pneumatic tire roller unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Test Results For a sublot that has been tested with a nuclear density gauge that did not meet the minimum of 92 percent of the reference maximum density in a compaction lot with a CPF below 1.00 and thus subject to a price reduction or rejection, the Contractor may request that a core be used for determination of the relative density of the sublot. The relative density of the core will replace the relative density determined by the nuclear density gauge for the sublot and will be used for calculation of the CPF and acceptance of HMA compaction lot. When cores are taken by the Contracting Agency at the request of the Contractor, they shall be requested by noon of the next workday after the test results for the sublot have been provided or made available to the Contractor. Core locations shall be outside of CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5-19 wheel paths and as determined by the Engineer. Traffic control shall be provided by the Contractor as requested by the Engineer. Failure by the Contractor to provide the requested traffic control will result in forfeiture of the request for cores. When the CPF for the lot based on the results of the HMA cores is less than 1.00, the cost for the coring will be deducted from any monies due or that may become due the Contractor under the Contract at the rate of $200 per core and the Contractor shall pay for the cost of the traffic control. 5-04.3(10)A HMA Compaction – General Compaction Requirements Compaction shall take place when the mixture is in the proper condition so that no undue displacement, cracking, or shoving occurs. Areas inaccessible to large compaction equipment shall be compacted by other mechanical means. Any HMA that becomes loose, broken, contaminated, shows an excess or deficiency of asphalt, or is in any way defective, shall be removed and replaced with new hot mix that shall be immediately compacted to conform to the surrounding area. The type of rollers to be used and their relative position in the compaction sequence shall generally be the Contractor’s option, provided the specified densities are attained. Unless the Engineer has approved otherwise, rollers shall only be operated in the static mode when the internal temperature of the mix is less than 175°F. Regardless of mix temperature, a roller shall not be operated in a mode that results in checking or cracking of the mat. Rollers shall only be operated in static mode on bridge decks. 5-04.3(10)B HMA Compaction – Cyclic Density Low cyclic density areas are defined as spots or streaks in the pavement that are less than 90 percent of the theoretical maximum density. At the Engineer’s discretion, the Engineer may evaluate the HMA pavement for low cyclic density, and when doing so will follow WSDOT SOP 733. A $500 Cyclic Density Price Adjustment will be assessed for any 500-foot section with two or more density readings below 90 percent of the theoretical maximum density. 5-04.3(10)C Vacant 5-04.3(10)D HMA Nonstatistical Compaction 5-04.3(10)D1 HMA Nonstatistical Compaction – Lots and Sublots HMA compaction which is accepted by nonstatistical evaluation will be based on acceptance testing performed by the Contracting Agency dividing the project into compaction lots. A lot is represented by randomly selected samples of the same mix design that will be tested for acceptance A lot is defined as the total quantity of material or work produced for each Job Mix Formula placed. Only one lot per JMF is expected. A sublot shall be equal to one day’s production or 400 tons, whichever is less except that the final sublot will be a minimum of 200 tons and may be increased to 800 tons. Testing for compaction CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5-20 will be at the rate of 5 tests per sublot per WSDOT T 738. The sublot locations within each density lot will be determined by the Engineer. For a lot in progress with a CPF less than 0.75, a new lot will begin at the Contractor’s request after the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be produced. HMA mixture accepted by commercial evaluation and HMA constructed under conditions other than those listed above shall be compacted on the basis of a test point evaluation of the compaction train. The test point evaluation shall be performed in accordance with instructions from the Engineer. The number of passes with an approved compaction train, required to attain the maximum test point density, shall be used on all subsequent paving. HMA for preleveling shall be thoroughly compacted. HMA that is used to prelevel wheel ruts shall be compacted with a pneumatic tire roller unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. 5-04.3(10)D2 HMA Compaction Nonstatistical Evaluation – Acceptance Testing The location of the HMA compaction acceptance tests will be randomly selected by the Engineer from within each sublot, with one test per sublot. 5-04.3(10)D3 HMA Nonstatistical Compaction – Price Adjustments For each compaction lot with one or two sublots, having all sublots attain a relative density that is 92 percent of the reference maximum density the HMA shall be accepted at the unit Contract price with no further evaluation. When a sublot does not attain a relative density that is 92 percent of the reference maximum density, the lot shall be evaluated in accordance with Section 1-06.2 to determine the appropriate CPF. The maximum CPF shall be 1.00, however, lots with a calculated CPF in excess of 1.00 will be used to offset lots with CPF values below 1.00 but greater than 0.90. Lots with CPF lower than 0.90 will be evaluated for compliance per 5-04.3(11). Additional testing by either a nuclear moisture-density gauge or cores will be completed as required to provide a minimum of three tests for evaluation. For compaction below the required 92% a Non-Conforming Compaction Factor (NCCF) will be determined. The NCCF equals the algebraic difference of CPF minus 1.00 multiplied by 40 percent. The Compaction Price Adjustment will be calculated as the product of CPF, the quantity of HMA in the compaction control lot in tons, and the unit Contract price per ton of mix. 5-04.3(11) Reject Work 5-04.3(11)A Reject Work General Work that is defective or does not conform to Contract requirements shall be rejected. The Contractor may propose, in writing, alternatives to removal and replacement of CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5-21 rejected material. Acceptability of such alternative proposals will be determined at the sole discretion of the Engineer. HMA that has been rejected is subject to the requirements in Section 1-06.2(2) and this specification, and the Contractor shall submit a corrective action proposal to the Engineer for approval. 5-04.3(11)B Rejection by Contractor The Contractor may, prior to sampling, elect to remove any defective material and replace it with new material. Any such new material will be sampled, tested, and evaluated for acceptance. 5-04.3(11)C Rejection Without Testing (Mixture or Compaction) The Engineer may, without sampling, reject any batch, load, or section of Roadway that appears defective. Material rejected before placement shall not be incorporated into the pavement. Any rejected section of Roadway shall be removed. No payment will be made for the rejected materials or the removal of the materials unless the Contractor requests that the rejected material be tested. If the Contractor elects to have the rejected material tested, a minimum of three representative samples will be obtained and tested. Acceptance of rejected material will be based on conformance with the nonstatistical acceptance Specification. If the CPF for the rejected material is less than 0.75, no payment will be made for the rejected material; in addition, the cost of sampling and testing shall be borne by the Contractor. If the CPF is greater than or equal to 0.75, the cost of sampling and testing will be borne by the Contracting Agency. If the material is rejected before placement and the CPF is greater than or equal to 0.75, compensation for the rejected material will be at a CPF of 0.75. If rejection occurs after placement and the CPF is greater than or equal to 0.75, compensation for the rejected material will be at the calculated CPF with an addition of 25 percent of the unit Contract price added for the cost of removal and disposal. 5-04.3(11)D Rejection - A Partial Sublot In addition to the random acceptance sampling and testing, the Engineer may also isolate from a normal sublot any material that is suspected of being defective in relative density, gradation or asphalt binder content. Such isolated material will not include an original sample location. A minimum of three random samples of the suspect material will be obtained and tested. The material will then be statistically evaluated as an independent lot in accordance with Section 1-06.2(2). 5-04.3(11)E Rejection - An Entire Sublot An entire sublot that is suspected of being defective may be rejected. When a sublot is rejected a minimum of two additional random samples from this sublot will be obtained. These additional samples and the original sublot will be evaluated as an independent lot in accordance with Section 1-06.2(2). CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5-22 5-04.3(11)F Rejection - A Lot in Progress The Contractor shall shut down operations and shall not resume HMA placement until such time as the Engineer is satisfied that material conforming to the Specifications can be produced: 1. When the Composite Pay Factor (CPF) of a lot in progress drops below 1.00 and the Contractor is taking no corrective action, or 2. When the Pay Factor (PF) for any constituent of a lot in progress drops below 0.95 and the Contractor is taking no corrective action, or 3. When either the PFi for any constituent or the CPF of a lot in progress is less than 0.75. 5-04.3(11)G Rejection - An Entire Lot (Mixture or Compaction) An entire lot with a CPF of less than 0.75 will be rejected. 5-04.3(12) Joints 5-04.3(12)A HMA Joints 5-04.3(12)A1 Transverse Joints The Contractor shall conduct operations such that the placing of the top or wearing course is a continuous operation or as close to continuous as possible. Unscheduled transverse joints will be allowed and the roller may pass over the unprotected end of the freshly laid mixture only when the placement of the course must be discontinued for such a length of time that the mixture will cool below compaction temperature. When the Work is resumed, the previously compacted mixture shall be cut back to produce a slightly beveled edge for the full thickness of the course. A temporary wedge of HMA constructed on a 20H:1V shall be constructed where a transverse joint as a result of paving or planing is open to traffic. The HMA in the temporary wedge shall be separated from the permanent HMA by strips of heavy wrapping paper or other methods approved by the Engineer. The wrapping paper shall be removed and the joint trimmed to a slightly beveled edge for the full thickness of the course prior to resumption of paving. The material that is cut away shall be wasted and new mix shall be laid against the cut. Rollers or tamping irons shall be used to seal the joint. 5-04.3(12)A2 Longitudinal Joints The longitudinal joint in any one course shall be offset from the course immediately below by not more than 6 inches nor less than 2 inches. All longitudinal joints constructed in the wearing course shall be located at a lane line or an edge line of the Traveled Way. A notched wedge joint shall be constructed along all longitudinal joints in the wearing CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5-23 surface of new HMA unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The notched wedge joint shall have a vertical edge of not less than the maximum aggregate size or more than ½ of the compacted lift thickness and then taper down on a slope not steeper than 4H:1V. The sloped portion of the HMA notched wedge joint shall be uniformly compacted. 5-04.3(12)B Bridge Paving Joint Seals 5-04.3(12)B1 HMA Sawcut and Seal Prior to placing HMA on the bridge deck, establish sawcut alignment points at both ends of the bridge paving joint seals to be placed at the bridge ends, and at interior joints within the bridge deck when and where shown in the Plans. Establish the sawcut alignment points in a manner that they remain functional for use in aligning the sawcut after placing the overlay. Submit a Type 1 Working Drawing consisting of the sealant manufacturer’s application procedure. Construct the bridge paving joint seal as specified ion the Plans and in accordance with the detail shown in the Standard Plans. Construct the sawcut in accordance with the detail shown in the Standard Plan. Construct the sawcut in accordance with Section 5- 05.3(8)B and the manufacturer’s application procedure. 5-04.3(12)B2 Paved Panel Joint Seal Construct the paved panel joint seal in accordance with the requirements specified in section 5-04.3(12)B1 and the following requirement: 1. Clean and seal the existing joint between concrete panels in accordance with Section 5-01.3(8) and the details shown in the Standard Plans. 5-04.3(13) Surface Smoothness The completed surface of all courses shall be of uniform texture, smooth, uniform as to crown and grade, and free from defects of all kinds. The completed surface of the wearing course shall not vary more than ⅛ inch ¼ inch from the lower edge of a 10-foot straightedge placed on the surface parallel to the centerline. The transverse slope of the completed surface of the wearing course shall vary not more than ¼ inch in 10 feet from the rate of transverse slope shown in the Plans. of the existing street surface. When deviations in excess of the above tolerances are found that result from a high place in the HMA, the pavement surface shall be corrected by one of the following methods: 1. Removal of material from high places by grinding with an approved grinding machine, or CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5-24 2. Removal and replacement of the wearing course of HMA, or 3. By other method approved by the Engineer. Correction of defects shall be carried out until there are no deviations anywhere greater than the allowable tolerances. Deviations in excess of the above tolerances that result from a low place in the HMA and deviations resulting from a high place where corrective action, in the opinion of the Engineer, will not produce satisfactory results will be accepted with a price adjustment. The Engineer shall deduct from monies due or that may become due to the Contractor the sum of $500.00 for each and every section of single traffic lane 100 feet in length in which any excessive deviations described above are found. When utility appurtenances such as manhole covers and valve boxes are located in the traveled way, the utility appurtenances shall be adjusted to the finished grade prior to paving. This requirement may be waived when requested by the Contractor, at the discretion of the Engineer or when the adjustment details provided in the project plan or specifications call for utility appurtenance adjustments after the completion of paving. Utility appurtenance adjustment discussions will be included in the Pre-Paving planning (5-04.3(14)B3). Submit a written request to waive this requirement to the Engineer prior to the start of paving. 5-04.3(14) Planing (Milling) Bituminous Pavement The planning plan must be approved by the Engineer and a pre-planning meeting must be held prior to the start of any planing. See Section 5-04.3(14)B2 for information on planning submittals. Locations of existing surfacing to be planed are as shown in the Drawings. Where planing an existing pavement is specified in the Contract, the Contractor must remove existing surfacing material and to reshape the surface to remove irregularities. The finished product must be a prepared surface acceptable for receiving an HMA overlay. Use the cold milling method for planing unless otherwise specified in the Contract. Do not use the planer on the final wearing course of new HMA. Conduct planing operations in a manner that does not tear, break, burn, or otherwise damage the surface which is to remain. The finished planed surface must be slightly grooved or roughened and must be free from gouges, deep grooves, ridges, or other imperfections. The Contractor must repair any damage to the sur-face by the Contractor’s planing equipment, using an Engineer approved method. Repair or replace any metal castings and other surface improvements damaged by planing, as deter-mined by the Engineer. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5-25 A tapered wedge cut must be planed longitudinally along curb lines sufficient to provide a minimum of 4 inches of curb reveal after placement and compaction of the final wearing course. The dimensions of the wedge must be as shown on the Drawings or as specified by the Engineer. A tapered wedge cut must also be made at transitions to adjoining pavement surfaces (meet lines) where butt joints are shown on the Drawings. Cut butt joints in a straight line with vertical faces 2 inches or more in height, producing a smooth transition to the existing adjoining pavement. After planing is complete, planed surfaces must be swept, cleaned, and if required by the Contract, patched and preleveled. The Engineer may direct additional depth planing. Before performing this additional depth planing, the Contractor must conduct a hidden metal in pavement detection survey as specified in Section 5-04.3(14)A. 5-04.3(14)A Pre-Planing Metal Detection Check Before starting planing of pavements, and before any additional depth planing required by the Engineer, the Contractor must conduct a physical survey of existing pavement to be planed with equipment that can identify hidden metal objects. Should such metal be identified, promptly notify the Engineer. See Section 1-07.16(1) regarding the protection of survey monumentation that may be hidden in pavement. The Contractor is solely responsible for any damage to equipment resulting from the Contractor’s failure to conduct a pre-planing metal detection survey, or from the Contractor’s failure to notify the Engineer of any hidden metal that is detected. 5-04.3(14)B Paving and Planing Under Traffic 5-04.3(14)B1 General In addition the requirements of Section 1-07.23 and the traffic controls required in Section 1-10, and unless the Contract specifies otherwise or the Engineer approves, the Contractor must comply with the following: 1. Intersections: a. Keep intersections open to traffic at all times, except when paving or planing operations through an intersection requires closure. Such closure must be kept to the minimum time required to place and compact the HMA mixture, or plane as appropriate. For paving, schedule such closure to individual lanes or portions thereof that allows the traffic volumes and schedule of traffic volumes required in the approved traffic control plan. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5-26 Schedule work so that adjacent intersections are not impacted at the same time and comply with the traffic control restrictions required by the Traffic Engineer. Each individual intersection closure or partial closure, must be addressed in the traffic control plan, which must be submitted to and accepted by the Engineer, see Section 1-10.2(2). b. When planing or paving and related construction must occur in an intersection, consider scheduling and sequencing such work into quarters of the intersection, or half or more of an intersection with side street detours. Be prepared to sequence the work to individual lanes or portions thereof. c. Should closure of the intersection in its entirety be necessary, and no trolley service is impacted, keep such closure to the minimum time required to place and compact the HMA mixture, plane, remove asphalt, tack coat, and as needed. d. Any work in an intersection requires advance warning in both signage and a number of Working Days advance notice as determined by the Engineer, to alert traffic and emergency services of the intersection closure or partial closure. e. Allow new compacted HMA asphalt to cool to ambient temperature before any traffic is allowed on it. Traffic is not allowed on newly placed asphalt until approval has been obtained from the Engineer. 2. Temporary centerline marking, post-paving temporary marking, temporary stop bars, and maintaining temporary pavement marking must comply with Section 8- 23. 3. Permanent pavement marking must comply with Section 8-22. 5-04.3(14)B2 Submittals – Planing Plan and HMA Paving Plan The Contractor must submit a separate planing plan and a separate paving plan to the Engineer at least 5 Working Days in advance of each operation’s activity start date. These plans must show how the moving operation and traffic control are coordinated, as they will be discussed at the pre-planing briefing and pre-paving briefing. When requested by the Engineer, the Contractor must provide each operation’s traffic control plan on 24 x 36 inch or larger size Shop Drawings with a scale showing both the area of operation and sufficient detail of traffic beyond the area of operation where detour traffic may be required. The scale on the Shop Drawings is 1 inch = 20 feet, which may be changed if the Engineer agrees sufficient detail is shown. The planing operation and the paving operation include, but are not limited to, metal detection, removal of asphalt and temporary asphalt of any kind, tack coat and drying, staging of supply trucks, paving trains, rolling, scheduling, and as may be discussed at CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5-27 the briefing. When intersections will be partially or totally blocked, provide adequately sized and noticeable signage alerting traffic of closures to come, a minimum 2 Working Days in advance. The traffic control plan must show where peace officers will be stationed when signalization is or may be, countermanded, and show areas where flaggers are proposed. At a minimum, the planing and the paving plan must include: 1. A copy of the accepted traffic control plan, see Section 1-10.2(2), detailing each day’s traffic control as it relates to the specific requirements of that day’s planing and paving. Briefly describe the sequencing of traffic control consistent with the proposed planing and paving sequence, and scheduling of placement of temporary pavement markings and channelizing devices after each day’s planing, and paving. 2. A copy of each intersection’s traffic control plan. 3. Haul routes from Supplier facilities, and locations of temporary parking and staging areas, including return routes. Describe the complete round trip as it relates to the sequencing of paving operations. 4. Names and locations of HMA Supplier facilities to be used. 5. List of all equipment to be used for paving. 6. List of personnel and associated job classification assigned to each piece of paving equipment. 7. Description (geometric or narrative) of the scheduled sequence of planing and of paving, and intended area of planing and of paving for each day’s work, must include the directions of proposed planing and of proposed paving, sequence of adjacent lane paving, sequence of skipped lane paving, intersection planing and paving scheduling and sequencing, and proposed notifications and coordinations to be timely made. The plan must show HMA joints relative to the final pavement marking lane lines. 8. Names, job titles, and contact information for field, office, and plant supervisory personnel. 9. A copy of the approved Mix Designs. 10. Tonnage of HMA to be placed each day. 11. Approximate times and days for starting and ending daily operations. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5-28 5-04.3(14)B3 Pre-Paving and Pre-Planing Briefing At least 2 Working Days before the first paving operation and the first planing operation, or as scheduled by the Engineer for future paving and planing operations to ensure the Contractor has adequately prepared for notifying and coordinating as required in the Contract, the Contractor must be prepared to discuss that day’s operations as they relate to other entities and to public safety and convenience, including driveway and business access, garbage truck operations, Metro transit operations and working around energized overhead wires, school and nursing home and hospital and other accesses, other contractors who may be operating in the area, pedestrian and bicycle traffic, and emergency services. The Contractor, and Subcontractors that may be part of that day’s operations, must meet with the Engineer and discuss the proposed operation as it relates to the submitted planing plan and paving plan, approved traffic control plan, and public convenience and safety. Such discussion includes, but is not limited to: 1. General for both Paving Plan and for Planing Plan: a. The actual times of starting and ending daily operations. b. In intersections, how to break up the intersection, and address traffic control and signalization for that operation, including use of peace officers. c. The sequencing and scheduling of paving operations and of planing operations, as applicable, as it relates to traffic control, to public convenience and safety, and to other contractors who may operate in the Project Site. d. Notifications required of Contractor activities, and coordinating with other entities and the public as necessary. e. Description of the sequencing of installation and types of temporary pavement markings as it relates to planning planing and to paving. f. Description of the sequencing of installation of, and the removal of, temporary pavement patch material around exposed castings and as may be needed g. Description of procedures and equipment to identify hidden metal in the pavement, such as survey monumentation, monitoring wells, street car rail, and castings, before planning, see Section 5-04.3(14)B2. h. Description of how flaggers will be coordinated with the planing, paving, and related operations. i. Description of sequencing of traffic controls for the process of rigid pavement base repairs. j. Other items the Engineer deems necessary to address. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5-29 2. Paving – additional topics: a. When to start applying tack and coordinating with paving. b. Types of equipment and numbers of each type equipment to be used. If more pieces of equipment than personnel are proposed, describe the sequencing of the personnel operating the types of equipment. Discuss the continuance of operator personnel for each type equipment as it relates to meeting Specification requirements. c. Number of JMFs to be placed, and if more than one JMF how the Contractor will ensure different JMFs are distinguished, how pavers and MTVs are distinguished if more than one JMF is being placed at the time, and how pavers and MTVs are cleaned so that one JMF does not adversely influence the other JMF. d. Description of contingency plans for that day’s operations such as equipment breakdown, rain out, and Supplier shutdown of operations. e. Number of sublots to be placed, sequencing of density testing, and other sampling and testing. 5-04.3(15) Sealing Pavement Surfaces Apply a fog seal where shown in the plans. Construct the fog seal in accordance with Section 5-02.3. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, apply the fog seal prior to opening to traffic. 5-04.3(16) HMA Road Approaches HMA approaches shall be constructed at the locations shown in the Plans or where staked by the Engineer. The Work shall be performed in accordance with Section 5-04. 5-04.3(21) HMA Road Approaches Temporary Pavement is required to open areas to traffic during construction. These areas include paving over excavated roadway and utility trenches, to provide paved access to private properties, and ramps for pedestrian access. All temporary paving shall be placed with a minimum thickness of 2 inches. All temporary paving shall be approved by the Engineer before placement. Any areas of temporary pavement to be removed and replaced shall also be approved by the Engineer before placement. This work shall also include the removal of the temporary pavement prior to paving of final asphalt concrete pavement. Temporary Pavement, hot mix asphalt, will be used for any trench restoration within the traveled way. Whether temporary or permanent, sawcut and treat edges with CSS-1 asphalt emulsion. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5-30 Temporary Pavement, cold mix asphalt is allowed for any temporary paving outside the traveled way. The cold mix shall be approved by the Engineer and placed with a minimum thickness of 2 inches. Placement of temporary pavement without prior approval of the Engineer shall be considered as a benefit of the Contractor and no cost to the owner. Any areas of temporary pavement to be removed and replaced require prior approval by the Engineer. This work shall include the removal of the temporary pavement prior to paving of final asphalt concrete pavement. The Contractor shall excavate and remove temporary pavement to the required subgrade depth to construct and install the proposed pavement section. Excavation and removal of temporary pavement, to subgrade depth, shall be considered included in the unit cost for “Temporary Pavement”. 5-04.4 Measurement HMA Cl. ___ PG ___, HMA for ___ Cl. ___ PG ___, and Commercial HMA will be measured by the ton in accordance with Section 1-09.2, with no deduction being made for the weight of asphalt binder, mineral filler, or any other component of the mixture. If the Contractor elects to remove and replace mix as allowed by Section 5- 04.3(11), the material removed will not be measured. Roadway cores will be measured per each for the number of cores taken. Preparation of untreated roadway will be measured by the mile once along the centerline of the main line Roadway. No additional measurement will be made for ramps, Auxiliary Lanes, service roads, Frontage Roads, or Shoulders. Measurement will be to the nearest 0.01 mile. Soil residual herbicide will be measured by the mile for the stated width to the nearest 0.01 mile or by the square yard, whichever is designated in the Proposal. Pavement repair excavation will be measured by the square yard of surface marked prior to excavation. Asphalt for prime coat will be measured by the ton in accordance with Section 1-09.2. Prime coat aggregate will be measured by the cubic yard, truck measure, or by the ton, whichever is designated in the Proposal. Asphalt for fog seal will be measured by the ton, as provided in Section 5-02.4. Longitudinal joint seals between the HMA and cement concrete pavement will be measured by the linear foot along the line and slope of the completed joint seal. Planing bituminous pavement will be measured by the square yard. Planing bituminous pavement to a 2 inch depth will be measured by the square yard. Planing bituminous pavement to a 4 inch depth will be measured by the square yard. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5-31 Temporary pavement marking will be measured by the linear foot as provided in Section 8-23.4. Water will be measured by the M gallon as provided in Section 2-07.4. Adjust Manhole Cover will be measured per each. Adjust Water Valve Box will be measured per each. Adjust Gas Valve will be measured per each. Adjust Monument Case will be measured per each. 5-04.5 Payment Payment will be made for each of the following Bid items that are included in the Proposal: “HMA Cl. ___ PG ___”, per ton. “HMA for Approach Cl. ___ PG ___”, per ton. “HMA for Preleveling Cl. ___ PG ___”, per ton. “HMA for Pavement Repair Cl. ___ PG ___”, per ton. “Commercial HMA”, per ton. The unit Contract price per ton for “HMA Cl. ___ PG ___”, “HMA for Approach Cl. ___ PG ___”, “HMA for Preleveling Cl. ___ PG ___”, “HMA for Pavement Repair Cl. ___ PG ___”, and “Commercial HMA” shall be full compensation for all costs, including anti- stripping additive, incurred to carry out the requirements of Section 5-04 except for those costs included in other items which are included in this Subsection and which are included in the Proposal. “Preparation of Untreated Roadway”, per mile. The unit Contract price per mile for “Preparation of Untreated Roadway” shall be full pay for all Work described under 5-04.3(4), with the exception, however, that all costs involved in patching the Roadway prior to placement of HMA shall be included in the unit Contract price per ton for “HMA Cl. ___ PG ___” which was used for patching. If the Proposal does not include a Bid item for “Preparation of Untreated Roadway”, the Roadway shall be prepared as specified, but the Work shall be included in the Contract prices of the other items of Work. “Preparation of Existing Paved Surfaces”, per mile. The unit Contract Price for “Preparation of Existing Paved Surfaces” shall be full pay for all Work described under Section 5-04.3(4) with the exception, however, that all costs CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5-32 involved in patching the Roadway prior to placement of HMA shall be included in the unit Contract price per ton for “HMA Cl. ___ PG ___” which was used for patching. If the Proposal does not include a Bid item for “Preparation of Existing Paved Surfaces”, the Roadway shall be prepared as specified, but the Work shall be included in the Contract prices of the other items of Work. “Crack Sealing”, by force account. “Crack Sealing” will be paid for by force account as specified in Section 1-09.6. For the purpose of providing a common Proposal for all Bidders, the Contracting Agency has entered an amount in the Proposal to become a part of the total Bid by the Contractor. “Pavement Repair Excavation Incl. Haul”, per square yard. The unit Contract price per square yard for “Pavement Repair Excavation Incl. Haul” shall be full payment for all costs incurred to perform the Work described in Section 5-04.3(4) with the exception, however, that all costs involved in the placement of HMA shall be included in the unit Contract price per ton for “HMA for Pavement Repair Cl. ___ PG ___”, per ton. “Asphalt for Prime Coat”, per ton. The unit Contract price per ton for “Asphalt for Prime Coat” shall be full payment for all costs incurred to obtain, provide and install the material in accordance with Section 5- 04.3(4). “Prime Coat Agg.”, per cubic yard, or per ton. The unit Contract price per cubic yard or per ton for “Prime Coat Agg.” shall be full pay for furnishing, loading, and hauling aggregate to the place of deposit and spreading the aggregate in the quantities required by the Engineer. “Asphalt for Fog Seal”, per ton. Payment for “Asphalt for Fog Seal” is described in Section 5-02.5. “Longitudinal Joint Seal”, per linear foot. The unit Contract price per linear foot for “Longitudinal Joint Seal” shall be full payment for all costs incurred to perform the Work described in Section 5-04.3(12). “Planing Bituminous Pavement”, per square yard. “Planing Bituminous Pavement – 2 inch depth”, per square yard. “Planing Bituminous Pavement – 4 inch depth”, per square yard. The unit Contract price per square yard for “Planing Bituminous Pavement”, “Planing Bituminous Pavement – 2 inch depth”, “Planing Bituminous Pavement – 4 inch depth” CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5-33 shall be full payment for all costs incurred to perform the Work described in Section 5- 04.3(14). “Temporary Pavement Marking”, per linear foot. Payment for “Temporary Pavement Marking” is described in Section 8-23.5. “Water”, per M gallon. Payment for “Water” is described in Section 2-07.5. “Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment”, by calculation. “Job Mix Compliance Price Adjustment” will be calculated and paid for as described in Section 5-04.3(9)C6. “Compaction Price Adjustment”, by calculation. “Compaction Price Adjustment” will be calculated and paid for as described in Section 5- 04.3(10)D3. “Roadway Core”, per each. The Contractor’s costs for all other Work associated with the coring (e.g., traffic control) shall be incidental and included within the unit Bid price per each and no additional payments will be made. “Cyclic Density Price Adjustment”, by calculation. “Cyclic Density Price Adjustment” will be calculated and paid for as described in Section 5-04.3(10)B. 5-05 CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 5-05.1 Description Section 5-05.1 is supplemented with the following: (******) This work shall also consist of constructing scored cement concrete pavement for roadway (including roadway ramps) and scored colored cement concrete crosswalk pavement with architectural scoring and finishes for the raised intersections, in conformity with the lines, grades, thicknesses, and typical cross sections shown on the Plans. 5-05.2 Materials Section 5-05.2 is supplemented with the following: (******) CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5-34 Curing compound and sealer for pavement (including roadway ramps) installation shall be water based, non-flammable, low gloss, non-yellowing, non-clouding and wear resistant. Compound and sealer shall protect against water damage, oil and common stains, formulated for exterior use. Cement Concrete Pavement for raised roadway intersections and roadway ramps shall be Type II Gray Portland Cement with saw-cut scored in a 4 feet x 4 feet pattern per Plans, with medium broom finish as shown per Plans and per the City of Renton Downtown Streetscape Design Standards and Guidelines. All cement concrete pavement used for constructing the driveway entrances shall be high early Portland cement concrete Class 4000 with 1-day cure and meets the requirements of Section 5-05.3(17). Scored Colored Cement Conc. Crosswalk Pavement Color additives shall contain pure concentrated mineral pigments, containing no fillers, adulterants or admixtures, specially processed for mixing into concrete and complying with ASTM C979. Calcium chloride shall not be permitted in the mix. Type II Gray Portland Cement with integral color additive. Coloring concrete shall be uniform, color, “Flagstone Brown” No. 641, by Davis Colors, with a medium broom finish as shown per plans. Scored Colored Cement Conc. Crosswalk Pavement shall be cured and sealed with a curing compound and sealer to be approved by color additive manufacturer, for use with colored concrete, and shall comply with ASTM C309. Colored Cement Concrete shall be cured per manufacturer’s recommendation. 5-05.3 Construction Requirements Section 5-05.3 is supplemented with the following: (******) Scored Colored Cement Conc. Crosswalk Pavement shall receive a medium broom finish perpendicular to the thermoplastic striping and saw-cut scored in a 2 feet x 2 feet pattern per Plans. Submittal The Contractor shall submit for approval to the Engineer a Placing and Jointing Plan at least three (3) working days prior to the commencement of any pavement construction. Transverse and longitudinal joints shall be contraction or through joints (including construction joints). Joints shall be constructed in accordance with the details shown in the Contract Plans. The faces of all joints shall be constructed perpendicular to the surface of the cement concrete pavement. Sample for integral concrete color selection: Contractor shall submit color additive from manufacturer’s sample chip set and indicate color additive numbers and required color CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5-35 pigment dosage rates, for approval by Engineer. Mock-Up The Contractor shall provide a 4 feet x 4 feet area test panel of the integral concrete color, texture, and finish: Scored Colored Cement Conc. Crosswalk Pavement with medium broom finish, to demonstrate methods of obtaining consistent visual appearance, including materials, workmanship, finishes, and curing method to be used throughout the Project. No additional concrete shall be placed prior to the test panel being approved by the Engineer. The approved sample shall be the standard for acceptance of the rest of the work installed and shall be protected from damage until final acceptance and approval. Completed work not meeting the visual quality of the approved sample shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the City. 5-05.3(8) Joints Section 5-05.3(8) is supplemented with the following: (******) When new pavement abuts an existing pavement, the locations of the joints in the new pavement shall match with the joints in the existing pavement unless otherwise shown on the plans. 5-05.3(8)D Isolation Joints Section 5-05.3(8)D is supplemented with the following: (******) The joint alignment shall be at right angles to the pavement structure centerline unless otherwise specified in the Contract. Isolation joints shall be constructed with pre-molded material, 3/8-inch in thickness and conform to Section 9-04.1(2) Pre-molded Joint Filler for Expansion Joints and as shown on the Standard Details in these Specifications. The joint material and backer rod shall be held accurately in place during the placing and finishing of the concrete by a bulkhead, a holder, metal cap or other approved method. The joint shall be perpendicular to the paved surface and the holder shall be in place long enough to prevent sagging of the joint material. A wood filler strip or metal cap shall be placed on the top of the backer rod and pre- molded joint filler to form the groove, and shall remain in place until after the finishing and the concrete is sufficiently set to resist sloughing in the groove. The joint filler shall be stapled together at the ends to preserve continuity. Immediately after removal of side forms, the edges of the pavement shall be carefully CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5-36 inspected and wherever the joint filler is not fully exposed, the concrete shall be chipped down until the edge of the filler is fully exposed for the entire depth. 5-05.3(8)E Sealing Through Joints Add New Section 5-05.3(8)E: (******) After the pavement is cured and before carrying any traffic, the space left by the removal of the wood filler strip, the metal cap, above the top of the backer rod and expansion joint filler strip, or construction joint shall be thoroughly cleaned of all loose material. The groove shall be completely free of any projecting concrete from the sides and the groove shall be continuous across the slab to each edge. It shall then be filled level with the pavement surface with joint sealant meeting the requirements of Section 9-04.2 Joint Sealants. The joint sealant material shall be heated and placed in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Burned material will be rejected. The through joint groove shall be dry at the time of pouring the sealing compound. 5-06 TEMPORARY RESTORATION IN PAVEMENT AREA Section 5-06 is new Section with subsections: (******) 5-06.1 Description Pavement areas that have been removed by construction activities must be restored by the Contractor prior to the end of each working period. Within paved streets, the Contractor may use temporary pavement or steel trench plates to allow vehicular traffic to travel over the construction areas. 5-06.2 Materials The asphalt pavement for temporary patches shall be 2” of a hot mix asphalt composition determined by the Contractor to provide a product suitable for the intended application. The Contractor shall not use materials that are a safety or health hazard. Temporary pavement material that does not form a consolidated surface after compaction shall be considered unsuitable and shall be removed from the site. Unsuitable temporary pavement shall be disposed of offsite. Cold mix asphalt may be used around plates to provide transition. 5-06.3 Construction Requirements The Contractor shall maintain temporary asphalt patches daily during to the satisfaction of the governing road agency and the Engineer until said patch is replaced with permanent hot patch. The completed pavement shall be free from ridges, ruts, bumps, CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 5-37 depressions, objectionable marks, or other irregularities. The permanent hot mix asphalt patch shall be placed and sealed within 30 calendar days. The Contractor shall immediately repair, patch, or remove any temporary pavement that does not provide a flat transition between existing pavement areas. All temporary asphalt pavement shall be removed from the site by the end of the project and shall not be used as permanent asphalt pavement or subgrade material. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-1 DIVISION 7 7-01 DRAINS 7-01.2 Materials The second paragraph of Section 7-01.2 is revised as follows: (******) Drain pipes may be concrete, zinc coated (galvanized) corrugated iron with Asphalt Treatment I, aluminum coated (aluminized) corrugated iron with Asphalt Treatment I, zinc coated (galvanized) steel with Asphalt Treatment I, corrugated aluminum alloy, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), corrugated polyethylene (PE), or corrugated polypropylene (PP) at the option of the Contractor unless the Plans specify the type to be used. 7-01.3(1) Drain Pipe Section 7-01.3(1) is revised as follows: (******) PVC drainpipe shall be jointed with a bell and spigot joint using a flexible elastomeric seal as described in Section 9 04.8. The bell shall be laid upstream. PE or ABS drainpipe shall be jointed with snap on, screw on, or wraparound coupling bands as recommended by the manufacturer of the tubing. 7-01.3(2) Underdrain Pipe The second paragraph is revised as follows: (******) PVC under drain pipe shall be jointed using either the flexible elastomeric seal as described in Section 9 04.8 or solvent cement as described in Section 9 04.9, at the option of the Contractor unless otherwise specified in the Plans. The bell shall be laid upstream. PE or ABS drainage tubing under drain pipe shall be jointed with snap on, screw on, or wraparound coupling bands, as recommended by the manufacturer of the tubing. 7-01.4 Measurement Section 7-01.4 is supplemented with the following: (******) When the Contract does not include "Structure Excavation Class B" or "Structure Excavation Class B Including Haul" as a pay item all costs associated with these items shall be included in other contract pay items. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-2 7-02 CULVERTS 7-02.2 Materials The second paragraph of Section 7-02.2 is revised and supplemented as follows: (******) Where steel or aluminum are referred to in this section in regard to a kind of culvert pipe, pipe arch, or end sections, it shall be understood that steel is zinc coated (galvanized) with Asphalt Treatment I or aluminum coated (aluminized) corrugated iron or steel, and aluminum is corrugated aluminum alloy as specified in Sections 9 05.4 and 9 05.5. Where plain or reinforced concrete, steel, or aluminum are referred to in Section 7-02 it shall be understood that reference is also made to PVC. 7-04 STORM SEWERS 7-04.2 Materials Section 7-04.2 is revised and supplemented with the following: (******) The first paragraph of Section 7-04.2 is deleted in its entirety and replaced as follows: (******) Unless a pipe material is specifically called out on the Plans, materials shall meet the following requirements. Size Pipe Material Allowed Specification 6-12” Polypropylene Storm Sewer Pipe Ductile Iron Pipe Corrugated Polyethylene Storm Sewer Pipe (CPEP) 9-05.24(2) 9-05-13 9-05.20 Where bends are specifically called out on the plans, they shall be of the same material and manufacturer as the main pipe and meet the manufacturer’s recommendations. The second paragraph of Section 7-04.2 is supplemented as follows: (******) The Contractor shall require pipe suppliers to furnish certificates signed by their authorized representative, stating the specifications to which the materials or products were manufactured. The Contractor shall provide 2 copies of these certifications to the Engineer for approval. Certificates showing nonconformance with the Contract shall be sufficient evidence for rejection. Approval of certificates shall be considered only as tentative acceptance of the materials and products, and such action by Engineer will not relieve Contractor of his/her responsibility to perform field tests and to replace or repair faulty materials, equipment, and/or workmanship and Contractor’s own expense. Section 7-04.2 is supplemented with the following: CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-3 (******) Dense foam shall meet 9-05.52 of these Special Provisions. Direct Pipe Tee Connections: Direct pipe tee connections for use in gravity-flow sewer and storm drainage direct connections to pipe shall be Inserta Tee service connections, as manufactured by Inserta Tee and shall meet ASTM F2946 and consist of a PVC hub, rubber sleeve, and stainless steel band. Connection shall be a compression fit into the cored wall of a mainline pipe. Hub shall be made from heavy-duty PVC material. Stainless steel clamping assembly shall be of SS #301 for the band and housing and SS #305 for screws. Rubber sleeve and gasket, when applicable, shall meet the requirements of ASTM F477. Gaskets shall be installed by the manufacturer. A water-based solution provided by the manufacturer shall be used during assembly. Inserta Tee product shall provide a water connection according to the requirements of ASTM D3212. 7-04.3(1) Cleaning and Testing Section 7-04.3(1) is supplemented with the following: (******) Before testing begins and in adequate time to obtain approval through submittal process, prepare and submit test plan for approval by Engineer. Include testing procedures, methods, equipment, and tentative schedule. Obtain advance written approval for any deviations from Drawings and Specifications. Repair, correct, and retest sections of pipe which fail to meet specified requirements when tested. Perform testing as work progresses. Schedule testing so that no more than 1000 linear feet of installed pipeline remains untested at one time. Perform testing under observation of Engineer or Inspector. Schedule testing during no rain. Plug the lower end of the pipe if needed to test pipe. All pipe larger than 30-inch diameter shall have joints individually tested for Joint Tightness. Prior to final backfill, all joints shall be individually tested using low-pressure air per ASTM C1103. For the installation of any flexible pipe larger than 30-inches in diameter, the Contractor shall retain the services of a pipe manufacturer representative, knowledgeable in the installation methods and practices for the specific pipe product used on this project, as well as on the installation practices for flexible pipelines in general. The manufacturer’s representative shall be present full time on site during the construction of the first 300 feet of pipe installation, and part-time, as required, thereafter until the entire pipeline installation is complete. The manufacturer’s representative shall observe pipe foundation, pipe installation, placement and compaction of pipe zone bedding and backfill, and testing procedures. The manufacturer’s representative shall notify Engineer and Contractor of any non-conforming installation, identifying the CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-4 manufacturer recommended corrective action(s), within 24 hours of such occurrence. All flexible pipe shall be tested for maximum pipe deflection by pulling a rigid mandrel through the entire (i.e., 100%) flexible pipe length installed. Maximum deflection shall not exceed 5%. Mandrel testing shall conform to ASTM D3034, and be performed no sooner than 30 days after backfilling and prior to final acceptance testing of the segment. Submit test results to the Engineer. 1. Rigid mandrel shall have outside diameter (O.D.) equal to 95 percent of inside diameter (I.D.) of pipe. Inside diameter of pipe, for purpose of determining outside diameter of mandrel, shall be average outside diameter minus two minimum wall thicknesses for O.D. controlled pipe and average inside diameter for I.D. controlled pipe, dimensions shall be per appropriate standard. Statistical or other "tolerance packages" shall not be considered in mandrel sizing. 2. Rigid mandrel shall be constructed of metal or rigid plastic material that can withstand 200 psi without being deformed. Mandrel shall have nine or more "runners" or "legs" as long as total number of legs is odd number. Barrel section of mandrel shall have length of at least 75 percent of inside diameter of pipe. Rigid mandrel shall not have adjustable or collapsible legs which would allow reduction in mandrel diameter during testing. Provide and use proving ring for modifying each size mandrel. 3. Furnish "proving ring" with each mandrel. Fabricate ring of 1/2-inch-thick, 3-inch- wide bar steel to diameter 0.02 inches larger than approved mandrel diameter. 4. If a rigid mandrel is not available, the Contractor may substitute a round steel bar meeting #3 above. “Testing Storm Sewer Pipe” shall be incidental to and included in storm sewer pipe bid items. 7-04.3(1)G Abandon Existing Storm Sewer Pipes Section 7-04.3(1)G is a new section: (******) Where it is shown on the plans that existing storm sewer pipe is to be abandoned by filling with grout, all abandonment of storm drain lines shall conform to Section 7-17.3(2)I. 7-04.3(2) CCTV Inspection Section 7-04.3(2) is a new added section: (******) All storm drain main lines constructed as part of this project shall be inspected by the use of closed-circuit television (CCTV) before substantial completion. The costs incurred in making the inspection shall be paid for under “CCTV Inspection”. All CCTV inspections for storm drain lines shall conform to Section 7-17.3(2)H. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-5 7-04.3(3) Direct Pipe Connections Section 7-04.3(3) is a new added section as follows: (******) Field Pipe and Joint Performance: To assure water tightness, field performance verification may be accomplished by testing in accordance with ASTM F2487, ASTM F1417 or ASTM C1103. Appropriate safety precautions must be used when field-testing any pipe material. Contact the manufacturer for recommended leakage rates. Installation: Installation shall be accordance with the manufacturer’s recommended installation guidelines. Backfill around the Inserta Tee service connection shall be, at a minimum, of the same material type and compaction level as specified for the mainline pipe installation. 7-05 MANHOLES, INLETS, AND CATCH BASINS 7-05.3 Construction Requirements Section 7-05.3 is supplemented by adding the following: (******) All manholes shall be in accordance with City of Renton Standard Plans. Connection to manholes or catch basins for storm sewer pipe less than 24-inch shall be “Kor-n-Seal” boot or approved equal. Sanitary sewer pipe to sanitary sewer manhole connections shall be “Kor-n-Seal” boot or approved equal. 7-05.3(1) Adjusting Manholes and Catch Basins to Grade Section 7-05.3(1) is replaced with: (******) Where shown in the Plans or where directed by the Engineer, the existing manholes, catch basins, or inlets shall be adjusted to the grade as staked or otherwise designated by the Engineer. The existing cast iron ring and cover on manholes and the catch basin frame and grate shall first be removed and thoroughly cleaned for reinstalling at the new elevation. From that point, the existing structure shall be raised or lowered to the required elevation. The Contractor shall construct manholes so as to provide adjustment space for setting cover and casting to a finished grade as shown on the Construction Plans. Manhole ring and covers shall be adjusted to the finished elevations per Standard Plan 106 prior to final acceptance of the Work. Manholes in unimproved areas shall be adjusted to 6” above grade. In unpaved streets: manholes, catch basins, and similar structures in areas to be CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-6 surfaced with crushed rock or gravel shall be constructed to a point approximately eight inches below the subgrade and covered with a temporary wood cover. Existing manholes shall be cut off and covered in a similar manner. The Contractor shall carefully reference each manhole so that they may be easily found upon completion of the street Work. After placing the gravel or crushed stone surfacing, the manholes and manhole castings shall be constructed to the finished grade of the roadway surface. Excavation necessary for bringing manholes to grade shall center about the manhole and be held to the minimum area necessary. At the completion of the manhole adjustment, the void around the manhole shall be backfilled with materials which result in the section required on the typical roadway section, and be thoroughly compacted. In cement concrete pavement: manholes, catch basins, and similar structures shall be constructed and adjusted in the same manner as outlined above except that the final adjustment shall be made and cast iron frame be set after forms have been placed and checked. In placing the concrete pavement, extreme care shall be taken not to alter the position of the casting in any way. In asphalt concrete pavement: manholes shall not be adjusted until the pavement is completed, at which time the center of each manhole shall be carefully relocated from references previously established by the Contractor. The manhole shall then be brought to proper grade utilizing the same methods of construction as for the manhole itself. The cast iron frame shall be placed on the concrete grade rings and mortar. The complete patch shall match the existing paved surface for texture, density, and uniformity of grade. The joint between the patch and the existing pavement shall then be carefully painted with hot asphalt cement or asphalt emulsion and shall be immediately covered with dry paving sand before the asphalt cement solidifies. Adjustment of inlets: The final alignment and grade of cast iron frames for new and old inlets to be adjusted to grade will be established from the forms or adjacent pavement surfaces. The final adjustment of the top of the inlet will be performed in similar manner to the above for manholes. On asphalt concrete paving projects using curb and gutter section, that portion of the cast iron frame not embedded in the gutter section shall be solidly embedded in asphalt also. The concrete shall extend a minimum of six inches beyond the edge of the casting and shall be left 2 inches below the top of the frame so that the wearing course of asphalt concrete pavement will butt the cast iron frame. The existing concrete pavement and edge of the casting shall be painted with hot asphalt cement. Adjustments in the inlet structure shall be constructed in the same manner and of the same material as that required for new inlets. The inside of the inlets shall be mortared. Monuments and cast iron frame and cover: monuments and monument castings shall be adjusted to grade in the same manner as for manholes. Valve box castings: adjustments of valve box castings shall be made in the same manner as for manholes. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-7 7-05.3(3) Connections to Existing Manholes Section 7-05.3(3) is supplemented by adding the following: (******) Where shown on the Plans, new drain pipes shall be connected to existing line, catch basin, curb inlets and/or manholes. The Contractor shall be required to core drill into the structure, shape the new pipe to fit and re-grout the opening in a workmanlike manner. Where directed by the Engineer or where shown on the Plans, additional structure channeling will be required. Connections to existing sanitary sewer manholes shall be core drilled. Couplings shall be equal to “Kor-n-Seal” boots. Existing sanitary sewer manholes shall be cleaned, repaired, and re-channeled as necessary to match the new pipe configuration and as shown on the Construction Plans. A "connection to existing" item will be allowed at any connection of a new line to an existing structure, or the connection of a new structure to a existing line. No "connection to existing" will be accepted at the location of new installation, relocation and adjustment of line manholes, catch basins, or curb inlets. The unit bid price per each shall be full compensation for all labor, materials and equipment required. 7-06 TRENCH DRAINS (NEW SECTION) Section 7-06 is a new section. (******) 7-06.1 Description This Work consists of the construction of new trench drain in accordance with the plans and specifications. 7-06.2 Materials Trench drain shall be Polydrain PDX 15” wide, or acceptable equal. Trench drain and supporting concrete shall be designed for HS20 loading. Grate shall be either Model #603 or #606 as determined by the City. Submittals: A. Shop Drawings: Show a schematic plan of the total drainage system including fabrication details. Shop drawing shall indicate the number and type of each pre- sloped channels and non pre-sloped channels. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's catalog sheets, specifications, and installation instructions for each item specified. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-8 C. Samples: Section of trench drain and grate (minimum 6-inch length) D. Product Data: 1. Concrete Design Mix: Submit proposed concrete design mix together with name and location of batching plant at least 28 days prior to the start of concrete work. 2. Portland Cement: Brand and Manufacturer’s name. 3. Air-entraining Admixture: Brand and manufacturer’s name. 4. Water-reducing or High Range Water-reducing Admixture: Brand and manufacturer’s name. 5. Curing and Anti-Spalling Compound: Manufacturer’s specifications and application instructions. 7-06.3 Construction Requirements Cement concrete shall be constructed with air entrained concrete Class 4000 confirming to the requirements of Section 6-02. Applicable requirements for concrete curbs and gutters in Section 8-4.2 shall apply. Trench drain shall be installed per manufacturer’s recommendations and product installation procedures. 7-08 GENERAL PIPE INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 7-08.3 Construction Requirements 7-08.3(1)A Trenches Section 7-08.3(1)A is supplemented by adding the following: (******) Trench Excavation Incl. Haul includes the trench excavation for the storm sewer, sanitary sewer, and water main construction in accordance with the trench limits outlined on the plan drawings. All trench excavated materials shall be disposed of off-site at an approved Contractor-provided disposal site. Excavation outside the excavation limits shown on the plan drawings shall be at no additional expense to the City. Contaminated Trench Excavation includes the trench excavation of materials characterized as contaminated based on sampling results for the storm sewer, sanitary sewer, and water main construction. This excavated soil shall be managed in accordance with applicable state and federal regulations outlined in the Contract Documents. Handling and disposal of materials shall adhere to all transportation requirements, receive pre-approval from a disposal facility, manifesting, and record keeping, etc., as outlined in the Contractor’s Contaminated Soil and Groundwater Handling and CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-9 Management Plan . Excavations will require a shoring system to limit the volume of excavation. Excavation outside the trench limits shown on the plan drawings shall be at no additional expense to the City. 7-08.3(1)C Bedding the Pipe Section 7-08.3(1)C is supplemented by adding the following: (******) Pipe bedding for PVC sewer pipe shall consist of pea gravel or material consistent with Section 9-03.12(3). It shall be placed to a depth of 6" over and 6" under the exterior walls of the pipe. For all pipe bedding, hand compaction of the bedding materials under the pipe haunches will be required. Pipe bedding should provide a firm uniform cradle for support of the pipes. Prior to installation of the pipe, the pipe bedding should be shaped to fit the lower part of the pipe exterior with reasonable closeness to provide uniform support along the pipe. Hand compaction shall be accomplished by using a suitable tamping tool to firmly tamp bedding material under the haunches of the pipe. Care shall be taken to avoid displacement of the pipe during the compaction effort. Pipe bedding material should be used as pipe zone backfill and placed in layers and tamped around the pipes to obtain complete contact. Bedding material shall meet the requirements of Gravel backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding in accordance with Standard Specification Section 9-03.12(3). Pipe bedding shall be considered incidental to the pipe and no further compensation shall be made. In areas where the subgrade soils in the trench excavation consist of fine-grained soils, such as silt/clay, or organic rich soils, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to use a geotextile separator fabric be placed over the native soils prior to placement of the pipe bedding. The geotextile shall meet the requirements of Section 9-33.2(1) Table 3 for Separation. Geotextile shall be paid for by other items. 7-08.3(1)D Pipe Foundation Section 7-08.3(1)D is a new section: (******) Pipe foundation in poor soil: When soft or unstable material is encountered at the subgrade which, in the opinion of the Engineer, will not uniformly support the pipe, such material shall be excavated to an additional depth as required by the Engineer and backfilled with foundation gravel material placed in maximum 12-inch lifts. Foundation gravel shall be CSBC and conform to the requirements of Section 9-03.9(3) of the Standard Specifications. Corrections faulty grade: Excess excavation below grade shall be backfilled with foundation gravel as specified above and thoroughly compacted to the required grade CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-10 line at no expense to the City. 7-08.3(2)A Survey Line and Grade Section 7-08.3(2)A is replaced with: (******) Survey line and grade control shall be provided in accordance with Sections 1-05.4, 1- 05.5 and 1-11 in a manner consistent with accepted practices. The Contractor shall transfer line and grade into the trench where they shall be carried by means of a laser beam. Any other procedure shall have the written approval of the Engineer. 7-08.3(2)B Pipe Laying – General Section 7-08.3(2)B is supplemented by adding the following: (******) Checking of the invert elevation of the pipe may be made by calculations from measurements on the top of the pipe, or by looking for ponding of 1/2" or less, which indicates a satisfactory condition. At manholes, when the downstream pipe(s) is of a larger size, pipe(s) shall be laid by matching the (eight-tenths) flow elevation, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. All pipe, fittings, etc. shall be carefully handled and protected against damage, impact shocks, and free fall. All pipe handling equipment shall be acceptable to the Engineer. Pipe shall not be placed directly on rough ground but shall be supported in a manner, which will protect the pipe against injury whenever stored at the trench site or elsewhere. No pipe shall be installed where the lining or coating show defects that may be harmful as determined by the Engineer. Such damaged lining or coating shall be repaired, or a new undamaged pipe shall be furnished and installed. The Contractor shall inspect each pipe and fitting prior to installation to insure that there are not damaged portions of the pipe. Any defective, damaged, or unsound pipe shall be repaired or replaced. All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the interior of the pipe before lowering into position in the trench. Pipe shall be kept clean during and after laying. All openings in the pipeline shall be closed with watertight expandable type sewer plugs at the end of each day's operation, or whenever the pipe openings are left unattended. The use of burlap, wood, or other similar temporary plugs will not be permitted. Where necessary to raise or lower the pipe due to unforeseen obstructions or other causes, the Engineer may change the alignment and/or the grades. Except for short runs, which may be permitted by the Engineer, pipes shall be laid uphill on grades that exceed 10 percent. Pipe, which is laid on a downhill grade, shall be blocked and held in place until sufficient support is furnished by the following pipe to prevent movement. Unless otherwise required, all pipe shall be laid straight between the changes in alignment, and at uniform grade between changes in grade. For concrete pipes with CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-11 elliptical reinforcement, the pipe shall be placed with the minor axis of the reinforcement in a vertical position. Immediately after the pipe joints have been made, proper gasket placement shall be checked with a feeler gage as approved by the pipe manufacturer to verify proper gasket placement. 7-08.3(2)E Rubber Gasketed Joints Section 7-08.3(2)E is supplemented as follows: (******) Care shall be taken by the Contractor to avoid over-inserting the pipe and damaging the pipe or joint system. Any damaged pipe shall be replaced by the Contractor at his expense. 7-08.3(2)H Sewer Line Connections Section 7-08.3(2)H is supplemented by adding the following: (******) All connections not occurring at a manhole or catch basin shall be done utilizing pre- manufactured tee connectors or pipe sections approved by the Engineer. Any other method or materials proposed for use in making connections shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, all connections of lateral sewers to existing mains shall be as follows: A.Vitrified Clay Main Cut in new PVC “Tee” using “Strong-Back” Flexible Couplings (Fernco or approved equal). B.Concrete Main Cut in new PVC “Tee” using “Strong-Back” Flexible Couplings (Fernco or approved equal). C.PVC & C900 PVC Main Core-drilled with Romac Saddle (or approved equal) or cut in new “Tee” using “Strong-Back” Flexible Couplings (Fernco or approved equal). D.Ductile Iron Main Core-drilled with Romac Saddle (or approved equal). E.Lined Sewer Main Connection to sewer mains that have been lined (CIPP, Etc.); cut in new “Tee” using “Strong-Back” Flexible Couplings (Fernco or approved equal). F.HDPE Core-Drilled with Romac Saddle. “Inserta- Tee” may be used on sewer mains 12” diameter or larger. Connections (unless booted connections have been provided for) to existing concrete CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-12 manholes shall be per Section 7-05.3(3). 7-08.3(2)J Placing PVC Pipe Section 7-08.3(2)J is an added new section: (******) In the trench, prepared as specified in Section 7-02.3(1), PVC pipe shall be laid with the bell end upgrade. Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding or Pea Gravel will be used as the bedding material and extend from 6" below the bottom of the pipe to 6" above the top of the pipe. When it is necessary to connect to a structure with a mudded joint, a rubber gasketed concrete adapter-collar will be used at the point of connection. 7-08.3(3)A Backfilling Sanitary Sewer Trenches Section 7-08.3(3)A is a new section supplementing 7-08.3(3) (******) To the maximum extent available, suitable material obtained from trench or pond excavation shall be used for trench backfill. All material placed as trench backfill shall be free from rocks or stones larger than 6 inches in their greatest dimension, brush, stumps, logs, roots, debris, and organic or other deleterious materials. No stones or rock shall be placed in the upper three feet of trench backfill. Rock or stones within the allowable size limit incorporated in the remainder of fills shall be distributed so that they do not congregate or interfere with proper compaction. The existing soils shall not be reused as trench backfill unless otherwise required by the Engineer. Structural fill shall consist of Gravel Borrow, meeting the requirements of Section 9-03.14(1) of the Standard Specifications. It should be free of organics and other debris. The structural trench backfill should be moisture conditioned to within approximately 3 percent of optimum moisture content, placed in loose horizontal lifts less than 6 inches in thickness, and compacted to at least 95 percent of the maximum dry density (MDD) as determined by the Modified Proctor compaction test method ASTM D 1557. Trench backfill shall be densely compacted in a systematic manner using methods that consistently produce adequate compaction levels. During placement of the initial lifts, the trench backfill material shall not be bulldozed into the trench or dropped directly on the pipe. Heavy vibratory equipment shall not be permitted to operate directly over the pipe until a minimum of 2 feet of backfill has been placed over the pipe bedding. Contactor shall take special care to obtain good compaction up to the edges of the excavation as the shoring is removed. The Engineer may be on-site to collect soil samples and to test compaction. The Contractor shall provide site access at all times for compaction testing and sample collection. Areas of the trench which fail to meet the compaction requirements shall be removed and replaced and re-compacted at the Contractor’s expense. The Contractor shall be responsible for any settlement of backfill, sub-base, and CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-13 pavement that may occur during the period stipulated in the Contract conditions. All repairs necessary due to settlement shall be made by the Contractor at his expense. Backfill in unimproved areas shall be compacted to at least 90 percent of maximum dry density as determined by the modified proctor compaction test, ASTM D1557. The Contractor shall be responsible for the disposal of any excess excavated material. Section 7-08.3(5) Temporary Stormwater Diversion Section 7-08.3(5) is an added new section (******) It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to maintain operation of the existing storm sewer system throughout the duration of the project without any disruption of service until the new storm drain has been accepted by the City to receive stormwater flows, and connections are made between the existing and new storm based on scheduling approved by the Engineer. A temporary stormwater diversion shall be capable of bypassing at least the 2-year peak flow during construction. The Contractor shall submit proposed methods for providing the diversions to the Engineer for approval prior to construction. The diversions shall have the least impact on property owners and traffic flow through the site. The diversions shall be installed, operated, and maintained only when needed where the existing storm drain system must be demolished to allow construction of the new system. Where shown on the Plans, Contractor shall time work of bypasses during period of anticipated no or little rain. If bypass pumping is provided, it shall be scheduled for continuous operation with backup equipment available at all times for periods of maintenance and refueling or failure of the primary bypass pump(s) or diversion system. The Contractor shall submit a Temporary Stormwater Diversion Plan in accordance with Section 1-05. The Contractor’s plan shall be reviewed by the City before the plan is implemented. The review of the flow diversion plan shall, as well as the Contractor’s proposed size of the bypass, in no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to provide a bypass system that conveys encountered flows without property damage or damage to the project or construction area. As risk associated with sizing the bypass and impacts to construction is born by the Contractor. 7-09 PIPE AND FITTINGS FOR WATER MAINS 7-09.3(15)A Ductile Iron Pipe The first paragraph of Section 7-09.3(15)A is revised as follows: (******) Long radius curves with radius of 400 feet or more, either horizontal or vertical, pipe may CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-14 be laid with standard pipe lengths by deflecting the joints. If the pipe is shown curved on the Plans and no special fittings are shown, the Contractor can assume that the curves can be made by deflecting the joints with standard lengths of pipe. If shorter lengths are required, the Plans will indicate maximum lengths that can be used. The amount of deflection at each pipe joint when pipe is laid on a horizontal or vertical curve shall not exceed 50% of the manufacturer’s printed recommended deflections. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the pipe manufacturer's joint deflection recommendations prior to pipe installation indicating deflections are within allowable AWWA specification tolerances. Where field conditions require deflection or curves not anticipated by the Plans, the Engineer will determine the methods to be used. No additional payment will be made for laying pipe on curves as shown on the Plans, or for field changes involving standard lengths of pipe deflected at the joints. When special fittings not shown on the Plans are required to meet field conditions, additional payment will be made for special fittings as provided in Section 1-09.6. When rubber gasketed pipe is laid on a curve, the pipe shall be jointed in a straight alignment and then deflected to the curved alignment. Trenches shall be made wider on curves for this purpose. Where pipe installation on curves requires the use of special fittings, concrete blocking shall be used per Section 7-09.3(21). Where restrained joint pipe is installed on a curve, the Contractor shall submit the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations to the Engineer for approval. 7-09.3(15)B Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe (4 inches and Over) Section 7-09.3(15)B is deleted in its entirety and replaced as follows: (******) Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe shall not be used for water mains and appurtenances. 7-09.3(17) Laying Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings with Polyethylene Encasement The title and text of section 7-09.3(17) has been revised as follows: (******) The Contractor shall lay ductile iron pipe with a polyethylene encasement. Pipe and polyethylene encasement shall be installed in accordance with AWWA C105. The polyethylene encasement shall also be installed on all appurtenances, such as pipe laterals, couplings, fittings, and valves, with 8-mil polyethylene plastic in accordance with Section 4-5 of ANSI 21.5 or AWWA C105. The polyethylene wrap shall be tube type and black color. Any damage that occurs to the wrap shall be repaired in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C105/A21.5-93. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-15 Installation of the polyethylene encasement shall be considered incidental to the installation of the pipe and no additional payment shall be allowed. The Contractor shall lay ductile iron pipe with a polyethylene encasement. Pipe and polyethylene encasement shall be installed in accordance with AWWA C105. The polyethylene encasement shall also be installed on all appurtenances, such as pipe laterals, couplings, fittings, and valves, with 8-mil polyethylene plastic in accordance with Section 4-5 of ANSI 21.5 or AWWA C105. The polyethylene wrap shall be tube type and black color. Any damage that occurs to the wrap shall be repaired in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C105/A21.5-93. Installation of the polyethylene encasement shall be considered incidental to the installation of the pipe and no additional payment shall be allowed. 7-09.3(19)A Connections to Existing Mains Section 7-09.3(19) is revised to read as follows: (******) The Contractor shall not operate any valve on existing Water Main. The City of Renton Water Operations and Maintenance staff will make all connections to charged water mains and will operate all valves to accomplish shutdowns and subsequent reactivation. The draining of existing water mains will be done by City water maintenance staff. The Contractor shall provide pumping and disposal of the water from the draining of the existing water mains including de-chlorination of the water prior to disposal. Connections to the existing water main shall not be made without first making the necessary scheduling arrangements with the Engineer in advance. The Contractor shall request water main shut-offs for connections of new water mains to existing water mains at least ten (10) working days in advance for each connection. Approval of connections to existing water main is contingent on the Water Main and appurtenances being completely installed, tested, cleaned with polypig, disinfected and flushed per Contract requirements. City’s water operations and maintenance staff will notify in writing all water customers affected by the shut-offs of the water mains at least 48 hours in advance (not including weekends and holidays) of any water shut-offs. The Contractor may be required to perform the connection during times other than normal working hours. Water main shut- offs shall occur during non-holiday weekdays unless otherwise specified in the contract documents. Water main shut-offs shall not occur in the five (5) weekdays preceding or the day after the major holidays listed below: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day. Due to the needs of various water customers in the project vicinity, water shut-off periods CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-16 are limited to the times set forth below: Days Hours Monday to Thursday 9:00 AM TO 3:00 PM Friday to Sunday DO NOT SCHEDULE The City of Renton’s Water Maintenance Manager, at his/her sole discretion, may adjust the above shut-off periods in order to address specific project circumstances and customer needs. No water main shutoffs affecting public schools will be allowed during scheduled school hours. The City reserves the right to re-schedule the connection if the work area is not ready at the scheduled time for the connection. Points of connection to existing water mains shall be exposed by hydro excavation or potholing prior to trenching of the new water mains. Before the installation of the new water mains, the Contractor shall field verify, in the presence of the Engineer, the actual location and depth of the existing water mains where new connections will be made to assure proper fit. Care shall be taken not to disturb existing thrust blocks and soil bearing areas. After excavation, the Contractor shall verify the dimensions, type, condition, and roundness of the exposed water main. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer if the connection cannot be made as specified by the Contract Plans in order that the connection detail may be revised. When necessary, the profile shall be adjusted as directed by the Engineer to prevent abrupt changes in grade and alignment of the water main and connection. The Contractor shall provide all saw-cutting, removal and disposal of existing surface improvements, excavation, haul and disposal of unsuitable materials, shoring, de- watering, foundation material, at the connection areas before the scheduled time for the connection by the City. The Contractor shall provide all materials necessary for the City Water Maintenance personnel to install all connections to existing water mains as indicated on the contract plans, including fittings, couplings, pipe spools, shackle materials to complete the connections. The City Water Operations and Maintenance staff will: a) Deactivate and dewater the existing and new water main to perform the connections. The Contractor shall provide pumping and disposal of the water from the draining of the water mains including de-chlorination. b) Cut, remove and dispose pipe sections as necessary to install the new Materials with Contractor’s assistance c) Swab all connecting pipe and fittings with 5-6%chlorine solution d) Perform the connection work e) Reactivate and flush the Water Main The Contractor shall install the polywrap on all pipe and fittings at the connection points and installed concrete thrust blocks per Contract standard plans and specifications. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-17 In addition to those connections shown on the Plans, segments of a new Water Main may be placed in service prior to completion of the new Water Main. All connection between the charged and uncharged segments of the new Water Main, including connection to a new Tapping Tee and Valve will be done by the City of Renton Water Operations and Maintenance staff. Connections to existing water mains which include the cutting of the existing water main for the installation of new in-line tee and valves shall be done in two steps: Step 1: Cut-in of existing water main for installation of in-line tee, valves and appurtenances The Contractor shall provide all materials necessary for the City Water Maintenance personnel to cut the existing water main as indicated on the contract plans for the installation of the in-line tee and valves, including but not limited to the required fittings, couplings, pipe spools, shackle materials to complete the cut-in. After the cut-in of the in- line tee and valves by City personnel, the Contractor shall provide and install concrete blocking and polyethylene encasement behind the tee and other fittings. A minimum 3- day curing period is for all concrete blockings before a connection can be made to the new water mains or new tapping valve. Step 2: Connection of new water main to the above cut-in tee and valves, or to a new tapping valve on existing water mains 7-09.3(21) Concrete Thrust Blocking and Dead-Man Block Section 7-09.3(21) is deleted in its entirety and replaced as follows: (******) Concrete thrust blocking shall be placed at bends, tees, dead ends, crosses and on other fittings in conformance to the City of Renton Standards Plans, latest revisions and Contract Plans. Concrete thrust collar and blocking and dead-man thrust blocking shall be installed at locations shown on the plans and shall be in conformance with the Standard Plans and contract Plans. Reinforcement steel shall be Grade 40 or better. Blocking shall be poured in place Ready-Mix Concrete Class 3000 with a minimum compressive strength at 28 days of 3,000 psi. Job site mixing, hand-mixed concrete and mobile concrete mixers are not allowed. All fittings to be blocked shall be wrapped with 8-mil polyethylene plastic. Concrete blocking shall bear against solid undisturbed earth at the sides and bottom of the trench excavation and shall be shaped and properly formed with plywood or other acceptable forming materials so as not to obstruct access to the joints of the pipe, bolts or fittings. The forms shall be removed prior to backfilling. Unacceptable concrete blocking shall be replaced at the Contractor’s expense. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer at least 1 Working Day advance notice before CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-18 pouring concrete thrust blocking and 1 Working Day advance notice for inspection and approval of all concrete blocking prior to backfilling. 7-09.3(23) Hydrostatic Pressure Test Section 7-09.3(23) is supplemented and revised as follows: (******) Water main and appurtenances including service connections to the meter setter shall be tested in sections of convenient length under a hydrostatic pressure equal to 150 psi in excess of that under which they will operate or in no case shall the test pressure be less than 225 psi at the highest point on the water main. Pumps, gauges, plugs, saddles, corporation stops, miscellaneous hose and piping, and measuring equipment necessary for performing the test shall be furnished and operated by the Contractor. The Contractor shall obtain a hydrant meter permit from the City by completing a permit application and making the required security deposits. The Contractor shall use the City’s issued hydrant meter with an attached backflow prevention assembly to draw water from the City’ water system to fill the water mains for poly-pigging, testing, cleaning, disinfection and for subsequent flushing purposes. There will be a charge for the water used for filling, testing, cleaning and disinfection of the water mains. Sections to be tested shall normally be limited to 1,500 feet or less. The Engineer may require that the first section of pipe, not less than 1,000 feet in length, installed by each of the Contractor’s crews, be tested in order to qualify the crew and the materials. Pipe laying shall not be continued more than an additional 1,000 feet until the first section has been tested successfully. The pipeline shall be backfilled sufficiently to prevent movement of the pipe under pressure. Thrust blocks shall be in place and time allowed for the concrete to cure before testing. Where permanent blocking is not required, the Contractor shall furnish and install temporary blocking and remove it after testing. Before applying the specified test pressure, the water main shall be slowly filled and air shall be expelled completely from the pipe, valves and hydrants. If permanent air vents are not located at all high points, the contractor shall install corporation cocks at such points so that the air can be expelled as the line is filled with water. After all the air has been expelled, the corporation cocks shall be closed and the test pressure applied. At the conclusion of the pressure test, the corporation cocks shall be removed and plugged. The Contractor shall perform a leakage test concurrently with the pressure test. The pressure test shall be conducted for a 2-hour period. The test shall be accomplished by pumping the main up to the required pressure, stopping the pump for 2 hours, and then pumping the main up to the test pressure again. During the test, the section being tested shall be observed to detect any visible leakage. A clean container shall be used for holding water for pumping up pressure on the main CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-19 being tested. This makeup water shall be sterilized by the addition of chlorine to a concentration of 50 mg/l. The acceptability of the pressure test and leakage test will be determined by two factors as follows: 1. The loss in pressure shall not exceed 5 psi during the 2-hour test period. 2. The quantity of water lost from the main and appurtenances shall not exceed the number of gallons during the 2-hour test period as listed in the following table. Allowable leakage in gallons per 1000 ft. of pipeline* for a 2-hour test period Nominal Pipe Diameter in inches Test Pressure in psi 4” 6"8"10"12"16" 20"24" 400 0.60 0.90 1.20 1.50 1.80 2.40 3.00 3.60 375 0.58 0.87 1.16 1.45 1.74 2.33 2.91 3.49 350 0.56 0.84 1.12 1.40 1.69 2.25 2.81 3.37 275 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.24 1.49 1.99 2.49 2.99 250 0.47 0.71 0.95 1.19 1.42 1.90 2.37 2.85 225 0.45 0.68 0.90 1.13 1.35 1.80 2.25 2.70 200 0.42 0.64 0.85 1.06 1.28 1.70 2.12 2.55 *If the pipeline under test contains sections of various diameters, the allowable leakage will be the sum of the computed leakage for each size. For those diameters or pressures not listed, the formula below shall be used: The quantity of water lost from the main shall not exceed the number of gallons per hour as determined by the formula: 𝐿= 𝑆𝐷√𝑃 266,400 where: L = Allowable leakage in gallons/hour S = Gross length of pipe tested, feet D = Nominal diameter of the pipe in inches P = Test pressure during the leakage test in psi The quantity of water required to restore the pressure shall be accurately determined by either 1) pumping from an open container of suitable size such that accurate volume measurements can be made by the Engineer or, 2) by pumping through a positive displacement water meter with a sweep unit hand registering one (1) gallon per revolution. The meter shall be approved by the Engineer. Pressure gauges used in the test shall be accompanied with certifications of accuracy from a testing Laboratory approved by the Engineer. Any visible leakage detected shall be corrected by the Contractor regardless of the allowable leakage specified above. Should the tested section fail to meet the pressure test successfully as specified, the Contractor shall, at no additional expense to the CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-20 Contracting Agency, locate and repair the defects and then retest the pipeline. All tests shall be made with the hydrant auxiliary gate valves open and pressure against the hydrant inlet valve. After the test is completed, each valve shall be tested by closing each in turn and relieving the pressure beyond. This test of the valve will be acceptable if there is no immediate loss of pressure on the gauge when the pressure comes against the valve being checked. The Contractor shall verify that the pressure differential across the valve does not exceed the rated working pressure of the valve. Prior to calling out the Engineer to witness the pressure test, the Contractor shall have all equipment set up completely ready for operation and shall have successfully performed the test to ensure that the pipe is in satisfactory condition. Defective materials or workmanship, discovered as a result of hydrostatic field test, shall be replaced by the Contractor at no additional expense to the Contracting Agency. Whenever it is necessary to replace defective material or correct the workmanship, the hydrostatic test shall be re-run at the Contractor’s expense until a satisfactory test is obtained. 7-09.3(24)A Flushing and "Poly-pigging" Section 7-09.3(24)A shall be revised and supplemented as follows: (******) Prior to disinfection and prior to final flushing of the Water Mains for bacteriological sampling and testing, all Water Mains shall first be poly-pigged to remove any solids or contaminated materials that may have entered or become lodged in the pipes during installation. The "Poly-pig" shall be light density foam (1-2 lbs/cubic-foot) with 90A durometer urethane rubber coating on the rear of the "Poly-pig" only. The "Poly-pig" shall be cylinder shaped with bullet nose or squared end. The “Poly-pigs” shall be inserted in the pipes and retrieved form the pipes through launching stations with vertical crosses and blow-off assemblies as shown and on the Contract Plans and Standard Plans. If the main cannot be poly-pigged, then a tap shall be provided large enough to develop a flow velocity of at least 2.5 fps in the water main. Taps required by the Contractor for temporary or permanent release of air, chlorination or flushing purposes shall be provided by the Contractor as part of the construction of water mains. The Contractor shall be responsible for disposal of treated water flushed from mains and shall neutralize the wastewater for protection of aquatic life in the receiving water before disposal into any natural drainage channel, i.e., receiving water, waters of the State, including wetlands. The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of disinfecting solution to the satisfaction of the Contracting Agency and local authorities. At a minimum, chlorinated water shall be dechlorinated to a concentration of 0.1 parts per million (ppm) CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-21 or less, and pH adjustment to within 6.5 – 8.5 standard units before discharging to surface waters of the State or to a storm sewer system that drains to surface waters of the State. If approved by the Engineer and by the local authority responsible for the sanitary sewer system, disposal of treated water from mains may be made to an available sanitary sewer, provided the rate of disposal will not overload the sewer. 7-09.3(24)D Dry Calcium Hypochlorite Section 7-09.3(24)D is deleted in its entirety and replaced as follows: (******) Dry calcium hypochlorite shall not be placed in the pipe as laid. 7-09.3(24)K Retention Period Section 7 09.3(24)K is deleted in its entirety and replaced as follows: (******) Treated water shall be retained in the pipe at least 16 hours but no longer than 48 hours. After the retention period, the chlorine residual shall be tested at all pipe extremities and at other representative points and shall measure at least 10 mg/L. If a measurement of less than 10 mg/L is obtained repeat disinfection is required. 7-09.3(24)N Final Flushing and Testing Section 7 09.3(24)N is deleted in its entirety and replaced as follows: (******) Following chlorination, treated water shall be flushed from the newly-laid pipe until the replacement water throughout its length shows, upon test, the absence of chlorine. In the event chlorine is normally used in the source of supply, then the tests shall show a residual not in excess of that carried in the water supply system. A sample tap shall be located ahead of the flushing hose for convenience and for sanitary sampling. Before placing the lines into service, two satisfactory reports taken at least 15 minutes apart from each sampling point shall be received from the local or State Health Department or from a State accredited testing laboratory on samples collected from representative points in the new system. Samples will be collected and bacteriological tests obtained by the Engineer. At a minimum, chlorinated water shall be dechlorinated to a concentration of 0.1 parts per million (ppm) or less, and pH adjustment to within 6.5 to 8.5 standard units, if necessary, before discharging to surface waters of the State or to a storm sewer system that drains to surface waters of the State. 7-09.3(25) Joint Restraint Systems Section 7-09.3(25) is a new section: (******) CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-22 7-09.3(25)A General Where shown in the Plans, in the Specifications or required by the Engineer, joint restraint system (shackle rods) shall be used. All joint restraint materials used shall be those manufactured by Star National Products, 1323 Holly Avenue, PO Box 258, Columbus Ohio 43216, unless an equal alternate is approved in writing by the Engineer. 7-09.3(25)B Materials Steel types used shall be: High strength low-alloy steel (cor-ten), ASTM A242, heat-treated, superstar "SST" series. High strength low-alloy steel (cor-ten), ASTM A242, superstar "SS" series. Items to be galvanized are to meet the following requirements: ASTM A153 for galvanizing iron and steel hardware. ASTM A123 for galvanizing rolled, pressed and forged steel shapes. Joint restrainer system components: Tiebolt: ASTM A242, type 2, zinc plated or hot-dip galvanized. SST 7:5/8" for 2" and 3" mechanical joints, 3/4" for 4" to 12" mechanical joints, ASTM A325, type 3D, except tensile strength of full-body threaded section shall be increased to 40,000 lbs. minimum for 5/8" and 60,000 lbs. minimum for 3/4" by heat treating (quenching and tempering) to manufacturer’s reheat and hardness Specifications. SST 753: 3/4" for 14" to 24" mechanical joints. Same ASTM Specification as SST 7. SST 77: 3/4" same as SST 7, except 1" eye for 7/8" rod. Same ASTM Specification as SST 7. Tienut: Heavy hex nut for each tiebolt: SS8: 5/8" and 3/4", ASTM A563, grade C3, or zinc plated. S8: 5/8" and 3/4", ASTM A563, grade A, zinc plated or hot-dip galvanized. Tiecoupling: Used to extend continuous threaded rods and are provided with a center stop to aid installation, zinc plated or hot-dip galvanized. SS10: for 5/8" and 3/4" tierods, ASTM A563, grade C3. S10: for 5/8" and 3/4" tierods, ASTM A563, grade A. Tierod: Continuous threaded rod for cutting to desired lengths, zinc plated or hot-dip galvanized. SS12: 5/8" and 3/4" diameter, ASTM A242, type 2; ANSI B1.1. S12: 5/8" and 3/4" diameter, ASTM A36, A307. Tiewasher: Round flat washers, zinc plated or hot-dip galvanized. SS17: ASTM A242, F436. S17: ANSI B18.22.1. 7-09.3(25)C Installation Install the joint restraint system in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions so all CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-23 joints are mechanically locked together to prevent joint separation. Tie-bolts shall be installed to pull against the mechanical joint body and not the MJ follower. Torque nuts at 75-90 foot pounds for 3/4" nuts. Install tie-couplings with both rods threaded equal distance into tie-couplings. Arrange tie-rods symmetrically around the pipe. Pipe Diameter Number of 3/4" Tie Rods Required 4”2 6”2 8”2 10”4 12”4 14”6 Pipe Diameter Number of 3/4" Tie Rods Required 16”6 18”8 20 10 24”12 Where a manufacturer’s mechanical joint valve or fitting is supplied with slots for "T" bolts instead of holes, a flanged valve with a flange by mechanical joint adapter shall be used instead, so as to provide adequate space for locating the tie-bolts. Where a continuous run of pipe is required to be restrained, no run of restrained pipe shall be greater than 60 feet in length between fittings. Insert long body solid sleeves as required on longer runs to keep tie-rod lengths to the 60 foot maximum. Pipe used in continuously restrained runs shall be mechanical joint pipe and tie-bolts shall be installed as rod guides at each joint. Where poly wrapping is required all tie-bolts, tie-nuts, tie-couplings, tie-rods, and tie- washers, shall be galvanized. All disturbed sections will be painted, to the Inspector’s satisfaction, with Koppers Bitomastic No. 300-m, or approved equal. Where poly wrapping is not required all tie-bolts, tie-nuts, tie-couplings, tie-rods and tie- washers may be galvanized as specified in the preceding paragraph or plain and painted in the entirety with Koppers Bitumastic No. 800-m, or approved equal. Tie-bolts, tie-nuts, tie-couplings, tie-rods, and tie-washers shall be considered incidental to installation of the pipe and no additional payment shall be made. 7-09.4 Measurement Section 7-09.4 is revised as follows: (******) Measurement of bank run gravel for trench backfill will be by the cubic yard measured by the calculation of neat lines based on maximum trench width per Section 2-09.4 or by the ton, in accordance with Section 1-09. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-24 Measurement for payment of concrete thrust blocking and dead-man blocks will be per cubic-yard when these items are included as separate pay items. If not included as separate pay items in the contract, then thrust blocking and dead-man blocks shall be considered incidental to the installation of the water main and no further compensation shall be made. Measurement for payment for connections to existing water mains will be per each for each connection to existing water main(s) as shown on the Plans. 7 09.5 Payment Section 7-09.5 is revised and supplemented as follows: (******) "Furnish and Install ____Ductile Iron Water Main & Fittings”, per lineal foot. The unit contract price per linear foot for each size and kind of “Furnish and Install ____Ductile Iron Water Main & Fittings" shall be full pay for the bid item as described in Section 1-09.14. "Concrete Thrust Blocking and Dead-Man Anchor Blocks", per cubic yard. The unit contract price per cubic yard for "Concrete Concrete Thrust Blocking and Dead- Man Anchor Blocks " shall be full pay for the bid item as described in Section 1-09.14. "Connection to Existing Water Mains", per each. The unit contract price per each for “Connection to Existing Water Mains” shall be full pay for the bid item as described in Section 1-09.14. “Select Imported Trench Backfill”, per cubic yard or ton. The unit contract price per cubic yard or ton for “Select Imported Trench Backfill” shall be full pay for the bid item as described in Section 1-09.14. "Removal and Replacement of Unsuitable Foundation Material", per ton or cubic yard. The unit contract price per cubic yard or ton for "Removal and Replacement of Unsuitable Foundation Material" shall be full pay for the bid item as described in Section 1-09.14. 7-12 VALVES FOR WATER MAINS 7-12.3(1) Installation of Valve Marker Post Section 7-12.3(1) is deleted in its entirety and replaced as follows: (******) Where required, a valve marker post shall be furnished and installed with each valve. Valve marker posts shall be placed at the edge of the right-of-way opposite the valve and CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-25 be set with 18 inches of the post exposed above grade. 7-12.3(2) Adjust Existing Valve Box to Grade Section 7-12.3(2) is a new section: (******) Valve boxes shall be adjusted to grade in the same manner as for manholes, as detailed in Section 7-05.3(1) and the City of Renton Standard Details. Valve box adjustments shall include, but not be limited to, the locations shown on the Plans. Existing roadway valve boxes shall be adjusted to conform to final finished grades. The final installation shall be made in accordance with the applicable portions of Section 7-12. In the event that the existing valve box is plugged or blocked with debris, the Contractor shall use whatever means necessary to remove such debris, leaving the valve installation in a fully operable condition. The valve box shall be set to an elevation tolerance of one-fourth inch (1/4") to one-half inch (1/2") below finished grade. 7-12.4 Measurement Section 7-12.4 is supplemented by adding the following: (******) Adjustment of existing valve boxes to grade shall be measured per each, if included as a separate pay item in the Contract; if not a separate pay item but required to complete the Work, then value box adjustment shall be considered incidental. Hydrant auxiliary gate valve will be included in the measurement for hydrant assembly and will not be included in this measurement item. 7-12.5 Payment Section 7-12.5 is deleted in its entirety and replaced as follows: (******) "Furnish and Install ____-Inch Gate Valve Assembly”, per each. The unit contract price per each for "Furnish and Install ____-Inch Gate Valve Assembly" shall be full pay for the bid item as described in Section 1-09.14. "Air-Release/Air-Vacuum Valve Assembly," per each. The unit contract price per for air-release/air-vacuum valve assembly shall be for all, labor, equipment and material to complete the installation of the assembly including but not limited to, excavating, tapping the main, laying and jointing the pipe and fittings and appurtenances, backfilling, testing, flushing, and disinfection, meter box and cover, at location shown on the plans, and per the City of Renton Standard Details, latest revision. "Adjust Existing Valve Box to Grade (RC)," per each. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-26 The contract bid price for "Adjust Existing Valve Box to Grade" above shall be full compensation for all labor, material, tools and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the Work as defined in the Contract Documents, including all incidental Work. If not included as a separate pay item in the Contract, but required to complete other Work in the Contract, then adjustment of valve boxes shall be considered incidental to other items of Work and no further compensation shall be made. 7-14 HYDRANTS 7-14.3(1) Setting Hydrants Section 7-14.3(1) is deleted in its entirety and replaced as follows: (******) Where shown on the Plans, hydrants shall be installed in accordance with the Standard Plans and Contract specifications. A minimum 3-foot radius unobstructed working area shall be provided around all hydrants. The bottom surface of the breakaway flange shall be set 2-inches minimum and 7-inches maximum above the concrete shear block finished grade. For each hydrant requiring vertical adjustment, see Section 7-14.3(6). Fire hydrants shall be of such length as to be suitable for installation with connections to 6", 8" and 10" piping in trenches 3 - 1/2 feet deep unless otherwise specified. The hydrant shall be designed for a 4-1/2 foot burial where 12" and larger pipe is shown unless otherwise noted in the Plans. After installation hydrants shall be subjected to a hydrostatic test as specified in Section 7-09.3(23). The hydrant excavation shall be backfilled and compacted when installation and testing are complete and accepted by the Engineer. A concrete shear block as shown by the hydrant details on the Standard Plans shall be constructed for all hydrants. Construction, Materials, and finishing of the concrete shear block shall conform to Section 8-14, Cement Concrete Sidewalk. The shear block shall be set flush with the immediately surrounding finish grade. The Contractor shall flush, test and disinfect furnished hydrants and hydrant barrel extensions according to Section 7-14.3(6). Upon completion of the project, all fire hydrants shall be painted with two field coats of Kelly-Moore/Preservative paint No. 5780-563 DTM Acrylic Gloss Safety Yellow or approved equal. Any hydrants not in service shall be identified by covering with a burlap or plastic bag properly secured. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-27 Fire hydrant assembly shall include: main line cast-iron or ductile iron tee (MJ x FL), 6" gate valve (FL x MJ), 6" DI spool (PE x PE) up to 18 feet in length, 5-1/4" MVO fire hydrant (MJ connection), 4" x 5" Storz adapter with stainless steel cable, cast iron valve box, cover, valve operating nut extension, 2-3/4" Cor-Ten shackle rods and accessories, concrete blocks, shear block and blue pavement marker. 7-14.3(3) Resetting Existing Hydrants Section 7-14.3(3) is supplemented with the following: (******) All existing hydrants to be reset shall be rebuilt to the approval of the Engineer. All rubber gaskets shall be replaced with new gaskets of the type required for a new installation of the same type. Unless a specific bid item has been included in the Proposal/Contract Document, resetting existing hydrants shall be incidental to and included in the various bid items. 7-14.3(4) Moving Existing Hydrants Section 7-14.3(4) is supplemented with the following: (******) All existing hydrants to be moved shall be rebuilt to the approval of the Engineer. All rubber gaskets shall be replaced with new gaskets of the type required for a new installation of the same type. Unless a specific bid item has been included in the Proposal/Contract Document, resetting existing hydrants shall be incidental to and included in the various bid items. Unless a specific bid item has been included in the Proposal/Contract Document, resetting existing hydrants shall be incidental to and included in the various bid items. 7-14.3(7) Remove and Salvage Hydrant Section 7-14.3(7) is a new section: (******) Existing hydrants shall be removed where shown in the Plans. Removed hydrants shall be delivered to the City of Renton shops by the Contractor. The existing hydrant lateral tee shall be removed from the main. Unless a specific bid item has been included in the Proposal/Contract Document, resetting existing hydrants shall be incidental to and included in the various bid items. 7-14.5 Payment Section 7-14.5 is revised as follows: (******) Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 04.1, for each of the following bid items that are included in the proposal: CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-28 “Furnish and Install Hydrant Assembly”, per each. The unit contract price per each for " Furnish and Install Hydrant Assembly”, shall be full pay for the bid item as described in Section 1-09.14. “Resetting Existing Hydrants”, per each. The unit contract price per each for “Resetting Existing Hydrant” shall be full pay for all Work to reset the existing hydrant, including rebuilding (or replacement with a new hydrant), shackling, blocking, painting, and guard posts and reconnecting to the main. The new pipe connecting the hydrant to the main shall be considered incidental and no additional payment shall be made. Guard posts, shown on the Plans shall be incidental to the contract. “Moving Existing Hydrants”, per each. The unit contract price per each for “Moving Existing Hydrant” shall be full pay for all Work to move the existing hydrant, including new tee, rebuilding (or replacement with a new hydrant), shackling, blocking, painting, and guard posts and reconnecting to the main. The new pipe connecting the hydrant to the main shall be considered incidental and no additional payment shall be made. Guard posts, shown on the Plans shall be incidental to the contract. 7-15 SERVICE CONECTIONS 7-15.3 Construction Details Section 7-15.3 is supplemented as follows: (******) All pipe materials for new water service lines and for extension or replacement of existing water service lines shall be copper and lead free in accordance with the Federal Reduction of Lead in Drinking Water Act. Pipe materials for water service line installation for size 2-inch or less and connection to ductile iron water main shall be copper type “K” annealed tubing and seamless (ANSI H33.1). Ductile iron pipe Class 52 or stronger shall be direct-tapped with 1-inch corporation stops for 1-inch service lines. All meter setters for residential domestic use shall be 1-inch by 1-inch setters unless otherwise specified on the Contract Plans. For existing 3/4-inch meters, the Contractor shall furnish and install reducing couplings to adapt the 1-inch setter to the standard 3/4- inch domestic meter. Where installation of service lines is within existing paved streets, the service lines shall be installed by a trenchless percussion and impact method (hoe-hogging). If the trenchless percussion and impact method fails, regular open trench methods may be used. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-29 Where shown in the Plans, the Contractor shall: Furnish and install new water service lines from the new water main to the new meter setters and new meter boxes near the existing meters Furnish and install adaptors for the relocation of the existing water meters to the new meter setters and re-install the existing meters in the new meter setters Connect the new meter setters to the customers’ private service lines Restore disturbed areas to their approximate original condition as directed by the Engineer. 7-15.5 Payment Section 7-15.5 is deleted in its entirety and replaced as follows: (******) Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 04.1, for the following bid item when it is included in the proposal: “Furnish and Install ____ In. Water Service Connection”, per each. The unit contract price per each for " Furnish and Install ____ In. Water Service Connection”, shall be full pay for the bid item as described in Section 1-09.14. 7-17 SANITARY SEWERS 7-17.2 Materials Section 7-17.2 is deleted in its entirety and replaced as follows: (******) 7-17.2(1) Pipe Gravity sewer pipe shall be as specified herein and as shown on the Plans. The Contractor shall provide two electronic copies of the pipe manufacturer’s technical literature and tables of dimensional tolerances to the Engineer. Any pipe found to have dimensional tolerances in excess of those prescribed or having defects, which prevent adequate joint seal or any other damage, shall be rejected. If requested by the Engineer, not less than three nor more than five lengths of pipe for each size, selected from stock by the Engineer, shall be tested as specified for maximum dimensional tolerance of the respective pipe. Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: SDR 35 Sewer Pipe (ASTM D3034 & ASTM F679)Section 9-05.12(1) Ductile Iron Sewer Pipe Section 9-05.13 C900 Sewer Pipe (AWWA)Section 9-30.1(5)A CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-30 All pipe shall be clearly marked with type, class, and thickness. Lettering shall be legible and permanent under normal conditions of handling and storage. 7-17.3 Construction Requirements 7-17.3(1) Protection of Existing Sewerage Facilities Section 7-17.3(1) is supplemented by adding the following: (******) When extending an existing sewer, the downstream system shall be protected from construction debris by placing a screen or trap in the first existing manhole downstream of the connection. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to maintain this screen or trap during construction of the new sewer and then remove it once the new system is placed into service. The Contractor shall remove any construction debris that enters the existing downstream system as a result of his work at his expense. When the first manhole is set, its outlet shall be plugged until acceptance of the new construction by the Engineer. 7 17.3(2)H Television Inspection Section 7-17.3(2)H is supplemented by adding the following: (******) CCTV Inspection 1. All newly-installed and newly-rehabilitated (public and private) Sanitary Sewer and Storm Drain main lines shall be inspected by means of remote CCTV. CCTV inspections and reports shall be submitted to the City of Renton inspector assigned to the project prior to receiving approval to install project curbs, gutters and/or pavement. 2. The Contractor shall perform all CCTV inspections in accordance with the National Association of Sewer Service Companies (NASSCO) Pipeline Assessment Certification Program (PACP). 3. All CCTV operators shall have current NASSCO PACP certification. 4. CCTV inspections shall be recorded in a GraniteNet compatible format database using the latest software version and submitted with electronic links between the data and the video on an External HDD, DVD or Flash Drive. 5. All CCTV inspection reports shall be within +/- two (2) feet of the measured linear footage between manholes along the existing pipeline centerline from the start of pipe to end of pipe. 6. All Owner and PACP required header information must be fully and accurately entered on all CCTV reports. Work not following these specifications will be rejected and the Contractor shall be required to re-CCTV the work. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-31 7. The documentation of the work shall consist of PACP CCTV Reports, PACP database, logs, electronic reports, etc. noting important features encountered during the inspection. The speed of travel shall be slow enough to inspect each pipe joint, tee connection, structural deterioration, infiltration and inflow sources, and deposits, but should not, at any time, be faster than 30 feet per minute, except as noted otherwise in this document. 8. The camera must be centered in the pipe to provide accurate distance measurements to provide locations of features in the sewer and these footage measurements shall be displayed and documented on the video. All PACP Observations shall be identified by audio and on a PACP log. All video must be continuously metered from manhole to manhole. All video recording shall be continuous from structure to structure with no “pausing” of the video recording during each pipeline inspection. The pipe shall be cleaned prior to the CCTV inspection to ensure all defects, features and observations are seen and logged. 9. Just prior to beginning the CCTV inspection, while the CCTV camera is in place and recording, water (containing dye) shall be introduced into the upstream manhole of each pipe segment until it is observed and recorded flowing past the camera’s field of vision in its entirety. 10. The CCTV camera shall have a water-level measuring device (ball, cylinder, etc.) attached that has ¼” markings to show the depth of water in the pipe during the CCTV inspection. 11. All manholes shall be channeled and coated prior to CCTV inspection. 12. Per City of Renton specification 7-08.3(2)B, sewer and storm drain pipeline shall have no more than ½” of ponding to be considered acceptable. 7-17.3(2)I Abandon Existing Sanitary Sewer Pipes Section 7-17.3(2)I is a new section: (******) Where it is shown on the plans that existing sanitary sewer pipe(s) is to be abandoned by filling with grout, both ends of the abandoned pipe and all lateral connections to the pipe shall be plugged with 3,000 psi cement concrete and the pipe shall be filled with cement- based grout. The grout mix design and method of installation shall be approved by the Engineer prior to beginning the operation (See Section 9-03.22 for Grout Mix requirements). 7-17.4 Measurement Section 7-17.4 is supplemented as follows: (******) Measurement of “Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill Sewer” will be determined by the cubic yard in place, measured by the neat line dimensions shown in the Plans, or by the CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-32 ton on truck tickets. 7-17.5 Payment Section 7-17.5 is revised and supplemented as follows: (******) Payment will be made in accordance with Section 1 04.19, for each of the bid items that are included in the proposal. The unit contract price per linear foot for “Testing Sewer Pipe” shall be full pay for all labor, material and equipment required to conduct the leakage tests required in Section 7 17.3(2). If no unit price for “Testing Sewer Pipe” is included it shall be considered incidental to the pipe items. 7-21 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE (CIPP) Section 7-21 is a new Section (******) 7-21.1 Description This Section specifies rehabilitation of pipelines by the installation of resin-impregnated liner cured-in-place piping. Service connections and manholes may be rehabilitated with products specified in other Sections. Contractor shall coordinate rehabilitation of manholes, mainlines, lateral interfaces, and laterals with product installers. Contractor shall ensure that resin systems are compatible with all rehabilitation products that they will contact. A portion of the pipeline rehabilitation work is located outside of public rights-of-way behind single family homes. The Contractor shall be responsible to properly secure materials and equipment utilized to perform the work required for this project. The Contractor shall coordinate with property owner(s) to preserve access within the site and maintain the site in a safe manner. 7-21.1(1) Related Work Specified Elsewhere Resin Impregnated Fabric CIPP, Section 7-22. Resin Impregnated Fiberglass CIPP, Section 7-23. 7-21.1(2) Licensing The Contractor or sub-contractors shall be registered to work in the City of Renton. The Contractor or sub-contractor installing the CIPP shall have a current license agreement with the product Manufacturer or Assembler. Individuals installing the CIPP shall be certified by the product Manufacturer or CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-33 Assembler. Lining installation shall be in accordance with the requirements of the product Manufacturer or Assembler and as directed by their Technical Representative. This includes the correction of defective work. Certification showing that the Installer is currently licensed by the appropriate licensor to perform CIPP installation shall be provided. 7-21.1(3) Contractor and Manufacturer Qualifications The Manufacturer of the CIPP liner shall have a minimum of 200,000 linear feet of CIPP successfully installed in accordance with these specifications. Manufacturer’s using standards other than those listed in these specifications shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Owner that the standards followed produce a product that is, at a minimum, equal to the quality of product developed using the listed standards. The CIPP lining Contractor shall have a minimum of five (5) successfully completed projects totaling a minimum of 50,000 lineal feet using the proposed CIPP rehabilitation technology. In addition, the Contractor’s project superintendent shall have a minimum of three (3) successfully completed projects totaling a minimum of 25,000 lineal feet using the proposed CIPP rehabilitation technology. The Contractor’s identified project superintendent shall be on the project for the duration of the project and shall be available at all times during the CIPP rehabilitation. At least one person on the Contractor’s installation crew shall have a minimum of one (1) year of CIPP installation experience and shall be on the project site at all times. The Contractor’s identified Lateral Cutting Technician shall have minimum of one (1) year of experience reinstating laterals. Wastewater collection system rehabilitation products submitted for approval shall be provided with third party test results supporting long-term performance and structural strength of the product. Third party test result data shall be satisfactory to the Engineer. Test samples shall have been prepared so as to simulate the installation methods and trauma of project conditions. 7-21.1(4) Contractor Submittals All procedures or material descriptions requiring the Engineer's approval shall be submitted not less than 15 calendar days prior to mobilizing or commencing any CIPP activities at the site of the work and shall include the following information: 1. CIPP Lining Plan to include the following: Work sequence organized by pipeline section with installation schedule. Confirmation of liner length. Locations of all service connections with disposition for each. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-34 Anticipated cleaning and preparation requirements. Sewer Service Interruption Notification Plan. 2. Manufacturer’s certificate(s) indicating that the supplied lining materials meet the requirements of the Specifications, ASTM standards and a certificate of compliance from an independent third party lab. 3. Details on all lining materials and resins. 4. Name of resin supplier and liner fabric supplier. 5. Manufacturer’s or Assembler’s certification that the liner materials and system are in compliance with the specifications, codes, and standards referenced in these specifications. 6. Test reports on testing of CIPP products 7. Manufacturer’s or Assembler’s recommendations for factory and field (whichever applies) wet out procedures including: volume of resin per unit of liner, mixing ratios and procedures for resin and catalyst/hardener, shelf life of resin, pot life of resin, required wet out procedure to ensure full saturation, and other criteria deemed necessary to ensure proper wet out of the liner. 8. Manufacturer’s or Assembler’s data sheets for factory wet out and/or Contractor’s data sheets for field wet out showing: quantity of resin and catalyst used for each length of liner, at or prior to time of installation. 9. Manufacturer’s or Assembler’s certification that all Manufacturer’s or Assembler’s wet out recommendations have been followed on all lengths of CIPP which have factory wet out, at or prior to time of installation. 10. Manufacturer’s or Assembler’s recommendations for storage procedures and temperature control, handling and inserting the liner, curing details, service connection methods, trimming and finishing, and minimum equipment requirements to allow for an adequate installation. 11. Manufacturer’s or Assembler’s recommendations and procedures for minimum and maximum pressures, temperatures, and time durations to be used. 12. Data on Contractor’s equipment to be used on site including: type and tolerance of temperature gages and thermocouples used to monitor cure temperature; type and tolerance of equipment used to generate liner inversion pressure; make model, and technical data of all equipment used to generate heat for the curing process; make, model and technical data of backup equipment used to maintain curing temperature; rough size of vehicle(s) which carries the CIPP pipe and installation equipment. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-35 13. Pipe sizing certified calculations demonstrating that the liner has been properly sized to avoid the creation of wrinkles or folds. 14. Manufacturer or Assembler onsite Representative’s Certification that the Contractor’s installation meets all requirements of the Manufacturer or Assembler and will not void the Owner’s warranty. 15. CIPP field samples from previous field installations of the same resin system and tube materials as proposed for the actual installation. Field sampling procedure shall be in accordance with the latest version of ASTM F1216 or ASTM F1743 and in accordance with ASTM D5813. 16. Material Safety Data Sheets for resins, hardeners, catalysts, solvents, and all other compounds or chemicals to be used on the job site. 17. Data logger output in graphic format showing pipe section, time, pressure, and temperature during activation, heating, curing, and cool down. 18. Informational hand out that describes the materials, processes, and odors associated with the lining process. This handout shall be provided at the request of concerned residents. 19. Post-Installation CCTV inspection videos. 7-21.1(5) Quality Assurance The Manufacturer or Assembler shall provide the following: 1. List of inspection items that should be observed and recorded. Inspection items include pre-installation activities, product identification, installation procedures, equipment operations, and post-installation activities. 2. Review all post-installation CCTV tapes of the installed liner. Following this review the Manufacturer’s or Assembler’s representative shall provide certification to the Engineer ensuring that the Contractor’s installation meets the Manufacturer’s or Assembler’s requirements and will not void the warranty. The finished CIPP shall be continuous over the entire length of an insertion run between two manholes or access points and shall be free from visual defects such as foreign inclusions, dry spots, pinholes, and de-lamination. Wrinkles in the finished CIPP greater than 5 percent of the pipe diameter are unacceptable and shall be removed and repaired by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense. Methods of repair shall be proposed by Contractor and submitted to the Engineer for review and approval. 7-21.1(6) Warranty The Contractor shall warrant each mainline sewer lined with the specified product against CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-36 defects in materials, surface preparation, lining application, and workmanship for a period of 12 months from the date of final acceptance of the project. The Contractor shall, within one month of written notice thereof, repair defects in materials or workmanship that may develop during said 12-month period. Defects shall be defined as: visible leakage of groundwater through the CIPP system, de-lamination of any portion of the CIPP system as visible from CCTV inspection, or separation of any part of the CIPP system from the host pipe to the extent that the CIPP system inside diameter in the separated area is 90 percent or less of the completed CIPP system inside diameter. The Contractor shall also repair any damage to other work; damage to sewer system components (including pump stations) damages to buildings, houses or environmental damage caused by the backup of the sewer because of the failure of the lining system or repairing of the same at the expense of Contractor, and without cost to the Owner. Repairs shall include removal of the existing liner and re-lining if possible, or excavation and replacement of the section of pipe where the defect occurs. 7-21.2 Materials 7-21.2(1) Cured in Place Resin Impregnated Material in General The liner shall be designed for a “fully deteriorated” pipe condition in accordance with the procedures of the latest edition of ASTM F1216, Appendix XI and these specifications. All material properties used in design calculations shall be long-term (time-corrected) values. The Contractor shall be familiar with the existing site conditions when preparing the liner design. The CIPP will be continuous in length and the wall thickness shall be uniform. No overlapping sections shall be allowed in the circumference or the length of the liner. The CIPP will be capable of conforming to offset joints, bells, and disfigured pipe sections. It shall be able to stretch to fit irregular pipe sections and negotiate bends. The CIPP resin shall be compatible with the liner fabric, other rehabilitation systems it may contact, and the host pipe materials. The CIPP shall be marked at a distance of regular intervals along its entire length, not to exceed 5 feet. Markings shall include Manufacturer’s or Assembler’s name or identifying symbol. The CIPP liner shall be manufactured with materials from a consistent supplier. All materials of similar type shall be from a single source for the entire project. The composite materials of the liner tube and resin shall, upon installation inside the host pipe, exceed the following minimum test standards, based on restrained sample cured in host pipe and flat plate sample: Physical Properties Flexural Strength (ASTM D790)4,500 psi Flexural Modulus (ASTM D790) Short Term 300,000 psi CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-37 Flexural Modulus (ASTM D2990) Long Term 150,000 psi Tensile Strength (ASTM 1216 [pressure pipe only])3,000 psi The CIPP shall be fabricated to a size that, when installed, will tightly fit the internal circumference and length of the original pipe. 1. Allowance shall be made for circumferential and longitudinal stretching during the installation process. 2. Diametric shrinking during the curing process shall meet the requirements of ASTM D 5813, Section 6.3.1 or better. The liner thickness shall be designed based on the engineering formulas listed in ASTM D638 and F1216 for fully deteriorated pipes. The thickness shall be sufficient to prevent groundwater from entering the pipe, while maintaining the maximum cross-sectional pipe area possible. Contractor shall prepare design calculations for approval prior to performing the lining work. The submitted design calculations shall provide the following information as a minimum: 1. Manhole to Manhole designation XXXX-XXX to XXXX-XXX 2. Pipe Nominal Diameter (inches) 3. Minimum Liner thickness (inches) 4. Proposed Liner Thickness (inches) The following parameters shall be assumed for the liner design: 1. Modulus of soil reaction, E’S = 1,500 psi (fully deteriorated) 2. Unit weight of soil = 140 pcf 3. The minimum ovality for straight runs shall be 2.0 percent 4. AASHTO H20 traffic loads 5. AREMA E-80 railroad loads 6. Groundwater at the surface 7. Factor of Safety, N=2.0 For liners inserted by the inversion method, the CIPP shall be coated on one side with a translucent waterproof coating of: 1. Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) 2. Polyurethane CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-38 For liners inserted by the pull/winch method, the CIPP shall be coated on one side with a translucent waterproof coating of: 1. Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) 2. Polyurethane 3. Polyethylene 4. Polypropylene 7-21.2(2) Resin The resin/liner system shall meet the 10,000 hour test in accordance with Section 8.2.2 Test Methods of ASTM D 5813. Prior to construction, the Contractor shall submit an infrared spectrum chemical fingerprint of the type of resin to be used for this project. 7-21.2(3) Physical Properties The CIPP shall be corrosion resistant to withstand exposure to sewage gases containing quantities of hydrogen sulfide, carbon monoxide, diluted sulfuric acid, and other chemical reagents typical of sewage conveyance. Chemical resistance of the installed CIPP shall meet the chemical resistance requirements of ASTM D543 when subjected to the following solutions: Chemical Solution Concentration, percent Tap Water (pH 6-9) Nitric Acid Phosphoric Acid Sulfuric Acid Gasoline Vegetable Oil Detergent Soap 100 5 10 10 100 100 0.1 0.1 The hydraulic profile of the installed CIPP shall be maintained as large as possible. The CIPP shall have at a minimum the full flow capacity of the original pipe before rehabilitation. Calculated capacities may be derived using commonly accepted roughness coefficients for the existing pipe material taking into consideration its age and condition. Physical properties shall be subject to ASTM D 2122. 7-21.3 Construction Requirements 7-21.3(1) Preparation The Contractor shall make all necessary provisions to ensure service conditions and CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-39 structural conditions of host pipe are suitable for installation and warranty of the liner. The Contractor shall verify the lengths in the field prior to ordering and prior to impregnation of the tube with resin, to ensure that the tube will have sufficient length to extend the entire length of the run. The Contractor shall also measure the inside diameter of the existing pipelines in the field prior to ordering liner so that the liner can be installed in a tight-fitted condition. 7-21.3(1)A Flow Management It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to maintain operation of the existing sewer systems throughout the duration of the project without any interruption of sewer service. The Contractor shall divert all flows around each segment of the pipe designated for rehabilitation. This diversion shall consist of redirecting flow from an upstream manhole and discharging it to a manhole downstream of the rehabilitation operation. This can be accomplished via a combination of pumping and/or gravity flow. After the work is completed, flow shall be returned to the rehabilitated sewer system. The area affected by the bypass operation shall be fully restored. Bypass pumping shall be scheduled for continuous operation. Back-up equipment shall be on-site and available for periods of maintenance, refueling or failure of the primary bypass pump(s) or diversion system. Bypass pumping shall be done in such a manner as not to damage private or public property, or create a nuisance or public menace. The bypass-pumping pipe shall not block any driveways or intersections unless approved by the Engineer. The sewage shall be pumped through a watertight hose or pipe that is adequately protected from traffic. The discharge of raw sewage to private property, city streets, sidewalks, storm sewer, or any location other than an approved sanitary sewer is prohibited. The Contractor shall be liable for all cleanup, damages, and resultant fines should the Contractor's operation cause any backups or overflows. The Contractor's bypass operation shall be sized to handle, at a minimum, the full pipe capacity in each subject line removed from service. If flow conditions are greater than full pipe, the Contractor may elect to wait for flow conditions to subside prior to removing the subject line from service. Working days will not be charged for the period of time during which the flow is greater than full pipe. No additional payment will be made for periods of high flows during which the Contractor elects to wait for lower flows. Once the Contractor removes a section of line from service he/she is responsible to bypass any and all flow in the system during construction, even in the event the system surcharges and exceeds the full pipe capacity, until the line is returned to service. All bypassing systems shall be approved by the Engineer. A plan for bypassing the existing sewer system shall be submitted by the Contractor for review. The Contractor's plan for bypass pumping shall be satisfactory to the Owner before the Contractor will be allowed to commence bypass pumping. The sewage bypass pumping plan shall include an emergency response plan to be followed in the event of a failure of the bypass pumping. The review of the bypassing system and equipment by the Engineer shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his responsibility and public liability. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-40 The Contractor shall coordinate activities with impacted property owners. Property Owners shall be notified that their side sewer will be out of service for a specified period of time, as approved by the Engineer. When there exist situations where impacted properties cannot be disconnected, plugged, or subjected to any other service interruption, i.e., hospitals, care facilities, restaurants, etc., bypass pumping of the side sewer to the downstream sanitary sewer system shall be required prior to insertion of the liner system. The Contractor shall verify whether a property is able to be interrupted prior to lining operations. If the subject property’s side sewer requires bypass pumping, the costs for the bypass pumping shall be covered by Force Account. 7-21.3(1)B Cleaning Clean and prepare pipe per CIPP Manufacturer’s or Assembler’s requirements. 7-21.3(1)C Point Repairs Advise the Engineer of any point requiring repairs that can only be performed by excavating the defect and removing or repairing the obstruction. Grout defects in the host pipeline including but not limited to open joints, fractures, cracks, and holes in the pipeline as follows: 1. Grout all defects as recommended by liner manufacturer or installer. 2. Grout all locations with active infiltration. The determination of an excessive leak shall be made by the Owner’s representative and shall be based on PACP leak designations. Leaks that would be categorized as a Runner(IR) – Severity 4 or Gusher(IG) – Severity 5 shall be considered as excessive. Leaks categorized as Weeper(IW) – Severity 2 or Dripper(ID) – Severity 3 shall be considered incidental to the unit price for CIPP rehabilitation. Make point repairs of any host pipe defect that can be removed by conventional sewer cleaning equipment or by remotely performed repair methods acceptable to the Engineer. Remove protruding laterals, rolled gaskets, roots, mineral deposits, and other objects protruding into the host pipe, internally with a remote controlled cutter. Pipelines that cannot be rehabilitated due to excessive leakage may be deleted from the project at the Engineers discretion. 7-21.3(1)D Manholes Protect all manholes to withstand forces generated by the equipment while installing the liner. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-41 7-21.3(2) Liner Installation 7-21.3(2)A Inversion Method The impregnated tube shall be inserted through an existing manhole or other access point by means of the Manufacturer’s or Assembler’s recommended installation process. The application of a hydrostatic head, compressed air, or other means shall fully extend the liner to the next designated manhole or termination point and inflate and firmly adhere the liner to the pipe wall. The liner shall be installed at a rate less than 10 feet per minute at all times. Liner shall not be installed through intermediate manholes unless specifically requested in advance in writing and approved by the Engineer. Liner installation shall be in accordance with ASTM F 1216, Section 7. When inversion is by hydrostatic head, the Contractor shall use methods that control the installation rate, accounting for the increase in hydrostatic head in pipes that have significant elevation change. 7-21.3(2)B Pull/Winch Method The impregnated tube shall be pulled into place within the host pipe with the aid of a power winch that is equipped with a device to monitor the force and prevent excessive tension and tube elongation. The maximum allowable longitudinal elongation, or stretch, of the material shall be one (1) percent. The longitudinal stretch of the tube shall be gauged by comparing marker on the fully inserted tube to the actual length of pipe being rehabilitated. The Contractor shall use a flexible and impermeable calibration hose to inflate the tube. The calibration hose may or may not remain in the complete installation. Hose materials remaining in the installation shall be compatible with the resin system used, shall bond permanently with the tube, and shall be translucent to facilitate post-installation inspection. Hose materials that are to be removed after curing shall be of non-bonding material. Liner installation shall be in accordance with ASTM 1743, Section 6. 7-21.3(2)C Finished Pipe Liner The finished lining shall be continuous over the entire length of an installation run and be free of visual defects such as foreign inclusions, dry spots, pinholes, wrinkles, and de- lamination. The lining shall be impervious and free of any leakage from the pipe to the surrounding ground or from the ground to inside the lined pipe. Any defect, which will or could affect the structural integrity, strength, capacity, or future maintenance of the installed liners, shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense, in a CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-42 manner approved by the Engineer. The beginning and end of the CIPP liner shall be cut flush at the inlet and outlet points in the manhole, and the ends sealed with a resin mixture compatible with the liner/resin system and shall provide a watertight seal. Sealing material and installation method shall be submitted to and approved by the Engineer prior to start of construction. Hydraulic cements and quick-set cement products are not acceptable. 7-21.3(3) Service Connection Restoration Internally restore by using a pivot-headed CCTV camera and a remote cutting tool to locate the service connections from inside the lined pipe and cutting a hole matching the service connection diameter. Provide a hole free from burrs or projections and with a smooth and crack-free edge. The hole shall be 95 percent minimum of the original service connection interior diameter. The invert of the reinstated service opening shall match the invert of the service connection. Service connection restoration shall be recorded on DVD disc and shall include a pan and tilt view of the entire lateral circumference following cutting. Other methods may be used as approved by the Engineer. 7-21.3(4) Testing 7-21.3(4)A Material Testing Provide certified test results of the properties of the cured lining material from the actual installed CIPP at a minimum of one location per each liner insertion setup. The cured CIPP shall be sampled and tested for flexural strength and flexural modulus in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D790. Liner thickness shall be determined at a minimum of three (3) locations on a cut section of the liner using a method of measurement accurate to the nearest 0.005 inch. Wall thickness of samples shall be determined as described in ASTM F1743, Section 8.1.6. The minimum wall thickness at any point shall not be less than 87-1/2 percent of the design thickness. 7-21.3(4)B Field Testing Low Pressure Air Test: Mainlines without service connections shall be low pressure air tested in accordance with Section 7-17 of these specifications. 7-21.3(4)C Post Installation CCTV Inspection Following installation of the CIPP liner, reinstatement of the existing side sewer laterals and final trimming of the liner at the manholes/end of culverts, the new liner shall be inspected for defects using CCTV cameras. The CCTV inspection shall meet the same requirements as the Pre-Installation Inspection as specified in Section 7-20 of these special provisions. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-43 The post-installation CCTV inspection shall not be conducted until the side sewers have been reinstated and the cuttings from the reinstatement have been cleaned and removed. CCTV inspections performed by the Contractor at the time of the side sewer reinstatements will not be accepted. 7-21.4 Measurement The length of sewer pipe CIPP rehabilitation will be the number of linear feet of completed installation measured along the invert and will include the length through elbows, tees and fittings. The number of linear feet will be measured from the center of manhole to center of manhole. Measurement for “CIPP Lateral Reinstatement” will be per each. 7-21.5 Payment Measurement and Payment Schedule for X” Cured-in-Place Pipe (CIPP) and Reinstate CIPP Laterals is shown in Section 1-09.14 7-22 RESIN IMPREGNATED FABRIC CIPP Section 7-22 is a new Section (******) 7-22.1 Description This Section specifies rehabilitation of pipelines by the installation of resin-impregnated fabric liners. 7-22.1(1) Related Work Specified Elsewhere General Specifications for Cured In Place Pipe (CIPP), Section 7-21. 7-22.2 Materials 7-22.2(1) Cured in Place Pipe Liner The CIPP shall consist of one or more layers of flexible needled felt or an equivalent non- woven material, or a combination of non-woven and woven materials capable of carrying resin, withstanding installation and curing pressures, as required in ASTM F 1216, Section 5; ASTM F 1743, Section 5; and ASTM D 5813, Sections 5, 6, and 8. Seams in the CIPP shall be stronger than the non-seamed felt. 7-22.2(2) Resin The resin shall be a chemically resistant isopthalic based polyester thermoset resin and catalyst system, or epoxy resin and hardener that is compatible with the installation process. Vinyl Esters may be used, however, they shall only be used when specifically CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-44 called for by the Engineer. The resin should be able to cure both in the presence, and without the presence of water, and the initiation temperature for cure should be less that 180 degrees Fahrenheit. When properly cured the resin liner system shall meet the structural and chemical resistance requirements of ASTM F1216 and ASTM F1743. The activated resin shall contain a colorant compatible with the resin, organic peroxides and the installation and curing process, such as CreaNova® CHROMA CHEM 844-7260 Phthalo-Blue, or equivalent, at a level of 0.01-0.035 % by the weight of the resin. The colorant shall be added concurrently with the organic peroxide activator solution, or immediately after adding it to the resin, to serve as a multi-purpose visual quality assurance indicator. 7-22.2(3) Physical Properties The wall color of the interior pipe surface of the CIPP after installation shall be a light reflective color. 7-22.3 Construction Requirements 7-22.3(1) Preparation 7-22.3(1)A Cleaning Clean and prepare pipe per CIPP Manufacturer’s or Assembler’s requirements. 7-22.3(2) Installation 7-22.3(2)A Resin Impregnation The quantity of resin used for the fabric tube impregnation shall be sufficient to fill the volume of all voids in the fabric tube material with additional allowances for polymerization shrinkage and the loss of resin through cracks and irregularities in the host pipe wall. A vacuum impregnation process shall be used. To insure thorough resin saturation throughout the length of the felt tube the level of the vacuum and the speed of the resin advance shall be coordinated so that white spots (dry areas) at the inside surface of the flexible membrane shall be small, shallow, less than 10% of the fabric tube wall thickness or 3-mm, whichever is less, and be less than 1% of the volume of the resin per unit length. A roller system shall be used to uniformly distribute the resin throughout the fabric tube. The roller gap dimension shall be calculated by a method that determines the correct volume of resin/felt per foot contained within the confining perimeter of the flexible membrane. The "wet-out" fabric tube shall meet ASTM F 1216, 7.2 or ASTM F 1743, 6.2 as applicable, and shall have a uniform thickness and excess resin distribution that when CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-45 compressed at installation pressures will meet or exceed the design thickness after cure. No dry or unsaturated layers shall be acceptable upon visual inspection as evident by color contrast between the felt fabric and the activated resin containing a colorant. The person in charge of the "wet-out" process shall complete and sign a "wet-out" sheet for each liner to be delivered to the site. The certified "wet-out" sheet shall include, but is not limited to, "wet-out" date, resin identification, fabric tube length, diameter, and thickness. The Contractor must submit to the Engineer the signed "wet-out" sheet for each liner delivered to the site. Additionally, the Contractor shall submit a sample "wet- out" sheet from a previous job for the Engineer's review prior to the start of the "wet-out" process for the current project. The Owner reserves the right to inspect all phases of production and testing of materials, from manufacturing, shipping, "wet-out", installation, and cure, to finished product Liners installed in pipe segments that contain a vertical or horizontal curve shall utilize the inversion method only. 7-22.3(2)B Water, Air or Steam Curing After placement of the liner is complete, provide a suitable heat source and distribution equipment. The equipment shall be capable of circulating hot water, air, and/or steam throughout the lined section in accordance with the Manufacturer’s or Assembler’s recommendations to raise the temperature uniformly above the temperature required to affect a resin cure. This temperature shall be determined by the Manufacturer or Assembler based on the resin/hardener system employed. The heat source shall be fitted with continuous monitoring thermocouples to measure and record the temperature of the incoming and outgoing water, steam, and/or air supply. Water, steam, or air temperature during the cure period shall meet the requirements of the resin Manufacturer or Assembler as measured and recorded at the heat source inflow and outflow return lines. Provide standby equipment to maintain the heat source supply. The temperature during the cure shall not be less than 130 degrees Fahrenheit at the boundary between the pipe wall and the liner unless otherwise directed by the Manufacturer or Assembler to meet resin system requirements. Temperature shall be maintained during the curing period as recommended by the resin Manufacturer or Assembler, and shall follow the heating schedule supplied by the Manufacturer or Assembler. A data logger shall record temperature, pressure, and time during activation, heating, and curing. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-46 7-22.3(2)C Cool Down Cool the liner down to temperature specified by Manufacturer or Assembler following the cure period for duration specified by Manufacturer or Assembler, prior to relieving static head. Care shall be taken to ensure that a vacuum is not induced which could damage the new CIPP during the release of head on the new CIPP. A data logger shall record temperature, pressure, and time during cool down. 7-23 RESIN IMPREGNATED FIBERGLASS CIPP Section 7-23 is a new Section (******) 7-23.1 Description Contractor shall provide and install a resin impregnated fiberglass material tube with a plastic coated wearing surface in all sewers identified for CIPP lining in accordance with ASTM F 1216 and ASTM F 2019. 7-23.1(1) Related Work Specified Elsewhere General Specifications for Cured In Place Pipe (CIPP), Section 7-21. 7-23.1(2) Reference Specifications, Codes, and Standards The following documents form a part of this specification to the extent stated herein and shall be the latest editions thereof. Where differences exist between codes and standards, the one affording the greatest protection shall apply, as determined by the City. Reference Title ASTM D 543 Test Method for Resistance of Plastics to Chemical Reagents ASTM D 578 Standard Specification Glass Fiber Strands ASTM D 638 Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics ASTM D 790 Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials ASTM D 883 Definitions and Terms Relating to Plastics ASTM D 1600 Abbreviations, Acronyms, and Codes for Terms Relating to Plastics ASTM F 412 Definitions of Terms relating to Plastic Piping Systems ASTM F 1216 Rehabilitation of Existing Pipelines and Conduits by Inversion and Curing of a Resin Impregnated Tube ASTM F 2019 Standard Practice for Rehabilitation of Existing Pipelines and Conduits by the Pulled in Place Installation of Glass CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-47 Reinforced Plastic (GRP) Cured-in-Place Thermosetting Resin Pipe (CIPP) 7-23.1(3) CIPP Liner Samples The Contractor shall prepare samples of the installed CIPP liner for subsequent testing of its physical properties. Samples shall be prepared and tested using the flat plate sampling method in accordance with the procedures in Section 8.1 of ASTM F 1216 or ASTM F 2019, as is applicable. The sample will be constructed on the same materials (tube and resin/catalyst) as is used for that given liner installation. The flat plate sample shall be large enough to provide five sample specimens for each Short Term Flexural (Bending) properties as per ASTM D 790 and ASTM D 638 respectively. The cured sample shall be tested by an independent testing laboratory, as recommended by the CIPP liner manufacturer and approved by the Engineer, for the bending and tensile properties, as per ASTM D 790 and ASTM D 638 respectively. Final payment will not be made until test results are received. The Contractor shall be responsible for any deviation from the specified physical properties and those evaluated through testing. Failure to meet the specified physical properties will result in the CIPP liner being considered defective work which will be handled in accordance with Section 1-05 of the standard specifications. The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with the testing of the liner physical properties. The above-stated sampling shall be performed for each separate installation of CIPP. For example: one flat plate sample from each individual pipeline liner installed. The wall thickness of the material tube shall be ordered to the next standard 1.0 mm incremental thickness above the minimum calculated design thickness. Unless otherwise specified to provide for excess resin migration, the gap thickness of the wetting-out equipment shall be sized to allow an excess of 5 to 10 percent resin to pass during impregnation. The minimum wall thickness shall be determined at a minimum of three locations on a cut section of the CIPP flat plate sample using a method of measurement accurate to the nearest 0.005 inch. 7-23.1(4) CIPP Liner Handling Contractor shall exercise adequate care during transportation, handling, and installing to ensure the CIPP material is not torn, cut, or otherwise damaged. If any parts of the CIPP materials becomes torn, cut, or otherwise damaged before or during insertion, it shall be repaired or replaced in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and approval by the Engineer before proceeding further; and at the Contractor’s expense. 7-23.2 Materials 7-23.2(1) General Specifications All materials and installation procedures provided by the Contractor for use in the CIPP CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-48 installation process shall be equal to or exceed the requirements of Sections 5 and 7 of ASTM F 1216 or ASTM F 2019 Section 5 and 6, as is applicable. Wrinkles in the finished liner pipe which cause a backwater of one (1) inch or more or reduce the hydraulic capacity of the pipe (wrinkles which exceed five (5) percent of the pipe diameter) are unacceptable and shall be removed or repaired by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. Wrinkles in the finished liner pipe that reduce the structural stability of the pipe are unacceptable. If a void between the wrinkle and the pipe exists, the Contractor shall repair or replace that section of the pipe at no additional cost to the Owner. Methods of repair shall be proposed by the Contractor and submitted to the Engineer for review. Contractor shall be responsible for control of all material and process variables to provide a finished CIPP possessing the minimum properties specified in ASTM F 1216 or ASTM F 2019, as is applicable and supplemented herein. 7-23.2(2) Chemical Resistance The chemical resistance tests should be completed in accordance with Test Method ASTM D 543. Exposure should be for a minimum of one month at 73.4 degrees F. During this period, the CIPP test specimens should lose no more than 20 percent of their initial flexural strength and flexural modulus when tested in accordance with Section 8 of ASTM F 1216 or ASTM F 1743, whichever is applicable. The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with the chemical resistance tests. Proof of meeting these requirements shall be provided to the Engineer for approval at least ten (10) days prior to commencement of work. 7-23.2(3) Component Properties The fiberglass tubing shall be made of non-corrosion material and shall be free from tears, holes, cuts, foreign materials and other surface defects. The physical properties apply to CIPP manufactured polyester or vinylester resin. Resins should be appropriate for conditions encountered. 7-23.2(4) Finished and Cured CIPP Liner Properties The physical properties of the cured CIPP shall have minimum initial test values as given in Section 17-21. Properties for these or any other enhanced resins shall be substantiated with test data. 7-23.2(5) Dimensions Contractor shall make allowances in determining the in-liner tube length and circumference for stretch during installation and shrinkage during curing. The minimum CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-49 length shall be that which continuously spans the distance from the center of the inlet manhole to the center of the outlet manhole. The Contractor shall verify the lengths in the field before the in-liner tube is cut and impregnated. Individual installation runs may include one or more manhole-to-manhole sections as approved by the Engineer. Installation of the liner shall be through existing or new manholes. Excavation for liner insertion shall not be permitted except to replace the manhole cones, if necessary and/or required. The diameter of the existing pipes may be larger than the nominal inside diameter. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to determine the required diameter of the liner. The maximum wall thickness shall be at least the calculated design thickness, or the minimum specified, to increase the diameter only as much as necessary. 7-23.3 Construction Requirements 7-23.3(1) Installation Procedures It is forbidden to “wet-out” in-liner at the construction site because of external influences such as heat, no possibilities to control vacuum and correct mixture of resin. The Contractor shall ensure that the pressure inside of the CIPP tube exceeds the outside pressure due to groundwater. 7-23.3(1)A Installation Process The liner will be installed by the pull/winch method. The Contractor has to make sure that at no time resin can come in contact to the groundwater and cause environmental issues. Preparing the old pipe or inversion of a pre-liner is part of the installation and is included without any additional costs. Before pulling the in-liner in, a protective foil has to be installed. The in-liner tube shall be impregnated with resin and lowered into the manhole. The tube shall then be pulled into position within the existing pipe with the aid of a power winch that is equipped with a device to monitor the force and prevent excessive tension and tube elongation as determined by the liner manufacturer. The pipe shall then be inflated with air. The in- liner has to be inspected immediately before starting the curing process. 7-23.3(1)B Curing Pre-curing video inspection of the inflated liner must be recorded and the entire length of the liner must be recorded including the liner section that the light chain occupies at any one time. Two cameras must be located on the light chain, one on the front and one on the rear of the light chain to insure the entire length of the liner has been properly inflated. Curing must be done under UV – Light only. The curing process shall follow a step cure or similar approach recommended by the manufacturer and approved by the Engineer, and shall be held at the top step for an adequate length of time as determined CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-50 by the liner manufacturer to ensure that the design physical properties are attained. Pressure, temperature and curing process shall be monitored by both, computer and video at any time as determined by the liner manufacturer. 7-23.3(2) Finished Product The finished CIPP shall be continuous over the entire length of an installation run. Defects such as foreign inclusions, dry spots, pinholes, de-lamination, and wrinkling beyond the specification allowances, determined by the Engineer as affecting the integrity or strength of the CIPP, or as adversely affecting the hydraulic capacity of the CIPP, shall be repaired or replaced at the Contractor’s expense. 7-28 SANITARY SEWER FORCE MAIN Section 7-28 is a new Section (******) 7-28.1 Description Work consists of constructing sanitary sewer force main in accordance with the Plans, these Specifications, and the Standard Plans, as staked. 7-28.2 Materials Pipe used for sanitary sewer force mains shall be: PVC(C900) 9-05.12(4) Fittings shall be full bodied ductile iron conforming to ANSI/AWWA A21.10/C110 and ANSI/AWWA A21.11/C111. Compact body fittings are not acceptable. 7-28.3 Construction Requirements Work shall be as described in Section 7-08.3, 7-09.3, 7-17.3 Replace the first sentence in the first paragraph of Section 7-9.3(23) with the following: (******) The sewer force main and appurtenances shall be tested in sections of convenient length. Test pressure for the force main shall be one and a half (1-1/2) time station design pressure or 100 PSI, whichever is greater. Hydrostatic pressure testing in accordance with Section 7-09.3(23) shall be done after backfill compaction has met specified densities but before placement of the permanent surface. The Contractor shall provide all Work, labor, equipment, materials, gauges, pumps, temporary blow-offs, and incidentals required to complete all necessary pressure tests. Contractor shall coordinate with the City to provide water required for testing, and shall be responsible for filling new force main prior to testing. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-51 Delete Section 7-17.3(2)A in its entirety. Minimum depth of cover on force mains shall be 48-inches 7-29 BURIED PIPE IDENTIFICATION Section 7-28 is a new Section (******) 7-29.1 Description Work consists of furnishing and installing utility detection tape and / or tracer wire in accordance with the Plans, Specifications, and the Standard Plans. 7-29.2 Materials A. Underground warning tape: 1. Manufacturer: One of the following or approved equal: a. Seton Name Plate Company, Branford, CT. b. T. Christy Enterprises, Inc. 2. Material: a. Polyethylene tape for prolonged underground use. b. Minimum tape thickness: 4 mils. c. Overall tape width: 3 inches. d. Message: “CAUTION” with the name of the service followed by “LINEBURIED BELOW.” in black lettering on colored background in accordance with approved APWA colors: Water: Blue. Sewer: Green. Telephone: Orange. Gas and other services: Yellow. B. Tracer Wire: 1. Manufacturers: One of the following or approved equal: a. Kris-Tech Wire. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-52 b. Corrpro. 2. Materials: One of the following or approved equal: a. Solid copper conductor with 30 mil HMWPE. b. 10 gauge or thicker wire. c. Match insulation color in accordance with approved APWA colors: Water: Blue. Sewer: Green. Telephone: Orange. Gas and other services: Yellow. 7-29.3 Construction Requirements It is the Contractor’s responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of Contractor’s Work. Buried Piping Identification: A. Underground warning tape: 1. Place continuous run of warning tape in pipe trench, 12 inches above the pipe. B. Tracer wire: 1. Install on all non-metallic pipe. 2. Install an electrically continuous run of tracer wire along the entire length of the pipe with wire terminations in valve boxes, vaults, or structures. Provide additional protection as required to ensure an electrically continuous run when tracer wire is encased in concrete or CLSM. 3. Install tracer wire on top of the pipe and secure to pipe with tape a minimum of every 10 feet. 4. Where approved by the Engineer, splice sections of wire together using approved direct bury wire nuts. Twisting the wires together is not acceptable. 5. Contractor shall test tracer wire to confirm it is electrically continuous after installation and backfill of pipeline. Where tracer wire is not electrically continuous, Contractor shall replace at no cost to the Owner CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 7-53 7-29.4 Submittals Submit following: A. Product data. B. Manufacturer's installation instructions. C. Operation and Maintenance Data. D. Warranty. 7-29.5 Payment Payment for furnishing and installing “Buried Pipe Identification” shall be included in and incidental to the bid item for the installation of the pipe being identified. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 8-1 DIVISION 8 8-02 ROADSIDE RESTORATION 8-02.3(4)A Topsoil Type A Section 8-02.3(4)A is supplemented with the following: (******) The contractor shall provide a material submittal for topsoil prior to use. 8-02.3(16)A Lawn Installation Section 8-02.3(16)A has been supplemented with the following: (******) 8-02.3(16)A1 Qualifications of Workmen Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of the Work and who shall be thoroughly familiar with the type of materials being installed and the best methods for their installation and who shall direct all work performed under this section. 8-02.3(16)A2 Submittals 8-02.3(16)A2a Certification of Material 1. Include seed mix percentages, purity, germination rates, weed experience, and date tested for the preceding. Include complete data on source, size and quality. 2. Supply on-site 12” x 12” sample of each sod specified for inspection and approval in advance by the City. 3. Supply Grower’s written recommendations for fertilizer type, rate of application, and frequency. 4. All certificates required by law shall accompany shipments. 5. Upon completion of the installation and prior to final inspection, deliver all certificates to the Engineer. 8-02.3(16)A2b Manufacturer’s Certificates of Conformance 1. Supply for Certificates of Conformance for fertilizer being used for the project. 8-02.3(16)A2c Schedule for Installation 1. The Contractor shall coordinate all work with the City and submit a watering plan for the Establishment Period. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 8-2 8-02.3(16)A3 Product Handling Deliver all items to the site in their original containers, with all labels intact and legible, at the time of the City’s inspection. Coordinate delivery and installation of sod to ensure sod is installed immediately upon delivery. Use all means necessary to protect new lawn areas before, during, and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. In the event of damage or rejection, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary for the approval of the Inspector and at no additional cost to the City. 8-02.3(16)A4 Site Information If sod is stored onsite, preserve and protect all sod on site prior to and during installation. Protect from wind, drought, unusual weather and vandalism. Store all sod on site within limits of work. Protect adjacent property, public walks, curbs and pavement from damage. Do not block public access routes with plant material. 8-02.3(16)A5 Sod The Contractor shall provide sod to all new lawn areas and to those lawn areas requiring restoration from the Contractor’s operations. Sod shall conform to section 9-14.6(8) as shown in the Special Provisions. 8-02.3(16)A5a Other Materials All other materials not specifically described but required for a complete and proper planting installation, shall be selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Engineer. 8-02.3(16)A6 Execution Prior to all work of this section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. Verify that lawn installation may be completed in accordance with the original design and the referenced standards. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Engineer for specific instructions. 8-02.3(16)A6aInstallation Preparation 1. Prepare subgrade in all lawn areas by scarifying to a 8” minimum depth and removing rocks and debris over 1” in diameter. Subgrade soils should be free- draining and without any impervious soils or other materials harmful to plant growth. Notify the Inspector of any subgrade conditions deleterious to plant growth. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 8-3 2. Spread topsoil to a minimum depth of 6” after settlement in all lawn areas. 3. Thoroughly rototill topsoil to a minimum depth of 6 inches. 4. Fine grade per Contract Specifications in turf areas as indicated on drawings. Rake entire surface to conform to site grading. Grade edges to 1” below adjacent paved surfaces to provide a smooth transition. Roll as necessary to firm grade to satisfaction of the Inspector. 5. Apply fertilizer to the prepared lawn areas at rates recommended by sod grower and lightly rake to incorporate into the soil. 8-02.3(16)A6b Sod Installation 1. Moisten sod bed and roll lightly for compaction. 2. Lay sod strips per supplier’s instructions. Tightly butt joints, trim edges to conform to smooth curves and straight lines of pavement. Sod is to be flush with paved surfaces after settlement. Avoid gaps and overlaps and stagger sod joints in a brick-like fashion. 3. Remove any bumps, undulations, or low-high spots with a light rolling. 4. Water daily for a minimum of two weeks to prevent dehydration. 5. Protect all turf areas by erecting temporary fences, barriers, signs, etc. as necessary to prevent trampling. 6. Do not work in, over, or adjacent to planting areas without proper protection and safeguards. 8-02.3(16)B Lawn Establishment Section 8-02.3(16)B has been deleted and superseded with the following: (******) 8-02.3(16)B Lawn Establishment and Final Acceptance The Contractor shall maintain all new lawn areas in this project; shall be responsible for the survival of turf in acceptable condition and shall maintain all new lawn areas in a neat and orderly fashion until Final Acceptance of the project by the City. The period for Final Acceptance shall be no sooner than the second mowing. The Contractor will be held responsible for all damage or loss caused by his inattention or carelessness. The Contractor shall repair damage caused by traffic, vandalism, weather or other outside causes. 8-02.3(16)B1 Establishment Period The Establishment Period will commence on the date of Preliminary Acceptance and will CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 8-4 extend to Substantial Completion or Final Acceptance by the City of landscape work, whichever is later. Maintenance during this period will include: 1. Watering: Water areas of new turf so they receive adequate water for survival of the plant in a healthy position. 2. Lawns shall be fertilized every six weeks from March through September per Grower’s written recommendations. Lawns shall be maintained weed-free. 3. Lawns are to be mowed weekly or as needed to maintain a neat appearance. All grass clippings shall be removed from the site. Maximum height of lawn shall not exceed three inches. 4. Protect all lawn areas against damage, including erosion and trespassing, by providing and maintaining proper safeguards. 5. Debris Control: Debris control shall be accomplished in all landscaped lawn areas on a regular basis, at least weekly or more often where necessary. This will include leaf fall control in Fall period. Policing for paper and litter in all areas shall be conducted at least weekly. During the Fall period leaves, windblown into gutters and catch basins, are considered as litter and shall be removed as debris. 8-02.3(16)B2 Guarantee All new turf areas shall be guaranteed by the Contractor to be in a healthy condition for a period of one year from the date of Final Acceptance. 8-02.3(16)B3 Final Acceptance Acceptance of lawn planting as specified shall be based on a uniform stand of grass and a uniform grade at the time of final inspection. Final inspection of the work of the Section will be made at the time of the Final Inspection of the entire project or earlier, if approved by the Engineer. A final punch list will be issued. Final Acceptance of the new turf areas which are the responsibility of the Contractor will be contingent upon Final Acceptance of the entire project or at the determination of the City if earlier than Final Acceptance of the entire project. 8 09 RAISED PAVEMENT MARKERS 8 09.5 Payment Section 8-09.5 has been revised as follows: (******) Payment will be made for each of the following bid items that are included in the proposal: CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 8-5 “Raised Pavement Marker Type 1”, per each. “Raised Pavement Marker Type 2”, per each. “Raised Pavement Marker Type 3 ______ In.”, per each. “Recessed Pavement Marker”, per each. The unit contract price per each for “Raised Pavement Marker Type 1”, “Raised Pavement Marker Type 2”, and “Raised Pavement Marker Type 3 ______ In.” and “Recessed Pavement Marker” shall be full pay for all labor, materials, and equipment necessary for furnishing and installing the markers in accordance with these Specifications, including all cost involved with traffic control unless traffic control is listed in the Contract as a separate pay item. 8-13 MONUMENT CASES 8-13.1 Description Section 8-13.1 is revised and supplemented as follows: (******) This Work shall consist of furnishing and placing monument cases and covers, in accordance with the Standard Plans and these Specifications, in conformity with the lines and locations shown in the Plans or as staked by the Engineer or by the Contractor supplied Surveyor. 8 13.3 Construction Requirements Paragraphs 2 and 3 of Section 8-13.3 is revised and supplemented as follows: (******) The monument will be furnished and set by the Contractor supplied Surveyor. When existing monuments will be impacted by a project, the Contractor shall be responsible for assuring that a registered surveyor references the existing monuments prior to construction. After construction is complete, the monuments shall be re- established by the Surveyor in accordance with RCW58.09.130. 8 13.4 Measurement Section 8-13.4 is supplemented by adding the following: (******) All costs for surveying and resetting existing monuments impacted by construction shall be considered incidental to the Contract unless specifically called out to be paid as a bid item. 8 13.5 Payment Section 8-13.5 is supplemented by adding the following: CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 8-6 (******) "Reset Existing Monument" per each. Resetting an existing monument impacted by construction shall be incidental unless included as a pay item in the Schedule of Prices. 8-14 CEMENT CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 8-14.3(4) Curing Section 8-14.3(4) is replaced with: (******) The curing materials and procedures outlined in Section 5 05.3(13) of the Standard Specifications shall prevail, except that white pigmented curing compound shall not be used on sidewalks. The curing agent shall be applied immediately after brushing and be maintained for a period of 5 days. The Contractor shall have readily available sufficient protective covering, such as waterproof paper or plastic membrane, to cover the pour of an entire day in the event of rain or other unsuitable weather. During the curing period, all traffic, both pedestrian and vehicular, shall be excluded. Vehicular traffic shall be excluded for such additional time as the Engineer may specify. The Contractor shall be responsible for barricading, patrolling, or otherwise protecting the newly placed concrete to prevent damage. Damaged, vandalized, discolored, stained, or unsightly concrete shall be removed and replaced at the expense of the Contractor. 8-14.4 Measurement Section 8-14.4 is supplemented by adding the following: (******) When the Contract contains a pay item for "Curb Ramp, Cement Concrete," the per each measurement shall include all costs for the complete installation per the Plans and standard details including expansion joint material, curb and gutter and ramped sidewalk section. Sawcutting, removal and disposal of excavated materials including existing pavement and sidewalk, crushed surfacing base materials and all other Work, materials and equipment required per Section 8-14, shall be included in the per each price for "Curb Ramp, Cement Concrete" unless any of these other items are listed and specified to be paid as separate pay items. If the Contract does not provide a pay item for "Curb Ramp, Cement Concrete," but the Plans call for such installation, then quantities shall be measured with and paid for under the bid items for Curb and Gutter and for Cement Concrete Sidewalk. When curb ramps are to be constructed of asphalt concrete, the payment shall be included in the pay item for "Miscellaneous and/or Driveway Asphalt Concrete." CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 8-7 8-14.5 Payment Section 8-14.5 is supplemented by adding the following: (******) "Curb Ramp, Cement Concrete," per each. Payment for excavation of material not related to the construction of the sidewalk but necessary before the sidewalk can be placed, when and if shown in the Plans, will be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 2 03. Otherwise, the Contractor shall make all excavations including haul and disposal, regardless of the depth required for constructing the sidewalk to the lines and grades shown, and shall include all costs thereof in the unit contract price per square yard for “Cement Concrete Sidewalk” and the per each contract price for “Curb Ramp, Cement Concrete.” 8-17 IMPACT ATTENUATOR SYSTEMS 8-17.5 Payment Section 8-17.5 is supplemented by the following: (******) If no pay item is included for temporary impact attenuators then all costs to provide and install shall be considered a part of the pay item for "Traffic Control." 8-20 ILLUMINATION, TRAFFIC SIGNAL SYSTEMS, AND ELECTRICAL 8 20.2(1) Equipment List and Drawings Section 8-20.2(1) is revised and supplemented as follows: (******) Paragraph four of Section 8-20.2(1) is revised and supplemented with the following: The Contractor shall submit for approval six sets of shop drawings for each of the following types of standards called for on this project: i. Light standards with or without pre approved Plans. ii. Signal standards with or without pre approved Plans. iii. Combination Signal and lighting standards. iv. Metal Strain Poles. Paragraph five of Section 8-20.2(1) is deleted. Paragraph six of Section 8-20.2(1) is deleted. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 8-8 Section 8-20.2(1) is supplemented as follows: The Contractor also shall submit either on the signal standard shop drawings or attached to the signal standard shop drawings all dimensions to clearly show the specific mast arm mounting height and signal tenon locations for each signal pole to be installed. 8-22 PAVEMENT MARKING 8-22.1 Description The following item in Section 8-22.1 is revised as follows: (******) Crosswalk Stripe A SOLID WHITE line, 8 inches wide and 10-feet long, installed parallel to another crosswalk stripe and parallel to the direction of traffic flow and centered in pairs on lane lines and the center of lanes. See detail sheet. Skip Center Line (Replacement) A BROKEN YELLOW line 4 inches wide. The broken or “skip” pattern shall be based on a 24-foot unit consisting of a 9-foot line and a 15-foot gap. Skip center strip is used as centerline delineation on two-lane or three-lane, two-way highways. Double Yellow Center Line (Replacement) Two SOLID YELLOW lines, each 4 inches wide, separated by a 4 inch space. Double yellow center stripe is used as centerline delineation on multilane, two-way highways and for channelization. Approach Line (New) A SOLID WHITE line, 8 inches wide, used to separate left and right turning movements from through movements, to separate high occupancy vehicle lanes from general- purpose lanes, for islands, hash marks, and other applications. Hash mark stripes shall be placed on 45-degree angle and 10 feet apart. Lane Line (Replacement) A BROKEN WHITE line, 4 inches wide, used to delineate adjacent lanes traveling in the same direction. The broken or “skip” pattern shall be based on a 24-foot unit consisting of a 9-foot line and a 15-foot gap. Two Way Left Turn Line (Replacement) A SOLID YELLOW line, 4 inches wide, with a BROKEN YELLOW line, 4 inches wide, separated by a 4 inch space. The broken or “skip” pattern shall be based on a 24-foot CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 8-9 unit consisting of a 9-foot line and a 15-foot space. The solid line shall be installed to the right of the broken line in the direction of travel. Crosswalk Line (Replacement) A SOLID WHITE line, 8 inches wide and 10 feet long, installed parallel to another crosswalk stripe and parallel to the direction of traffic flow and centered in pairs on lane lines and the center of lanes. See detail sheet. Stop Line (Replacement) A SOLID WHITE line 12, 18, or 24 inches wide as noted on the Contract Plans. 8-22.3(5) Installation Instructions Section 8-22.3(5) is revised as follows: (******) A manufacturer’s technical representative need not be present at the initial material installation to approve the installation procedure. 8-22.5 Payment Section 8-22.5 is supplemented as follows: (******) “Approach Stripe,” per linear foot. "Remove Paint Line ....." wide," per linear foot.* "Remove Plastic Line ......" Wide," per linear foot.* "Remove existing traffic markings, "per Lump Sum.* *The linear foot contract price for "Remove Paint Line" and "Remove Plastic Line" and the lump sum contract price for "Remove existing traffic markings" shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, tools, material, and equipment necessary for removal of existing traffic markings as per the Plans, Specifications and detail sheets. If these pay items do not appear in the contract schedule of prices, then the removal of old or conflicting traffic markings required to complete the channelization of the project as shown on the Plans or detail sheets shall be considered incidental to other items in the Contract and no further compensation shall be made. 8-23 TEMPORARY PAVEMENT MARKINGS 8-23.5 Payment Section 8-23.5 is supplemented with the following: (******) If no pay item is included in the Contract for installation, or for removal of temporary CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 8-10 pavement markings, then all costs associated with these items are considered incidental to other items in the Contract or included under "Traffic Control," if that item is included as a bid item. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 9-1 DIVISION 9 9-03.8(7) HMA Tolerances and Adjustments Section 9-03.8(7) is revised as follows: (******) Item 1 is deleted and replaced with: 1. Job Mix Formula Tolerances. After the JMF is determined as required in 5- 04.3(7)A, the constituents of the mixture at the time of acceptance shall conform to the following tolerances: Aggregate, percent passing Nonstatistical Evaluation Commercial Evaluation 1”, ¾”, ½”, and 3/8” sieves 6%8% U.S. No. 4 sieve 6%8% U.S. No. 8 sieve 6%8% U.S. No. 16 sieve 4%6% U.S. No. 30 sieve 4%6% U.S. No. 50 sieve 4%6% U.S. No. 100 sieve 3%5% U.S. No. 200 sieve 2%3% Asphalt Binder 0.5%0.7% VMA 1.5% below minimum value in 9-03.8(2) VFA minimum and maximum as listed in 9-03.8(2) Va 2.5% minimum and 5.5% maximum These tolerance limits constitute the allowable limits as described in Section 1-06.2. The tolerance limit for aggregate shall not exceed the limits of the control point’s section, except the tolerance limits for sieves designated as 100% passing will be 99-100. 9-05 DRAINAGE STRUCTURES, CULVERTS, AND CONDUITS 9-05.4 Steel Culvert Pipe and Pipe Arch (RC) Section 9-05.4 is revised as follows: (******) Steel culvert pipe and pipe arch shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 36, Type I and Type II. Welded seam aluminum coated (aluminized) corrugated steel pipe and pipe arch with metallized coating applied inside and out following welding is acceptable and shall be asphalt treatment coated. 9-05.7(2) Reinforced Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe (RC) Section 9-05.7(2) is replaced by the following: (******) CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 9-2 Reinforced Concrete Storm Sewer pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C-76 and shall be Class IV. Cement used in the manufacture of reinforced concrete pipe shall be Type II in conformance with ASTM C150. No admixture shall be used unless otherwise specified. 9-05.7(2)A Basis for Acceptance (RC) Section 9-05.7(2)A is supplemented by the following: (******) All pipe shall be subject to (1) a three-edge-bearing strength (D-load) test in accordance with ASTM C76; and (2) a hydrostatic test of rubber gasket joints in accordance with ASTM C361 or AWWA C302 except test pressure shall be 5 psi. 9-05.7(3) Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe Joints (RC) Section 9-05.7(3) is replaced by the following: (******) Joint assembly design shall be reinforced concrete bell and spigot type incorporating a fully retained single rubber gasket in accordance with ASTM C361 or AWWA C302. Rubber gasket material shall be neoprene. 9-05.7(4) Testing Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe Joints (RC) Section 9-05.7(4) is supplemented by the following: (******) Hydrostatic testing of rubber gasket joints shall be performed in accordance with ASTM C361 or AWWA C302 except test pressure shall be 5 psi. 9 05.9 Steel Spiral Rib Storm Sewer Pipe (RC) Section 9-05.9 is replaced with: (******) The manufacturer of spiral rib storm sewer pipe shall furnish the Engineer a Manufacturer's Certificate of Compliance stating that the materials furnished comply in all respects with these Specifications. The Engineer may require additional information or tests to be performed by the Contractor at no expense to the City. Unless otherwise specified, spiral rib storm sewer pipe shall be furnished with pipe ends cut perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the pipe. Pipe ends shall be cut evenly. Spiral rib pipe shall be fabricated either by using a continuous helical lock seam or a continuous helical welded seam paralleling the rib. Steel spiral rib storm sewer pipe shall be manufactured of metallic coated (aluminized or galvanized) corrugated steel and inspected in conformance with Section 9-05.4. The size, coating, and metal shall be as shown in the Plans or in the Specifications. For spiral rib storm sewer pipe, helical ribs shall project outwardly from the smooth pipe wall and shall be fabricated from a single thickness of material. The ribs shall be CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 9-3 essentially rectangular and shall be 3/4 inch plus two times the wall thickness (2t) plus or minus 1/8 inch (measured outside to outside) and a minimum of 0.95 inch high (measured as the minimum vertical distance from the outside of pipe wall immediately adjacent to the lockseam or stiffener to the top surface of rib). The maximum spacing of the ribs shall be 11.75 inches center to center (measured normal to the direction of the ribs). The radius of bend of the metal at the corners of the ribs shall be a minimum of 0.10 inch and a maximum of 0.17 inch. If the sheet between adjacent ribs does not contain a lockseam, a stiffener shall be included midway between ribs, having a nominal radius of 0.25 inch and a minimum height of 0.20 inch toward the outside of the pipe. Pipe shall be fabricated with ends that can be effectively jointed with coupling bands. When required, spiral rib or narrow pitch spiral rib pipe shall be bituminous treated or paved. The bituminous treatment for spiral rib pipe shall conform to the requirements of Sections 9-05.4(3) and 9-05.4(4). For narrow pitch spiral rib sewer pipe, the helical ribs shall project outwardly from the smooth pipe wall and shall be fabricated from a single thickness of material. The ribs shall be .375 inch + 1/8 inch wide (measured outside to outside) and a minimum of .4375 inch high (measured as the minimum vertical distance of ribs shall be 4.80 inches center to center (measured normal to the direction of the ribs). The radius of bend of the metal at the corners of the ribs shall be 0.0625 inch with an allowable tolerance of + 10 percent. 9-05.12 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe Section 9-05.12(3) is a new additional section: (******) Gravity sewer pipe shall be as specified herein and as shown on the Plans. The Contractor shall provide one electronic copy of the pipe manufacturer’s technical literature including tables of dimensional tolerances to the Engineer. Any pipe found to have dimensional tolerances in excess of those prescribed or having defects, which prevent adequate joint seal or any other damage, shall be rejected. If requested by the Engineer, not less than three nor more than five lengths of pipe for each size, selected from stock by the Engineer, shall be tested as specified for maximum dimensional tolerance or the respective pipe. Materials shall meet the requirements of the following sections: PVC sewer pipe – Section 9-05.12(1) PVC (C900/C905) sewer pipe – Section 9-30.1(5)A All pipe shall be clearly marked with type, class, and thickness. Lettering shall be legible and permanent under normal conditions of handling and storage. 9-05.12(2) Profile Wall PVC Culvert, Profile Wall PVC Storm Sewer Pipe, and Profile Wall PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe Section 9-05.12(2) is deleted in its entirety: CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 9-4 (******) 9-05.14 ABS Composite Sewer Pipe Section 9-05.14 is deleted in its entirety: (******) 9 05.17 Aluminum Spiral Rib Storm Sewer Pipe Section 9-05.17 is replaced with: (******) Unless otherwise specified, spiral rib storm sewer pipe shall be furnished with pipe ends cut perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the pipe. Pipe ends shall be cut evenly. Spiral rib pipe shall be fabricated by using a continuous helical lock seam with a seam gasket. For spiral rib storm sewer pipe, helical ribs shall project outwardly from the smooth pipe wall and shall be fabricated from a single thickness of material. The ribs shall be 3/4 inch wide by 3/4 inch deep with a nominal spacing of 7-1/2 inches center to center. Pipe shall be fabricated with ends that can be effectively jointed with coupling bands. For narrow pitch spiral rib storm sewer pipe, helical ribs shall project outwardly from the smooth pipe wall and shall be fabricated from a single thickness of material. The ribs shall be 0.375 inch + 1/8 inch wide (measured outside to outside) and a minimum spacing of ribs shall be 4.80 inches center to center (measured normal to the direction of the ribs). The radius of bend of the metal at the corners of the ribs shall be 0.0625 inch with an allowable tolerance of + 10 percent. For wide pitch spiral rib storm sewer pipe, helical ribs shall project outwardly from the smooth pipe wall and shall be fabricated from a single thickness of material. The ribs shall be 3/4 inch + 1/8 inch wide (measured outside to outside) and a minimum of 0.95 inch high (measured as the minimum vertical distance from the outside of pipe wall to top surface of the rib). The maximum spacing of ribs shall be 11.75 inches center to center (measured normal to the direction of the ribs). The radius of bend of the metal at the corners of the ribs shall be 0.0625 inch with an allowable tolerance of + 10 percent. 9-05.20 Corrugated Polyethylene Storm Sewer Pipe (CPEP) Section 9-05.19 is replaced with the following: (******) 9-05.20(1) Description Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe (CPEP) shall be corrugated high-density polyethylene pipe with smooth internal wall manufactured by Advanced Drainage Systems (ADS), or approved equivalent. 9-05.20(2) Pipe Material and Fabrication CPEP shall be in conformance with the latest version of ASTM F 667 or AASHTO M 294, Type S. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 9-5 9-05.20(3) Fittings and Gaskets Fittings shall be gasketed PVC fittings. Gaskets shall conform to ASTM F 477. Fittings shall conform to ASTM F 1536 or ASTM D 3212. Fittings shall be manufactured by Nyloplast USA, Inc., or approved equivalent. 9-05.20(4) Installation Pipe and fittings shall be installed per the manufacturer's recommendations. Lubricate gasket and fitting socket with manufacturer-approved lubricant prior to pushing pipe into fitting. 9-05.23 High Density Polyethylene Piping Section 9-05.23 replaced with the following: (******) DRISCOPLEX 4100 High-density Polyethylene Piping 9-05.23(1) General Terms and Conditions 9-05.23(1)A Scope This Specification covers requirements for DriscoPlexTM 4100 PE 3408 high-density polyethylene piping. All Work shall be performed in accordance with these Specifications. 9-05.23(1)B Engineered and Approved Plans Construction shall be performed in accordance with Engineered Construction Plans for the Work prepared under the direction of a Professional Engineer. 9-05.23(1)C Referenced Standards Where all or part of a federal, ASTM, ANSI, AWWA, etc., Standard Specification is incorporated by reference in these Specifications, the reference standard shall be the latest edition and revision. 9-05.23(1)D Licenses and Permits The Contractor shall be licensed and bonded. 9-05.23(1)E Inspections All Work shall be inspected by an Authorized Representative of the City who shall have the authority to halt construction if, in his opinion, these Specifications or standard construction practices are not being followed. Whenever any portion of these Specifications is violated, the Engineer shall, by written notice, order further construction to cease until all deficiencies are corrected. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 9-6 9-05.23(2) Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings 9-05.23(2)A Qualifications of Manufacturers The manufacturer shall have manufacturing and quality assurance facilities capable of producing and assuring the quality of the pipe and fittings required by these Specifications. The manufacturer’s production facilities shall be open for inspection by the City or his Authorized Representative. The Project Engineer shall approve qualified manufacturers. 9-05.23(2)B Materials Black PE materials used for the manufacture of polyethylene pipe and fittings shall be PE 3408 high density polyethylene, meeting ASTM D 3350 cell classification 345464C and shall be listed in the name of the pipe and fitting manufacturer in PPI (Plastics Pipe Institute) TR-4, with a standard grade HDB rating of 1600 psi at 73F. Color material, when used, shall be the same except for meeting ASTM D 3350 cell classification 345464E. The material shall be listed and approved for potable water in accordance with NSF Standard 61. When requested on the order, the manufacturer shall certify that the materials used to manufacture pipe and fittings meet these requirements. 9-05.23(2)C Interchangeability of Pipe and Fittings The same qualified and approved manufacturer shall produce polyethylene pipe and fittings. Products such as fittings or flange adapters made by sub-contractors or distributors are prohibited. 9-05.23(2)D Polyethylene Fittings & Custom Fabrications Polyethylene fittings and custom fabrications shall be molded or fabricated by the approved pipe manufacturer. All fittings and custom fabrications shall be pressure rated for the same internal pressure rating as the mating pipe. 9-05.23(2)E Molded Fittings Molded fittings shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with ASTM D 3261 and shall be so marked. Molded fittings shall be tested in accordance with AWWA C906. 9-05.23(2)F Fabricated Fittings Fabricated fittings shall be made by heat fusion joining specially machined shapes cut from pipe, polyethylene sheet stock or molded fittings. Fabricated fittings shall be rated for internal pressure service at least equal to the full service pressure rating of the mating pipe. Fabricated fittings shall be tested in accordance with AWWA C906. 9-05.23(2)G Polyethylene Flange Adapters Flange adapters shall be made with sufficient through-bore length to be clamped in a butt fusion-joining machine without the use of a stub-end holder. The sealing surface of the CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 9-7 flange adapter shall be machined with a series of small v-shaped grooves (serrations) to promote gasketless sealing, or restrain the gasket against blowout. 9-05.23(2)H Back-up Rings & Flange Bolts Flange adapters shall be fitted with back-up rings that are pressure rated equal to or greater than the mating pipe. The back-up ring bore shall be chamfered or radiused to provide clearance to the flange adapter radius. Flange bolts and nuts shall be Grade 3 or higher. 9-05.24 Polypropylene Culvert Pipe, Polypropylene Storm Sewer Pipe, and Polypropylene Sanitary Sewer Pipe This sections content is deleted and replaced with the following: (******) All joints for polypropylene pipe shall be made with a bell/bell or bell and spigot coupling and shall conform to ASTM D 3212 using elastomeric gaskets conforming to ASTM F 477. All gaskets shall be factory installed on the pipe in accordance with the producer’s recommendations. Qualification for each producer of polypropylene storm sewer pipe requires joint system conformance to ASTM D 3212 using elastomeric gaskets conforming to ASTM F 477 and a formal quality control plan for each plant proposed for consideration. A Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance shall be required and shall accompany the materials delivered to the project. The certificate shall clearly identify production lots for all materials represented. The Contracting Agency may conduct verification tests of pipe stiffness or other properties it deems appropriate. This section is supplemented with the following new sub-sections: 9-05.24(1) Polypropylene Culvert Pipe and Storm Sewer Pipe Polypropylene culvert and storm sewer pipe shall conform to the following requirements: 1. For dual wall pipe sizes up to 30 inches: ASTM F2736. 2. For triple wall pipe sizes from 30 to 60 inches: ASTM F2764. 3. For dual wall profile pipe sizes 36 to 60 inches: AASHTO MP 21, Type S or Type D. 4. Fittings shall be factory welded, injection molded or PVC. 9-05.24(2) Polypropylene Sanitary Sewer Pipe Polypropylene sanitary sewer pipe shall conform to the following requirements: 1. For pipe sizes up to 30 inches: ASTM F2736. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 9-8 2. For pipe sizes from 30 to 60 inches: ASTM F2764. 3. Fittings shall conform to ASTM F2764. Bell & spigot connections shall utilize a spun-0n, welded or integral bell and spigot with gaskets meeting ASTM F477. Fitting joints shall be watertight joint performance requirements of ASTM D3212. 9-05.52 Dense Foam Section 9-05.52 is a New Section as follows: (******) Dense foam shall be Ethafoam HS 600 high density, polyethylene foam, as manufactured by Dow Chemical Company, or approved equivalent. 9-08 PAINTS AND RELATED MATERIALS 9-08.9 Manhole Coating System Products Section 9-08.9 is a new section and subsections: (******) 9-08.9(1) Coating Systems Specification 1. High Solids Urethane Coating System:C1 Coating Material:High Solids Urethane Surfaces:Concrete Surface Preparation: In accordance with SSPC SP-7 (Sweep or brush off blast) Application:Shop: The drying time between coats shall not exceed 24 hours in any case System Thickness: 3.0-4.0 mils dry film Coatings:Primer: One coat of Wasser MC- Shieldcoat 100 high solids urethane (1.5- 2.0 DFT) Finish: One coat of Wasser MC- Shieldcoat 100 (min. 1.5-2.0 DFT) Color:White 9-14 EROSION CONTROL AND ROADSIDE PLANTING 9-14.1(1) Topsoil Type A Section 9-14.1(1) is supplemented with the following: (******) Planting soil / topsoil shall consist of loose, moderately well-drained, friable soil of sandy loam texture, free of ice, snow and rubbish with no admixture of refuse or material toxic to plant growth. Soil shall be reasonably free of stones, lumps, roots, and weeds or similar objects. Topsoil should be fertile and free-flowing (pulverized). Topsoil shall be Mycorrhizae inoculated. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 9-9 Topsoil shall meet the following parameters: Parameter Range pH 6.7-7.5 Moisture Content 25%-55% Soluble Salts 2.5 mmhos/(dS) Coarse Sand 50%max (by weight) Clay 25%max (by weight) Silt 15%max (by weight) Organic matter 10%max (by weight) 9-14.6(8) Sod Section 9-14.6(8) is supplemented with the following: (******) Sod shall be nursery-grown (farm-grown) under climatic conditions similar to or hardier than those at the site. Sod shall have normal habit of growth and be healthy, vigorous and free of disease, insects, insect eggs and larvae. Sod material shall meet or exceed the specification of Federal, State and local laws requiring inspection for plant disease and insect control. Sod: Non-net “Premium Shadow Master” Sod Mixture from Emerald Turfgrass Farms, Inc., Sumner, WA, Ph: 253 838 9911 or 425 641 0608, or approved equal. Approved equal must be from a local grower and be established in growing sod in sandy loam soils. Sod grown in heavy clay soils is not acceptable. All required certifications apply for “approved equal”. Sod shall contain 65% perennial turf-type ryegrass by weight and 35% hard fescue by weight. 9-23 CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS AND ADMIXTURES 9 23.9 Fly Ash (RC) Section 9-23.9 is revised as follows: (******) Fly ash shall not be used around water lines. 9 30 WATER DISTRIBUTION MATERIALS 9-30.1 Pipe Section 9-30.1 is supplemented and revised as follows: (******) All materials for water distribution and transmission shall be new and undamaged. Prior to ordering any pipe and fittings to be used in a potable water supply, the Contractor shall submit the material source as required by Section 1-06.1 of the Standard Specifications. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 9-10 All direct and indirect drinking water system components which come in contact with potable water shall have National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) certification. All pipe and fittings shall be clearly marked with the manufacturer’s name, type, class, and thickness as applicable and shall be marked on the component at the place of manufacture. Marking shall be legible and permanent under normal conditions of handling and storage. 9-30.1(1) Ductile Iron Pipe Section 9-30.1(1) is revised to read as follows: (******) 1. Ductile iron pipe shall be centrifugally cast in 18 or 20 foot nominal lengths and meet the requirements of AWWA C151. Ductile iron pipe shall have a double thick cement mortar lining and a 1-mil thick seal coat meeting the requirements of AWWA C104. Ductile iron pipe shall be minimum Standard Thickness Class 52 or the thickness class as shown in the Plans. Flanged ductile iron pipe shall be Class 53 per AWWA C115. 2. Non-restrained joint shall be rubber gasket, push-on type joint (Tyton) or mechanical joint (M.J.) conforming to AWWA C111, unless otherwise specified. 3. Restrained joints shall be as specified in Section 9-30.2(6). 4. Flanged joints shall conform to ANSI B16.1, class 125 drilling pattern, rated for 250 psi working pressure. Flanged ductile iron pipe shall be Class 53 per AWWA C 115. Thicker Classes are acceptable. The Contractor shall furnish certification from the manufacturer of the pipe and gasket being supplied that the inspection and all of the specified tests have been made and the results thereof comply with the requirements of the above referenced standards. 9-30.1(2) Polyethylene Encasement Section 9-30.1(2) is supplemented and revised as follows: (******) Polyethylene encasement (plastic film wrap) shall be eight mil polyethylene, tube type conforming to AWWA C105. All ductile iron pipes and fittings shall be installed with a polyethylene encasement, tube-type and in black color. 9-30.2 Fittings 9-30.2(1) Ductile Iron Pipe Section 9-30.2(1) is supplemented and revised as follows: (******) Fittings for ductile iron pipe shall be ductile iron conforming to AWWA C110, and AWWA C111 or AWWA C153 and shall be cement-lined conforming to AWWA C104. All water main fittings shall be ductile iron, short body, cement lined and for pressure rating of 350 psi for mechanical joint fittings and 250 psi for flange joint fittings, unless otherwise CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 9-11 specified. Metal thickness and manufacturing process shall conform to applicable portions of ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10. Mechanical joint, ductile iron, compact fittings 24 inches and less shall conform to ANSI A21.53 (AWWA C153). Flanged fittings, cast or ductile iron, shall conform to ANSI B16.1, class 125 drilling pattern. Ductile iron fittings include: tees, crosses, wyes, bends, adapters, sleeves, plugs, caps, offsets, reducers, and ells. Rubber gaskets for push-on joints (Tyton) or mechanical joint (M.J.) shall conform to ANSI A21.11 / AWWA C111. Gasket materials for flange joints shall be neoprene, Buna N, chlorinated butyl, or cloth-inserted rubber suitable for pressurized water service purposes. Type of connections shall be specified as push-on joint (Tyton), mechanical joint (M.J.), plain end (P.E.), flanged (FL), restrained joint (RJ) and threaded. Sleeves less than 12 inches in diameter shall be 12 inches minimum length and shall be mechanical joint. Sleeves greater than 12 inches in diameter shall be of the long body type and shall be 15 inches minimum length and shall be mechanical joint. Where ductile iron pipe is to be joined to existing cast iron pipe of the same nominal size and the outside diameter of the existing cast iron pipe is 0.05 inches or less from the outside diameter of the ductile iron pipe being joined, the pipe shall be joined with a mechanical joint sleeve. Where ductile iron pipe is to be joined to existing cast iron pipe of the same nominal size and the outside diameter of the existing cast iron pipe conforms to AWWA 1908 classifications A, B, C, D, or F, the pipe shall be joined with a transition mechanical joint sleeve having a single-piece casting. Threaded pipe and flanges combinations shall not be used. Bolts in piping and fittings shall be malleable iron, Cor-ten or stainless steel. Bolts and nuts for flanged pipe and fittings shall conform in size and length with ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11. Stainless steel bolts shall meet the requirements of ASTM A-307, Grade A. Shackle rods shall be Cor-ten or stainless steel all thread 316SS. Stainless steel nuts and bolts shall be type 316SS. Contractor shall provide Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance in accordance with Section 1-06.3 Manufacturer’s Certificate of Compliance of the Standards Specifications for all fittings and bolts to be used. 9-30.2(2) Galvanized Iron Pipe Section 9-30.2(2) is a new section and shall read as follows: (******) Where galvanized iron pipe is specified, the pipe shall be standard weight, Schedule 40, steel pipe per Standard Specifications for black and hot-dipped, zinc coated (galvanized) welded and seamless steel pipe for ordinary uses (ASTM A-120). Fittings shall be screwed malleable iron galvanized per ANSI B16.3. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 9-12 9-30.2(3) Steel Casing Pipe Section 9-30.2(3) is a new section and shall read as follows: (******) Steel casing shall be black steel pipe conforming to ASTM A 53. Before installation, coat casing exterior with shop-applied anticorrosive coating conforming to AWWA C210. Minimum coating thickness shall be 16 mils dry film thickness (DFT); however, thickness shall not exceed manufacturer’s recommended thickness. Coating type shall be a polyamide epoxy-coal tar equal to Tnemec Hi-Build Theme-Tar, Series 46H-413. Casing wall thickness shall be 0.250 inch for casings 24 inches or less in diameter and 0.375 inch for casings over 24 inches in diameter. Carrier pipe for water main shall be Restrained Joint Ductile Iron, Class 52. 9-30.2(4) Spacers and Seals for Steel Casing Pipe Section 9-30.2(4) is supplemented as follows: (******) Casing spacers shall be “centered positioning” type bands at least 12 inch in width, and shall be either stainless steel or heavy duty fusion bonded epoxy coated steel. Runners shall be 2-inch wide glass reinforced plastic securely bonded to the spacer, and shall be aligned on the spacer along the axis of insertion of the water main into the casing pipe. Runner length shall approximate the width of the spacer. Securing the spacer to the water main shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s instruction. The height of the risers and runners combined shall be sufficient to keep the carrier pipe bell, couplings or fittings at least 0.75 inch from the casing pipe wall at all times and provide at least 1-inch clearance between the runners and the top of the casing wall, to prevent jamming during installation. Acceptable spacers and end seals manufacturers are Pipeline Seal and Insulator model S12G-2 for stainless steel and model C12G-2, C8G-2 for fusion-bonded and coated steel, Cascade Waterworks Mfg. Co., Advance Products & Systems, Inc. or approved equal. 9-30.2(6) Restrained Joint Section 9-30.2(6) including title is revised as follows: (******) 9-30.2(6) Restrained Joint Pipe and Fittings Restrained joints (RJ) ductile iron pipe and fittings, where required on the plans, shall be flexible after assembly and be able to be disassembled. Restrained joints shall meet the following criteria: 1. The restrained joint shall have a positive metal to metal contact locking system without the use of gripping teeth. Gaskets for push-on joint pipe with integrally molded steel or metal teeth or locking segments shall not be allowed as CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 9-13 substitutes for restrained-joint pipes. 2. The joint restraint system for the pipe shall be the same as the joint restraint system for the pipe fittings, except as provided in item 4 below. 3. The joint restraint system for the pipe shall be boltless. 4. Where restrained joint fittings required on the plans cannot be furnished or where restrained jointed fittings are required in areas that are known to be subject to location adjustments, the Contractor may submit a lay plan showing mechanically jointed fittings with wedge restraint glands for approval. Mechanically jointed pipe with wedge restraint glands shall not be substituted for restrained joint pipe. Wedge Restraint Glands Wedge restraint glands shall conform to AWWA C111, ASTM A 536-80 Grade 65-42-12. All bolts and wedges shall be ductile iron. Wedge shall be heat-treated to a minimum 370 BHN. Wedge restraint glands shall be rated for 350 psi for pipe 12 inch in diameter and smaller. 9-30.2(7) Bolted, Sleeve-Type Couplings for Plain End Pipe Section 9-30.2(7) is revised as follows: (******) Transition couplings, reducing couplings, transition reducing couplings, sleeves, flexible couplings for water main shall be compression type by pipe manufacturer: Romac or Ford or approved equal. Bolts and nuts shall be high strength, low alloy steel, corrosion resistant per AWWA C111. Stainless steel bolts require anti-seize compound. Heavy hex nuts shall be used. The long body pattern with a minimum center ring or center sleeve length of 12-inches for pipe less than 12 inches in diameter and equal to or greater than the pipe diameter for pipe greater than 12 inches in diameter. Solid sleeves (greater than 12 inch diameter) shall be a 15 inch minimum length. 9-30.3 Valves Section 9-30.3 is supplemented and revised as follows: (******) The valves shall be a standard pattern of a manufacturer whose products are approved by the Engineer and shall have the name or mark of the manufacturer, year valve casting was made, size and working pressure plainly cast in raided and legible letters on the valve body. All valves shall be NSF approved and valve bodies shall be ductile iron. All valves shall be stamped with “NSF APPROVED” and “DI”. Where a valve is required to operate in a higher pressure environment than the Class of valve specified in Section 9-30.3, the class of valve shall be as specified in the Contract. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 9-14 9-30.3(1) Gate Valves (3 inches to 16 inches) Section 9-30.3(1) is supplemented and revised as follows: (******) All valve material shall be new and undamaged. Unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, the same manufacturer of each item shall be used throughout the work. All gate valves shall be ductile iron body, bronze mounted, resilient seat, non-rising stem and shall be equipped with a standard two (2) inch square operating nut and O-ring stem seals. Valves shall open counterclockwise when viewed from above. Valves shall be designed for a minimum water operating pressure of 200 PSI. Resilient seated gate valves shall be manufactured to meet or exceed the requirements of AWWA Standard C-509 and C-515 latest revisions. Valve ends shall be mechanical joints, flanged joints or mechanical by flanged joints as shown on the project plans. Where restrained joints are called out, valve ends shall be flanged with appropriate flange by restrained joint adapters. All gate valves shall include an 8" x 24" cast iron gate valve box and extensions, as required. A valve stem extension is required where the valve operating nut is more than 3 feet below finished grade. Valve stem extensions are to be a minimum of 1 foot with only one extension per valve in shall be installed in accordance to the City of Renton standard plans. Acceptable gate valves are Clow, M & H/Kennedy, American Flow Control (ACIPCo), Pratt/Mueller, US Metroseal or approved equal in sizes 16 inches and less. Approval of valves other than models specified shall be obtained prior to bid opening. 9-30.3(3) Butterfly Valves Section 9-30.3(3) is supplemented and revised as follows: (******) In addition to the requirements of section 9-30.3, water main butterfly valves shall conform to AWWA C504 and shall be Class 150B. The valve shall be short-body type and shall have flanged ends. Flanged ends shall be sized and drilled in conformance with ANSI B16.1 Class 125. Valve shall be suitable for direct bury and shall have a stem extension with AWWA 2-inch square operating nut and suitable valve box. All butterfly valves bodies and discs shall be ductile iron. The butterfly valves shall be manufactured by Henry Pratt Company, Mueller, DeZurick, Mosser Valve Division of Olsen Technologies, Dresser 450, Pratt Groundhog or approved equal. 9-30.3(4) Valve Boxes Section 9-30.3(4) is supplemented and revised as follows: (******) CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 9-15 Valve boxes shall be installed on all buried valves. The box and lid shall be cast iron, 2- piece slip type with cast iron extension as necessary, conforming to the City of Renton latest standard plans. The cover shall have the word “WATER” cast in it and shall have cast-iron “ears” installed in the direction of the main. Valve box extension pieces shall be provided for valves with groundcover in excess of the depth of the standard valve box. Acceptable manufacturers of valves boxes and covers are Olympic Foundry, Inc., EJCO, Rich (Varnish Casting Corp.) 9-30.3(5) Valve Marker Posts Section 9-30.3(5) is supplemented and revised as follows: (******) Valve markers shall be Carsonite composite utility marker .375"x 6'-0" or approved equal with blue label "water”. The valve markers shall be installed in conformance with the City of Renton Standard Plans. 9-30.3(6) Valve Stem Extensions Section 9-30.3(6) is supplemented and revised as follows: (******) Valve stem extensions shall have a 2-inch square operating nut and self-centering rockplate. A valve stem extension is required where the valve operating nut is more than 3 feet below finished grade. Valve stem extensions are to be a minimum of 1 foot with only one extension per valve in shall be installed in accordance to the City of Renton standard plans. 9-30.3(7) Combination Air Release/Air Vacuum Valves Section 9-30.3(7) is supplemented and revised as follows: (******) Combination air release/air vacuum valves shall comply with the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C512. Air and vacuum release valves shall be APCO No. 143C- Valve and Primer Corp, "Heavy-Duty," combination air release valve, Val-Matic No. 201C, Crispin UL10 or approved equal. Installation shall be per the City of Renton Standard Details, latest revision. Piping and fitting shall be copper or brass. Location of the air release valve as show on the plans is approximate. The installation shall be set at the actual high point of the line. 9-30.3(8) Tapping Sleeve and Valve Assembly Section 9-30.3(8) is supplemented and revised as follows: (******) Tapping sleeves shall be cast iron, ductile iron, or epoxy coated steel. Bolt and nuts shall be Cor-Ten or stainless steel. 9-30.3(9) Blow-Off Assembly Section 9-30.3(9) is a new section: CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 9-16 (******) Installation of blow-off assembly shall be per City of Renton Standard Details, latest revision. Pipe and fittings shall be galvanized. Blow-off assembly shall be installed at location(s) shown on the plans. Temporary blow-off assembly on new dead-end water main shall be installed at location shown on the plans. Temporary blow-off assemblies for testing and flushing of the new water mains will not be included under this item and shall be considered incidental to the contract and no additional payment shall be made. 9-30.5 Hydrants Section 9-30.5 is supplemented and revised as follows: (******) Fire hydrants shall conform to AWWA C502 and shall be of standard manufacture and of a pattern approved by the City of Renton. The name or mark of the manufacturer, size of the valve opening and year made shall be plainly cast in raised letters on the hydrant barrel to be visible after the hydrant is installed. Hydrants of the following manufacture and pattern have been approved by the City of Renton. Clow Medallion, M&H 929, Mueller Centurion Model A-423, Waterous Pacer, American Darling Model B-62B, Kennedy K81D Guardian, East Jordan WaterMaster 5CD250. 9-30.5(1) End Connections Section 9-30.5(1) is revised as follows: (******) Hydrant end connections shall be mechanical joint connection unless otherwise specified in the description of the bid of proposal. 9-30.5(2) Hydrant Dimensions Section 9-30.5(2) is replaced with the following: (******) Fire hydrants shall have a valve opening with minimum diameter of 5-1/4 inches, “O” ring stem seal, two 2-1/2 inches National Standard Thread (N.S.T.) hose nozzle connections, one 4-inches pumper port connection with City of Seattle standard threats and with a 4.875” Seattle thread x 5” Storz adapter attached with a 1/8” stainless steel cable. The shoe connection and hydrant connection inside pipe size and auxiliary gate valve shall be 6 inches, mechanical joint with lugs. The operating nut and port cap nuts are 1-1/4- inch pentagonal. Hydrant restraint system shall be two 3/4-inch diameter Cor-Ten steel shackle rods with a poured in place concrete thrust block behind the hydrant shoe. If a wedge restraint system is used in lieu of shackle rods, mechanical joint pipe shall be used. Hydrants shall be provided with a breakaway flange assembly and be equipped with breaking devices at the sidewalk. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 9-17 The hydrant curb stand section of the hydrant that is above ground including all exposed surfaces of the breakaway flange shall be painted with 2 field coats of paint Kelly-Moore Luxlite or approved equal in Safety Yellow color. Fire hydrants shall be installed per City of Renton Standard Details for fire hydrants, latest revisions. 9-30.6 Water Service Connections (2 Inches and Smaller) 9-30.6(3) Service Pipes 9-30.6(3)B Polyethylene Pipe Section 9-30.6(3)B is revised to read as follows: (******) Polyethylene pipe shall not be used. 9-30.6(4) Service Fittings Section 9-30.6(4) has been revised as follows: (******) Fittings used for copper tubing shall be compression type with gripper ring. 9-30.6(5) Meter Setters Section 9-30.6(5) has been supplemented as follows: (******) Meter setters shall be installed per the City of Renton Standard Details for water meters, latest revision. 9-30.6(7) Meter Boxes Section 9-30.6(7) has been supplemented as follows: (******) Meter boxes shall be installed per the City of Renton Standard Details for water meters, latest revision. CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT FALL 2020 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 10-1 DIVISION 10 10-01 MARKING PAINT REMOVAL Section 10-01 is a new section: (******) The permittee will be required to remove utility locate marks on sidewalks only within the Downtown Core Area. The permittee shall remove the utility locate marks within 14 days of job completion. DBEHSep 4, 2020Sep 4, 2020REN119-068ALS-D-COV.DWGSHOWN COV 1 9 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:COVERPROJECT VICINITY MAP CONTACT COMPANY PHONE ANN FOWLER CITY OF RENTON (425) 430-7211 ALEX FUSSELL RH2 ENGINEERING (425) 951-5348 RH2 ENGINEERINGEDWIN HALIM (425) 951-5332 KEVIN SCHALK RH2 ENGINEERING (425) 951-5308 SHANE COUTY CITY OF RENTON (425) 766-6185 WILLIAM ADAMS RENTON AIRPORT (253) 854-0248 CITY OF RENTON RENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT PROJECT NO. WWP-27-04058 FALL 2020 CONTACT PERSONNEL CONTACT COMPANY PHONE ANN FOWLER CITY OF RENTON (425) 430-7211 ALEX FUSSELL RH2 ENGINEERING (425) 951-5348 RH2 ENGINEERINGEDWIN HALIM (425) 951-5332 KEVIN SCHALK RH2 ENGINEERING (425) 951-5308 SHANE COUTY CITY OF RENTON (425) 766-6185 WILLIAM ADAMS RENTON AIRPORT (253) 854-0248 PROJECT VICINITY MAP PROJECT LOCATION RAINIER AVE N PROJECT SITE PROJECT VICINITY MAP PROJECT LOCATION MAP SITE ADDRESS: 840 W. PERIMETER ROAD, RENTON, WA, 98057 W PERIMETER RDRENTON AIRPORT CITY OF RENTONRENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LSCITY OF RENTONRENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LSSheet List Table SHEET NO.DESCRIPTION DWG NO. LEGEND SURVEY NOTES CALL 48 HOURS BEFORE YOU DIG ONE CALL 1-800-424-5555 REPORT ALL SPILLS DEPT. OF ECOLOGY 1-800-258-5990 DBEHSep 4, 2020Sep 4, 2020REN119-068ALS-D-GEN01.DWGSHOWN G01 2 9 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:GENERAL INFORMATIONCITY OF RENTONRENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LSCITY OF RENTONRENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LSFLANGE x FLANGE (FLxFL) PIPE MEASURED FROM FACE OF FLANGE TO FACE OF FLANGE. FLANGE x PLAIN END (FLxPE) PIPE MEASURED FROM FACE OF FLANGE TO CENTER OF FITTING. PLAIN END x PLAIN END (PExPE) PIPE MEASURED FROM CENTER OF FITTING TO CENTER OF FITTING. RESTRAINED JOINT x RESTRAINED JOINT (RJxRJ) PIPE MEASURED FROM CENTER OF FITTING TO CENTER OF FITTING. PIPE LENGTH PIPE LENGTH PIPE LENGTH PIPE LENGTH PIPE LENGTHS CALLED OUT ON PLANS ARE MEASURED AS FOLLOWS: FITTINGS ARE ASSUMED TO BE STANDARD LENGTH 125#, 250# FLANGED OR COMPACT CLASS 350 MECHANICAL JOINTS. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING LENGTHS. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO TAKE INTO ACCOUNT ANY VARIATIONS IN FITTING DIMENSIONS. PIPE LENGTH MEASUREMENTS NORTHING AND EASTING CALLOUT POINTS TEES: BENDS: FLANGES: REDUCERS: VALVES: GENERAL NOTES 1.CALL 1-800-424-5555 FOR UTILITY LOCATES 48 HOURS BEFORE CONSTRUCTION. HAVE ALL UTILITIES LOCATED BY THE APPROPRIATE UTILITY LOCATING PROFESSIONALS, PRIOR TO AND DURING CONSTRUCTION. IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE ENGINEER AND THE UTILITY COMPANY WHEN A CONFLICT OCCURS OR WHEN A CONFLICT IS ANTICIPATED. 2.CONTRACTOR INITIATED CHANGES SHALL BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING TO THE ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO IMPLEMENTATION OR CONSTRUCTION. 3.KEEP A COPY OF THE APPROVED PLANS ON-SITE WHENEVER CONSTRUCTION IS IN PROGRESS. 4.TAKE ALL NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS TO PROTECT THE PUBLIC AND PREVENT NUISANCES. PROVIDE TEMPORARY BRACING FOR THE STRUCTURE AND STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS UNTIL ALL FINAL CONNECTIONS HAVE BEEN COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PLANS. 5.THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PREPARING COMPLETE AS-CONSTRUCTED (AS BUILT) RECORDS, INCLUDING AS-BUILT SURVEYING. 6.CONSTRUCTION OF IMPROVEMENTS SHALL CONFORM TO THE CURRENT EDITION OF THE CITY OF RENTON AND KING COUNTY STANDARDS AND THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROAD, BRIDGE AND MUNICIPAL CONSTRUCTION, 2020 EDITION, AS ISSUED BY THE WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION AND THE AMERICAN PUBLIC WORKS ASSOCIATION. THESE DOCUMENTS HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AS THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. 7.PROVIDE ALL CONSTRUCTION STAKING ON THIS PROJECT INCLUDING THE PREPARATION OF COMPLETE CONSTRUCTION RECORDS. STAKING FOR GRADES AND ALIGNMENT SHALL BE PERFORMED BY AN ENGINEERING OR SURVEYING FIRM LICENSED AND CAPABLE OF PERFORMING SUCH WORK. RIGHT OF WAY AND EASEMENT LIMITS MUST BE CLEARLY IDENTIFIED IN THE FIELD DURING CONSTRUCTION. 8.A PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE AND 24-HOUR NOTICE WILL BE REQUIRED PRIOR TO STARTING CONSTRUCTION OR RESTARTING CONSTRUCTION AFTER A PERIOD OF MORE THAN 5 DAYS OF NO WORK BEING PERFORMED. 9.RESTORE ALL AREAS DISTURBED BY CONSTRUCTION TO A CONDITION EQUAL OR BETTER TO THOSE FOUND PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 10.SEE DIVISION 1 OF THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR PERMIT INFORMATION. 11.CLEAN UP ALL AREAS AFFECTED BY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER BY THE END OF EACH WORKING DAY OR MORE FREQUENTLY IF REQUIRED BY THE OWNER. THIS INCLUDES REMOVAL OF ALL DUST, MUD, ROCKS, ASPHALT DEBRIS, AND REFUSE FROM STREETS, SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS, AND ANY OTHER AREAS AFFECTED BY THE CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES. FAILURE TO CLEANUP TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER WILL NECESSITATE A SHUTDOWN OF THE PROJECT UNTIL CLEANUP IS PROPERLY PERFORMED. DAILY CLEANUP IS AN INTEGRAL PART OF EROSION AND POLLUTION CONTROL. 12.THE EXISTING LIFT STATIONS SHALL NOT BE TAKEN OUT OF SERVICE UNTIL THE LIFT STATION CONSTRUCTED UNDER THIS CONTRACT HAS BEEN INSTALLED, TESTED, AND APPROVED IN WRITING BY THE OWNER. 13.CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND THE METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES AND PROCEDURES REQUIRED TO PERFORM THE WORK. 1.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN(S) SHOWING SIGNAGE AND FLAGGERS AS NEEDED TO COMPLETE THESE IMPROVEMENTS AND SUBMIT TO THE OWNER FOR APPROVAL. TRAFFIC CONTROL PLANS SHALL ADDRESS DETOURS FOR PEDESTRIANS AND BICYCLISTS AS NECESSARY. NO WORK SHALL COMMENCE UNTIL ALL APPROVED TRAFFIC CONTROL IS IN PLACE. ALL TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES AND PROCEDURES SHALL COMPLY WITH THE MANUAL ON UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES (MUTCD), WSDOT AND THE CITY OF RENTON STANDARDS. TRAFFIC CONTROL THE OWNER SHALL BE SOLE DETERMINER OF APPROPRIATE ABANDONMENT PROCEDURES AND METHODS. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE OWNER TO DETERMINE WHETHER TO SALVAGE OR DISPOSE OF REMOVED FACILITIES. UNUSABLE EQUIPMENT SHALL BE DISPOSED OF BY THE CONTRACTOR. THE FOLLOWING METHODS ARE APPROVED ABANDONMENT PROCEDURES FOR TERMINATED FACILITIES. LIFT STATION UPON WRITTEN ACCEPTANCE OF PROPOSED LIFT STATION'S OPERATION, ABANDON THE EXISTING MANHOLE SIMILAR TO CITY OF RENTON STANDARD PLAN 400.5. REMOVE ALL PUMPS, PIPES, FITTINGS, TELEMETRY EQUIPMENT, AND ALL OTHER APPURTENANCES FROM INSIDE THE EXISTING PUMP STATION AND DISPOSE ACCORDING TO THE REGULATIONS. PIPES TO BE ABANDONED PER PLAN. ELECTRICAL PANELS REMOVE ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANELS AND ENCLOSURES THAT ARE NO LONGER IN USE AND DISPOSE OF PROPERLY. DEACTIVATE POWER SOURCES AT THE CIRCUIT BREAKERS. SEWER PIPES 1.PLUG ENDS OF ABANDONED SEWER PIPES WITH GROUT PLUG, 12" LONG MIN. 2.AT EXISTING FORCE MAIN DISCHARGE IN MANHOLE 10384, REMOVE EXISTING 90° DUCTILE IRON BEND AND INSTALL DUCTILE IRON BLIND FLANGE. CONDUIT 1.CONDUIT SHALL BE CUT OFF BELOW GRADE AND PLUGGED WITH 12" OF GROUT, TYP. EACH END. ABANDONMENT NOTES SEWER FORCE MAIN CONSTRUCTION NOTES 1.FORCE MAIN TRENCH SECTION AND ALL EXCAVATED AREAS SHALL BE BACKFILLED AND COMPACTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND WITH SECTIONS 7-9.3(10) AND 7-9.3(11) OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. COMPACTION TESTING SHALL BE REQUIRED DURING BACKFILLING OPERATIONS ON ALL 24" AND LARGER PIPE, ALL OPEN CUTS AND/OR CROSSINGS WITHIN PAVED OR TRAVELED AREAS AND AT THE DISCRETION OF THE OWNER. IF TRENCH BACKFILL DOES NOT MEET COMPACTION REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACTOR SHALL EXCAVATE, RE-COMPACT AND RETEST MATERIAL AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 2.OWNER-APPROVED THRUST RESTRAINTS ARE REQUIRED FOR ALL UNRESTRAINED FITTINGS. THRUST BLOCKING IS THE PREFERRED METHOD UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON THE PLANS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY PIPE JOINT RESTRAINT SO THAT THE PIPE DOES NOT SEPARATE DUE TO THERMAL EXPANSION, UNRESOLVED THRUST FORCES, OR DESTABILIZATION OF STEEP SLOPES. 3.AT POINTS WHERE EXISTING THRUST BLOCKING EXISTS, MINIMUM CLEARANCE OF UNDISTURBED SOIL BETWEEN THE CONCRETE BLOCKING AND PROPOSED BURIED UTILITIES OR STRUCTURES SHALL BE 5 FEET. 4.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM PRESSURE TESTING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED. THE OWNER HAS DISCRETION TO MODIFY THE TESTING REQUIREMENTS AS THEY DEEM APPROPRIATE. 5.ALL NON-METALLIC PIPE SHALL INCLUDE A TRACER WIRE TAPED EVERY 5 FEET TO THE PIPE AND DETECTABLE MARKER TAPE AT 18" ABOVE PIPE. 1.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL MEASURES AND FACILITIES PER LATEST VERSION OF CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL AND THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 2.ANY DISCHARGE OF SEDIMENT-LADEN RUN-OFF OR OTHER POLLUTANTS TO WATERS OF THE STATE IS IN VIOLATION OF CHAPTER 90.48, WATER POLLUTION CONTROL AND WAC 173-201A, WATER QUALITY STANDARDS FOR SURFACE WATERS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND IS SUBJECT TO ENFORCEMENT ACTION. 3.DURING CONSTRUCTION, ALL RELEASES OF OILS, HYDRAULIC FLUIDS, FUELS, OTHER PETROLEUM PRODUCTS, PAINTS, SOLVENTS, AND OTHER DELETERIOUS MATERIALS MUST BE CONTAINED AND REMOVED IN A MANNER THAT WILL PREVENT THEIR DISCHARGE TO WATERS AND SOILS. THE CLEANUP OF SPILLS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER OTHER WORK ON THE PROJECT. BARRELS, PETROPHILIC PADS, TARPS, AND OTHER EQUIPMENT NECESSARY FOR CAPTURING, CONTROLLING, AND DISPOSING OF HAZARDOUS FLUIDS SHALL BE AVAILABLE ON-SITE AT ALL TIMES. 4.PROPER EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL PRACTICES MUST BE USED ON THE CONSTRUCTION SITE AND ADJACENT AREAS TO PREVENT UPLAND SEDIMENTS FROM ENTERING THE NATURAL DRAINAGE SYSTEM. ALL SURFACE AREAS DISTURBED AND ANY EMBANKMENTS OR EXCAVATIONS CREATED BY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES MUST BE REVEGETATED OR PROVIDED AN EQUIVALENT TYPE OF PROTECTION AGAINST EROSION. 5.LINEAR CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES SUCH AS RIGHT-OF-WAY AND EASEMENT CLEARING, ROADWAY DEVELOPMENT, PIPELINES, AND TRENCHING FOR UTILITIES, SHALL BE CONDUCTED TO MEET THE SOIL STABILIZATION REQUIREMENT. 6.IF STRAW MULCH FOR TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL IS USED, IT SHALL BE APPLIED AT A MINIMUM THICKNESS OF FOUR INCHES. 7.OWNER MAY DIRECT MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF TESC MEASURES AND/OR FACILITIES AS THE HIGHEST PRIORITY WORK AT ANY TIME THE TESC MEASURES AND/OR FACILITIES DO NOT MEET THE CURRENT CITY PLAN REQUIREMENTS. ALL TESC MEASURES AND/OR FACILITIES MAY NOT BE SHOWN ON THE PLANS, BUT SHALL BE PROVIDED BASED ON WEATHER CONDITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES AT THE DISCRETION OF THE OWNER. 8.ALL LOADS MUST BE SECURED PER RCW 46.61.655. 9.DUST CONTROL MUST BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL USE A VACUUM STREET SWEEPER TO REMOVE DUST AND DEBRIS FROM PAVEMENT AREAS AS DIRECTED BY THE OWNER. FLUSHING OF STREETS SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED WITHOUT PRIOR OWNER APPROVAL. POWER BROOMS SHALL NOT BE USED, NOR PERMITTED ON SITE. 10.THE ESC FACILITIES SHOWN IN THESE PLANS ARE THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ANTICIPATED SITE CONDITIONS. DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD, THESE ESC FACILITIES SHALL BE UPGRADED AS NEEDED FOR UNEXPECTED STORM EVENTS AND MODIFIED TO ACCOUNT FOR CHANGING SITE CONDITIONS (E.G. ADDITIONAL COVER MEASURES, ADDITIONAL SUMP PUMPS, RELOCATION OF DITCHES AND SILT FENCES, PERIMETER PROTECTION ETC.) AS DIRECTED BY THE CITY. 11.THE ESC FACILITIES SHALL BE INSPECTED DAILY BY THE CONTRACTOR AND MAINTAINED TO ENSURE CONTINUED PROPER FUNCTIONING. WRITTEN RECORDS SHALL BE KEPT OF WEEKLY REVIEWS OF THE ESC FACILITIES. 12.ANY AREAS OF EXPOSED SOILS THAT WILL NOT BE DISTURBED FOR TWO CONSECUTIVE DAYS DURING THE WET SEASON OR SEVEN DAYS DURING THE DRY SEASON SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY STABILIZED WITH THE APPROVED ESC METHODS (E.G., SEEDING, MULCHING, PLASTIC COVERING, ETC.). 13.ANY AREA NEEDING ESC MEASURES THAT DO NOT REQUIRE IMMEDIATE ATTENTION SHALL BE ADDRESSED WITHIN SEVEN (7) CALENDAR DAYS. 14.THE ESC FACILITIES ON INACTIVE SITES SHALL BE INSPECTED AND MAINTAINED A MINIMUM OF ONCE A WEEK DURING THE DRY SEASON, TWICE A WEEK DURING THE WET SEASON, OR WITHIN TWENTY FOUR (24) HOURS FOLLOWING A STORM EVENT. 15.COVER MEASURES WILL BE APPLIED IN CONFORMANCE WITH APPENDIX D OF THE SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL. 16.AT NO TIME SHALL SILT LADEN WATER BE DISCHARGED OFF SITE. EXISTING UTILITIES 1.ALL EXISTING UTILITIES INDICATED ON THE PLANS HAVE BEEN DEPICTED BASED ON THE BEST INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO THE ENGINEER AND SHOULD THEREFORE BE CONSIDERED APPROXIMATE ONLY AND NOT NECESSARILY COMPLETE. THE SOURCE OF INFORMATION GENERALLY CONSISTS OF CONSTRUCTION RECORDS, UTILITY LOCATES, AND OTHER DATA OBTAINED VERBALLY FROM OFFICIALS ASSOCIATED WITH THE PARTICULAR UTILITY. OWNER AND ENGINEER DO NOT GUARANTEE AND DO NOT ASSUME ANY RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE ACCURACY OF THIS INFORMATION. IT IS UNDERSTOOD THAT OTHER ABOVE GROUND AND UNDERGROUND FACILITIES NOT SHOWN ON THE PLANS MAY BE ENCOUNTERED DURING THE COURSE OF THE WORK. IT IS THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO INDEPENDENTLY VERIFY THE ACCURACY OF ALL UTILITY LOCATIONS SHOWN TO AVOID DAMAGE AND/OR DISTURBANCE TO SUCH UTILITIES, AND TO FURTHER DISCOVER AND AVOID ANY OTHER UTILITIES NOT SHOWN HEREON WHICH MAY BE AFFECTED BY THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THIS PLAN. CONTRACTOR SHALL PRESERVE, PROTECT AND SUPPORT ALL EXISTING UTILITIES ENCOUNTERED DURING CONSTRUCTION. 2.OVERHEAD UTILITIES: NOT ALL OVERHEAD UTILITIES MAY BE SHOWN ON THE PLANS. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO VISIT THE SITE TO INDEPENDENTLY VERIFY ALL OVERHEAD UTILITIES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ACCOUNT FOR ACCOMMODATING ALL OVERHEAD UTILITIES IN HIS BID AND NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION WILL BE PROVIDED FOR FACILITATING OVERHEAD UTILITIES. 3.DEPTH OF EXISTING DRY UTILITIES IS UNKNOWN. 4.USE ETHOFOAM PAD PER STANDARD SPECIFICATION SECTION 9-05.52 BETWEEN WATER AND SEWER WHERE THERE ARE FEWER THAN 12" OF SEPARATION. A SAND CUSHION PER WSDOT 9-03.13 MAY BE USED AS APPROVED BY THE OWNER. 5.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN SEWER AND DOMESTIC WATER SERVICE TO ALL EXISTING CUSTOMERS AT ALL TIMES UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE CITY. NOTIFY EACH AFFECTED CUSTOMER A MINIMUM OF 72 HOURS IN ADVANCE OF ANY SERVICE DISRUPTION. NO SHUTDOWNS SHALL BE ALLOWED ON MONDAYS, FRIDAYS OR THE DAYS BEFORE AND AFTER A HOLIDAY. TESC GENERAL NOTES ABBREVIATIONS CLNFC CHAIN LINK FENCE COR CITY OF RENTON MH MANHOLE RE RIM ELEVATION IE INVERT ELEVATION 118000-1790 BRYN MAWR PLAZA LLC 11620 RAINIER AVE S 118100-0(010-220) CONDOMINIUM 11600 RAINIER AVE S 072305-9007 CITY OF RENTON 616 W PERIMETER ROAD 072305-9007 CITY OF RENTON 616 W PERIMETER ROAD RAINIER A V E N W PERIMETER RD W PERIMETER RD DBEHSep 4, 2020Sep 4, 2020REN119-068ALS-D-C01.DWGSHOWN C01 3 9 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:EXISITNG SITE PLANEXISTING SITE PLAN CITY OF RENTONRENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LSCITY OF RENTONRENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LSTO ENSURE DRIVERS, PEDESTRIANS, AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE VEHICLES HAVE CLEAR ACCESS TO NORTH AND EAST GATES AND BUILDINGS, PROVIDE MINIMUM 15' DRIVE AISLE AT ALL TIMES. DURING CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROPOSED GRAVITY MAIN, CONTRACTOR MAY BLOCK OFF PARKING SPACES WHERE DESIGNATED AND AS NECESSARY TO CONSTRUCT PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS AFTER RECEIVING WRITTEN APPROVAL BY THE OWNER. APPROVED STAGING AREA DO NOT DISTURB EXISTING PANEL OR POWER POLE UNTIL EXISTING STATION DEMOLITION IS APPROVED IN WRITING. 118000-1790 BRYN MAWR PLAZA LLC 11620 RAINIER AVE S 118100-0(010-220) CONDOMINIUM 11600 RAINIER AVE S W PERIMETER RD PROPOSED SEWER PROFILE 0' 10' 20' 30' 40' 0' 10' 20' 30' 40' -10 LF 0 LF 100 LF 200 LF 300 LFMH #1PROPOSED FORCEMAIN HDPE 22.5° BEND (WLDxWLD), TYP. OF 2 MIN. 4' COVER, TYP. POTHOLE CROSSING UTILITIES PRIOR TO ORDERING WET WELL DBEHSep 4, 2020Sep 4, 2020REN119-068ALS-D-C02.DWGSHOWN C02 4 9 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:PROPOSED SITE PLAN AND PROFILEPROPOSED SITE PLAN CITY OF RENTONRENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LSCITY OF RENTONRENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LSEXISTING LIFT STATION TO BE ABANDONED PER NOTES ON DRAWING NO. G01 AND RENTON STANDARD PLAN 400.5. REPLACE FULL CONCRETE SIDEWALK PANEL. EXISTING FORCEMAIN TO BE ABANDONED. PROVIDE GROUT PLUG EACH END PER DRAWING NO. G01 EXISTING 8" DI 90° BEND FORCEMAIN DISCHARGE ASSEMBLY TO BE REMOVED. INSTALL 4" DI BLIND FLANGE. OLDCASTLE ONELIFT PACKAGED LIFT STATION, SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. TEMPORARILY REMOVE STORM PIPE TO FACILITATE LIFT STATION CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE TEMPORARY PUMPING AS NECESSARY TO BYPASS STORM WATER AROUND THE EXCAVATION. REPLACE STORM PIPE ONCE BACKFILLED AND REMOVE TEMPORARY BYPASS. APPROX. EXTENTS OF ANTICIPATED LIFT STATION EXCAVATION. SEWER PIPE BACKFILL PER PIPE TRENCH DETAIL. ALL STRUCTURE BACKFILL BEYOND PIPE PAY LIMITS SHALL BE CDF UP TO 1' BELOW FINISH GRADE. 204 CONNECT TO EXISTING MANHOLE CORE EXISTING MANHOLE AND CHANNELING. RECHANNEL MANHOLE TO NEW DISCHARGE. PLUG EXISTING WESTERN LINE PER DWG NO. G01 AFTER WRITTEN APPROVAL TO ABANDON EXISTING LIFT STATION. APPROX. 111 LF OF 12" PVC PIPE AT 0.5% SLOPE APPROX. 23 LF OF 12" PVC PIPE AT 0.5% SLOPE MH #1 N 184764.19 E 1297826.70 PROVIDE: (1) - 48" TYPE 1 MANHOLE RE = 22.90' IE (S) = 12.91' IE (NW) = 12.89' CONNECT TO EXISTING MANHOLE CORE EXISTING MANHOLE AND INSTALL PIPE BLOCKING PER APPROX. 104 LF OF 3.5" HDPE SDR 21 FORCEMAIN IE IN (E) = 12.82'IE OUT (N) = 13.49' IE (E) = 27.08' IE OUT (N) = 17.75' ROUTE VENT PIPING AND ELECTRICAL CONDUIT TO UNIMPROVED AREA AND INSTALL CONTROL PANEL AND VENT PIPE GOOSENECK. COORDINATE WITH OWNER REGARDING FINAL LOCATIONS.205 SEE DETAIL THIS SHEET FOR LIFT STATION DISCHARGE CONNECTION PROPOSED LIFT STATION SITE PLAN NOTE: WET WELL INTERNAL MECHANICAL CONFIGURATION TO BE DESIGNED BY THE SUPPLIER. SHOWN CONFIGURATION IS CONCEPTUAL. EXISTING SEWER PIPE TO BE ABANDONED. PROVIDE GROUT PLUG EACH END PER DRAWING NO. G01 N 184786.35 E 1297805.95N 184776.65 E 1297806.41 4" DI LONG BODY SLEEVE (RJxRJ) HDPE FLANGE ADAPTER (FLxWELD) 4" DI PIPE (PExPE), 2' - 0" LENGTH N 184818.99 E 1297807.86 PROVIDE: (1) - 71° 3.5" HDPE SDR 21 BEND N 184823.35 E 1297792.82 PROVIDE: (1) - 22.5° 3.5" HDPE SDR 21 VERTICAL BEND N 184830.69 E 1297767.46 PROVIDE: (1) - 22.5° 3.5" HDPE SDR 21 VERTICAL BEND PROVIDE 2" SCH. 80 PVC PIPE TO ROUTE FROM VENT PENETRATION TO VENT GOOSENECK. PROVIDE COUPLINGS AS NECESSARY. APPROX. LENGTH = 13' 4" GATE VALVE (FLxRJ) ASSUMED 2' OF COVER, TYP. FOR DRY UTILITIES. PROVIDE MINIMUM 6" CLEARANCE BETWEEN UTILITY AND FORCE MAIN. ASSUMED 3' OF COVER, TYP. FOR WATER MAINS. POTHOLE TO VERIFY. PROVIDE MINIMUM 12" CLEARANCE BETWEEN WATER MAIN AND FORCE MAIN. RESTORE ALL DISTURBED UNPAVED AREAS WITH SOD OR HYDROSEED SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION EXISTING BOLLARDS TO BE REMOVED IN ORDER TO FACILITATE HYDRANT PIPING WORK. REPLACE BOLLARDS PER DETAIL ON DWG NO. C05. INSTALL 2 - 3/4" COR-TEN STEEL TIE RODS PER CITY OF RENTON STANDARD DETAIL ON THE EXISTING HYDRANT LATERAL. CONTRACTOR MAY USE A TURNBUCKLE TO FACILITATE INSTALLATION. REMOVE AND REPLACE APPROX. 40 LF EXTRUDED CURB TO PROVIDE SPACE FOR POWER VAULT AND RESTORE AFTER ELECTRICAL AND WATER WORK. CURB HEIGHT TO MATCH EXISTING PROVIDE PAVEMENT, SIDEWALK, AND CURB RESTORATION PER DETAILS ON DWG NO. C05. REPLACE CONCRETE TO THE NEAREST EXPANSION JOINT, TYP. EACH SIDE. PROTECT EXISTING CATCH BASIN REMOVE AND REPLACE FULL DEPTH OF EXISTING PAVEMENT BETWEEN PROPOSED CURB AND PROPOSED FORCEMAIN TRENCH/LIFT STATION. PROPOSED SEWER PROFILE NATIVE SUBGRADE MUST BE INSPECTED BY A LICENSED ENGINEERING GEOLOGIST OR PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER AT THE LOWEST EXCAVATED SUBGRADE ELEVATION. FOLLOWING APPROVAL, 6" CRUSHED ROCK SHALL BE COMPACTED TO A FIRM AND UNYIELDING CONDITION IN THE PRESENCE OF THE GEOLOGIST OR ENGINEER. PUMP INFORMATION PUMP 1: DESIGN FLOW OF 150 GPM. PUMP 2: DESIGN FLOW OF 150 GPM. OPERATIONAL AND FLOAT ELEVATIONS TO BE FIELD ADJUSTED PER ENGINEER AT STARTUP. PRELIMINARY ELEVATIONS ARE: HIGH LEVEL PUMP START FLOAT: 12.82' PUMP TWO ON: 12.44' PUMP ON: 11.94' PUMP OFF: 10.94' LOW LEVEL PUMP STOP FLOAT: 10.44' EMERGENCY PUMP STOP FLOAT: 1' ABOVE FLOOR DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:CIVIL AND MECHANICAL DETAILSCIVIL AND MECHANICAL DETAILSCIVIL AND MECHANICAL DETAILSCIVIL AND MECHANICAL DETAILSCIVIL AND MECHANICAL DETAILSCIVIL AND MECHANICAL DETAILSCITY OF RENTONRENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LSCITY OF RENTONRENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LSCIVIL AND MECHANICAL DETAILSCIVIL AND MECHANICAL DETAILSDBEHSep 4, 2020Sep 4, 2020REN119-068ALS-D-C04.DWGSHOWN C04 5 9 PIPE ZONE BEDDING PIPE ZONE 6" 6"GRAVEL BACKFILL FOR PIPE ZONE BEDDING PER SPECIFICATIONS TRENCH WIDTH PER WSDOT SS 2-09.4 202 SURFACE FINISH PER PLAN HMA SURFACING PER DETAILS THIS SHEET CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR TRENCH STABILITY AND SAFETY. BACKFILL PER SPECIFICATIONS LOCATOR TAPE ABOVE HDPE OR PVC PIPE PIPE ZONE BEDDING AND BACKFILLPROPOSED PIPE VARIES, 3' MINIMUM 12" MIN. PIPE TRENCH DETAIL 18" 201 WHEN UNSUITABLE MATERIAL IS ENCOUNTERED AND AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER, EXCAVATE UNSUITABLE MATERIAL AND PROVIDE FOUNDATION MATERIAL PER SPECIFICATIONS TRENCH WIDTH PER WSDOT SS 2-09.4 RESTORE TO EXISTING OR BETTER CONDITION 2' x 2' x 0.5' THICK CONCRETE PAD W/ WIRE MESH REINFORCEMENT ROUTE TO WETWELL WET WELL VENT PIPE FINISHED GRADE WET WELL PASSIVE VENT DETAILS 24" MIN. 205 203 TRACER WIRE ON HDPE OR PVC PIPE 204PIPE BLOCKING GRAVITY SEWER STATIONING AND GRADE DETAIL MANHOLE STATION AND OFFSET REFERENCES CENTER OF STRUCTURE PIPE LENGTH ALSO REFERENCES CENTER TO CENTER ECCENTRIC CONE SHALL MATCH ORIENTATION SHOWN IN DETAILS AND PLAN VIEWS INVERT ELEVATION IN (I.E. IN) SHOWN IN PLANS REFERENCES THIS LOCATION UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE INVERT ELEVATION OUT (I.E. OUT) SHOWN IN PLANS REFERENCES THIS LOCATION UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE GRADE GIVEN IN PIPE CALLOUTS REFERENCES THIS HORIZONTAL LENGTH 1 2 MANHOLE DIAMETER, TYP MANHOLE DROP SHALL MATCH INVERT ELEVATION DIFFERENCE GENERAL NOTES: ALL AREAS OUTSIDE OF THE TRAVELED WAY SHALL BE HYDROSEEDED PER THE SPECIFICATIONS. BEFORE CONSTRUCTION OF HMA ON AN EXISTING PAVED SURFACE, THE ENTIRE SURFACE OF THE PAVEMENT SHALL BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED OF DUST, SOIL, PAVEMENT GRINDINGS, AND OTHER FOREIGN MATTER. A TACK COAT OF ASPHALT SHALL BE UNIFORMLY APPLIED TO COVER THE EXISTING PAVEMENT WITH A THIN FILM OF RESIDUAL ASPHALT FREE OF STREAK AND BARE SPOTS. A HEAVY APPLICATION OF TACK COAT SHALL BE APPLIED TO ALL JOINTS INCLUDING THE VERTICAL FACE OF THE JOINT, TO BIND AND SEAL THE JOINT. DIMENSION NOTES: DIMENSION "A": WHEEL CUT NEAT LINE 12" BEYOND TRENCH LIMITS PRIOR TO FINAL PAVING TO REMOVE DAMAGED AND UNDERMINED EDGES. PHASING NOTES: PRIOR TO TRENCH PATCHING, TRENCHES SHALL BE RESTORED TO FINISHED GRADE WITH CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE COMPACTED TO 95% OF MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY AND A 1" LIFT OF TEMPORARY COMMERCIAL ASPHALT TO ALLOW RE-OPENING OF CROSSINGS TO LOCAL TRAFFIC. THE PATCH SHALL BE MAINTAINED BY THE CONTRACTOR. ROADWAY RESTORATION NOTES ROADWAY PATCH RESTORATION 206 COMMERCIAL HMA TRENCH PATCH, DEPTH SHALL BE EXISTING THICKNESS + 1" OR 6", WHICHEVER IS GREATER WHEEL CUT BOTH SIDES TO NEAT EDGE PRIOR TO FINAL PATCHING DEPTH OF EXISTING ASPHALT UNKNOWN INITIAL WHEEL CUT FOR TRENCHING, BOTH SIDES SEE DETAIL FOR TRENCH SECTION PROPOSED SEWER PIPE, STRUCTURE, OR APPURTENANCE 6" CRUSHED SURFACING BASE COURSE ASPHALT TACK COATING AT ALL PAVING JOINTS 201 A BOLLARD DETAIL 3'-0" 2'-0" 1'-6" 1'-6" Ø 1" 6" GALVANIZED STD STEEL PIPE. FILL WITH CONCRETE. PAINT SAFETY YELLOW. ROUNDED CONCRETE TOP 207 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE BOLLARD FOUNDATION CONTINUOUS SWELLSTOP BETWEEN WET WELL WALL AND PIPE BLOCK PIPE PER PLAN #5 CONCRETE ANCHORS EA. CORNER. EMBED 3" INTO MANHOLE. HOOK INTO BLOCK. PIPE O.D. + 6" WET WELL / VAULT WALL 24" (SQ) 12" CONTINUOUS SWELLSTOP BETWEEN PIPE AND PIPE BLOCK #5 @ 18" O.C. EACH WAY STRUCTURE INTERIOR STRUCTURE EXTERIOR 2" CLR, TYP. NOTES: 1.DETAIL SHALL BE USED AT ALL STRUCTURE PENETRATIONS WHERE HDPE PIPE IS USED. 2.CONCRETE BLOCK SHALL BE PER SECTION 7-09.3(21) OF THE WSDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. 3.MAINTAIN 18" MINIMUM COVER OVER THE TOP OF BLOCK. 4.HDPE WALL RING MUST BE SIZED TO RESIST PULL-OUT FORCE OF HDPE PIPE DUE TO THERMAL EXPANSION AND PIPELINE CHARGING PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION. HDPE WALL RING. SEE NOTE 4. 1- #5 HOOP WITH 1'-6" LAP, DIA OF OPENING +8", EF KMSCMRSep 4, 2020Sep 4, 2020REN119-068ALS-D-E01.DWGSHOWN E01 6 9 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:ELECTRICAL LEGENDCITY OF RENTONRENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LSCITY OF RENTONRENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LSGENERAL NOTES LADDER LOGIC SYMBOL LEGEND INSTRUMENT METERINDICATE TYPE BY LETTER VALVE SYMBOLS ABBREVIATIONSONE-LINE DIAGRAM SYMBOLS LIGHTING FIXTURES/DEVICESPANELBOARDS, SWITCHES, AND EQUIPMENT GROUNDING SYSTEM SYMBOLS ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN SYMBOLS RECEPTACLES AND JUNCTION BOX SYMBOLS FIRE SYSTEM SYMBOLS ADDITIONAL SYMBOLS RACEWAY LEGEND SITE PLAN LEGEND BUILDING OR FACILITY PLAN LEGEND SWITCH OUTLETS KMSCMRSep 4, 2020Sep 4, 2020REN119-068ALS-D-E02.DWGSHOWN E02 7 9 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:ONE-LINE DIAGRAM ANDELECTRICAL SCHEDULESCITY OF RENTONRENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LSCITY OF RENTONRENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LSONE-LINE DIAGRAM POWER DISTRIBUTION PANEL, "DP" 480/277V, 3Ø, 4W, 42 KAIC, 100A MAIN 20/3 TM NG 100/3 TM, SE SPD 480/277 VOLT PROPOSED PAD- MOUNT TRANSFORMER MANUFACTURER'S PUMP CONTROL PANEL MCP PUMP NO. 1MCP PUMP NO. 21. PROPOSED UTILITY METERING. METER BASE AND ENCLOSURE BY CONTRACTOR TO MEET UTILITY REQUIREMENTS. METER BY PUGET SOUND ENERGY. 2. SEE GROUNDING DETAIL, THIS SHEET. 3. GROUND ROD PER N.E.C. (TYPICAL). SEE DWG NO. E04 FOR DETAIL. ELECTRICAL NOTES GROUND BUS #6 MIN. S/N GROUNDING SERVICE ENTRANCE DISCONNECT SWITCH IN "DP" BOND TO ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PEDESTAL STRUCTURAL STEEL #6 MIN. POWER CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE ɸ ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE PROPOSED PRIMARY SERVICE EXISTING UTILITY VAULT 100A PROPOSED METER DISCONNECT CONTROL CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE LIFT STATION PROPOSED SEAL-OFF AS REQUIRED, TYP. 118000-1790 BRYN MAWR PLAZA LLC 11620 RAINIER AVE S 118100-0(010-220) CONDOMINIUM 11600 RAINIER AVE S W PERIMETER RD W PERIMETER RD KMSCMRSep 4, 2020Sep 4, 2020REN119-068ALS-D-E03.DWGSHOWN E03 8 9 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:ELECTRICAL PLANCITY OF RENTONRENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LSCITY OF RENTONRENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LS1. SEE DWG NO. E02 FOR CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE PRIMARY POWER, TRANSFORMER INSTALLATION AND LOCATION, AND SECONDARY POWER REQUIREMENTS WITH PUGET SOUND ENERGY CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL WORK NOT PERFORMED BY PUGET SOUND ENERGY. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, AND RESTORATION FOR WORK PIT AT EXISTING UTILITY VAULT PER PUGET SOUND ENERGY REQUIREMENTS. 4. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, AND RESTORATION BETWEEN EXISTING UTILITY VAULT AND PROPOSED TRANSFORMER VAULT PER PUGET SOUND ENERGY REQUIREMENTS. PUGET SOUND ENERGY SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL PRIMARY CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS. 5. PROPOSED PAD MOUNT TRANSFORMER AND TRANSFORMER VAULT BY PUGET SOUND ENERGY. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, AND RESTORATION PER PUGET SOUND ENERGY REQUIREMENTS. INSTALL BOLLARDS AS NECESSARY PER PSE REQUIREMENTS. 6. PROPOSED SECONDARY POWER SERVICE, , BY CONTRACTOR. ELECTRICAL NOTES ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN LIFT STATION ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PEDESTAL. SEE DWG NO. E04 FOR DETAIL. EXISTING UTILITY VAULT KMSCMRSep 4, 2020Sep 4, 2020REN119-068ALS-D-E04.DWGSHOWN E04 9 9 DWG NO.:DATEDESCRIPTIONREVISIONSBYREVIEWENGINEER:SAVE DATE:REVIEWED:PLOT DATE:CLIENT:FILENAME:SHEET NO.:JOB NO.:NO.0"1"2" DRAWING IS FULL SCALE WHEN BAR MEASURES 2" SCALE:ELECTRICAL DETAILSCITY OF RENTONRENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LSCITY OF RENTONRENTON AIRPORT PRIVATE LS3" 3" 3" FINISH SURFACE PER PLAN RED ELECTRICAL WARNING TAPE CENTERED OVER EACH CONDUIT IN TRENCH (TYP)36" MIN-48" MAX FORPRIMARY SERVICECONDUITSMINIMUM DEPTH BELOW BOTTOM OF DEEPEST CONDUIT INSTALLED IN TRENCH24" MIN (<600V)NATIVE MATERIAL COMPACTED TO 95% PER ASTM D1557 OR AS REQUIRED PER PLAN 6" 9" COVER OVER HIGHEST CONDUIT IN TRENCH NOTE: BURY DEPTH OF CONDUIT AND HORIZONTAL SPACING SHALL BE CONFIRMED WITH SERVING UTILITY BEFORE CONSTRUCTION. TYPICAL ELECTRICAL TRENCH DETAIL ELECTRICAL CONDUIT NUMBER AND SIZE VARY AS PER SITE PLAN. MAINTAIN 12" SPACING BETWEEN TELEMETRY CONDUITS AND OTHER CONDUITS. SAND BEDDING MATERIAL PER WSDOT SPECIFICATION 9-03.13 COPPER CONDUCTOR CADWELD TYPE TA. CADWELD CABLE TO CABLE TEE CONNECTION.COPPER CONDUCTOR CADWELD TYPE RR. CADWELD END CABLE TO UPPER REBAR CONNECTION. REBAR COPPER CONDUCTOR CADWELD TYPE GR 5/8" X 8' COPPER GROUND ROD.COPPER CONDUCTOR (TYPICAL) CADWELD TYPE XA. CADWELD CABLE TO CABLE CROSS CONNECTION.CADWELD CABLE TO GROUND ROD CONNECTION. GRADE 8'-0" GROUNDING ROD DETAIL GROUNDING CROSS DETAILGROUND TEE DETAIL GROUND TEE DETAIL GROUND REBAR DETAIL PROPOSED CONCRETE GROUND ROD PROTECTOR 13" DEPTH X 12" HEIGHT WITH COVER. PIPE INC. #12R-12A & 12R-12T, OR EQUAL. PROPOSED CONCRETE COVER. NEW 5/8"x8' LONG COPPER GROUND ROD. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PEDESTAL DETAIL 1'-0" DIA. CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE PEDESTAL, TYP. FINISHED GRADE 2" 3'-0" 1'-0" 1-5/8" SST UNISTRUT. ATTACH UNISTRUT AS NECESSARY TO SUPPORT ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. SECURE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO UNISTRUT. (4) #4 VERT, EQUALLY SPACED 2" CLR, TYP. ALL AROUND 3" STD GALV STEEL POST WITH CAP, TYP. #4 HOOPS @ 12" O.C. 30" MIN. 6'-0" WIDTH AS NECESSARY UTILITY METER POWER DISTRIBUTION PANEL, "DP" 24" MIN.6' MIN 1. GROUND ROD PER N.E.C. (TYPICAL). USE EXOTHERMIC WELD CONNECTION AT THE GROUND ROD. SEE DETAIL, THIS SHEET. LOCATE GROUND RODS 2' MINIMUM FROM PEDESTAL. 2. BOND GROUND SYSTEM TO ELECTRICAL PEDESTAL. 3. SEE DWG NO. E03 FOR CONTINUATION. 4. SEE DWG NO. E02 FOR CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE. 5. SEE DWG NO. E02 FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE. 6. INSTALL SEAL-OFFS AS REQUIRED. ELECTRICAL NOTES METER DISCONNECT MANUFACTURER'S PUMP CONTROL PANEL MANUFACTURER'S ALARM LIGHT CITY OF RENTON RENTON, WASHINGTON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS for the Airport Lift Station PROJECT NO. WWP-27-04058 FALL 2020 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS CONTRACT FORMS CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS PLANS THE TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS WERE PREPARED UNDER THE DIRECT SUPERVISION OF THE PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS IDENTIFIED BELOW. THE CONTENT OF THIS DOCUMENT, AS A MEANS OF PROFESSIONAL SERVICE, IS PROTECTED BY 17 U.S.C. § 101, ET SEQ. AS SUCH, IT SHALL NOT BE USED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, FOR ANY OTHER PROJECT OR PURPOSE WITHOUT WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION FROM RH2 ENGINEERING. Project Engineer Signed: 09/22/2020 Electrical Engineer Divisions 16 & 17 Signed: 09/22/2020 Reviewed as Engineer in Responsible Charge Signed: 09/22/2020 Prepared by: RH2 Engineering, Inc. 22722 29th Drive SE, Suite 210 Bothell, WA 98021 (425) 951-5400 (p) (425) 951-5401 (f) THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Table of Contents i DIVISION 1 GENERAL .......................................................................................................................................... 1-1 1.10 GENERAL .......................................................................................................................................................... 1-1 1.11.00 Summary of Work ................................................................................................................................ 1-1 1.11.03 Electronic Data ..................................................................................................................................... 1-1 1.13 Permits and Licenses ................................................................................................................................. 1-1 1.14 Work Restrictions ...................................................................................................................................... 1-2 1.14.19 Use of Site ............................................................................................................................................ 1-2 1.25.00 Substitution Procedures ....................................................................................................................... 1-2 1.25.13.10 Substitutions Prior to Bid Opening .................................................................................................. 1-2 1.25.13.15 Substitutions After Contract Execution ........................................................................................... 1-2 1.30 ADMINISTRATIVE ................................................................................................................................................ 1-3 1.31 Project Management and Coordination ................................................................................................... 1-3 1.31.01 Contractor’s Responsibility ................................................................................................................... 1-3 1.31.19 Progress Meetings................................................................................................................................ 1-3 1.32.16 Construction Progress Schedule ........................................................................................................... 1-4 1.32.29 Periodic Work Observation .................................................................................................................. 1-4 1.33 Submittals ................................................................................................................................................. 1-4 1.33.23 Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples ........................................................................................ 1-4 1.40 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS ..................................................................................................................................... 1-6 1.42.19 Reference Standards ............................................................................................................................ 1-6 1.43.20 Warranty .............................................................................................................................................. 1-6 1.45.16 Field Quality Control Procedures .......................................................................................................... 1-7 1.50 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS .................................................................................................................. 1-7 1.51 Temporary Utilities.................................................................................................................................... 1-7 1.52.00 Construction Facilities .......................................................................................................................... 1-7 1.52.20 Locks and Keys ..................................................................................................................................... 1-7 1.54 Construction Aids ...................................................................................................................................... 1-8 1.55.26 Traffic Control ...................................................................................................................................... 1-8 1.56 Notifications to Renton Airport ................................................................................................................. 1-8 1.70 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................................ 1-8 1.71 Examination and Preparation ................................................................................................................... 1-8 1.71.23.16 Construction Surveying ................................................................................................................... 1-8 1.74 Cleaning and Waste Management ........................................................................................................... 1-9 1.74.13 Progress Cleaning ................................................................................................................................. 1-9 1.74.23 Final Cleaning ....................................................................................................................................... 1-9 1.75 Starting and Adjusting .............................................................................................................................. 1-9 1.75.16 Startup Procedures ............................................................................................................................... 1-9 1.75.16.10 Startup ............................................................................................................................................ 1-9 1.75.16.12 Startup and Testing Coordination ................................................................................................. 1-10 1.75.16.20 Testing ........................................................................................................................................... 1-10 1.75.16.22 Scheduling of Owner Review for Testing ....................................................................................... 1-11 1.75.16.32 Pump Testing ................................................................................................................................ 1-11 1.75.16.40 Electrical and Control Systems Testing ......................................................................................... 1-12 1.75.16.42 Operational Demonstration .......................................................................................................... 1-12 1.78 Closeout Submittals ................................................................................................................................ 1-12 Table of Contents ii 1.78.23 Operation and Maintenance Data ..................................................................................................... 1-12 1.78.39 Project Record Documents ................................................................................................................. 1-14 1.79 Demonstration and Training ................................................................................................................... 1-14 1.79.10 Training .............................................................................................................................................. 1-14 1.80 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................................................................... 1-15 1.81 Facility Performance Requirements ........................................................................................................ 1-15 1.81.40 Pressure Ratings ................................................................................................................................. 1-15 1.81.45 Location Designations ........................................................................................................................ 1-15 DIVISION 2 SITEWORK ........................................................................................................................................ 2-1 2.00 GENERAL .......................................................................................................................................................... 2-1 2.05 Common Work for Exterior Improvements ............................................................................................... 2-1 2.07 Geotechnical Investigations ...................................................................................................................... 2-1 2.08 Special Inspections for Earth Work ........................................................................................................... 2-2 2.10 SITE PREPARATION.............................................................................................................................................. 2-3 2.10.2 Clearing and Grubbing ........................................................................................................................... 2-3 2.10.4 Dewatering via Sump Pumps ................................................................................................................. 2-3 2.10.19 Dewatering via Vacuum Well Point System ......................................................................................... 2-4 2.11 Earthwork Materials ............................................................................................................................... 2-13 2.11.1 Common Work for Earthwork Materials .............................................................................................. 2-13 2.11.2 General Fill ........................................................................................................................................... 2-13 2.11.3 Structural Fill ........................................................................................................................................ 2-13 2.11.4 Pipe Bedding ........................................................................................................................................ 2-14 2.11.5 Trench Backfill ...................................................................................................................................... 2-15 2.11.7 Gravel Base Course .............................................................................................................................. 2-15 2.11.8 Gravel Top Course ................................................................................................................................ 2-16 2.11.20 Geotextile Fabric ................................................................................................................................ 2-16 2.12 Road Surfacing ........................................................................................................................................ 2-16 2.12.2 Cement Concrete Pavement ................................................................................................................. 2-16 2.12.3 Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) / Asphalt Concrete Pavement (ACP) .............................................................. 2-17 2.12.10 Pavement Marking/Striping ............................................................................................................... 2-17 2.13 Tree and Shrub Preservation ................................................................................................................... 2-18 2.20 EARTH MOVING ............................................................................................................................................... 2-18 2.23 Excavation ............................................................................................................................................... 2-18 2.25 Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control ...................................................................................... 2-19 2.25.2 Contractor Provided Certified Erosion and Sedimentation Control Lead ............................................. 2-19 2.25.3 Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control ................................................................................... 2-20 2.25.4 Temporary Storm Water Pollution Control .......................................................................................... 2-20 2.25.5 Filter Fabric Fence ................................................................................................................................ 2-21 2.50 EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION .............................................................................................................. 2-21 2.51 Contractor Designed Shoring .................................................................................................................. 2-21 2.60 CONTAMINATED & WASTE MATERIALS HANDLING ................................................................................................. 2-22 2.60.2 Waste Material Control ....................................................................................................................... 2-22 2.61 Contaminated Materials ......................................................................................................................... 2-23 2.61.2 Toxic Spill or Release Contact Requirements........................................................................................ 2-23 2.61.4 Contaminated Soil and Water .............................................................................................................. 2-23 Table of Contents iii 2.90 LANDSCAPING .................................................................................................................................................. 2-24 2.90.1 Common Work for Landscaping ........................................................................................................... 2-24 2.90.2 Landscape Grading .............................................................................................................................. 2-24 2.90.10 Topsoil ................................................................................................................................................ 2-25 2.90.11 Hydroseed .......................................................................................................................................... 2-25 DIVISION 3 CONCRETE ........................................................................................................................................ 3-1 3.00 GENERAL .......................................................................................................................................................... 3-1 3.05 Common Work for Concrete...................................................................................................................... 3-1 3.10 FORMING AND ACCESSORIES................................................................................................................................. 3-3 3.15 Concrete Accessories ................................................................................................................................. 3-3 3.15.02 Premolded Joint Filler ........................................................................................................................... 3-3 3.30 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE ................................................................................................................................... 3-4 3.30.05 Common Work for Cast in Place Concrete ........................................................................................... 3-4 3.31 STRUCTURAL CONCRETE ...................................................................................................................................... 3-6 3.31.30 Thrust Blocks, Driveways, Curb, Gutter, Sidewalks, Equipment Pads, and Fence Posts ....................... 3-6 3.34 LOW DENSITY CONCRETE ..................................................................................................................................... 3-6 3.34.13 Controlled Density Fill (CDF) ................................................................................................................. 3-6 3.35 CONCRETE FINISHING .......................................................................................................................................... 3-7 3.35.05 Common Work for Surface Finishing .................................................................................................... 3-7 3.39 CONCRETE CURING ............................................................................................................................................. 3-7 3.40 PRE-CAST CONCRETE .......................................................................................................................................... 3-8 3.48 PRE-CAST CONCRETE SPECIALTIES.......................................................................................................................... 3-8 3.48.50 Utility Structures .................................................................................................................................. 3-8 3.48.52 Precast Gravity or Thrust Blocks .......................................................................................................... 3-9 3.60 GROUTING ........................................................................................................................................................ 3-9 3.62 NON-SHRINK GROUTING ..................................................................................................................................... 3-9 3.62.13 Non-Metallic Non-Shrink Grout............................................................................................................ 3-9 DIVISION 4 MASONRY – THIS DIVISION NOT USED ............................................................................................. 4-1 DIVISION 5 METALS – THIS DIVISION NOT USED ................................................................................................. 5-1 DIVISION 6 WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES – THIS DIVISION NOT USED .................................................... 6-1 DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION – THIS DIVISION NOT USED ............................................... 7-1 DIVISION 8 OPENINGS – THIS DIVISION NOT USED ............................................................................................. 8-1 DIVISION 9 FINISHES ........................................................................................................................................... 9-1 9.00 GENERAL .......................................................................................................................................................... 9-1 9.90 PAINTING AND COATING ...................................................................................................................................... 9-1 9.90.05 Common Work for Painting and Coating ............................................................................................. 9-1 9.90.06 Color Schedule ...................................................................................................................................... 9-5 9.90.13 Unpainted Items ................................................................................................................................... 9-5 9.91 Painting and Coating ................................................................................................................................. 9-6 9.91.33 Submerged and Buried Metals Painting .............................................................................................. 9-6 9.91.33.03 - System 2: Metals Submerged in Wastewater – Non-NSF ............................................................ 9-6 9.97.23 Concrete Coatings ................................................................................................................................ 9-7 Table of Contents iv 9.97.23.01 - System 4: Concrete – Immersion, Severe Conditions subject to Hydrogen Sulfide Exposure ........ 9-7 9.97.23.05 – System 5: Concrete (Exterior below Grade Water-proofing) ........................................................ 9-8 DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES – THIS DIVISION NOT USED ....................................................................................... 10-1 DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT .................................................................................................................................. 11-1 11.00 GENERAL ...................................................................................................................................................... 11-1 11.05 Common Work for Equipment .............................................................................................................. 11-1 11.10 PUMPS ......................................................................................................................................................... 11-1 11.10.05 Common Work for Pumps ................................................................................................................ 11-1 11.12 Wastewater Pumps ............................................................................................................................... 11-5 11.12.2 Lift Station Pumps and Motors .......................................................................................................... 11-5 11.12.13 Packaged Lift Stations ...................................................................................................................... 11-9 DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS – THIS DIVISION NOT USED .................................................................................... 12-1 DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION – NOT USED ........................................................................................... 13-1 DIVISION 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS – THIS DIVISION NOT USED ........................................................................ 14-1 DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL ................................................................................................................................ 15-1 15.00 GENERAL ...................................................................................................................................................... 15-1 15.05 Common Work for Mechanical ............................................................................................................. 15-1 15.10 BURIED PIPE INSTALLATION .............................................................................................................................. 15-2 15.11 Open Trench Pipe Installation ............................................................................................................... 15-3 15.11.05 Common Work for Pipe Installation ................................................................................................. 15-3 15.11.13 Sewer Force Main Installation.......................................................................................................... 15-3 15.11.50 Trench Patching ............................................................................................................................... 15-4 15.18 Buried Piping Inspection and Testing .................................................................................................... 15-4 15.18.03 Valve Testing .................................................................................................................................... 15-4 15.18.04 Gravity Sewer Main Inspection, Cleaning, and Testing .................................................................... 15-5 15.18.06 Gravity Sewer Low-Pressure Air Pressure Test Method ................................................................... 15-6 15.18.07 Sewer Force Main Inspection and Testing ........................................................................................ 15-6 15.20 PIPE AND FITTINGS ......................................................................................................................................... 15-7 15.21 Common Work for Pipe and Fittings ..................................................................................................... 15-7 15.22 Metal Pipe and Fittings ......................................................................................................................... 15-8 15.22.02 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings ........................................................................................................... 15-8 15.23 Non-Metal Pipe and Fittings ................................................................................................................. 15-9 15.23.02 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe and Fittings ........................................................................ 15-9 15.23.06 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings for Sewer – Push on Joint............................................. 15-13 15.30 VALVES ....................................................................................................................................................... 15-13 15.31 Common Work for Valves ................................................................................................................... 15-13 15.32 Isolation Valves ................................................................................................................................... 15-14 15.32.02 Resilient Wedge (Seat) Gate Valves ............................................................................................... 15-14 15.40 PIPING SPECIALTIES ....................................................................................................................................... 15-15 15.40.11 Joint Restraints – Wedge Style ....................................................................................................... 15-15 DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL ................................................................................................................................... 16-1 16.00 GENERAL ...................................................................................................................................................... 16-1 Table of Contents v 16.05 Common Work for Electrical ................................................................................................................. 16-1 16.10 ELECTRICAL SITE WORK ................................................................................................................................... 16-6 16.10.1 Common Work for Electrical Site Work .............................................................................................. 16-6 16.10.2 Underground Marking Tape (Detectable Type) ................................................................................. 16-7 16.15 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems ..................................................................................... 16-8 16.20 UTILITY SERVICE ............................................................................................................................................. 16-9 16.21 Electrical Service.................................................................................................................................... 16-9 16.21.2 Electrical Utility Meter Enclosure ..................................................................................................... 16-11 16.21.3 Fused Meter Disconnect Switch ....................................................................................................... 16-11 16.21.4 Circuit Breaker Service Disconnect Switch........................................................................................ 16-12 16.30 BASIC PANEL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES ............................................................................................................ 16-13 16.35.2 Nameplates ...................................................................................................................................... 16-13 16.36.1 Surge Protection Device (SPD) .......................................................................................................... 16-13 16.50 PANELBOARDS ............................................................................................................................................. 16-14 16.52 Panelboards ........................................................................................................................................ 16-14 16.55 Switches and Protective Devices ......................................................................................................... 16-17 16.55.1 Common Work for Switches and Protective Devices ........................................................................ 16-17 16.55.13 Fuses .............................................................................................................................................. 16-18 16.55.16 Molded Case Circuit Breakers ........................................................................................................ 16-18 16.60 CONDUCTORS .............................................................................................................................................. 16-19 16.61 Low Voltage Wire and Cable ............................................................................................................... 16-19 16.70 RACEWAYS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS ................................................................................................................... 16-21 16.71 Raceways ............................................................................................................................................ 16-21 16.95 TESTING ..................................................................................................................................................... 16-24 16.95.1 Common Work for Testing ............................................................................................................... 16-24 16.95.3 Conductor Test Report ..................................................................................................................... 16-26 16.95.4 Ground Electrode Resistance Test Report ........................................................................................ 16-27 DIVISION 17 AUTOMATIC CONTROL – THIS DIVISION NOT USED ...................................................................... 17-1 DIVISION 18 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ................................................................................................... 18-1 18.0 GENERAL ........................................................................................................................................................ 18-1 Bid Item 1 – Mobilization, Demobilization, Site Preparation, and Cleanup .................................................... 18-1 Bid Item 2 – Temporary Sedimentation and Erosion Control .......................................................................... 18-1 Bid Item 3 – Site and Utility Work ................................................................................................................... 18-1 Bid Item 4 – Traffic Control ............................................................................................................................. 18-2 Bid Item 5 – Unscheduled Excavation ............................................................................................................. 18-2 Bid Item 6 – Unscheduled Backfill ................................................................................................................... 18-2 Bid Item 7 – Unscheduled Contaminated Soil Removal .................................................................................. 18-3 Bid Item 8 – Unscheduled Contaminated Water Removal .............................................................................. 18-3 Bid Item 9 – Trench Safety and Shoring .......................................................................................................... 18-3 Bid Item 10 – Dewatering via Sumps .............................................................................................................. 18-3 Bid Item 11 – Unscheduled Dewatering via Point Wells ................................................................................. 18-3 Bid Item 12 – PVC Sewer Gravity Pipe ............................................................................................................. 18-4 Bid Item 13 – HDPE Sewer Force Main Pipe .................................................................................................... 18-5 Bid Item 14 – Package Lift Station .................................................................................................................. 18-5 Bid Item 15 – Operations and Maintenance (O&M) Manuals and On -site Owner Training ........................... 18-6 Table of Contents vi Bid Item 16 – Construction Records ................................................................................................................ 18-6 Bid Item 17 – Minor Change ........................................................................................................................... 18-6 APPENDIX A – RENTON STANDARD DETAILS 1-1 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\1 General.docx 9/22/20 9:22 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 1 General 1.10 GENERAL Sections in these specifications titled “Common Work for . . .” shall apply to all following subsections whether directly referenced or not. Sections in these specifications titled “Related Sections” shall be read as integral to the specification as if they were fully detailed within. All work and materials described in such sections shall be provided and performed by the Contractor. 1.11.00 Summary of Work This project consists of construction of a proposed package lift station including approximately 135’ of upstream gravity sewer pipe and approximately 100’ of downstream HDPE forcemain. The project also includes abandonment of the existing lift station and associated piping. 1.11.03 Electronic Data 1. Unless otherwise stated in the Supplementary Conditions, the data furnished by Owner to Contractor, or by Contractor to Owner, that may be relied upon are limited to the printed copies (also known as hard copies). Files in electronic media format of text, data, graphics, or other types are furnished only for the convenience of the receiving party. Any conclusion or information obtained or derived from such electronic files will be at the user’s sole risk. If there is a discrepancy between the electronic files and the hard copies, the hard copies govern. 2. Because data stored in electronic media format can deteriorate or be modifi ed inadvertently or otherwise without authorization of the data’s creator, the party receiving electronic files agrees that it will perform acceptance tests or procedures within 30 days, after which the receiving party shall be deemed to have accepted the data thus transferred. Any errors detected within the 30-day acceptance period will be corrected by the transferring party. 3. When transferring documents in electronic media format, the transferring party makes no representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of documents resulting from the use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used by the data’s creator. 1.13 Permits and Licenses The Owner will secure and pay for the following permits: • Right-of Way Permit The Contractor shall acquire and pay for all other necessary permits which may include: • Electrical Permit • Disposal Permit City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 1 1-2 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\1 General.docx 9/22/20 9:22 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. A copy of the Owner acquired permit(s) is(are) available at the Owner’s office for examination by bidders. Conform to the requirements of these permits and all other permits issued for this project. 1.14 Work Restrictions 1.14.19 Use of Site The Contractor shall not perform work activities, store materials or equipment, move equipment through, or disturb in any way the areas outside the “Utility Construction Limits” shown unless approved by the Owner in writing. 1.25.00 Substitution Procedures Any product or construction method that does not meet these specifications will be considered a substitution. Substitutions must be approved prior to their installation or use on this project. No guarantee is made that product model numbers included in the specificati ons or on the plans are current at the time of bidding. The bidder shall provide pricing in their proposal for current versions of discontinued models. If the bidder is uncertain of the correct replacement model, or feels there is a price discrepancy, the bidder shall request a substitution following the requirements of section 1.25.13.10 Substitutions Prior to Bid Opening. Requests for price increases after award will not be accepted. 1.25.13.10 Substitutions Prior to Bid Opening Before opening bids, the Owner may consider written requests from product suppliers or prime bidders for substitutions. All requests for substitution must be received by Owner a minimum of 7 working days prior to bid opening. Requests shall be accompanied by drawings and specifications in sufficient detail to allow the Owner to determine whether or not the substitute proposed is equal to that specified. All requests shall include a listing of any significant variations in material or methods from those specified. If there are no variations, a statement to that fact shall be included in the request for approval. The determination as to whether or not a proposed substitute is acceptable shall rest solely with the Owner. Approval of substitutions will be only by addendum. The bidder shall include, in the proposal, all costs for any modifications required to adopt the substitute. 1.25.13.15 Substitutions After Contract Execution Within 30 calendar days after the date of the contract, the Owner shall consider formal requests from the Contractor for a substitution of products in place of those specified. Submit two copies of each request for a substitution. Data shall include the necessary change in construction methods, including a detailed description of the proposed method and related drawings illustrating the methods. An itemized comparison of each proposed substitution with product or method specified shall be provided. In making a request for a substitution, the Contractor represents that they have investigated the proposed product or method and has determined that it is equal or superior to the product specified. The Contractor shall coordinate the installation of accepted substitutions into the City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 1 1-3 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\1 General.docx 9/22/20 9:22 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. work, making changes that may be required for the work to be completed. The Contractor waives all claims for additional costs related to substitutions. 1.30 ADMINISTRATIVE 1.31 Project Management and Coordination 1.31.01 Contractor’s Responsibility The work included in this contract is shown on the contract plans and described in these project specifications. All work incidental and necessary to the completion of the work described and shown shall be performed by the Contractor. In submitting a bid for this project, the Bidder warrants that they are an expert in this and related work, that they understand the process and functions shown, and that various work and processes not shown but necessary for the successful operation of this project will be provided by the Contractor. The General (or Prime) Contractor is fully responsible for providing the subcontractors and suppliers with all relevant portions of the plans and specifications necessary to bid and construct the improvements. Damage to existing utilities or property shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at the discretion of the Owner. The Contractor and each of the Subcontractors are responsible for coordinating the required inspections. There are specific requirements for inspection responsibilities and the advance notice that must be given to minimize construction delays. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to be familiar with these requirements, include the coordination necessary in this estimate of project costs and schedule, and to comply with the requirements during construction. Failure to follow proper inspection and notification procedures may result in on-site work stoppages and removal or demolition of unapproved structures or systems, all at the Contractor’s expense. See Testing, Startup, and Operation section below for details. Do not start work on this project or on any public or private right-of-way or easement until clearance is given by the Owner. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to comply with the requirements of any permit for the project. Do not hinder private property access without a 24-hour notice to the private property owner, and do not hinder access for more than an 8-hour period. Do not disrupt emergency aid access to private property. The Contractor is solely responsible for all elements of site safety. Inspections performed by the Owner are only to monitor and record that project plans and specifications are being complied with and construction is consistent with the design intent. The Contractor shall be responsible for managing, coordinating, and overseeing his subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers’ representatives, or any other persons performing Work. The Contractor shall have a competent representative, familiar with the project and work being performed, on-site at all times. 1.31.19 Progress Meetings The Contractor shall schedule and hold regular on-site progress meetings at least every two weeks and at other times as requested by the Owner or as required by progress of the work. The Contractor, Owner, and all Subcontractors active on the site must attend each meeting. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 1 1-4 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\1 General.docx 9/22/20 9:22 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 1.32.16 Construction Progress Schedule Contractor is responsible for providing an up to date construction schedule with each monthly pay estimate and at other times as requested by the Owner or as required by progress of the work. If the current schedule is still in-line with the previous schedule, the Contractor shall inform the Owner with each pay estimate. Non-working day requests shall also be submitted by the Contractor by the beginning of the following week. Owner may delay monthly progress payments if Contractor fails to submit updated schedule and non-working day requests. 1.32.29 Periodic Work Observation The Owner may elect to have a Consultant representative on site to inspect, monitor, observe and record construction progress. The Contractor maintains complete responsibility to verify construction is meeting the design intent and is being constructed in accordance with the plans and specifications. It is not the responsibility of the Consultant to address means and methods issues on site or to direct safety issues on site. The Consultant does not have the autho rity to stop the work. 1.33 Submittals 1.33.23 Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples Submittals are required for all items installed on this contract. Submittals shall be addressed to: RH2 Engineering, Inc. 22722 29th Dr. SE, Suite 210 Bothell, WA 98021 Attn: Alex Fussell, PE Email: afussell@rh2.com Submittals may be provided in electronic format (preferred) or hard copy. Owner reserves the right to require the Contractor to provide hard-copy submittals at no additional cost to the Owner. Where hard-copy submittals are provided, Contractor shall submit six (6) copies; one set will be returned to the Contractor after review. Electronic submittal via email is acceptable, however the Contractor shall take responsibility to follow up with the Owner to verify that the submittal was received. The Owner assumes no responsibility for emails that do not make it to the recipient. In the case of electronic submittals, only one copy will be returned to the Contractor, either electronically or hard copy at the Owner’s discretion. Submittal data for each item shall contain sufficient information on each item to determine if it is in compliance with the contract requirements. Submittal cutsheets and datasheets shall be annotated by the Contractor and shall clearly indicate the equipment and materials that will be provided, including any options or additive items. No generic cutsheets or datasheets will be accepted. Items that are installed in the work that have not been approved through the submittal process shall be removed and an approved product shall be furnished, all at the Contractor’s expense. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 1 1-5 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\1 General.docx 9/22/20 9:22 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Shop drawing review will be limited to general design requirements only, and shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors or omissions, or responsibility for consequences due to deviations from the contract documents. No changes may be made in any submittal after it has been reviewed except with written notice and approval from the Owner. Shop drawings shall be submitted on 8½-inch by 11-inch, 11-inch by 17-inch, or 22-inch by 34-inch sheets and shall contain the following information: • Project Name as it appears on the Document Cover. • Prime Contractor and Applicable Subcontractor. • RH2 Engineering. • Owner’s Name. • Applicable Specification and Drawings Reference. • A stamp showing that the Contractor has checked the equipment for conformance with the contract requirements, coordination with other work on the job, and dimensional suitability. • A place for the Engineer to stamp. Submittals that do not comply with these requirements may be returned to the Contractor for re-submittal. The Contractor shall revise and resubmit as necessary. Acceptable submittals will be reviewed as promptly as possible, and transmitted to the Contractor not later than 12 working days after receipt by the Engineer. Delays caused by the need for re-submittal shall not be a basis for an extension of contract time or delay damages. Shop drawings and submittals shall contain the following information for all items: 1. Shop or equipment drawings, dimensions, and weights. 2. Catalog information. 3. Manufacturer’s specifications. 4. Special handling instructions. 5. Maintenance requirements. 6. Wiring and control diagrams. 7. List of contract exceptions. By approving and submitting shop drawings and samples, the Contractor warrants that they have determined and verified all field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers, and similar data, and have checked and coordinated each shop drawing with the requirements of the work and of the contract documents. The Owner will pay the costs and provide review services for a first and second review of each submittal item. Additional reviews shall be paid by Contractor by withholding the appropriate amounts from each payment estimate. The Contractor is responsible for identifying the shop drawings and submittals required for this project. Specific submittal requirements are listed in each section of these specifications. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 1 1-6 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\1 General.docx 9/22/20 9:22 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Contractor shall keep a complete and up to date copy of all submittals and review responses at the job site readily available to the Owner for inspection. 1.40 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 1.42.19 Reference Standards Work under this contract shall be performed in accordance with applicable sections of the current Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction, Washington State Chapter, American Public Works Association, and Washington State Department of Transportation, hereafter referred to as the Standard Specifications. Certain other referenced standards used in this specification are from the latest editions of: • City of Renton Construction Administrative Code • City of Renton Amendments, Additions and Deletions to the International Fire Code • City of Renton Amendments to the International Building Code • IBC International Building Code • UPC Uniform Plumbing Code • IMC International Mechanical Code • IFC International Fire Code • NEC National Electrical Code • AWWA American Water Works Association • ANSI American National Standards Institute • ASA American Standards Association • ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials • AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials • ACI ACI International • CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute • NPCA National Precast Concrete Association 1.43.20 Warranty The Contractor shall warrant all work and products for a period of one (1) year following project acceptance except for those components and listed warrantees below. The date of project acceptance is defined as the date the final payment is sent to the Contractor from the Owner. Warranty does not cover damage due to misuse by the Owner or conditions outside of the Owner or Contractor’s control or exceptional events (force majeure) including war, strikes, floods (water exceeding normal high water mark), rainfall in excess of 100 year storm event, City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 1 1-7 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\1 General.docx 9/22/20 9:22 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. fire, earthquakes, high winds (over 85 mph for 3 seconds peak gust), freezes below 10 degrees Fahrenheit (Western Washington), governmental restrictions, vandalism, and power failures or surges. The Contractor has control over workmanship, third party subcontractors and parts and materials used to complete the project. Warranties in addition to this warranty are listed in the following sections: • Division 11.10.1 Pumps • Division 11.12.13 Packaged Lift Stations 1.45.16 Field Quality Control Procedures Unless otherwise noted on the plans or within these specifications, 24-hour prior notice shall be given to the Owner and appropriate reviewing agency for all inspections required for the construction of the project. Twenty-four-hour notice is defined as one complete working day notice. Time is not counted on weekends and holidays (inspections required on a Monday or the day after a holiday shall be scheduled a minimum of 24 hours in advance not including the holiday hours or weekend hours). 1.50 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.51 Temporary Utilities The Contractor is responsible for providing all necessary water for construction-related fire protection and utilities required by this contract, or by laws and regulations. Sanitary facilities adequate for all workers shall comply with all codes and regulations. At the close of this contract, the Contractor shall pay all utility bills that are outstanding, remove all temporary electrical, sanitary, gas, telephone and water facilities, and any other temporary service equipment that may remain. In addition, the Contractor shall arrange for the transfer of electrical and water accounts to the Owner’s name. The Contractor shall be responsible for an adequate temporary electrical system. This system shall be arranged by and all costs paid by the Contractor. The Contractor shall make arrangements for and provide all necessary facilities for the necessary water supply for construction at their own expense unless otherwise provided. 1.52.00 Construction Facilities The Contractor is responsible for construction and location of all field offices, all necessary gates and barricades, fences, handrails, guard rails, and securities required by this contract, or by laws and regulations. There shall be shelters and dry facilities for the workers as required. The Contractor shall provide all guards, marks, shields, protective clothing, rain gear, and other equipment required by law, ordinance, labor contracts, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) regulations, and other regulations for the maintenance of health and safety. First aid kits and equipment as required by law shall also be supplied. 1.52.20 Locks and Keys All devices requiring locks, including but not limited to doors, gates, access hatches, convenience hatches, electrical enclosures, etc. shall be configured to match Owner standard City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 1 1-8 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\1 General.docx 9/22/20 9:22 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. lock and keys. If construction cores are utilized during the project, the Contractor shall provide the Owner with construction key(s) for all temporary locks. 1.54 Construction Aids The Contractor or product manufacturer may include work, materials, or components to aid in shipping, storage, installation, or other work for their convenience. Such items shall be removed prior to final project acceptance if they may interfere with the operation or maintenance of permanent work. Some examples include, but are not limited to: • Lifting eyes (remove only if a safety concern or obstruction) • Picking holes (plug) • Intermediate or shipping bracing (remove) • Protective shipping adhesives, coatings or covers (remove and clean residue) 1.55.26 Traffic Control Any traffic control activities required during construction shall be consistent with the Uniform Traffic Control Manual, latest edition and applicable local codes. The Contractor shall limit delay of traffic to 5 minutes. If flaggers are used, orientation meetings per WAC 296-155-305 shall be held each time a new flagger is introduced to the site or if site conditions change significantly. The Contractor is responsible for scheduling such meetings. See Section 1-10, Temporary Traffic Control, of the Special Provisions of the Contract. 1.56 Notifications to Renton Airport Prior to mobilizing a crane(s) to the project site, for whatever purpose, the Contractor shall notify the Renton Airport authorities and the City’s Project Engineer, Ann Fowler, at least 5 working days in advance. The Contractor shall assist the Airport authorities in notifying their tenants of the proposed action(s). The Contractor also shall comply with any applicable FAA regulations and provide the necessary paperwork, if required. A separate notification will be required for each crane and on every occasion the crane(s) is mobilized to the project site. 1.70 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 1.71 Examination and Preparation 1.71.23.16 Construction Surveying The Contractor is responsible for surveying and staking and shall stake out the locations of the permanent easements, temporary easements, rights-of-way, and all major facilities shown on the Plans and establish bench marks at locations designated by the Owner. The Contractor shall protect all stakes and marks in their original conditions. If stakes and markings are City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 1 1-9 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\1 General.docx 9/22/20 9:22 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. destroyed or defaced before their use is ended, the cost of replacing them will be at the Contractor’s expense. All stakes, points, and marks, shall be administered and approved by a registered professional land surveyor licensed in the State of Washington. Provide approved and stamped survey notes, and control points to the Owner for as-built purposes. Contractor to survey the station line(s) and install pins or offset stakes every 50 feet within areas that will not be disturbed by construction. For utility work, 5-foot and 10-foot offset stakes must be provided for major components including, but not limited to: tees, valves, manholes, catch basins, changes in angle 45-degrees or more, and vaults larger than 4-foot square. Replace all damaged survey monuments in accordance with WAC 332-120. The Contractor shall comply with Section 1-11, Renton Surveying Standards, of the Special Provisions of the Contract. 1.74 Cleaning and Waste Management 1.74.13 Progress Cleaning All areas impacted by the work shall be restored to at least original condition, unless specifically identified otherwise in the plans or specifications. All costs are incidental. 1.74.23 Final Cleaning Clean up debris and unused material and remove from the site and any buildings. If vehicle traffic causes ruts, repair asphalt (new or existing) in paved areas, in other areas back track with dozer or excavator and repair to proposed surface condition including necessary hydroseed, mulch, and landscaping as shown on the plans. Eliminate weeds within the construction area prior to project closeout. Equipment shall be washed clean using appropriate methods. Unpainted exposed concrete structures shall be cleaned to a consistent bare concrete surface finish. Remove extraneous substances such as efflorescence, leakage residue, and excess repair materials. Remove existing equipment or materials identified in the contract documents or that interfere with the work. Dispose of all such existing equipment or materials unless the Owner requests items to be salvaged for their use. Owner has first right of salvage. 1.75 Starting and Adjusting 1.75.16 Startup Procedures 1.75.16.10 Startup Startup shall consist of a simulated operation of all equipment and controls. The purpose of startup shall be to check that all equipment will function under operating conditions, that all interlocking controls and sequences are properly set, and that the facility will function as an operating unit. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 1 1-10 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\1 General.docx 9/22/20 9:22 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Technically qualified factory representatives shall be present for the startup phase. All Representatives shall be trained, qualified, and have experience in troubleshooting and fixing field issues. The startup shall continue until it is demonstrated that all functions, controls, and machinery are functioning correctly. Authorized factory representatives shall be provided for the following items: • Package lift station including Pumps and Controls 1.75.16.12 Startup and Testing Coordination The Contractor shall conduct all testing and startup. Testing and startup shall not be a cause for claims for delay by the Contractor and all expenses for testin g and startup shall be incidental to this contract. The placing of all improvements in service shall consist of three parts: “testing”, “startup”, and “operation”. Not less than 20 working days before the anticipated time for beginning testing, the Contractor shall notify and submit to the Owner for approval, a complete plan for the following: 1. Schedules for tests: A. Pumps and motors B. Electrical Testing 2. Detail schedule of procedures for startup. 3. Complete schedule of events to be accomplished during testing. 4. An outline of work remaining under the contract that will be carried out concurrently with the operation phases. Failure to provide proper notification to the Owner may lead to liquidated damages if schedule cannot be maintained . If rescheduling is required because components are not ready for testing the notification requirements are reset and shall provide for 21 calendar days advance notice in order to reserve Engineer’s and/or Owner Representatives’ time. The Contractor shall make arrangements for all materials, supplies, and labor necessary to efficiently complete the testing, startup, and operation. At a minimum, the Contractor shall provide: • Calibrated pressure gauge • Amp meter 1.75.16.20 Testing The Contractor may periodically request preliminary testing for items that must be covered or tested before other work can proceed. In these cases, the work shall not be teste d or covered up without timely notice to the Owner of its readiness for testing. Should any work be covered up without notice, approval, or consent, it must, if required by the Owner, be uncovered for examination at the Contractor’s expense. Where work is to be tested, all necessary equipment shall be set up and the work given a preliminary test so that any and all defects may be discovered and repaired prior to calling out the Owner for the test. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 1 1-11 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\1 General.docx 9/22/20 9:22 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Final testing shall consist of individual tests and checks made on equipment intended to provide proof of performance of unit and proper operation of unit control together with necessary tests to show system operation in the presence of the Owner. Assure proper alignment, size, condition, capability, strength, proper adjustment, lubrication, pressure, hydraulic test, leakage test, and all other tests deemed necessary by the Owner to determine that all materials and equipment are of specified quality, properly situated, anchored, and in all respects, ready for use. Any certificates required by these specifications by the manufacturer’s representatives shall be supplied to the Owner prior to startup. All piping shall be tested as required by specifications and applicable codes. Tests on individual items of equipment, such as pipelines, structures, controls, and other items shall be as necessary to show proper system operation. During testing, the Contractor shall correct any defective work discovered. Startup shall not begin until all tests required by these specifications have been completed and approved by the Owner. Not less than five working days before the anticipated time for beginning the testing, the Contractor shall provide a list of representatives that will be attending the testing. The Owner may request additional representatives at no additional cost if said representatives are identified in these specifications. Qualified product representatives to be on site for the following equipment, at a minimum: • Pumps Additional representatives required may be identified elsewhere in these specifications. 1.75.16.22 Scheduling of Owner Review for Testing The Contractor shall provide a minimum of 48-hours (2 complete working days) prior notification to the Owner where witnessed testing or startup is required. In addition, the Contractor shall provide further notification two working days and two working hours (to confirm schedule) of the scheduled test to the Owner confirming that the Contractor has successfully completed all preliminary testing and that all equipment, tools, materials, labor, subcontractors, manufacturer’s representatives, and all other items required for witnessed testing are available and fully functional. Failure to provide advance notification and confirmation, or meet any of the testing requirements shall constitute a failed test in accordance with the section Operation Testing of the Special Provisions. A detailed testing schedule shall be provided by the Contractor and updated as needed to be at least 48 hours ahead of actual testing at the project site. If testing requires downtime in order to perform repairs due to failed test, the Contractor shall pay the Owner in the amount of $150 per hour per Owner Representative on site (minimum of $300 per scheduled visit) for downtime lasting longer than 1 hour required to complete repairs to verify the complete construction is ready for startup and operation. This amount will be deducted from the appropriate bid item that relates to the finished construction and documented by the Owner at their discretion. The Contractor is required to have all systems pre-tested to their satisfaction prior to calling the Owner for formal testing. 1.75.16.32 Pump Testing See the applicable pump sections for pump testing requirements. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 1 1-12 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\1 General.docx 9/22/20 9:22 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 1.75.16.40 Electrical and Control Systems Testing See the applicable electrical sections for electrical system testing. 1.75.16.42 Operational Demonstration Operation demonstration shall be conducted after successful startup has been com pleted as determined by the Engineer and Owner. The purpose of the operational demonstration period is to demonstrate automated operation of the equipment and system(s) using live waste water and to verify functional integrity of the system(s). This demonstration period shall occur under full operational conditions as determined by the Owner. The Owner reserves the right to simulate operations variables and equipment failures to verify the functional integrity of automatic and manual backup systems and alternate operating modes. The demonstration period shall be for 5 calendar days. The date and time that the operational period shall begin and end shall be agreed upon by the Contractor, Owner, and Engineer in advance of initiating the operational demonstration period. The Owner shall provide a certified operator during this period to provide operational support and required testing only. The Contractor shall provide personnel to respond and repair any problems or failures that occur during this period. If, during the operational demonstration period, the aggregate amount of time used for repair, alteration, or unscheduled adjustments to any equipment or systems that renders the affected equipment or system inoperative exceeds 5 percent of the demonstration period, the operation demonstration has failed. Any shut downs due to equipment or systems failures shall be corrected immediately by the Contractor. The Contractor must provide a report and status to the Owner’s operator BEFORE turning the equipment or system in auto to continue the operational demonstration period. The Owner’s operator reserves the right to decide if the issue that caused the system to fail could potentially be a safety concern to the customers if the system were to be put back into auto. Operation of the facility shall commence immediately after the successful completion of testing, startup, operational demonstration, and training and after satisfactory repairs and adjustments have been made. 1.78 Closeout Submittals 1.78.23 Operation and Maintenance Data The Contractor shall remove all tags and instructions that come packaged with or attached to equipment used on the project. Deliver all such documents to the Owner bound in a three-ring binder or with the Operation and Maintenance Manual. Insert documents in sleeves if they cannot be punched. Scan all such documents to Adobe PDF format and provide with the Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Manual. Prior to the receipt of payment for more than 90 percent of the work, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner acceptable manufacturer’s operating and maintenance instructions covering equipment and systems installed on the Project requiring operational and/or maintenance procedures and for any additional items indicated by the Owner, including coatings furnished under this contract. The operating and maintenance instructions shall include, as a minimum, the following data for each coating and item of mechanical and electrical equipment: City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 1 1-13 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\1 General.docx 9/22/20 9:22 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Products A. Equipment Identification including brand name, model number and serial numbers. B. Date of manufacture and date of installation on job site. C. Complete as-built elementary wiring and one-line diagrams. D. Complete parts list, by generic title and identification number, complete with exploded views of each assembly. Maintenance A. Recommended spare parts. B. Lubrication schedule including the applicable lubricant designation available from the Standard Oil Company of California. C. Recommended preventive maintenance procedures and schedules. Schedule shall be provided for daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semi-annually and annually maintenance. D. Disassembly and re-assembly instructions including parts identification and a complete parts breakdown for all equipment. E. Weights of individual components of each item of equipment weighing over 50 pounds. F. Name, location, and telephone number of the nearest suppliers and spare parts warehouses. G. All manufacturers’ warranties. Include name, address, and telephone number of the manufacturer’s representative to be contacted for warranty, parts, or service information. H. Cleaning, repair, and maintenance instructions for each coating system. I. Provide DVDs or USB flash drive utilized in the manufacturer’s instruction program for the owner. Operation A. Recommended trouble-shooting and startup procedures. B. Recommended step-by-step operating procedures. C. Emergency operation modes, if applicable. D. Normal shutdown procedures. E. Long term shutdown (mothballing) procedures. F. Equipment specifications and guaranteed performance data. G. General manuals which describe several items not in the contract will not be accepted unless all references to irrelevant equipment are neatly eradicated or blocked out. All operations and maintenance manuals shall be in pdf electronic file format. The pdf files shall be based upon the following types of sources: original pdf files from the manufacturers City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 1 1-14 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\1 General.docx 9/22/20 9:22 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. and / or pdf files created directly from other electronic file formats such as .doc, .docx, .xls, .xlsx, or .dwg but not image formats such as .jpg or .TIF. The use of image formats may be approved, but on a case by case basis. In general, scanning hardcopies into pdf files is not acceptable. Doing so may be approved, but on a case by case basis. Use standard page sizes which are: • 8½ inches by 11 inches • 11 inches by 17 inches • 22 inches by 34 inches Manuals shall be assembled and indexed so that information on each coating and piece of equipment can be readily found. Progress payments for the total contract work in excess of 90 percent completion may not be made until the operation and maintenance manual has been delivered and approved by the Owner, at their discretion. The Contractor shall secure and deliver to the Owner all equipment warranties and other warranties and guarantees required for all equipment and processes. Delivery shall be done at one time covering all major and minor equipment warranties. Copies of the warranties shall be included in each O&M Manual. See Division 1.43.20 for details regarding required warranties for specific components. 1.78.39 Project Record Documents Prior to receiving final payment for the work, the Contractor shall deliver a complete set of acceptable “As-Constructed” records to the Owner. Plans shall be made on clean, unmarked prints for this project in accordance with the following standards: • Yellow markings or highlights = deleted items • Red markings = new or modified items The Contractor shall provide “as-built” information on all items and work shown on the plans showing details of the finished product including dimensions, locations, outlines, changes, manufacturers, etc. The information must be in sufficient detail to allow the Owner’s personnel to locate, maintain, and operate the finished product and its various components. The Contractor shall comply with Section 1-05.4, Renton As-built Information Standards, of the Special Provisions of the Contract. See also electrical plan requirements in Division 16.05. 1.79 Demonstration and Training 1.79.10 Training At the time that the facility is ready to be put into operation, the Contractor is to conduct an operation and maintenance training meeting with the owner to explain in detail the operation and maintenance requirements of each of the facility’s components. The training meeting shall not occur on the same date(s) as a startup. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 1 1-15 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\1 General.docx 9/22/20 9:22 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Operation of the facility shall commence immediately after completion of testing, startup, and owner training and after satisfactory repairs and adjustments have been made. 1.80 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 1.81 Facility Performance Requirements 1.81.40 Pressure Ratings Fittings, valves, pipe, and fluid systems shall have pressure ratings equal to or greater than the pressures identified herein, unless specifically called out otherwise in the plans or specifications. All pressures listed are gauge pressure, unless specified otherwise. The pressure class of pipelines and appurtenances shall comply with the Owner’s standards for minimum pressure class or the pressure class that meets the requirements of this section, whichever is greater. Equipment Function Function Pressure Test Pressure Pump Discharge Piping 10 psi 100 psi Function Pressure: The maximum pressure anticipated under normal operating conditions of the facility. This value is provided for the Contractor’s information, but typically is lower than the required pressure rating of the equipment. Working Pressure: Manufacturer’s rating of maximum pressure during extended operation. Test Pressure: Maximum pressure during project specific testing. 1.81.45 Location Designations The following location designations shall be used except where otherwise noted on the plans: Dry Locations: Indoor continually dry areas including office, laboratory, blower, and electrical rooms. Wet Locations: All locations exposed to the weather, whether under a roof or not, or within channels, basins or tanks. Damp Locations: Process areas; areas containing pumps, valves, and major piping; all spaces wholly or partially underground, or having a wall or ceiling forming part of a channel or tank, unless otherwise designated on the Plans. Any areas which do not fall within the definitions for dry, wet, corrosive, or immersed/submerged shall be considered damp. Corrosive Locations: Areas where chlorine gas under pressure, sulfuric acid, or liquid polymer are stored or processed, sewer wetwells and sewer manholes. Immersed or Submerged Locations: Areas which are periodically, or continuously submerged in, or contain a liquid. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 2-1 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\2 Sitework.docx 9/4/20 11:21 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 2 Sitework 2.00 GENERAL Sections in these specifications titled “Common Work for . . .” shall apply to all following subsections whether directly referenced or not. 2.05 Common Work for Exterior Improvements This division covers that work necessary for providing materials and performing all sitework as described in these specifications and as shown on the Plans. Part 1 - General Submittals Submittal information shall be provided to the Owner for the following items: • Erosion and Sedimentation Control Plan • Erosion Control Fence Fabric • Dewatering Plan • Shoring Plan • Dump Site Permits • General Fill • Structural Fill • Pipe Bedding • Trench Backfill • Crushed Surfacing • Paving • Hydroseed Other Items listed in this section or required by the Owner. 2.07 Geotechnical Investigations An exploration of subsurface soil and groundwater conditions at the project site was performed by RH2 Engineering on September 10th, 2019. The results of the investigation are available upon request and are summarized here. Fill and native alluvial soil was encountered in the excavations consisting primarily of mixed granular materials consisting of compact to loose sand, silt, and some gravel. The transition from fill to native was indistinct and occurred around a depth of 10 to 12 feet below ground surface (bgs). City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 2 2-2 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\2 Sitework.docx 9/4/20 11:21 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. The fill/alluvium soil should be considered as a Site Class D to E, Stiff to Soft Soil. The following earth pressures are estimated for the fill/alluvium soil , assuming a friction angle of 28 degrees and a unit weight of 110 pounds per cubic foot (pcf). • At rest – 58 psf per foot of depth • Active – 40 psf per foot of depth • Passive – 305 psf per foot of depth Temporary slopes should not be steeper than 2H:1V. The soil encountered at depth of 1.5 to 4 feet bgs at near the proposed lift station was light grey in color and exhibited a mild petroleum hydrocarbon-like odor. Local well logs suggest that groundwater exists at approximately the elevation of nearby Lake Washington, which is approximately 13 feet bgs. Depth to groundwater should range between 10 to 13 feet bgs from the Spring minimum and Fall maximum depths. The contractor shall plan for dewatering to maintain the groundwater level at least 2 feet below the bottom of the excavations (14 to 16 feet bgs). Groundwater control may be achieved using sump pumps if the groundwater level is close to 10 to 12 feet bgs. Groundwater seepage of 5 to 50 gallons per minute (gpm) should be anticipated. Groundwater control may require well points if the groundwater level is shallower than 10 feet bgs. 2.08 Special Inspections for Earth Work Part 3 – Execution Field Quality Control Special inspections including visual, probing of subgrade and compaction effort (nuclear densometer) are required for the following locations: • Trench backfill crossing roads and parking areas (visual, probe and nuclear densometer testing) • Access road and parking area fill and native subgrade (visual, probe. Nuclear densometer testing if found necessary by the Owner) • Native (and fill if any) subgrade of Lift Station (visual and probe) Areas where fill (either native or non-native) is being placed shall be tested for compaction compliance by a special inspector. The owner will pay for the initial testing. If tests indicate failure of compaction requirements, the Contractor shall pay for subsequent tests until tests indicate compliance with the specifications. Areas of native undisturbed subgrade shall be visually inspected by the Owner prior to placement of any material overtop. Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner a minimum of 24 hours prior to inspection being needed. The Contractor shall fully cooperate with the special inspector, including providing safe access to the testing areas. No extra compensation will be provided for cooperation with and facilitation of inspections. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 2 2-3 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\2 Sitework.docx 9/4/20 11:21 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Utility Trench Testing: Testing will occur at the following locations at a minimum: • One test within 30 feet of start. • One test at road intersections. • One test whenever soil conditions change, per the direction of the Owner. The Contractor shall schedule with Owner for visual and probe review of earthwork activity. Contractor shall schedule with Owner and special inspection agency for nuclear densometer testing. Results of the tests shall be delivered to the Owner. If testing and review is required for roadway owned by another Jurisdiction, copies of testing results shall also be provided to that Jurisdiction. 2.10 SITE PREPARATION 2.10.2 Clearing and Grubbing Part 3 - Execution Construction Clearing and grubbing shall be performed by the Contractor to remove and dispose of unwanted debris, vegetative matter, and other items noted on the Plans within the construction limits and shall conform to Section 2-01 of the Standard Specifications. Protect trees and tree roots, structures and foundations, utilities, fences, and all other improvements not to be removed regardless if shown to be protected on the Plans. Remove and relocate permanent improvements that are within the construction limits, such as mailboxes and traffic signs. Locate mailboxes such that mail service is maintained during construction. Return facilities to original location, or plan location, at completion of local work. Do not remove organic material including plants, grasses, trees and native topsoil unless directed by the Plans. In instances where the Contractor is allowed to clear areas to facilitate construction but is not required to, any areas disturbed by construction shall be surface restored to existing or better condition including matching surface restoration with hydroseed or plantings as shown in adjacent areas required to be modified by the Plans. Where the Contractor is allowed to clear areas to facilitate construction, surface restoration shall be completed at no additional cost to the owner. 2.10.4 Dewatering via Sump Pumps Part 3 - Execution Installation/Construction The Contractor is to determine the scope, type, size, quantity, method of installation, operation, and removal of the sump pump dewatering system necessary to keep all excavations de-watered to an elevation of 2 feet below the base of the excavation sufficient to stabilize the City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 2 2-4 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\2 Sitework.docx 9/4/20 11:21 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. soils in the excavation and the surrounding areas, and to prevent flotation of partially completed structures. The Contractor shall furnish, install, and operate all necessary machinery, appliances, and equipment to meet these water control requirements, and shall dewater and dispose of the water so as not to cause injury to public or private property or to ca use a nuisance to the public. The Contractor shall maintain sufficient pumping equipment and machinery in good working condition for all ordinary emergencies, including power outages, and shall have available at all times competent workmen for the operation of the pump equipment. The dewatering system shall not be shut down between shifts, on holidays or weekends, or during work stoppages. Field Quality Control The Contractor shall control groundwater and surface water to prevent the softening of the bottom of excavations, or formation of quick conditions or boils during excavation. Ground water shall be lowered to 2 feet below the base of the excavation at all times. Determination of unsuitable soil conditions for performing work, placing materials, and proceeding with construction activities shall be determined by The Contractor. Determination of insufficiently effective dewatering approach using sumping to control groundwater during construction shall be determined by the Owner. If the Owner determines that groundwater control cannot be managed by sump pumps, the owner will require dewatering via a vacuum well point system to execute work required for establishing suitable conditions for subgrade soil, moisture content, and excavation stability to the satisfaction of the Owner. The quality of all surface and ground water discharged from the site shall meet all State and local requirements. The Contractor shall employ all means necessary to remove suspended solids, oils, trash, and other deleterious materials from surface and ground water prior to discharging. Restoration Any dewatering wells installed by the Contractor shall be removed and backfilled in accordance with applicable Federal and State regulations. 2.10.19 Dewatering via Vacuum Well Point System Part 1 – General Summary At the discretion of the owner, the Contractor shall install, maintain, operate, and remove a complete vacuum well point dewatering system designed by a Professional Engineer or Licensed Hydrogeologist who is licensed to practice in the State of Washington based on the requirements of these Special Provisions, Contractor shall review available geologic, soil, and groundwater conditions available in public records especially, WADNR, WADOE, and NRCS. References This Section incorporates by reference the latest revision of the following documents. These references are a part of this Section as specified and modified. In case of conflict between City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 2 2-5 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\2 Sitework.docx 9/4/20 11:21 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. the requirements of this Section and that of the listed document, the requirements of this Section shall prevail, provided that all regulatory requirements are met. Reference Title Chapter 173-160 WAC Minimum Standards for Construction and Maintenance of Wells. Chapter 173-162 WAC Regulation And Licensing Of Well Contractors And Operators Chapter 173-200 WAG Water Quality Standards for Ground Waters of the State of Washington Chapter 173-154 WAC Protection of Upper Aquifer Zone ASTM D 5092 Standard Practice for Design and Installation of Ground Water Monitoring Wells in Aquifers Design Requirements The Contractor shall design all dewatering system components such that formation materials (sand and silt) are not removed with groundwater during pumping. Hose system shall be designed to withstand truck and car traffic either by temporary burial or use of hose ramps. Locate hoses and hose ramps in plan submittal to the Owner. Locations shall be reviewed and approved by the Owner prior to placement. Performance Requirements Dewatering is required in advance of excavation to control groundwater to maintain dry excavations in a hydrostatically stable and workable condition, prevent sloughing, softening of the bottom of any excavation, and prevent formation of "quick" conditions, "boils", or "heave" during excavation. The Contractor shall depress water levels and hydrostatic pressures a minimum of 2 feet below the excavation bottom at all times under all conditions until all backfill has been completed for that excavation. The Contractor shall employ sumps within the excavation to pump any pocketed or undrained water not otherwise collected or removed by the active dewatering system. The use of sumps and pumps shall not be employed to lower groundwater levels more than 2 feet below the excavation bottom. Groundwater encountered during excavation operations shall be discharged to the existing stormwater system once sediment is removed to the extent required. Submittals Groundwater Control Plan: If dewatering via vacuum well points is deemed necessary by the Owner, the Contractor shall submit a Groundwater Control Plan to the Engineer for review. The Groundwater Control Plan shall include: • A narrative of the Contractor's proposed dewatering system methodology and basis for design, • Design calculations demonstrating system and equipment adequacy, City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 2 2-6 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\2 Sitework.docx 9/4/20 11:21 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. • Dewatering schedule, including mobilization, installation, development, testing, water quality analysis, start-up, monitoring, operation, shutdown, decommissioning, cleanup and removal, • Number and location of temporary monitoring wells, if any, to be installed, • Working drawings showing system layout and components including number and location of dewatering wells and/or well points and discharge outfall(s) • Pumps and sumps for removal of incidental seepage, perched groundwater, etc. • Provision for the removal of sediments in groundwater prior to discharge (settling tanks), • Provision for the treatment of any contaminated water prior to discharge, should contaminated water be encountered. A description of what would be considered extra work should contaminated groundwater be encountered shall be included. This provision will be reviewed and agreed upon prior to construction and will be the basis for payment under the contaminated groundwater bid item, • Specifications of proposed materials and equipment, including pump curves. The Engineer's review of the Groundwater Control Plan shall not constitute approval of method nor relieve the Contractor from full responsibility for errors or emissions therein nor from the entire responsibility for complete and adequate groundwater level control and volume removal in the excavated areas to the extent specified herein. Field and Monitoring Data: The Contractor shall submit the following field and monitoring data: • Drilling Logs: The drilling logs shall include the location, drilling method(s), subsurface conditions (soil and water), borehole depth, and Ecology start card number. • Well As-Built Diagrams: The As-Built diagrams shall include the total depth, screen slot size, screen length and depth interval, filter pack material and depth interval, and seal material and depth interval. • Monitoring Data: The following data should be recorded and submitted to the Engineer on a weekly basis; o settlement monitoring data, if required, o number of vacuum well points in operation, o daily water levels in monitoring wells, and o total discharge from vacuum well points. Quality Assurance The Contractor shall meet the requirements of WAC 173-160 for all well construction, development and decommissioning. The Contractor shall obtain variances as required to construct dewatering systems that achieve the level of groundwater drawdown specified. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for control of the groundwater levels and hydrostatic pressures to the depths herein specified and for avoiding settlement outside the excavation as herein specified. The Contractor shall bear sole responsibility for proper design, City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 2 2-7 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\2 Sitework.docx 9/4/20 11:21 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. installation, operation, maintenance and any failure of any component of the temporary dewatering system for the duration of the Contract. Scheduling Dewatering shall be scheduled around the planned excavation schedule. Dewatering systems shall be installed in advance of the planned excavation to allow sufficient time to establish the required drawdown in each area of construction, and then run continuously and shall not be shut down between shifts, at night, or on holidays, weekends, or work stoppages of any kind without written permission from the Engineer. Dewatering systems or sumps shall be operated continuously for as long as they are needed in a given area. Part 2 – Products Materials Materials for dewatering system construction shall conform to the following requirements: Well Casings: • Monitoring wells, if used, shall be constructed of 2-inch nominal diameter Schedule 40 flush-threaded PVC well casing. • Vacuum well points shall be constructed of minimum Schedule 40 flush-threaded PVC well casing. Well Screens: • Monitoring well screens shall be constructed with 2-inch nominal diameter Schedule 40 machine-slotted PVC well screen 10 feet long, with a minimum slot width of 0.010-inch. • Vacuum well point screens shall be constructed of minimum Schedule 40 machine- slotted PVC well screens of the same diameter as the casing material. Slot size shall be determined by the Dewatering System Designer and Contractor as part of the dewatering system design to be consistent with the aquifer formation and filter material, and shall be provided in the Groundwater Control Plan. Filter Materials for Monitoring Wells, if used: The Contractor shall furnish sand and gravel filter material for creating filter packs in the monitoring wells: • The filter material for monitoring wells shall consist of clean, well-rounded, washed select sand or gravel that is free from silt, clay or other deleterious material, with an appropriate grain-size distribution that is designed to be sufficiently permeable to act as a hydraulically efficient well filter pack that does not impair the hydraulic performance of the wells, while preventing the migration of surrounding native soils or aquifer materials into the well. • Design and selection of the appropriate filter pack gradation shall be included in the Groundwater Control Plan, consistent with the design, screen selection, slot size, pumping capacity and hydraulic performance of the dewatering wells. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 2 2-8 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\2 Sitework.docx 9/4/20 11:21 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. • The Contractor shall install sufficient filter material for initial filter packing of the well to completely fill the annulus from the bottom of the well screen to 5 feet above the top of the well screen. In addition, the Contractor shall furnish and place such additional filter material as the wells may require during well development. Seal Materials: The Contractor shall install a surface seal for each monitoring well and well point in accordance with Washington Administrative Code (WAC) 173-160, including special sealing standards for Artesian wells as needed (WAC 173-160-251). Pumps and Piping: The Contractor shall provide and size appropriately all pumps and piping necessary to convey and remove groundwater from the well points to the designated point of discharge. • Piping shall be rigid PVC, HDPE or equivalent. Flexible hose shall not be permitted. • The piping shall be designed to minimize head loss and turbulent flow, and shall be protected from all vehicular traffic or other potential damage as appropriate. Settling Tank: The Contractor shall provide a baffled settling tank or tanks of sufficient volume to ensure that discharge water is free of sediment and settleable solids. This tank shall be monitored daily to provide assurance that materials are not being pulled from wells that can later impact the stability of the area surrounding the wells. Should substantial aquifer formation materials (several inches on the bottom of the tank or a total of more than ½- cubic yard) be found in the settling tank, the dewatering system designer and City shall be notified immediately. Corrective action will be determined by the Contractor’s dewatering system designer, and approved by the Engineer. The costs for the agreed to corrective action shall be borne by the Contractor. Standby Equipment: The Contractor shall maintain on-site, at a minimum level of 20 percent of the quantity of equipment, additional dewatering system components, including valves, flow meters, pumps and piping, and other system hardware to ensure that immediate repair or modification of any part of the system can be made. Standby Power: • The Contractor shall have on-site 100 percent standby electrical generating capacity or other source of power, in case the primary power source is lost. • Power system and standby power services for the temporary dewatering system shall be independent from power sources used or required for the project. The Contractor shall use this, electric service solely to power the temporary dewatering system, separate from all other power needs City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 2 2-9 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\2 Sitework.docx 9/4/20 11:21 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Geotechnical Instruments, if necessary: The Contractor is responsible for operating the vacuum well point system so that dewatering causes no settlement of surrounding soil that could affect existing structures and utilities. The Contractor should consider conducting settlement monitoring to demonstrate the lack of settlement due to dewatering system operation and design. Settlement monitoring would measure any response of the ground and structures, utilities, and pavement adjacent to the construction to changes in elevation relative to benchmarks outside the influence of the dewatering system. Data collected from the monitoring program could be used to assist with the evaluation of: • Damage claims • Effectiveness of remedial measures. • Performance of dewatering systems Each of these and other related elements should be monitored prior to construction and during construction, as required. We recommend assuming the following geotechnical instrumentation systems: • Surface, utility, and structure settlement points for monitoring vertical settlements of the ground, pavements, utilities, and structures. • Piezometers for monitoring groundwater levels during dewatering. Surface Settlement Points (SPs): SPs are typically established on curb lines, sidewalks, and roadways adjacent to shored excavations that are located within a distance equal to the depth of the excavation. SPs typically consist of PK nails installed in asphalt pavement or concrete sidewalks. The SPs are monitored by optical surveying methods. The proposed locations of the SPs will be determined in the field during construction and shall consist of locations surrounding the excavation limits of the project. SPs should be read three times before construction to establish baseline readings, daily during dewatering, and then weekly during the remaining construction. After construction, all SPs should be read weekly for a minimum of four weeks after construction is complete. Structure Settlement Points (SSPs): SSPs should be established on the nearest building. The SSPs typically consist of survey pins or targets fixed to the structures. The SSPs are monitored by optical surveying methods. At a minimum, three points shall be installed on each structure. The proposed locations of the SSPs shall be determined in the field. SSPs should be read three times before construction to establish baseline readings and then weekly during construction. After construction, all SSPs should be read weekly for a minimum of four weeks after construction is complete. Utility Settlement Points (USPs): USPs should be established on settlement-sensitive utilities such as sewers, storm drains, and water mains that cross above and/or parallel the proposed pipelines. Monitoring of these City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 2 2-10 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\2 Sitework.docx 9/4/20 11:21 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. utilities during construction may allow the Contractor to alter the selected construction methods to reduce potential damage. Relying entirely on pre- and post-construction condition surveys would not provide the information necessary to trigger modification of the construction methods. USPs typically consist of plastic or fiberglass rods fixed to the top of the utility. The USPs are monitored by optical surveying methods. The threshold and shutdown values for settlement should be developed by the design team based on discussions with utility owners and the existing condition of the utilities, joint connections, and materials. For planning purposes, assume USPs will be installed on settlement-sensitive utilities when the distance between the excavations and settlement-sensitive utilities is equal to or less than the depth of the excavation. USPs should be read twice before construction to establish baseline readings, every three days for points within 35 feet of excavation activities, and then weekly for a minimum of four weeks after construction is complete. The proposed locations of the USPs shall be determined in the field. Part 3 – Execution Installers The Contractor shall be, or shall employ the services of a specialist subcontractor who is generally recognized as experienced and knowledgeable in the field of dewatering system installation, operation and maintenance, and shall carry general liability insurance coverage of at least $5 million. The Contractor shall employ the services of a licensed water well driller per WAC 173-162 for all well drilling, installation, construction, development and testing. The dewatering system shall be operated at all times by workers who are competent and trained in all aspects of the system operation, maintenance and monitoring, and who have had at least 40 hours current valid health and safety training per OSHA. Dewatering Subcontractor: The Contractor shall employ the services of a specialty dewatering subcontractor who has at least five years of experience in the field of dewatering system, installation, operation, and maintenance, and can document successful completion of similar projects, including groundwater control in flowing artesian conditions. Dewatering System Designer: The Groundwater Control Plan shall be prepared by a Professional Engineer or Hydrogeologist who is licensed to practice in the State of Washington, and who has a minimum of five years of experience in the design of dewatering systems for similar projects with soil and groundwater conditions similar to that shown in the geotechnical report. Examination The Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer of any groundwater that the Contractor believes may be contaminated and shall, under the direction of the Engineer, cease pumping until provisions have been made for water management. Construction The Contractor shall control surface runoff to prevent entry or collection of water in excavations or in other isolated areas of the site. Operational Monitoring: The Contractor shall provide continuous 24-hour operational monitoring of the dewatering system, by experienced personnel present on site or available on City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 2 2-11 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\2 Sitework.docx 9/4/20 11:21 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. call. The Contractor shall bear full responsibility for all damages to work in the excavation area and for damages to any other area or structures caused by the Contractor's failure to maintain and operate the system properly. The Contractor shall provide adequate backup power, pumps and equipment so that dewatering can be maintained in the event of a power or equipment failure. Additionally, the pumping rate shall be set low enough in each well to prevent excessive drawdown. System Installation, Development and Testing: The Contractor shall bear full responsibility for acquiring a water supply with which to install any dewatering system components necessary to achieve proper completion of all work performed under this Contract. Mud-rotary drilling is not permitted as a method for well installation. No additives other than clean water shall be allowed during well drilling. The Contractor shall remove fines and drilling debris from newly installed dewatering wells and monitoring wells to enhance the hydraulic connection between the screened interval and the surrounding formation. Wells shall be developed to reduce sand content and turbidity by appropriate means that do not cause formation or well damage. Initial well development water shall be stored and allowed to settle before discharge. If there is suspected groundwater contamination in the vicinity, the development water should be segregated from other development water and the Engineer should be notified. No areas of potential contamination have been identified within the Project limits. Dewatering System Protection: The Contractor shall bear full responsibility for taking all reasonable precautions necessary to ensure continuous, successful operation of the temporary dewatering systems. This includes establishing and/or maintaining adequate marking of all well, pump and pipeline locations and protecting power cables against damage or theft. Wherever dewatering wells or discharge lines require crossing intersection roadways or driveways access the lines shall be buried below grade to as required to not restrict access, steel plates may be used when approved by the Engineer. All discharge lines shall be installed to support the heaviest road vehicles and construction equipment on-site and shall provide at least 6-inches of clearance between the dewatering system element and the underside of the steel plates if approved for use. The Contractor shall clearly identify all vehicular access points across the dewatering system with brightly colored or flagged 8 foot-high poles on each side of the access point. The Contractor shall valve all ramped pipelines on both sides of the ramp. Formation Protection: The Contractor shall design, construct, operate and maintain any dewatering system such that foundation soils, natural and engineered, will not experience fines removal upon pumping. The Contractor shall develop dewatering wells and/or wellpoints until the sand/silt content of the discharge water is less than 10 parts per million (ppm) as determined by a centrifugal separating meter such as a Rossum SAND TESTER (Journal AWWA, 46:123, February 1954), or equivalent. The Contractor shall provide all of the equipment and fittings for monitoring sand content and properly mount them upstream of any settling points. The Contractor shall take sand content measurements on a daily basis for the 1st five working days after well installation, and weekly thereafter in the presence of the Engineer and submit written test reports within 24 hours to the City and the Contractor’s Engineer. System Removal: Upon written authorization of the Engineer, as work is completed in each area of project, the Contractor shall decommission and remove all dewatering system elements. The Contractor shall assume ownership a nd responsibility for the removal of all dewatering pumps, pipes and other assorted system hardware. The Contractor shall employ City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 2 2-12 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\2 Sitework.docx 9/4/20 11:21 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. the services of a licensed water well driller per WAC 173-162 for well decommissioning and removal, which will be accomplished in accordance with WAC 173-160. Repairs Well points and monitoring wells that become clogged or ineffective shall be repaired or replaced within 24 hours. Verify well points and monitoring wells are functioning properly, for example, by adding or subtracting water to demonstrate water level response and recovery. Field Quality Control Take immediate appropriate action and notify the Designer and Project Representative if any of the following occur: • Deformations larger than predicted, distress, or damage to the surrounding structures or utilities. • Dewatering system element is not in accordance with the Design or Performance Requirements. Operation: The Contractor shall assure that the dewatering systems operate continuously during each stage or phase of excavation and backfill. The Contractor shall ensure that the operation of any temporary dewatering system will not result in excessive drawdowns or undesirable hydraulic gradients which may affect adjacent structures. Any contaminated groundwater shall be treated and disposed of in a legal manner in accordance with all applicable disposal regulations and water quality criteria. The Contractor shall obtain all applicable permits for disposal, at Contractor's expense, and shall furnish a copy of the permits to the Engineer. Discharges: Discharges to storm drains that flow to a surface water outfall must conform with all requirements of the National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) and State Waste Discharge General Permit for stormwater discharges associated with Construction Activities. Water shall be discharged at one or more designated points, at rates not to exceed the flow capacity of the storm drain system. In the event that contaminated water is discovered, the water shall be managed as required in this contract. Other necessary permits required for discharge, must be identified by the contractor and obtained from regulatory agencies with appropriate jurisdiction. Decontamination water and stormwater collected in any stockpile areas may also be discharged under this permit. The Contractor shall be responsible for all cost of disposing of water. Inspections Groundwater shall be lowered within the excavation area of the wetwell to 2-feet below base elevation after shoring is installed. Contractor shall install a slotted 4-inch PVC or steel pipe to at least 3-feet below finished excavation to verify water elevation near or next to the wetwell. Provide monitoring systems as described under “Geotechnical Instruments”. Establish a baseline with a minimum of 1 week of monitoring the settlement prior to any excavation or dewatering work is started. Continuously monitor dewatering systems as required to properly control settlement and groundwater levels. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 2 2-13 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\2 Sitework.docx 9/4/20 11:21 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Provide the Owner with monitoring results on a weekly basis. 2.11 Earthwork Materials 2.11.1 Common Work for Earthwork Materials Part 2 - Products Source Quality Control All imported fill material shall be free of hydrocarbons (e.g. gasoline, diesel, oil, etc.), pesticides, herbicides and other hazardous volatile organic compounds (VOCs) and synthetic organic chemicals (SOCs). The Contractor shall provide certification to the owner that the fill is free of these chemicals. 2.11.2 General Fill Part 1 – General Summary All fill required for this project that is not specifically defined as another type shall be “General Fill”. References Section 9-03.14(3) Common Borrow of the Standard Specifications. Part 2 – Products Components General fill shall be soil free of organics, debris, and other deleterious materials with no individual particles having a maximum dimension larger than 5 inches. The moisture content of the material and weather conditions at the time of placement will be used to determine the suitability of native materials for backfill as general fill. Part 3 – Execution Installation/Construction All general fill shall be compacted in uniform layers not exceeding 12 inches in loose thickness and compacted to at least 95 percent maximum dry density based on the ASTM D-698 (standard) test procedure. 2.11.3 Structural Fill Part 1 – General Summary All fill placed below, beside and against building components, building structures, vaults, manholes, handholes, slabs, sidewalks, and drives shall be “Structural Fill” unless other fill materials are specifically shown on the Plans. The structural fill material has been selected to support the weight of the structure in combination with the existing native material and to City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 2 2-14 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\2 Sitework.docx 9/4/20 11:21 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. prevent adverse movement during an earthquake. The Contractor must take particular care to maintain the integrity of the design by using structural fill where shown. References Where free draining material for use as structural fill is required as indicated on the Plans or needed to maintain compaction in adverse weather conditions, it shall conform with Section 9-03.14(1), “Gravel Borrow” of the Standard Specifications. Structural fill for foundation subgrades or where free drainage is not required through the structural fill shall conform with 9-03.14(2) “Select Borrow” of the Standard Specifications. Part 2 – Products Components Structural fill shall be soil free of organics, debris, and other deleterious materials. The Owner shall determine if native on-site materials are suitable for use as structural fill. Part 3 – Execution Installation/Construction The moisture content of the material and weather conditions at the time of placement will be used to determine the suitability of native materials for backfill as structural fill. Structural fill shall bear on firm base and be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 12 inches in loose thickness. The backfill area must be free of standing water and the subgrade soils must be stable. Each layer of structural fill shall be compacted to at least 95 percent of its maximum dry density based on the ASTM D-698 (standard) test procedure. 2.11.4 Pipe Bedding Part 1 – General Summary All fill placed below and around buried utilities shall be “Gravel Backfill for Pipe Bedding”. The pipe bedding material has been selected to support the weight of the utility by distributing the load so that the completed utility and backfill system does not weigh more than the native material. In addition, the grain size has been selected so that the bedding will not migrate into the bottom of the trench. The Contractor must take particular care to maintain the integrity of the utility design by using the appropriate pipe bedding material where shown. References For Ductile Iron, Steel, or Concrete Pipe larger than 4-inch diameter: Bedding material shall conform with Section 9-03.12(3) “Gravel Backfill for Pipe Zone Bedding” of the Standard Specifications except all shall pass a 1-inch sieve. For PVC and HDPE water piping regardless of diameter: Bedding shall conform with Section 9-03.13 “Backfill for Sand Drains” or as approved by the Inspector. For PVC Sewer and Storm Piping, HDPE Sewer piping, CPEP regardless of diameter and Conduit, Side Service Lines, and all other piping 4-inch in diameter or less: Bedding shall conform with Section 9-03.13 “Backfill for Sand Drains” or as approved by the Inspector. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 2 2-15 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\2 Sitework.docx 9/4/20 11:21 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Pipe bedding used around restrained joint pipe must be a well graded cohesive material with fines. Rounded gravels and pea gravel are not acceptable. Part 3 – Execution Installation/Construction Bedding material shall surround the pipe and conduits to the limits shown on the Plans and provide uniform support along the entire length without allowing concentrated loading at joints or bells or that results in any bridging of the pipe. All bedding material shall bear on firm subgrade and be compacted to firm and unyielding condition. 2.11.5 Trench Backfill Part 1 – General Summary All fill placed above the pipe bedding in a trench shall be “Trench Backfill”. The trench backfill material has been selected to distribute surface loads over the utility. In addition, the grain size has been selected so that the trench backfill will not migrate into the pipe bedding or trench walls. The Contractor must take particular care to maintain the integrity of the utility design by using the appropriate trench backfill material where shown. References Trench backfill shall consist of materials conforming to Section 9-03.19 “Bank Run Gravel for Trench Backfill” of the Standard Specifications or as approved by the Owner. Part 3 – Execution Installation/Construction Trench backfill shall be placed and compacted above the pipe bedding to finished grade elevations in unrestored areas or to subgrade elevations in restored areas. In unimproved or landscaped areas trench backfill shall be placed in uniform layers not to exceed 12 inches in loose thickness. Each lift is to be compacted to at least 95 percent of its maximum dry density based on the ASTM D-698 (standard) test procedure. In areas where the trench will support roadways or vehicle access areas, trench backfill shall be placed in uniform layers not to exceed 12 inches in loose thickness. Each lift is to be compacted to at least 95 percent of its maximum dry density based on the ASTM D-1557 test procedure (modified proctor) from 0 to 4 feet below finished surface, 90 percent below 4 feet. 2.11.7 Gravel Base Course Part 1 – General Summary All fill placed under paving, foundations or structures and next to native material shall be “Gravel Base Course” unless otherwise called out on the Plans. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 2 2-16 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\2 Sitework.docx 9/4/20 11:21 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. References Aggregate for gravel base course under structures, and foundations shall conform to Section 9-03.10 Aggregate for Gravel Base of the Standard Specifications. Aggregate for gravel base course under roadways, paved areas, sidewalks and gravel areas shall conform to Section 9-03.9(3) Crushed Surfacing Base Course of the Standard Specifications. 2.11.8 Gravel Top Course Part 1 – General Summary Gravel surface paving as shown on the Plans shall be “Gravel Top Course”. References Aggregate for gravel top course shall conform to Section 9-03.9(3) Crushed Surfacing Top Course and Keystone of the Standard Specifications. 2.11.20 Geotextile Fabric Part 1 – General Delivery, Storage, and Handling All fabrics shall be shipped, stored, placed, overlapped and secured based on manufacturer requirements. Part 2 – Products Materials Geotextile Fabric shall be chosen by the Contractor to meet the requirements based on place of use. For geotextile fabric placed between quarry spalls and fill to separate soil fines, it shall be equal to Tencate Mirafi 160N. For geotextile fabric placed below crushed rock in road subgrade it shall be equal to Tencate Mirafi 500X. Other locations may require a specialized geotextile fabric and if so shall either be identified in the Plans or geotechnical report. 2.12 Road Surfacing 2.12.2 Cement Concrete Pavement Part 1 – General References Cement concrete pavement, sidewalks, curb and gutter shall meet the requirements of Division 3. Construction shall comply with Section 5-05 of the Standard Specifications. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 2 2-17 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\2 Sitework.docx 9/4/20 11:21 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Part 3 – Execution Examination Evidence of pavement damage such as surface cracking, ponding or other variations in surface consistency shall be investigated by the Contractor and reported to the Engineer. Construction Pavement areas damaged by construction activities shall be removed and reconstructed at the Contractor’s expense to the road agency’s standards. Manhole covers, valve covers, survey markers, and other existing surface features shall be adjusted to the finished grade of the new pavement. Adjustment of utility features to grade shall be in conformance with the local road agency standards. Catch basin grates shall be set 0.1 feet below finish grade. 2.12.3 Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) / Asphalt Concrete Pavement (ACP) Part 1 – General Definitions References Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) shall comply with Section 5-04 of the Standard Specifications. All HMA shown on the Plans shall be Commercial HMA unless otherwise noted. Furnish, place, spread, and compact HMA to the thickness shown on the Plans. 2.12.10 Pavement Marking/Striping Part 1 – General References Pavement marking shall be constructed in accordance with 8-22 of the Standard Specifications and any Owner standards more stringent than the Standard Specifications. Part 3 – Execution Repair/Restoration Pavement marking damaged or removed during construction shall be replaced by the Contractor. Cost for replacement of damaged or removed markings shall be incidental to the contract. Installation/Construction Provide markings on all new pavement per the local traffic agency’s requirements. Pavement marking shall match marking at the project site unless noted otherwise on the Plans or within these specifications. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 2 2-18 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\2 Sitework.docx 9/4/20 11:21 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 2.13 Tree and Shrub Preservation Part 1 - General Warranty Trees which are to be protected that become damaged or die within one year of acceptance shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at the discretion of the Owner with trees of the same species and equal size. Part 3 – Execution Installation/Construction Install fencing before site preparation, grading and clearing and grubbing operations. Under no circumstances shall the Contractor, for convenience, or ease of construction, or any other reason not approved by the Owner, remove existing trees that are not designated to be removed. No work can commence until complete erosion control is in place and approved by Owner’s Representative. Construction access, vehicle or equipment parking, material storage or material disposal will not be allowed within drip lines of existing trees to remain. Excavate within drip line of trees only where shown. Where trenching for utilities is required within drip line, tunnel under or around roots by methods that do not tear or compromise the health of the roots. Do not cut main lateral roots or tap roots. Where pruning is shown on the plans, or allowed by the Owner, cut branches with sharp and clean pruning instruments and do not break or chop. Prune flush with trunk surface. Field Quality Control The Contractor shall notify the Owner prior to cutting roots over 4 inches in diameter. Treat cut roots over 1-inch in diameter with asphaltic pruning paint. 2.20 EARTH MOVING 2.23 Excavation Part 1 – General Summary The Contractor shall excavate as necessary to construct the improvements shown. Part 2 – Products Materials All excavated material shall be removed from the project site unless app roved as backfill by the Owner. Approval of material as backfill will be made the moment before placement of the material as backfill. Weather conditions may make previously excavated material unsuitable for backfill requiring the material to be removed from the project site. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 2 2-19 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\2 Sitework.docx 9/4/20 11:21 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Part 3 – Execution Installation/Construction Excavation shall include the digging, scraping, and removing existing n ative material, abandoned or interfering utilities, abandoned or interfering structures and any other obstacles necessary for the construction of the improvements shown on the Plans. Excavation includes utility excavation, structural excavation, and grading excavation. Utility excavation shall be performed to the depths necessary to complete the utility construction work shown. Structural excavation shall be performed to the limits shown and established by the Owner. The base of the excavation shall extend laterally a maximum of 2 feet beyond the structure unless specified otherwise on Plans. Temporary stockpiling of excavated material will not be permitted outside the construction limits at any time. Examination The base of the excavation shall be evaluated by the Owner to determine if it is suitable for backfilling. The Owner will evaluate the stability of the base of excavation by determining if all significant organic soils or other unsuitable materials have been removed. Construction Excavation required by the Owner that is beyond the depth shown shall be performed by the Contractor per the direction of the Owner. The Contractor will be reimbursed for additional excavation as specified in Division 18, “Measurement and Payment”. 2.25 Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control 2.25.2 Contractor Provided Certified Erosion and Sedimentation Control Lead Part 1 – General Summary The Contractor shall provide a Certified Erosion and Sedimentation Control Lead (CESCL) as part of their regular work force for the project. This person shall be a site superintendent, project manager or site laborer regularly on the project site during earthwork operations. Submittals Documentation of the Certification shall be provided to the Owner and reviewing authority if applicable with a copy of such certification always available in the job shack. Washington State Department of Ecology Certification shall be valid and up to date for this person throughout the duration of the earthwork operations of the project. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 2 2-20 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\2 Sitework.docx 9/4/20 11:21 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 2.25.3 Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control Part 1 – General Quality Assurance The Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control (TESC) Plans shown on the construction Plans are the minimum requirements for the anticipated site conditions. The Contractor shall add additional TESC facilities or processes as necessary to ensure that erosion and sedimentation problems do not occur. The Contractor shall inspect the TESC facilities daily and maintain the systems as necessary to prevent off-site damage. Part 2 – Products Materials Straw or mulch shall be applied to any exposed surfaces to minimize erosion and filter surface water runoff. Where straw or mulch is required for erosion control, it shall be applied to a minimum thickness of 2-inches. Straw shall not include Reed Canary grass. Part 3 – Execution Installation/Construction All erosion/sedimentation control systems including; fencing, earth berms, grasses, straw, mulch, culverts, drain pipe, outfalls and other items required by for this project, must be installed prior to any clearing, grubbing, excavation, or grading work or other work that could result in off-site stormwater or material flows. Erosion/sedimentation controls systems must remain in place throughout the duration of the construction activities. The systems may be relocated to complete utility, excavation, grading, and landscaping activities if their location impedes the associated work. If the systems are relocated to complete any work they must be reinstalled to protect the construction and surrounding areas prior to commencing work on other portions of the project. Systems such as mulch, plastic sheeting and hydroseed shall be installed as soon as clearing, grading and excavation are complete if sites are 1-acre or less. The Contractor shall take care and diligence to minimize erosion exposure and provide erosion and sedimentation control measures as shown on the Plans and required by construction practice. 2.25.4 Temporary Storm Water Pollution Control Part 3 – Execution Field Quality Control The Contractor shall be responsible for meeting all construction stormwater discharge water quality requirements including State of Washington (WAC 173-220-020) Construction Stormwater Permit requirements and local requirements regardless of weather conditions. If the project is fined by the permitting authority, that stormwater fine shall be paid for by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 2 2-21 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\2 Sitework.docx 9/4/20 11:21 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 2.25.5 Filter Fabric Fence Part 3 – Execution Installation/Construction A filter fabric fence shall be installed to allow the collection and passage of surface water to occur through the fabric before discharge off site. When joints are necessary, filter fabric shall be spliced together at a support post with a minimum overlap of six inches. Both ends of the fabric shall be securely fastened to the post. The filter fabric fence shall be installed to follow the contours of the existing grade where feasible. The fence posts shall be driven securely into the ground a minimum of 30 inches and spaced apart at a maximum of six feet. A wire mesh support fence shall be fastened securely to the uphill side of the posts using heavy -duty wire staples at least one inch long, tie wires, or wire rings. The wire shall extend into the trench a minimum of four inches and shall not extend more than 36 inches above the existing surface. An 8-inch by 12-inch trench shall be excavated on the uphill side of the fence for securely burying the lower edge of the fabric fence. At least 20 inches of the filter fabric fence shall continuously extend into the trench. The filter fabric fence shall extend above the existing grade 36 inches. The filter fabric placed in the trench shall be secured with backfill material of three-quarter inch washed rock. The backfill material shall be placed in the trench and on either side of the fence as shown on the construction Plans. Field Quality Control Filter fabric fence shall be inspected by the Contractor immediately after each rainfall and at least once daily during periods of prolonged rainfall. The Contractor shall repair or replace sections of the filter fabric fence that are not filtering surface water. The filter fabric fence may be removed after the threat of off-site contamination has passed. 2.50 EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION 2.51 Contractor Designed Shoring Part 1 - General Summary Where shoring, sheet piling, sheeting, bracing, lagging, or other supports are necessary to prevent cave-ins or damage to existing structures, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to design, furnish, place, maintain, and remove supports in accordance with applicable laws, codes, and safety requirements. References Chapter 296-155 of WAC, “Safety Standards for Construction Work, Part N, Excavation, Trenching, and Shoring”. OSHA Quality Assurance Where the Contractor is required to provide the shoring design, it shall be prepared by a competent person as defined by WAC 296-155-650. Before beginning any excavation that is City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 2 2-22 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\2 Sitework.docx 9/4/20 11:21 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. governed by the shoring requirements, the Contractor shall submit his stamped shoring plan and calculations to the Owner for approval. The stamp must be present on all Plans and calculations, and all submittals must be approved by the Owner prior to starting work. Part 3 - Execution Installation/Construction Design, planning, installation, and removal of sheeting, shoring, sheet piling, lagging, and bracing shall be accomplished in such a manner as to maintain the undisturbed state of soil below and adjacent to excavation. 2.60 CONTAMINATED & WASTE MATERIALS HANDLING 2.60.2 Waste Material Control Part 1 – General Quality Assurance Adhere to all requirements of federal, state, and local statutes and regulations dealing with pollution. Permit no public nuisances. Use only dump sites that are approved by the regulatory agency having jurisdiction, and present proof of approval upon request. The Contractor shall follow all requirements and guidelines of the Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Agency (PSAPCA) and other associated agencies. Part 3 – Execution Installation/Construction The Contractor shall take precautions to warn, protect, and prevent the public from all hazards that exist on site due to any demolition or construction operations. Stockpiled debris shall be surrounded with yellow warning tape attached to lath, stakes, poles, or fencing to warn the public of any potential hazard. Use water sprinkling, temporary enclosures, or other methods to limit dust and dirt from rising and scattering in the air. Surface water runoff that is contaminated with site debris, silt, or other material that adversely affects water quality shall be collected and cleaned prior to discharge. On site collection ponds may not be used to keep silt laden water from entering the storm water collection system. Do not use water to control dust when its use may create hazardous or objectionable conditions such as ice formation, flooding, and pollution. The Contractor shall minimize the amount of dust and other airborne particles caused by any demolition, excavation, stockpiling, or removal activities . Dust control measures shall be implemented by the Contractor prior to the beginning of work activities. Exposed soil may be wetted with water or covered to minimize dust creation. Water runoff from the wetting procedure shall be accumulated and cleaned prior to disposal. Water runoff accumulation shall be removed from the site prior to project completion. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 2 2-23 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\2 Sitework.docx 9/4/20 11:21 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Cleaning At all times, keep the construction area clean and orderly and upon completion of the work, leave buildings broom clean and all parts of the work clean and free of rubbish and excess material of any kind. Leave fixtures, equipment, walls, and floors clean and free of stains, paint or roofing splashes, or other marks or defects. Upon completion, restore site of all work or equipment and material storage areas to their original conditions. Remove all miscellaneous unused material resulting from work and dispose of it in a manner satisfactory to the Owner. The site, through the progress of construction, shall be kept as clean as possible and in a neat condition. 2.61 Contaminated Materials 2.61.2 Toxic Spill or Release Contact Requirements Part 3 - Execution Field Quality Control During construction, if there is any toxic substance spill or release discharged into the environment, report the location, quantity, date and time of the spill or release to Washington State Emergency Management at 1 (800) 258-5990 and the Owner’s representative. Spills shall be monitored, contained, and cleaned up to applicable codes at the Contractor’s expense. 2.61.4 Contaminated Soil and Water Part 1 – General Quality Assurance There may be contaminated soil remaining north of the existing fire hydrant or in the general vicinity. If the Contractor discovers contaminated soil, they shall notify the Contracting Agency as to where contaminated soils are located. Due to the OSHA Right to Know Laws, the Contracting Agency is required to notify the Contractor that contaminated soils exist or if not known but discovered, the Contracting Agency is required to mitigate the removal of the contaminated soil as described below. If contaminated soils or water are discovered by the Contractor, the Contracting Agency shall mitigate the removal of the contaminated soil. Part 3 – Execution Installers The Contractor shall follow all requirements and regulations for contaminated soil and water removal and disposal. The Contractor shall meet the following qualifications to be eligible to be selected to perform contaminated soil or water removal or disposal work for this project: 1. Meet State and Local OSHA and WISHA requirements for contaminated soil. 2. Meet State contaminated soil removal requirements (Department of Ecology). 3. Not have received a citation from the Puget Sound Air Pollution Control Agency related to contaminated soils within the last year. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 2 2-24 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\2 Sitework.docx 9/4/20 11:21 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 4. Possess occurrence-based liability insurance coverage. Installation No testing of the existing soil material has been performed to determine the level of hydrocarbons present. The Contractor shall be responsible for testing suspect material to determine its hazard level and for the complete removal and disposal of all contaminated materials to a minimum depth of 1 foot below the pipe or structure excavation. The excavated material shall be replaced with clean imported structural backfill material and compacted to firm and unyielding conditions. 2.90 LANDSCAPING 2.90.1 Common Work for Landscaping Part 1 – General Submittals In addition to Division 2.05, provide the following information. Top Soil - The Contractor shall submit the data for topsoil to be used as determined by an approved testing lab. Data shall include percentage of organic content as determined by incineration process and recommendations on type and quality of additives required to establish satisfactory pH factor, organic content, and supply of nutrients to bring the soil to a satisfactory level for planting. Delivery, Storage, and Handling Deliver fertilizers in original, unopened and undamaged containers that list weight, analysis . and name of manufacturer. Store in such a manner as to prevent wetting and deterioration. Water plantings as necessary to keep them alive and in healthy condition. Provide dry, loose topsoil for planting bed mixes. Project/Site Conditions Prevent damage to existing features, pavement, utility lines, areas to receive planting and other features remaining as part of final landscaping and/or site improvements. Cleaning During landscape work, keep pavements clean and work area in an orderly condition. Perform cleaning during installation of the work and upon completion of the work. Remove from site all excess materials, soil, debris and equipment as instructed by Owner’s Authorized Representative. Repair damage resulting from planting operations. 2.90.2 Landscape Grading Part 3 – Execution Installation/Construction Perform fine grading within Contract limits, including adjacent transition areas, to new elevations, levels, profiles and contours indicated. Provide subgrade surfaces parallel to City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 2 2-25 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\2 Sitework.docx 9/4/20 11:21 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. finished surface grades, unless specified otherwise. Provide uniform levels and slopes between new elevations and existing grades. All fills required to achieve subgrades shall be compacted per requirements of the fill type as noted above. For landscaping areas, all fill shall be compacted to 85 percent of modified proctor (ASTM D-1557) unless noted otherwise on the Plans. Perform grading, within branch spread of existing trees scheduled to remain, by hand methods to elevations indicated. Cut roots cleanly to depth 3 inches below proposed finish grade. Treat cut roots over 1-inch in diameter with asphaltic pruning paint. 2.90.10 Topsoil Part 2 – Products Materials Protect existing topsoil in seeding/planting areas or remove and stockpile for later use. Existing topsoils that are contaminated or degraded due to the Contractor’s activities shall be replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. Import topsoil shall be naturally occurring surface soil with a minimum sand content of 60 percent. Topsoil shall have no evident rocks or debris over ½-inch Acidity pH range shall be between 5.0 and 6.5. Organic matter content shall be 10 to 20 percent by dry weight. Add dolomite limestone, if required, to obtain pH. Limestone, if used, shall be finely ground, passing a minimum of 90 percent through the U.S. Standard No. 8 sieve and 20 percent through the U.S. Standard No. 100 sieve. Add approved nutrients, if required, to bring nutrients to a satisfactory level for planting as recommended by a qualified testing laboratory (exclude nitrogen, potassium, and phosphorus). Part 3 – Execution Installation In planter areas, soil excavated shall be mixed with organic compost in a ratio of 1/3 organic compost to 2/3 sandy loam. In seeding areas, place topsoil and rake or blade to a smooth, consistent surface. Do not compact. Install 2-inch depth topsoil unless specified otherwise on the plans or within the specific seeding/planting specification section. Excess soil shall be disposed of as per Owner’s Authorized Representative’s ins tructions. 2.90.11 Hydroseed Part 1 – General Related Sections • Division 2.90.21 Erosion Control Matting Scheduling The Contractor shall apply hydroseed within the optimum seeding windows whenever possible. Hydroseed may be used for temporary erosion control only with the approval of the City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 2 2-26 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\2 Sitework.docx 9/4/20 11:21 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Engineer. Construction practices shall be timed to minimize bare, cleared and excavated areas so that surfaces are hydroseeded and seed germinates and grows stabilizing surfacing as soon as possible. The optimum seeding windows are April 1 through June 30 and September 1 through October 1. Seeding that occurs between July 1 and August 30 will require irrigation until 75 percent grass cover is established. Seeding that occurs between October 1 and March 30 will require a mulch layer 2-inches thick until 75 percent grass cover is established. Maintenance The Contractor shall provide temporary irrigation, mulch or plastic sheeting (plastic sheeting for short term protection only, 7 days maximum) to hydroseeded areas as required for establishment and to protect the seed from construction activities at no additional cost to the Owner. Part 2 – Products Materials Hydroseed applications shall include a minimum of 1,500 pounds per acre of mulch with 3 percent tackifier. Mulch may be made up of 100 percent: cottonseed meal; fibers made of wood, recycled cellulose, hemp, and kenaf; compost; or blends thereof. Tackifier shall be plant-based, such as guar or alpha plantago, or chemical-based such as polyacrylamide or polymers. Any mulch or tackifier product used shall be installed per manufacturer’s instructions. Any areas that have seed applied by hand shall have a minimum 2-inch thick layer of compost- based mulch or 1-inch layer of topsoil. Slow-release fertilizers shall be used. Fertilizer shall not be agitated more than 20 minutes in the hydromulch machine before it is to be used. On 2:1 slopes and less, Bonded Fiber Matrix (BFM) or Mechanically Bonded Fiber Matrix (MBFM) products may be used in lieu of erosion control mat. BFM/MBFM products are applied with approximately 10 percent tackifier. BFM/MBFM shall be allowed to cure 24-36 hours before rainfall and shall not be installed on wet or saturated soils. Western Washington Hydroseed Mix Install seed, fertilizer, and mulch for hydroseed mix at the following application rates: Seed 180 pounds per acre Fertilizer 90 pounds per acre, 10-4-6 Nitrogen-Phosphorus-Potassium (N-P-K) Mulch 1,500 pounds per acre BFM/MBFM 3,000 pounds per acre (for 2:1 slopes and steeper) City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 2 2-27 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\2 Sitework.docx 9/4/20 11:21 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Part 3 – Execution Preparation The seedbed should be firm and rough. All soil should be roughened regardless of slope. If compaction is required, slopes must be track walked before seeding. Backblading or smoothing of slopes greater than 4:1 is not permitted if they are to be seeded. Installation All disturbed surfaces within the project not otherwise covered by asphalt, gravel, quarry spalls, concrete, or other plant material/landscape items shall be hydroseeded, except ditches and swales may have seed applied by hand. Apply seed prior to installing erosion control blankets. Field Quality Control The aforementioned specifications are the minimum requirements for the anticipated conditions. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure seeded areas establish ground cover and to provide any additional measures necessary to establish ground cover in seeded areas. Any seeded areas that fail to establish at least 75 percent cover (100 percent cover for areas that receive sheet or concentrated flows) shall be reseeded at no additional cost to the Owner. Contractor should expect to provide a temporary irrigation system for dry season work or any work in Eastern Washington. Temporary irrigation systems shall be removed by the Contractor when no longer required. Ditch/Pond Seed Mix Name Proportion by Weight % Purity % Germination Tall or Meadow Fescue 75-80% 98% 90% Seaside/Creeping Bentgrass 10-15% 92% 85% Redtop Bentgrass 5-10% 90% 80% All Other Areas Seed Mix Name Proportion by Weight % Purity % Germination Redtop or Oregon Bentgrass 20% 92% 85% Red fescue 70% 98% 90% White Dutch Clover 10% 98% 90% THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 3-1 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\3 Concrete.docx 9/4/20 11:23 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 3 Concrete 3.00 GENERAL Sections in these specifications titled “Common Work for . . .” shall apply to all following subsections whether directly referenced or not. 3.05 Common Work for Concrete Part 1 - General This division covers that work necessary for furnishing and installing all concrete as described in these specifications and as shown on the Plans. References Materials shall conform to the following standards: • Cement - ASTM C-150 • Coarse aggregate - ASTM C-33 • Fine aggregate - ASTM C-33 • Admixtures - ASTM C-494 • Air-entraining admixtures – ASTM C-260 • Fly Ash – ASTM C-618 • Admixture and products in contact with potable water – NSF 61 Submittals Submittal information shall be provided to the Owner for the following items: • Concrete mix design including aggregate gradation and substantiating strength data. • Precast concrete items • CDF • Grouts Concrete mix designs shall be submitted to the engineer for approval a minimum of two weeks prior to placing any concrete. The mix design shall include the amounts of cement, fine and coarse aggregate, water and admixtures, as well as the water cement ratio, slump, concrete yield, aggregate gradation, and substantiating strength data in accordance with ACI 318, Chapter 5. A batch plant inspection may be required, the cost of which shall be paid by the Contractor. Review of mix submittals by the engineer of record indicates only that information presented conforms generally with contract documents. Contractor or supplier maintains full responsibility for specified performance. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 3 3-2 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\3 Concrete.docx 9/4/20 11:23 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Part 2 - Products Components Nominal maximum size for aggregates is the smallest standard sieve opening through which the entire amount of aggregate is permitted to pass. Provide intermediate aggregate grades as required to achieve a well-graded mix. All concrete surfaces exposed to weather or standing water shall be air entrained . Total air content shall be in accordance with IBC requirements unless specified otherwise herein . Air shall be measured at the truck, unless otherwise agreed to. Water used in concrete shall be potable. Fly ash may be substituted for up to 15 percent of the required cement, except where noted. Mixes Concrete shall be mixed, conveyed, and proportioned in accordance with IBC section 1905. The concrete mix shall include the amount of cement, fine and coarse aggregate, including aggregate gradations, water, and admixtures as well as water cement ratio, slump, concrete yield, and sustaining strength data in accordance with these specifications, the requirements of the International Building Code Section 1905, and the requirements of ACI 318. Finishes Coat all aluminum in contact with concrete as specified in Division 9. Part 3 - Execution Inspection See Statement of Special Inspections on the Drawings for special inspection requirements. Provide 24-hour notice to Owner prior to needing the required inspections. Also comply with local building department and permit requirements for inspection and notification. The Contractor shall repair, replace or modify, as appropriate, any items noted in the Special Inspector’s inspection or the building department inspection. Testing Concrete strength tests shall be performed per section 1905.6 of the IBC and per the requirements noted herein. The Owner will provide and pay all costs of concrete testing. The Engineer shall be furnished with copies of all inspection reports and test results. Cylinders used for concrete strength tests shall be 6 by 12. Four by 8 cylinders may be used for mixes with maximum aggregates less than 1-inch, however the testing lab must apply a 0.94 multiplier to the compressive strength test results unless data acceptable to the Engineer is presented that would justify a higher multiplier. All mixes utilizing aggregates over 1 inch shall be tested using 6 by 12 cylinders. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 3 3-3 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\3 Concrete.docx 9/4/20 11:23 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. When 4 by 8 cylinders are utilized AASHTO T23 requirements shall be followed, and the retainer used with neoprene pads when testing for compressive strength shall be constructed according to ASTM C 1231. The Contractor will coordinate all concrete testing with the testing agency. Costs will be paid by the Owner. Give the Owner and testing agency 48-hour notice prior to concrete placement. If Contractor fails to provide the required notice, the Owner may elect to cancel the affected concrete placement. Contractor shall be responsible for costs and delays due to improper notification. If the Contractor schedules a concrete placement and does not notify the Owner and testing agency of a cancellation within 24 hours of the scheduled placement, the Contractor shall pay the testing agency costs for an unnecessary trip. If the Contractor fails to provide the testing agency with adequate notification and testing agency cannot attend concrete placement, Contractor shall reschedule placement. Contractor shall be responsible for all associated delays. The Contractor shall provide all assistance and cooperation necessary to testing personnel to obtain the required concrete tests. Contractor and Owner will have access to testing results as soon as they are available. The testing agency shall take a minimum of four samples for every 50 yards of concrete placed (and a minimum of four per pour); one for a 7-day test, two for 28-day tests, and one for backup testing in case the other two samples do not meet design strength . Additional samples may be taken to verify strength prior to form removal at the Contractor’s expense. 3.10 FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 3.15 Concrete Accessories 3.15.02 Premolded Joint Filler Part 1 – General References Premolded joint filler for expansion or through joint applications shall conform to the specifications for “Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction”, AASHTO M 213, except the requirement for water absorption is not applicable. Part 2 – Products Materials The thickness and width of premolded joint filler shall be as indicated on the Plans . Where no premolded filler thickness is indicated, the thickness shall be ¾-inch. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 3 3-4 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\3 Concrete.docx 9/4/20 11:23 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 3.30 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3.30.05 Common Work for Cast in Place Concrete Part 1 - General Delivery Concrete shall be transported in a truck mixer to the jobsite and discharged within 1.5 hours after cement has been added to water or aggregates. Rejected concrete will be at Contractor’s expense. Part 2 - Products Components If allowed, curing materials shall conform to ASTM C-171 and liquid membrane-forming compounds shall conform to ASTM C-309. When concrete is to be coated or stained, use UV-dissipating form release and curing compounds. Part 3 - Execution Preparation Do not place concrete during rain, sleet, or snow until water and freezing protection is provided. Position embedded items accurately, and support against displacement or movement during placement. Fill voids in sleeves, insets, anchor slots, etc., temporarily with readily removable materials to prevent entry of concrete into voids. Before beginning placement of concrete, remove hardened concrete and foreign materials from inner surface of mixing and conveying equipment. Before depositing concrete, remove debris from space to be occupied by the concrete. Secure reinforcement in position to prevent movement during concrete placement. At the beginning of the concrete pour for walls taller than 8 feet, place a 1½ to 2½-inch thick grout pad prior to placing the concrete for the wall. Grout mix shall consist of fine aggregates, concrete and water in the same ratios as used in the wall concrete. The placement of the concrete shall proceed immediately after the grout placement so as to prevent any cold joints. At construction joints, thoroughly clean surface of existing concrete to remove laitance. Roughen existing concrete surface to expose aggregate uniformly and apply approved bonding agent to existing concrete in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Prior to placing fresh concrete, dampen joint and coat with grout mixture in accordance with ACI 301, Section 8.5. Installation Placement shall be in accordance with IBC, Section 1905. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 3 3-5 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\3 Concrete.docx 9/4/20 11:23 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Place no concrete when air temperature is below or expected to be below 40 degrees during the 28-day curing period unless a low temperature concrete mix has been approved by the Owner. Provide adequate equipment for heating materials and protecting concrete during freezing or near freezing weather. Keep materials, reinforcement, forms, and ground in contact with concrete free from frost at time of placement. Heat mixing water as required. Use no materials containing ice. Place no concrete when air temperature exceeds or is expected to exceed 85 degrees during the 28-day curing period unless a high temperature placement plan has been approved, and unless adequate precautions are taken to protect work. Cool ingredients prior to mixing. Flake ice or crushed ice of a size that will melt completely during mixing may be substituted for all or part of water. Cool forms and reinforcing prior to placing concrete. Handle concrete from mixer, ready-mixed truck, or from transporting vehicle to place of final deposit by methods which prevent separation or loss of ingredients. Under no circumstances shall concrete that has partially hardened be deposited. Place concrete in maximum lifts of 3 feet. Deposit concrete continuously so that no concrete will be deposited on concrete which has hardened sufficiently to cause formation of seams and planes of weakness within the section. If a section cannot be placed continuously, locate and reinforce construction joints at points as provided for in the Plans or as approved by the Owner. Maximum concrete drop shall be 5 feet. Consolidate concrete by vibration, supplemented by hand spading, rodding, forking, or tamping. Thoroughly work concrete around reinforcement, around embedded items, and into corners of forms to eliminate air or rock pockets which may cause honeycombing, pitting, or planes of weakness. Insert and withdraw internal vibrators at points approximately 18 inches in each direction and extend into the lower concrete lifts. At each insertion, the duration shall be sufficient to consolidate the concrete; but not sufficient to cause segregation. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete within forms. Consolidate slabs by utilizing vibrating screeds, roller pipe screeds, internal vibrators, or other approved methods. Have a spare vibrator available at jobsite during concrete placing operations. After removal of forms, cut out and patch defects in concrete surfaces. Remove form tie cones. Cut or snap off form ties to a depth of ¾-inch. Chip out rock pockets, holes from form tie removal, and other defects to solid concrete. Repair defects in accordance with 3.01.30.71. Curing See section 3.39. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 3 3-6 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\3 Concrete.docx 9/4/20 11:23 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 3.31 STRUCTURAL CONCRETE 3.31.30 Thrust Blocks, Driveways, Curb, Gutter, Sidewalks, Equipment Pads, and Fence Posts Part 1 - General Summary All concrete for non-structural applications including thrust blocks, driveways, sidewalks, equipment pads, and fence post foundations. Hydraulic or Structural Concrete may be substituted. Performance Requirements 28-day compressive strength – 4500 psi minimum Part 2 - Products Mixes Water/cement ratio - 0.45 maximum Nominal maximum aggregate size – ¾-inch (AASHTO Grading No. 67) Entrained air ratio – 3.5 percent minimum to 6.5 percent maximum 3.34 LOW DENSITY CONCRETE 3.34.13 Controlled Density Fill (CDF) Part 1 - General Submittals Revisions to the mix design shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. Performance Requirements CDF as shown on the Plans or as directed by the Engineer shall be proportioned to be flowable, non-segregating, and excavatable, and shall conform to the following requirements: • Maximum Compressive Strength 300 (psi). • Minimum 28-day compressive strength 100 (psi). Part 2 - Products Mixes • Pounds of cement per cubic yard (approx.) 50. • Pounds of fly ash per cubic yard (approx.) 250. • Pounds of dry aggregate per cubic yard (approx.) 3,200. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 3 3-7 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\3 Concrete.docx 9/4/20 11:23 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. If air containing or water reducing admixture is used for flowability, total water and aggregates may be adjusted for yield. Weights may be adjusted for flowability and pumpability. Part 3 - Execution Field Quality Control The Contractor shall protect CDF for at least 24 hours after placement or for a duration as necessary to prevent displacement by construction equipment or traffic. CDF placing may be started if weather conditions are favorable, when the temperature is a minimum of 34 degrees Fahrenheit and rising. At the time of placement, CDF must have a temperature of at least 40 degrees Fahrenheit. Placing shall stop when the temperature is 38 degrees Fahrenheit or less and falling. CDF shall not be placed on frozen ground. 3.35 CONCRETE FINISHING 3.35.05 Common Work for Surface Finishing Part 2 - Products Finishes Each concrete area that requires finishing shall conform to one of the following requirements: • Sidewalks – Light Brushed Part 3 - Execution Preparation Do not place concrete which requires finishing until the materials, tools, and labor necessary for finishing the wet concrete are on the job and acceptable to the Owner. If rainfall is possible, tent the work area prior to the pour and maintain protection until the concrete is cured sufficiently to resist damage. 3.39 CONCRETE CURING Part 2 - Products Materials Curing compounds are not recommended on surfaces that will receive coatings. If curing compounds are approved and used, the surface must be prepared per the coating manufacturer’s instructions which may include blasting to remove the curing compound. All costs to be included in the contractor’s bid price, there will be no additional compensation. Part 3 - Execution Installation All concrete for structures, sidewalks, drives, curbs, shotcrete (see section 3.37), and where directed by the Owner, shall be water-cured in accordance with ACI 308.1 unless approved in advance by the Owner. If allowed, curing compound shall be applied immediately after City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 3 3-8 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\3 Concrete.docx 9/4/20 11:23 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. finishing or form removal. When plastic or burlap covers are used to augment or protect curing, extend sheeting beyond the edges of the concrete and secure against wind lift. Inspect and adjust curing systems daily, including over weekends and holidays. 3.40 PRE-CAST CONCRETE 3.48 PRE-CAST CONCRETE SPECIALTIES 3.48.50 Utility Structures Part 1 - General Related Divisions • 13.39.13 Sanitary Sewer Manholes, Frames, and Covers Design Requirements All concrete structures identified on the Plans as being pre-cast, prefabricated, or not specifically detailed with reinforcing steel shall be pre-cast concrete. Unless shown otherwise on the plans, round structures larger than 30-inch inside diameter, or rectangular structures with longest interior side 30-inches or longer, that utilize riser sections, shall be cast with an integral keyway for interlocking the riser sections. Performance Requirements Pre-cast structures shall be constructed to withstand anticipated construction loads that occur during transport, handling, and placement as well as the anticipated design loads. Design loads shall include the anticipated soil pressures, hydrostatic loads, and HL-93 traffic loading. Part 2 - Products Materials Additional reinforcement shall be provided within the pre-cast concrete structure at all penetrations, openings, joints, and connections. The additional reinforcement shall be provided to prevent damage during shipping, handling and installation. All damaged units shall be rejected. All precast structures that consist of sections (base, riser, lid, etc .) shall have the joints sealed with rubber gaskets or mastic, of a material appropriate for the installation. Part 3 - Execution Cleaning Fill picking holes with grout flush to the structure surface, including those in vault lids. Cut, remove, and grind smooth shipping lifting hooks on the vault interior, unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 3 3-9 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\3 Concrete.docx 9/4/20 11:23 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 3.48.52 Precast Gravity or Thrust Blocks Part 1 - General Design Requirements Concrete for precast gravity and precast thrust blocks shall be 4,000 psi minimum strength. Concrete must be cured 28 days prior to applying any load or thrust. Part 2 - Products Materials Unless specified otherwise, precast concrete gravity blocks shall be “Ecology Block” style with interlocking tongue and groove on top and side. 2 feet wide by 2 feet tall. 4 foot or 6-foot length as shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer. Minimum block weight of 600 pounds per foot of length. Precast thrust blocks may be “Ecology Blocks” or custom reinforced concrete blocks provided they meet the minimum bearing area specified in the plans or the standard construction details. Custom reinforced blocks must meet the following minimum criteria: • 36 inches or less per side: 9-inch minimum thickness. (5) #6 rebar @ 6-inch OC EW. • 36 to 48 inches per side: 10-inch minimum thickness. (7) #6 rebar @ 6-inch OC EW. • 48 to 72 inches per side: 12-inch minimum thickness. (9) #6 rebar @ 6-inch OC EW. 3.60 GROUTING 3.62 NON-SHRINK GROUTING 3.62.13 Non-Metallic Non-Shrink Grout Part 1 - General Summary Use Precision Non-Shrink Grout for grouting all equipment base plates, pipe supports, and base plates for metalwork. Precision Non-Shrink grout may also be used for all other non- shrink grouting operations. General Purpose Non-Shrink grout may be used for any applications other than those noted for Precision Non-shrink Grout. Non-shrink grout shall be used to seal all new pipe and conduit penetrations (watertight) into and out of all concrete and CMU block walled structures. Storage and Handling Stockpile grout to prevent contamination from foreign materials and store admixtures to prevent contamination or damage from excess temperature change City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 3 3-10 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\3 Concrete.docx 9/4/20 11:23 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Part 2 - Products Materials Precision Non-Shrink Grout: Provide a high-precision, fluid, non-shrink, quartz or non-catalyzed metallic aggregate grouting material. Provide a ready-to-use grout that hardens free from bleeding, settlement, or drying shrinkage when mixed, placed and cured at any consistency – fluid, flowable, plastic or damp-pack. Provide precision, non-shrink natural aggregate grout that when cured produces the following properties: A. Compressive Strength at fluid consistency (ASTM C 109-90-Modified): 3500 psi (24 MPa) at 1 day, 7500 psi (52 MPa) at 28 days. B. Passes ASTM C 1107 as a grade B grout w hen tested as temperature minimum and maximums of 45 degrees Fahrenheit to 90 degrees Fahrenheit (8 degrees Celsius to 32 degrees Celsius) at a working time of 30 minutes. Grout must be tested at a fluid consistency per ASTM C 939 and remain fluid at temperature range minimum and maximums for the 30-minute working time. All materials including water must be mixed and tested at temperature minimum/maximums. C. Modulus of Elasticity at 28 days at fluid consistency (ASTM C 469): 3.0 x 106 psi (20.7 GPa) minimum, 3.9 x 106 (27.0 GPa) maximum. D. Coefficient of Thermal Expansion for fluid consistency (ASTM C 531): 7.5 x 10-6/ degrees Fahrenheit maximum (13.5 x 10-6/ degrees Celsius). E. Flexural strength at 28 days for fluid consistency (ASTM C 78): 1300 psi (7.9 MPa). F. Resistance to rapid freezing – thawing (ASTM C 666, Procedure A): 300 cycles- min RDF 90 percent. G. Split tensile strength at 28 days at fluid consistency (ASTM C 496): 450 psi (3.1 MPa). H. Pass 24-hour grout test under stated temperature, time and fluidity constraints. See MBT Protection and Repair 24-hour Grout Form. Precision non-shrink grout shall be Masterbuilders 928 or Embeco 885 Grout or approved equal. General Purpose Non-Shrink Grout: General Purpose Non-shrink grout shall meet the compressive strength and nonshrink requirements of CRD-C 621, Grades B and C; Corp of Engineers Specification for Non-shrink grout; and ASTM C 1107, Grades B and C. General Purpose Non-shrink grout shall be Masterflow 713 Plus or Embeco 636 Plus or approved equal. Provide curing compounds as recommended by the grout manufacturer. Water to be used in mixing the grout shall be potable. Mixes Comply with grout manufacturer’s recommendations for mixing procedures. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 3 3-11 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\3 Concrete.docx 9/4/20 11:23 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Adjust water temperature to keep mixed grout temperature in the range of 45 degrees Fahrenheit (7 degrees Celsius) and 90 degrees Fahrenheit (32 degrees Celsius) minimum/maximum. Use cold or iced water to extend working time in hot weather or in large placements. Use warm water in cold conditions to achieve minimum as mixed temperatures. Part 3 - Installation Preparation Mechanically remove unsound concrete within the limits of the grout placement. Remove at least ¼-inch (6mm) of existing concrete facing and continue removal as required to expose sound aggregate. Thoroughly clean the roughened surface of dirt, loose chips, and dust. Maintain substrate in a saturated condition for 24 hours prior to grouting. Surface should be saturated surface dry at time of grouting. Clean baseplates and other metal surfaces to be grouted to obtain maximum adhesion. Remove loose rust and scale by grinding or sanding. Comply with grout manufacturer’s recommendations for form construction. Construct forms to be liquid tight. Installation Place grout mixture into prepared areas from one side to the other. Avoid placing grout from opposite sides in order to prevent voids. Work material firmly into the bottom and sides to assure good bond and to eliminate voids. Ensure that foundation and baseplate are within maximum/minimum placement temperatures. Shade foundation from summer sunlight under hot conditions. Warm foundation when foundation temperature is below 45 degrees Fahrenheit (7 degrees Celsius). Wet cure exposed shoulders for 48 hours followed by two coats of curing compound for best results. The minimal requirement is to wet cure until grout has reached final set, followed by two coats of curing compounds. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 4-1 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\4 Masonry.docx 9/4/20 11:24 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 4 Masonry – This Division Not Used THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 5-1 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\5 Metals.docx 9/4/20 11:25 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 5 Metals – This Division Not Used THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 6-1 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\6 Wood Plastics and Composites.docx 9/4/20 11:26 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 6 Wood, Plastics, and Composites – This Division Not Used THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 7-1 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\7 Thermal and Moisture Protection.docx 9/4/20 11:27 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 7 Thermal and Moisture Protection – This Division Not Used THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 8-1 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\8 Openings.docx 9/4/20 11:27 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 8 Openings – This Division Not Used THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 9-1 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\9 Finishes.docx 9/4/20 11:30 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 9 Finishes 9.00 GENERAL This division covers work necessary for providing all materials, equipment, and labor to coat all items in accordance with these specifications. Sections in these specifications titled “Common Work for . . .” shall apply to all following subsections whether directly referenced or not. 9.90 PAINTING AND COATING 9.90.05 Common Work for Painting and Coating Part 1 – General Scope The work specified in this Section covers the furnishing and installation of protective coating, complete in place. Shop coating and/or factory applied finishes on manufactured or fabricated items may be specified elsewhere. Regardless of the number of coats previously applied, at least two coats of paint shall be applied in the field to all coated surfaces unless otherwise specified herein. Submittals Before beginning any painting or coating, submit a list of coatings and manufacturers intended for use for review by the Owner. Include the application each coating is intended for, any surface preparation, number of coats, method of application, and coating thickness. Provide Safety Data Sheets (SDS) for all materials to be used including solvents. Provide NSF certification for all finishes in potential contact with potable water. Submit this information in accordance with the requirements regarding shop drawings included herein. Provide owner with schedule of coating operations and inspection timing. Coating inspections will be scheduled based upon Contractor-provided schedule, update schedule weekly or as necessary. Provide manufacturer’s approval of coating system applicator. If product being used are manufactured by a company other than the specified reference standard, provide complete comparison of proposed products with specified projects including application procedures, coverage rates, and verification that product is designed for intended use. Information must also be provided that demonstrates that the manufacturer’s products are equal to the performance standards of products manufactured by Tnemec Corporation, which is the reference standard. Performance Requirements All finishes potentially in contact with potable water shall be National Sanit ation Foundation (NSF) certified for contact with potable water. Certification from the NSF or UL shall be supplied in writing at the time of the submittal process for Finishes . Contractor shall be responsible for verifying all finishes used on the project are compliant with primary and City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 9 9-2 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\9 Finishes.docx 9/4/20 11:30 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. secondary standards of the Safe Drinking Water Act. Any violation shall be remedied at the Contractor’s expense. The completed coating shall produce a minimum dry film thickness in accordance with the specifications as determined by the microtest thickness gauge or comparable instrument. In areas where this thickness is not developed, sufficient additional coats shall be applied to produce it. Quality Assurance The Contractor shall be responsible for compatibility of all shop and field applied paint products including the use of primer, intermediate and top coats by different manufacturers if applicable. For any Contractor initiated substitutions, the Contractor shall verify complete compatibility between coatings provided for the project. If coatings are not compatible per manufacturer’s review it shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to remove incompatible coatings fully and replace with compatible coating systems. Paint used in the first field coat over shop painted or previously painted surfaces shall cause no wrinkling, lifting, or other damage to the underlying paint. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining written documentation from equipment/material manufacturers regarding the date at which shop prime coatings are applied and shall strictly adhere to the coating manufacturer’s recommendations for recoat time intervals. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer such documentation upon request. Storage and Handling Bring all materials to the job site in the original sealed and labeled containers of the paint manufacturer. Materials shall be subject to inspection by the Owner. Store paint supplies as recommended by the manufacturer and as approved by the Owner. Waste Products The Contractor shall be responsible for the collection, containment, transportation, and disposal of all waste products generated for this project. Cleaning and disposal shall comply with all federal, state, and local pollution control laws . Provide acceptable containers for collection and disposal of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Cleaning and disposal shall comply with all federal, state, and local pollution control laws . Provide acceptable containers for collection and disposal of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Part 2 – Products Manufacturers The following coating system manufacturers are approved subject to compliance with the Specifications contained herein: 1. Tnemec Company 2. Sherwin Williams 3. Wasser High Tech Coatings City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 9 9-3 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\9 Finishes.docx 9/4/20 11:30 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 4. Or Equal The specified coating shall be understood as establishing the type and quality of the coating desired. Other manufacturers’ products will be accepted provided sufficient information is submitted to allow the Engineer to determine that the coatings proposed are equivalent to those named. Proposed coating shall be submitted for review in accordance with Division 1 . Requests for review of equivalency will not be accepted from anyone except the Contractor, and such requests shall not be considered until after the Contract has been awarded. Substitutions of the coatings of other manufacturers shall be considered only if equivalent systems of coatings can be provided and only if a record of satisfactory experience with the system in equivalent applications is available. Offers for substitutions will not be considered which decrease film thickness, solids by volume or the number of coats to be applied or which propose a change from the generic type of coating specified herein. All substitutions shall include complete test reports to prove compliance with specified performance criteria. Part 3 – Execution Installers Contractor shall be responsible for quality assurance including the retention of a coating applicator with experience necessary to complete the work as specified w ithin this Division. Applicator’s personnel shall be adequately trained for application of specified coatings. Applicator must prove adequate experience with the coatings specified for this project. At the discretion of the Owner, the applicator shall be approved to complete the coatings portion of the work. Submit list of a minimum of three completed projects of similar size and complexity to this project during the submittal process. Include for each project: 1. Project name and location. 2. Name and phone number of owner. 3. Name and phone number of Contractor. 4. Name and phone number of engineer. 5. Name and phone number of coating manufacturer. 6. Approximate area of coatings applied. 7. Date of completion. Examination The Owner shall inspect and approve all surface preparations prior to application of any coating. Provide 24-hour notice prior to surface inspection needs. Preparation Prepare surfaces in accordance with the recommendations of the manufacturer of the coating to be applied to the surface, or the surface preparation requirements of these specifications, whichever are stricter. In general, all surface preparation shall meet Structural Steel Painting Council (SSPC) Surfacing Preparation (SP) guidelines and/or the National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE) as noted herein unless more strictly described by coating manufacturer. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 9 9-4 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\9 Finishes.docx 9/4/20 11:30 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Coatings shall only be applied during weather meeting the recommendations of the coating manufacturer. Air and surface temperatures, humidity, and all other environmental conditions shall be within limits prescribed by the manufacturer for the coating being applied, and work areas shall be reasonably free of airborne dust at the time of application and while coating is drying. Materials shall be mixed, thinned, and applied according to the manufacturer’s printed instructions. Dry Film Thickness (DFT) shall be as stated here in or applied based on coverage rates of square feet per gallon (sq. ft./gal). Installation/Construction Paint application shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer’s printed instructions except that coating thickness specified herein shall govern. Finished coating on all items shall be clean, undamaged, and of uniform thickness and color. Coating shall be done in a manner satisfactory to the Owner. The dry film thickness listed in the “Materials” section of this Division must be met, regardless of the applied film thickness or number of coats. Carefully observe all safety precautions stated in the manufacturer’s printed instructions. Provide adequate ventilation and lighting at all times. The manufacturer’s recommended drying time shall be construed to mean “under normal conditions”. Where conditions are other than normal because of weather, confined spaces, or other reason, longer drying times may be necessary. The manufacturer’s recommendation for recoating time intervals shall be strictly adhered to. Pipe shall be emptied of water for a minimum of 24 hours prior to surface preparation and painting. Pipe shall not be filled with water until coating is dry. If, in the Engineer’s opinion it is not practical to drain the pipes, the water must stand for at least 48 hours to reach ambient temperature prior to coating the pipe. Do not allow water to flow for at least 24 hours after final coating. Field Quality Control The prime Contractor shall be completely responsible for coating quality. The Contractor shall provide both wet and dry film gauges and make such available to the Engineer when requested. If coating inspector finds anomalies and/or defects, the Contractor shall re-prep and recoat those areas per the coating manufacturer’s instructions. Acceptance of the completed coatings shall be based on the proper application and proper preparation of the coated surfaces, and a finished product that meets minimum thickness and does not contain runs, drips, surface irregularities, overspray, color variations, scratches, pinholes, holidays, and other surface signs that detract from the overall performance and/or appearance of the finished project. Inspection For metals exposed to exterior atmospheric conditions, first coat of paint or primer must be placed within four hours of passing inspection. Bare steel must be reblasted and reinspected if not successfully coated within this four-hour time frame, at the Contractor’s expense. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 9 9-5 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\9 Finishes.docx 9/4/20 11:30 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Use the Pictorial Surface Preparation Standards for Painting Steel Surfaces (VIS-1) by the Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) as a visual standard for inspection of surface preparation of metal surfaces. Test-Tex Tape may also be used to verify surface profile. Each coat shall be inspected prior to application of the next coat. Areas found to contain runs, overspray, roughness, streaks, laps, sags, or other signs of improper application shall be repaired or recoated in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Finish coats shall be uniform in color and sheen. Surface preparations and coatings not inspected and approved by owner will be uncovered for inspection and approval at no additional cost to the owner. Repair/Restoration The Contractor is responsible for all costs associated with any damage that occurs as a resul t of over-spray. Scratched, chipped, or otherwise damaged coatings, including factory coatings, shall be repaired before final acceptance will be given. Cleaning If any cleaning of equipment at the site is performed with solvents, such work shall be done over leak-proof linings. Preparation or coating materials may not be disposed of onsite. 9.90.06 Color Schedule Colors used for finish coatings on process equipment, piping, and building surfaces shall conform to the following schedule. All finishes shall be glossy unless otherwise specified. Finish coatings, which are applied in the shop by the manufacturer, shall conform to this section. Factory coatings which are damaged during shipment or installation shall be recoated in the field in accordance with these specifications. Items of similar purpose shall be painted the same color. If items come from the factory with a shop applied coating that does not match said color, they shall be field coated to match. The contractor shall allow no less than 15 working days from the time the Owner is provided with color selections for the Owner to make color choices. The Owner will develop a color schedule for painted items after award of the contract. Contractor shall provide a pallet of colors from the manufacturer of not less than 30 color choices. 9.90.13 Unpainted Items Part 1 – General Summary Do not coat aluminum or stainless-steel items unless specifically directed otherwise below or on the Plans. Field painting is not required for factory prefinished equipment items (e.g. pumps, motors, blowers, etc.) unless otherwise specified. Do not coat shop epoxied meters or control valves unless noted otherwise on the Plans or herein. Do not coat small diameter pilot systems such as galvanized iron, copper, or brass pipe and fittings associated with control valves or sensors unless noted otherwise on the Plans or herein. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 9 9-6 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\9 Finishes.docx 9/4/20 11:30 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Do not coat over nameplates, labels, or identification tags. 9.91 Painting and Coating Part 1 – General Related Sections Refer to 9.90.05 for coating application requirements. 9.91.33 Submerged and Buried Metals Painting 9.91.33.03 - System 2: Metals Submerged in Wastewater – Non-NSF Part 1 – General This section applies to all metals submerged and/or in contact with wastewater. Do not coat stainless steel materials unless specified otherwise. This Section applies to all pipe materials and equipment, including manufacturer applied coating systems. For the purposes of this coating system, metals which are located below the top of the exterior wall within a water bearing structure or are located within a vault or manhole shall be considered as under immersion service conditions. Location: ductile iron pipe exterior inside the wet well and valve chamber. Pipe color shall be light green. Part 2 – Products Materials 1. Tnemec (Epoxy) a. Primer: Series 435 PermaShield (12 to 15 Mil DFT) b. Finish Coat: Series 435 PermaShield (12 to 15 Mil DFT) 2. Sherwin Williams a. Primer (blast hold primer): Copoxy Primer (3 to 5 Mil DFT) b. Intermediate Coat: Macropoxy 80 (5 to 7 Mil DFT) c. Finish Coat: Macropoxy 80 (5 to 7 Mil DFT) Part 3 – Execution Preparation Surface preparation SSPC SP1 followed by SP10 Near White Blast. Surface profile shall be 2.0 Mils, minimum. Bolts must be masked with painter’s tape or similar prior to the application of coating system. Do not apply coating on the bolts. Remove painter’s tape once coating system has dried to the touch. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 9 9-7 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\9 Finishes.docx 9/4/20 11:30 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 9.97.23 Concrete Coatings Part 1 - General Scheduling Most coatings on concrete will require a 28-day concrete curing period prior to coating. Schedule the work accordingly. No additional monetary or time compensation will be given for failure to plan for the required curing duration. 9.97.23.01 - System 4: Concrete – Immersion, Severe Conditions subject to Hydrogen Sulfide Exposure Part 1 - General This Section shall apply to proposed manholes. This Section shall apply to all concrete surfaces within proposed manholes including exposed concrete within pipe core holes. Manholes are to be coated prior to delivery to the project site. Part 2 - Products Wasser MC-Shieldcoat System or approved equal: a. Primer: Wasser MC-Shieldcoat 100: One coat (1.5 to 2 Mil DFT) b. Finish Coat: Wasser MC-Shieldcoat 100: One coat (1.5 to 2 Mil DFT). Color white. Part 3 - Execution Surface Preparation 1. Verify state of cured concrete. No concrete surface shall be coated without a minimum 28-day cure or verify the concrete emits less than 3 lb. per 1,000 sq./ft. in a 24-hour period via a Calcium Chloride test or ASTM D4263 Plastic Mat Test . This applies to patched areas, new pour areas, or newly formed walls and containment dikes. 2. Roughen concrete surface for improved adhesion. Concrete shall be abraded by an approved method from SP13 such as abrasive blasting, high pressure water blast, water jetting with abrasive injection, or similar to achieve an ICRI standard CSP3-5 profile over the entire substrate to be coated. 3. Remove surface contaminants. Remove all oils, grease, dirt, efflorescence, laitance or other foreign contaminants. The concrete surface will also need to be free of moisture or standing water. Wash down with clean water and vacuum the surface subsequent to the above procedures. 4. Repair substrate defects. After the concrete is clean and dried, all surface irregularities are to be repaired with the specified surface filler. This includes form voids, honeycombs, fins, cracks, spalled areas, and control joints. All metallic protrusions shall be ground below the surface and then patched or filled with an approved material. Fill any discontinuities, such as picking holes, flush with the adjoining concrete surface. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 9 9-8 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\9 Finishes.docx 9/4/20 11:30 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Installation Coat all surfaces unless some are specifically identified to not be coated. Stripe coat all concrete joints to obtain full coverage within the joint. 9.97.23.05 – System 5: Concrete (Exterior below Grade Water- proofing) Part 2 – Products Materials 1. Tnemec a. One coat: Series 46H-413 Hi-Build Tneme-Tar. (16 to 20 Mil DFT) 2. Sherwin Williams a. One coat: Hi-Mil Sher-Tar Epoxy. (16 to 20 Mil DFT) Part 3 – Execution Preparation Allow 28-days cure time for concrete, or until passing the ASTM D 4263 Plastic Mat Test. Surface shall be clean, dry, and free of contaminants. Rock pockets ¼-inch diameter and larger filled. 10-1 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\10 Specialties.docx 9/4/20 11:31 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 10 Specialties – This Division Not Used THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 11-1 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\11 Equipment.docx 9/4/20 11:38 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 11 Equipment 11.00 GENERAL This division covers that work necessary for providing and installing all equipment as described in these specifications and as shown on the Plans. Sections in these specifications titled “Common Work for . . .” shall apply to all following subsections whether directly referenced or not. 11.05 Common Work for Equipment Part 1 - General Submittals Submittal information shall be provided to the Owner for the following items: • Pumps and Motors • Packaged Lift Station 11.10 PUMPS 11.10.05 Common Work for Pumps Part 1 - General Summary This section covers work necessary to provide the pumps, complete with motors and accessories, described herein and as shown on the Plans. Related Sections • Division 1.75 Starting and Adjusting • Division 1.79 Demonstration and Training • Division 1.81.40 Pressure Ratings • Division 9.91.33 Submerged and Buried Metals Painting • Division 9.97.23 Concrete Coatings • Division 11.12.13 Packaged Lift Stations References • HI - Hydraulic Institute. • ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials. • AISI - American Iron and Steel Institute. • ANSI - American National Standards Institute. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 11 11-2 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\11 Equipment.docx 9/4/20 11:38 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Definitions Pumps are classified by the following terms: Submersible – Refers generally to single stage centrifugal pumps such as Submersible Sewage. Performance Requirements Power required to operate the pump(s) shall not exceed the motor nameplate horsepower. The design and performance requirements listed for each pump must be met, with no exceptions. Pumps that do not meet all of the conditions will be rejected. Submittals Submittal information shall be provided for each individual pump. Product Data: • Specifications and data describing all pump parts, pieces, and components. Include information on materials of construction and proposed coating systems. • Performance curves showing total dynamic head (TDH) in feet, efficiency and net-positive-suction head required (NPSHR) versus output in gallons per minute (GPM). All losses from the drive shaft, seal, coupling and other mechanical losses shall be included in the pump efficiency data presented. Catalog or software generated curves may be submitted for preliminary approval and ordering. • Complete list of all pump system components and accessories to be provided. Shop Drawings: • Provide detailed dimensional drawings showing outline dimensions, lengths, overall sizes, materials and weights for each pump unit and associated accessories. Closeout Submittals: Provide the following submittals prior to project closeout: • Operations and Maintenance Manual • Manufacturer Signed Warranties with pump serial numbers Schedule Provide delivery time in time from approval of shop drawings/submittal. All equipment shall be delivered within 12 weeks or less from approval of complete submittal information. Quality Assurance The pump manufacturer shall accept unit responsibility for the motor/pump assembly. Ensure that pumps selected are locally serviceable and replacement parts are readily available. Delivery, Storage, and Handling Pumps shall be delivered, stored, and handled in accordance with manufacturer recommendations. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 11 11-3 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\11 Equipment.docx 9/4/20 11:38 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Warranty All pumping equipment described in this section and provided under this contract shall be warranted against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of two years after date of project acceptance. “Original operation” shall be defined as the date that the manufacturer’s representative approves field testing of each unit, and Owner accepts unit and its installation following completion of a 5-day operational testing period. Following pump and motor installation, supplier shall furnish services of a qualified manufacturer’s representative to inspect pump units and inform Owner, prior to field testing, of any defects or concerns regarding condition of each unit and its installation at the job site. Upon resolution of any defects or concerns (if any) and work performed by the Contractor at their expense, manufacturer’s warranty shall then be in full effect with no reservation or qualifications other than those stated in the manufacturer’s warranty. Upon completion of pump installation, manufacturer shall provide written certification that equipment is fully warranted as installed. Extra Materials Provide any special tools required for pump or motor maintenance. Part 2 - Products Manufacturers Flygt is the only manufacturer approved on this project. Components All pump system components are to come from the pump manufacturer and shall include: • Motor • Shaft assembly • Impeller assembly • Volute assembly • Discharge head or pump casing • Couplings • Power cable • All other necessary appurtenances for complete unit assembly. Accessories All pumps are to include an engraved non-corrosive metal nameplate on the exterior of the pump head or body (duplicate attached to pump support flange or shipped loose if submersible), readily accessible without requiring any disassembly. The nameplate shall include, at a minimum, the following information: • Pump Manufacturer City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 11 11-4 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\11 Equipment.docx 9/4/20 11:38 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. • Pump Model Number • Pump Serial Number • Impeller Number • Impeller Trim • Design TDH (feet) • Design Flow (gpm) • Supplier Name and Phone Number • Date of Manufacture Source Quality Control Field Pump Performance Testing Pump manufacturer shall have a representative that will oversee the pump performance during testing and startup. Part 3 - Execution Installation/Construction Install pump units in accordance with manufacturer’s specifications and direction. Installation shall be supervised and approved by manufacturer’s representative prior to operating or field testing units. Adjust pump assemblies so that driving units are properly aligned, plumb, and level with the driven units and all interconnecting shafts and couplings. Flexible couplings shall not be used to compensate for any misalignment. Connect suction and discharge piping to the pump in a manner which prevents strain on pump flanges. Field Quality Control See Division 1.75 Starting and Adjusting for scheduling and notification requirements. A qualified and authorized representative of the pump manufacturer shall conduct and/or supervise the field testing. Prior to acceptance of installed pumps, manufacturer’s representative shall demonstrate proper operation of pumps at capacities stated. Contractor shall be responsible for calibration, startup, and initial performance to meet specifications herein. A field test shall be made to give an indication of the performance of the new pump when it is operating under actual field conditions and to establish the acceptance of the pump furnished and installed. The field test shall be performed in the presence of the Engineer after the piping and controls have been installed. A performance test similar to those described in the latest edition of Hydraulic Institute’s (HI) Pump Tests (ANSI/HI 14.6 centrifugal and vertical, ANSI/HI 11.6 Submersible) shall be performed, submitted to the Engineer and approved for each pump. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 11 11-5 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\11 Equipment.docx 9/4/20 11:38 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. The field test shall be performed to the accuracy obtainable with the monitoring equipment installed with the piping and instrumentation. If sufficient field devices are not available to test all parameters, the Contractor shall provide testing gauges and meters as needed. Testing shall be completed under the observation of the Owner and Engineer. At that time, the following data shall be collected for each pump: • TDH vs. Flow at a minimum of three points which include: Shutoff head, open to system, and approximately 50 percent design flow with throttled discharge valve. Additional points may be required at the discretion of the Engineer. • Overall Efficiency Upon completion of pump installation and testing, manufacturer shall provide written certification that equipment is fully warranted installed. Certification shall be provided that pumps meet all requirements set forth in these specifications and submittal literature. The pump installer shall also provide a written report of all test conditions and results. Repair Repair and retest units failing any field test. If unit fails second field test, unit will be rejected and supplier shall furnish a unit that will perform as specified. 11.12 Wastewater Pumps 11.12.2 Lift Station Pumps and Motors Part 1 – General This section covers work necessary to provide the submersible non-clog pumps and motors with rail system at the proposed Airport Lift Station. The pumps shall be capable of passing a 3.0” spherical solid without degradation to the pump or motor. Each pump unit provided for this project shall be Flygt, no substitutions. See lower sections for specific pump model numbers and operational requirements. Related Sections • Division 11.10.05 Common Work for Pumps • Division 11.12.13 Packaged Lift Stations Part 2 – Products Operational Requirements Pump No. 1 Pump No. 2 Design Head (TDH) (Feet) 25 25 Design Flow (gpm) 150 150 Minimum Shutoff Head (feet) 65 65 Flygt Model Number/Impeller No. NP 3069 SH3~ Adaptive 275 NP 3069 SH3~ Adaptive 275 Maximum Motor Horse Power 2.7 2.7 City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 11 11-6 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\11 Equipment.docx 9/4/20 11:38 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Pump Design The pump(s) shall be automatically and firmly connected to the discharge connection, guided by no less than two guide bars extending from the top of the station to the discharge connection. There shall be no need for personnel to enter the wet well. A machined metal to metal watertight contact shall accomplish sealing of the pumping unit to the discharge connection. Each pump shall be fitted with sufficient length of stainless steel cable to reach from bottom to top of wet well plus five feet of slack. The working load of the lifting system shall be 50 percent greater than the pump unit weight. Pump Construction Major pump components shall be of gray cast iron, ASTM A-48, Class 35B, with smooth surfaces devoid of blow-holes or other irregularities. All exposed nuts or bolts shall be AISI type 304 stainless steel construction. All metal surfaces coming into contact with the sewage, other than stainless steel or brass, shall be protected by a factory applied spray coating of acrylic dispersion zinc phosphate primer with a polyester resin paint finish on the exterior of the pump. Sealing design shall incorporate metal-to-metal contact between machined surfaces. Critical mating surfaces where watertight sealing is required shall be machined and fitted with Nitrile or Viton rubber O-rings. Fittings will be the result of controlled compression of O-rings in two planes and O-ring contact of four sides without the requirement of a specific torque limit. Impeller (Adaptive) The impeller(s) shall be cast of ASTM A-532 (Alloy III A) 25% chrome cast iron, dynamically balanced, semi-open, multi-vane, back-swept, non-clog design. The impeller vane leading edges shall be mechanically self-cleaned upon each rotation as they pass across a spiral groove located on a replaceable insert ring. The impeller shall have vanes hardened to Rc 45 and shall be capable of handling solids, fibrous materials, heavy sludge and other matter found in waste water. The screw shape of the impeller inlet shall provide an inducing effect for the handling of sludge and rag -laden wastewater. The impeller shall be capable of momentarily moving axially upwards a distance of 15mm/0.6-in. to allow larger debris to pass through and immediately return to normal operating position. Mechanical Seal Each pump shall be provided with a tandem mechanical shaft seal system consisting of two totally independent seal assemblies. The seals shall operate in a lubricant reservoir that hydro- dynamically lubricates the lapped seal faces at a constant rate. The lower, primary seal unit, located between the pump and the lubricant chamber, shall contain one stationary corrosion resistant tungsten carbide and one positively driven rotating corrosion resistant tungsten carbide ring. The upper secondary seal, located between the seal chamber and the seal inspection chamber shall be a leakage-free seal. The upper seal shall contain one stationary and one positively driven rotating corrosion resistant tungsten-carbide seal ring. The rotating seal ring shall have small back-swept grooves laser inscribed upon its face to act as a pump as it rotates, returning any fluid that should enter the dry motor chamber back into the lubricant chamber Each seal interface shall be held in contact by its own spring system. The seals shall City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 11 11-7 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\11 Equipment.docx 9/4/20 11:38 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. require neither maintenance nor adjustment nor depend on direction of rotation for sealing. The position of both mechanical seals shall depend on the shaft. Mounting of the lower mechanical seal on the impeller hub will not be acceptable. Each pump shall be provided with a lubricant chamber for the shaft sealing system. The lubricant chamber shall be designed to prevent overfilling and to provide lubricant expansion capacity. The drain and inspection plugs, with positive anti-leak seals, shall be easily accessible from the outside. The seal system shall not rely upon the pumped media for lubrication. The motor shall be able to operate dry without damage while pumping under load. Seal lubricant shall be FDA Approved, non-toxic. Suction Cover The volute shall have a replaceable suction cover insert ring in which are cast spiral-shaped, sharp-edged groove(s). The spiral groove(s) shall provide trash release pathways and sharp edge(s) across which each impeller vane leading edge shall cross during rotation so to remain unobstructed. The insert ring shall be cast of (ASTM A-48, Class 35B gray iron or ASTM A-532 (Alloy III A) 25% chrome cast iron) and provide effective sealing between the multi- vane semi-open impeller and the volute housing. Volute The pump volute shall be of A48 Class 35B gray cast iron and shall have an integral spiral shaped cast groove(s) at the suction of the volute. Pump Shaft Pump and motor shaft shall be the same unit. The pump shaft is an extension of the motor shaft. Couplings shall not be acceptable. The pump shaft shall be AISI type 431 stainless steel. Bearings The integral pump/motor shaft shall rotate on two bearings. The motor bearings shall be sealed and permanently grease lubricated with high temperature grease. The upper moto r bearing shall be a two row angular contact ball bearing. The lower bearing shall be a two row angular contact ball bearing to handle the thrust and radial forces. The minimum L10 bearing life shall be 50,000 hours at any usable portion of the pump curve. Electrical Pump Cord Each pump shall be provided with submersible cable (SUBCAB) suitable for submersible pump applications. The power cable shall be of sufficient length to reach from the bottom of the wet well to the splice box shown on the Plans plus five feet of slack. The power cable shall be sized according to NEC and OCEA standards and also meet with PMSHA approval. Electric Motors The pump motor shall be UL approved as explosion-proof for continuous operation in a Class I, Division I, Group D hazardous location when not submerged. The pump motor shall be induction type with a squirrel cage rotor, shell type design, housed in an air filled, watertight chamber, NEMA B type. The stator windings and stator leads shall City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 11 11-8 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\11 Equipment.docx 9/4/20 11:38 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. be insulated with moisture resistant Class H insulation rated for 180C (356F) and capable of up to 15 evenly spaced starts per hour. The rotor bars and short circuit rings shall be made of cast aluminum. Thermal switches set to open at 125C (257F) shall be embedded in the stator lead coils to monitor the temperature of each phase winding. These thermal switches shall be used in conjunction with and supplemental to external motor overload protection and shall be connected to the control panel. The motor and pump shall be designed and assembled by the same manufacturer. The combined service factor (combined effect of voltage, frequency and specific gravity) shall be a minimum of 1.15. The motor shall have a voltage tolerance of plus or minus 10 percent. The motor shall be designed for operation up to 40C (104F) ambient and with a temperature rise not to exceed 80C (176F). A performance chart shall be provided showing curves for torque, current, power factor, input/output kW and efficiency. This chart shall also include data on starting and no-load characteristics. The power cable shall be sized according to the NEC and ICEA standards and shall be of sufficient length to reach the junction box without the need of any splices. The outer jacket of the cable shall be oil resistant chloroprene rubber. The motor and cable shall be capable of continuous submergence underwater without loss of watertight integrity to a depth of 65 feet. The motor horsepower shall be adequate so that the pump is non-overloading throughout the entire pump performance curve from shut-off through run-out. Motor Sensors The motor stator temperature shall be continuously monitored by three (3) low resistant, bi-metallic, (N.C.) normally closed thermal switches embedded in the stator windings. These thermal sensor switches shall be used as additional supplemental motor protection and shall be wired in series with external third leg overload protection provided by the motor stator in the control panel. A float switch shall be installed in the seal leakage chamber and will activate if leakage into the chamber reaches 50 percent chamber capacity, signaling the need to schedule an inspection. Upon detection, the sensors shall actuate a panel mounted relay which will provide the operator with a visual indication of impending seal failure. Seal lubricant shall be FDA Approved, non-toxic. Part 3 - Execution Installation of the pump units shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and direction. The installation shall be supervised and approved by the manufacturer's representative prior to operating or field testing the units. Upon completion of the pump installation, the manufacturer shall provide written certification that the equipment is fully warranted as installed. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 11 11-9 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\11 Equipment.docx 9/4/20 11:38 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 11.12.13 Packaged Lift Stations Part 1 - General Summary This section covers work necessary to provide the wet well type packaged lift station (lift station). Under this section the Contractor shall furnish and install one (1) pre-packaged, pre-assembled lift station complete with precast concrete pump chamber with integral valve vault structure, submersible waste water pumps and motors as specified under Division 11.12.2, slide rail pump removal system, discharge piping with required supports and fittings, discharge check and plug valves, access hatches, valve vault access ladder, liquid level controls, duplex pump control panel, internal wiring and other required appurtenances. The Contractor is responsible for the complete compatibility and integration of the pumps and controls with the lift station components. The lift station manufacturer or their authorized representative shall provide sole-source responsibility to the Owner through the warranty period. Related Sections • Division 1.75 Starting and Adjusting • Division 1.79 Demonstration and Training • Division 1.81.40 Pressure Ratings • Division 1.81.45 Location Designations • Division 11.12.2 Lift Station Pumps and Motors Design Requirements All equipment and materials furnished in the lift station shall be new and free of defects. All equipment shall be the manufacturer’s latest and proven design. All components of the lift station with integral valve vault shall be designed for all stresses that may occur during continuous operation, and for any additional stresses that may occur during fabrication or erection. Workmanship shall be high quality in all respects. All equipment shall be constructed of materials that will maintain their functional integrity during continuous handling, and in contact with the liquids and atmosphere, likely to be encountered in this application. Hazardous Location Compliance: The wet well and the area within 2 feet of the wet well has been classified as a Class 1, Division 1, A Hazardous Location as defined by the National Electrical Code. All electric wiring and motors located within the subject area shall be in strict compliance with these standards. The shop drawings shall carry the manufacturer’s certification that all equipment located in the subject area meets the requirements of NEC Class 1, Division 1 Criteria and the Underwriter’s Laboratory (UL). All electrical materials, devices, and equipment shall be UL listed wherever applicable. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 11 11-10 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\11 Equipment.docx 9/4/20 11:38 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. All equipment and installations shall meet the National Electric Code. The following items shall be accounted for in the precast unit design. Precast Concrete Unit Design: • Design standard precast concrete units to withstand design load conditions in accordance with ACI 350. Design must also consider stresses induced during handling, shipping, and installation in order to avoid product cracking or other handling damage. Design loads for precast concrete units shall be indicated on the shop drawings and designed by a licensed Professional Engineer. • The structural design shall take into account discontinuities in the structure produced by openings. • The lift station with integral valve vault shall be designed to support its own weight as well as the minimum superimposed loads tabulated below. All additional equipment shall be accounted for in the design of the elements. o Top Slab o Live Load & Impact Load – AASHTO LRFD HL-93 o Floor Slab (valve vault & base) o Live Load – 200 psf o Exterior Walls o All exterior walls below finished grade shall be designed for an equivalent fluid pressure of 81.6 psf caused by saturated earth pressure. The top of the pressure diagram is assumed to originate at finished grade. In addition to the soil pressure, a Live Load Traffic Surcharge shall be applied according to the AASHTO Specification. • The structure shall be designed to prevent floatation without the benefit of skin friction and the weight of mechanical equipment when the ground water level is at finished ground surface. The factor of safety against uplift calculated as a ratio of the total resisting force (excluding skin friction and the weight of the equipment) to the total hydrostatic uplift force shall be at least 1.15. The net uplift force shall be transferred to the anti-buoyancy collar. Concrete Mix Design: • Concrete type o For non-machine cast products, the concrete shall be self-consolidating concrete which produces minimal bugholes and does not segregate. • Concrete Proportions o Selection of proportions for concrete shall be based on current self- consolidating concrete mix design techniques. At a minimum, ACI 211.1 shall be used. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 11 11-11 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\11 Equipment.docx 9/4/20 11:38 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. o The precast concrete producer shall submit a mix design for each strength and type of concrete that will be used. Submitted mix designs shall include the quantity, type, brand and applicable data sheets for all design constituents as well as documentation indicating conformance with applicable reference specifications. • Durability and Performance Requirements o Concrete Compressive Strength – precast concrete units shall have a 28-day compressive strength of 5000 psi for SCC. o Water-Cementitious Ratio – concrete that will be exposed to freezing and thawing shall contain air and shall have a water-cementitious ratio of 0.45 or less. Concrete which will not be exposed to freezing, but which is required to be leak resistant, shall have a water-cementitious ratio of 0.48 or less. For corrosion protection, reinforced concrete exposed to deicer salts, brackish water or seawater shall have a water-cementitious ratio of 0.40 or less. o Air Content – the air content of concrete that will be exposed to freezing conditions shall be within the limits given below Nominal Maximum Aggregate size (in) Air Content % Severe Exposure Moderate Exposure 3/8 6.0 to 9.0 4.5 to 7.5 1/2 5.5 to 8.5 4.0 to 7.0 3/4 4.5 to 7.5 3.5 to 6.5 1 4.5 to 7.5 3.0 to 6.0 1-1/2 4.5 to 7.0 3.0 to 6.0 * For specified compressive strengths greater than 5000 psi, air content may be reduced 1% Submittals The following submittal information shall be provided, at a minimum. Preconstruction Submittals: • Upon request by the Owner, submit quality control procedures established by the precast manufacturer. Product Data: • Submit manufacturer’s specific technical product data on all lift station components, including installation and start up instructions, and furnished specialties and accessories. Provide structural calculations stamped by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Washington. Drawings: • Submit manufacturer’s assembly-type shop drawings indicating dimensions, mechanical & electrical components, complete bill of materials, structural layout & City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 11 11-12 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\11 Equipment.docx 9/4/20 11:38 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. reinforcing per calculations and structural weights. Structural reinforcing drawings shall be stamped by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Washington. • The drawings for precast concrete units shall be furnished by the precast concrete producer for approval. These drawings shall show the design loads and standards have been met. Installation and construction information shall be included on shop drawings. • The drawing for submittal shall show locations and dimensions to all penetrations and special embed items. Product dimensions and thicknesses shall be shown, and the drawing shall be to a common architectural scale with the precast producer’s information in the title block. Precast Concrete Unit Data: • Anchorage, Lifting Inserts and Devices o For anchors, lifting inserts and other devices, the precast concrete producer shall provide product data sheets and proper installation instructions upon request. • Accessory Items o For items including, but not limited to sealants, gaskets, pipe entry connectors, steps, racks, and other items installed before or after delivery, the precast concrete producer shall include proper installation instructions and relevant product data. Design Data: • The precast concrete producer shall supply submittals showing design loading and material specifications for supplied products. At a minimum, the following shall be shown on the submittals: o Live load used in design o Vertical and lateral earth loads used in design o Depth of soil fill on the structure o Water table depth used in calculations • The precast concrete producer shall supply precast concrete unit design calculations and concrete mix design proportions and appropriate mix design test data. Structural design calculations shall be stamped by a Professional Engineer registered in the State of Washington. Test Reports: • Upon request, the precast concrete producer shall supply copies of material certifications and/or laboratory test reports, including mill tests and all other test data, for Portland cement, blended cement, pozzolans, ground granulated blast- furnace slag, silica fume, aggregate, admixtures, and curing compound proposed for use on this project. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 11 11-13 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\11 Equipment.docx 9/4/20 11:38 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. • Upon request, the precast concrete producer shall submit copies of test reports showing that the mix has been successfully tested to produce concrete with the properties specified and will be suitable for the project conditions. Such tests may include compressive strength, plastic air content, temperature of freshly mixed concrete, and slump of freshly mixed concrete. Special tests for precast concrete items shall be clearly detailed in the specifications. • Upon request, the precast concrete producer shall supply copies of in-plant QA/QC inspection reports. Quality Assurance Shipping precast concrete units: Precast concrete units shall not be shipped until they have reached at least 70% of their specified 28-day design strength, unless damage will not result, impairing the performance of the product. Factory pre-assembly: During fabrication and before shipment, all equipment shall be fully factory installed to verify all proper clearances. All installed equipment, unless crossing structural joints, shall remain in the precast structure during travel to the jobsite and final re-assembly. Qualifications, Quality Control and Inspection The precast producer shall maintain a permanent quality control department. The precast concrete producer shall have a quality control program which is audited for compliance annually by persons outside that plant’s employee structure. Upon request, the precast concrete producer shall supply a copy of their quality control manual. Quality Control The precast concrete producer shall show that the following quality control tests are performed as required and in accordance with the ASTM International standards indicated. Copies of the test results and inspections listed shall be available upon request. Concrete Testing: • Slump: A slump test shall be performed at least once per day per mix design used. Slump tests shall be performed in accordance with ASTM C 1611 for self-consolidating concrete. • Temperature: The temperature of fresh concrete shall be measured each time a slump, air content, or compressive strength tests are made. Temperature shall be measured in accordance with ASTM C 1064. • Compressive Strength: At least four compressive strength specimens shall be made each day for each mix design unless otherwise specified. In accordance with ASTM C 31, C 39, C 192. • Air Content: Tests for air content shall be performed if the mix design specifies air entrainment. The air content shall be measured in accordance with ASTM C 231. The air content shall be measured once per day per mix design. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 11 11-14 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\11 Equipment.docx 9/4/20 11:38 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. • Density (Unit Weight): Tests for Density (Unit Weight) shall be performed monthly for each mix design used at a minimum. Tests shall be in accordance with ASTM C 138. Aggregate Testing: • A full set of aggregate tests shall be performed on each aggregate at least annually by an independent testing agency or an in house test lab. These tests shall include gradations (ASTM C136), Soundness (ASTM C 88), Organic Impurities (ASTM C 40), Sand Equivalent for fine aggregates only (ASTM D 2419). • Potential reactivity shall be performed once per each aggregate source, and when aggregate sources change (ASTM C 1260 or C 1293). • Monthly, at a minimum, gradations shall be performed per ASTM C 33. • Aggregate Moisture tests: Moisture tests on aggregates shall be performed in accordance with ASTM C 70 or ASTM C 566. Fine aggregate moisture content tests shall be performed at least once per day if there are no moisture meters, otherwise it shall be performed once per month. Alternatively the speedy moisture test is acceptable (ASTM D 4944). Preplacement Check: • All products shall be inspected for accuracy prior to placing concrete. Checks shall include, but not be limited to, form condition and cleanliness, form dimensions, joints, release agent, blockouts, inserts and locations, lifting devices, reinforcing steel size, spacing, clearances and proper placement. • Preplacement checks shall be documented and initialed by the inspector. A drawing with verifications of the above criteria is acceptable as documentation. Postplacement Check: • All products shall be inspected for accuracy after the concrete forms have been removed. Checks shall include, but not be limited to, dimensional checks, finishing, insert locations, squareness, honeycombing, cracking, marking, coatings, racking, hole size and location. Postplacement checks may require a corrective action report. • Postplacement checks shall be documented and initialed by the inspector. A drawing with verifications of the above criteria is acceptable as documentation. Outside Inspection The Owner may place an inspector in the plant when the units covered by this specification are being manufactured. The precast concrete producer shall give notice of 3 days prior to the time the precast concrete units will be available for plant inspection. Delivery, Storage and Handling The Contractor is responsible for following all handling, storage, and delivery instructions and requirements of the manufacturer. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 11 11-15 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\11 Equipment.docx 9/4/20 11:38 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Handling Precast concrete units shall be handled and transported in a manner to minimize damage. Lifting devices or holes shall be consistent with industry standards. Lifting shall be accomplished with methods or devices intended for this purpose as indicated on the shop drawings. Upon request, the precast concrete producer shall provide documentation on acceptable handling methods for the product. Storage Precast concrete units shall be stored in a manner that will minimize potential damage. Delivery Precast concrete units shall be delivered to the site in accordance with the delivery schedule. Upon delivery to the jobsite, all precast concrete units shall be inspected by the Owner and Contractor for quality and final acceptance. Provide a minimum of 2 days’ notice prior to delivery of structure. Warranty The manufacturer of the lift station shall guarantee for one (1) year from the date of Physical Completion, that the structure and all equipment will be free from defects in design, material and workmanship. Warranties and guarantees by the suppliers of various components in lieu of a single source responsibility by the manufacturer will not be accepted. The manufacturer shall be solely responsible for the warranty of the lift station and all components. In the event a component fails to perform as specified or is proved defective in service during the warranty period, the manufacturer shall provide a replacement part without cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall further provide, without cost to the Owner such labor as may be required to replace, repair or modify major components such as the station structure, sewage piping manifold, etc. Extra Materials Provide the manufacturer’s standard spare parts package. Part 2 - Products Manufacturer The lift station provided for this project shall be Oldcastle Precast Inc. OneLift RC509, no substitutions. Materials Except as otherwise specified, materials shall conform to the following: Cement ASTM C 150 (Type I, II, III, or V) ASTM C 595 (for Blended Cements) City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 11 11-16 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\11 Equipment.docx 9/4/20 11:38 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Silica Fume ASTM C 1240 Fly Ash and Pozzolans ASTM C 618 Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag ASTM C 989 Water ASTM C 1602 (the use of reclaimed/recycled water shall be permitted) Aggregates ASTM C 33 (and aggregate specifications) Air Entraining Admixtures ASTM C 260 Accelerating, Retarding, Water Reducing Admixtures ASTM C 494 Corrosion Inhibitors ASTM C 1582 Reinforcing Bars ASTM A 615 or ASTM A 706 Plain, Welded Wire Reinforcement ASTM A 185 Deformed, Welded Wire Reinforcement ASTM A 497 Epoxy Coated Reinforcing Bars ASTM A 775 Epoxy Coated Welded Wire Reinforcement ASTM A 884 Hot-Dipped Galvanizing for Inserts ASTM A 152 Rubber Gaskets for Circular Pipe ASTM C 443 City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 11 11-17 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\11 Equipment.docx 9/4/20 11:38 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. External Sealing Bands for Pipe ASTM C 877 Preformed Flexible Joint Sealants for Concrete Pipe, Manholes, and Manufactured Box Sections ASTM C 990 Elastomeric Joint Sealants ASTM C 920 Pipe Entry Connectors ASTM C 923, ASTM C 1478 Non-shrink Grout ASTM C 1107 Components Precast Concrete Wet Well Sections with Integral Valve Vault The wet well with integral valve vault shall be composed of precast reinforced concrete units, rectangular in shape with rounded corners. The precast structures shall be monolithically cast, and have minimum interior dimensions of 5’ wide by 9’ long with 2.5’ radius corners (RC509). The precast base section shall be supplied with an extended buoyancy collar to withstand upward buoyant forces with ground water at grade. Overall structure height and valve chamber height shall be as shown on the plans. Exterior walls shall be a minimum of 6 inches thick, integral valve vault common wall and floor shall be a minimum or 4 inches thick, station floor and buoyancy footing shall be a minimum of 8 inches thick, and the roof slab with hatches shall be a minimum of 12 inches thick. The integral valve vault shall be located in the lift station structure. Conventional means, utilizing two (2) separate structures for the lift station and the valve vault will not be accepted. The precast structures shall be comprised of product-standard: base, riser sections, integral valve vault, vault riser shims as required, and station cover. The manufacturer shall have a production facility in which all work associated with structural fabrication, mechanical/electrical pre-assembling and product final inspection of the lift station will be performed. The building shall keep the lift station components protected from the elements and kept at an ambient temperature of at least 45 degrees Fahrenheit. No concrete shall be batched and placed when the ambient temperature is below 50 degrees Fahrenheit. All wall penetrations shall be formed utilizing hole-formers or cored drilled holes for manhole boots, and galvanized threaded couplings with waterstops for electrical connection. All cast wall openings for PVC shall incorporate adjustable rubber manhole boots for a watertight seal. All cast wall openings for ductile iron or galvanized steel pipe shall incorporate a modular, elastomer sealing system equal to Link-Seal for a watertight seal. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 11 11-18 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\11 Equipment.docx 9/4/20 11:38 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. All precast components shall be fabricated on steel forms with machined rings to form accurate bell and spigot joint surfaces to ensure watertight joints. The horizontal joints between precast sections shall be sealed with a vulcanized butyl rubber joint material conforming to AASHTO M-198. The joint material shall be “Conseal CS-102” as manufactured by Concrete Sealants, or approved equal. All surfaces of the precast structures shall be smooth, even, and free from roughness, irregularities and other defects. The surfaces shall be suitable for receiving interior and exterior treatments as specified elsewhere herein. A Crystalline Waterproofing Additive shall be used. The system shall cause the concrete to become sealed against the penetration of liquids from any direction, and shall protect the concrete, surface to surface, from deterioration due to acidic environmental conditions. i. Dose rate of additive shall be per manufacturers’ recommendations. All concrete used for the structural components and non-structural components (including fill concrete, common interior wall and floor of integral valve vault) shall attain a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 5,000 psi. ii. The Waterproofing Additive shall be Xypex Admix C-500, as manufactured by XYPEX Chemical Corporation, Richmond, B.C., Canada, or approved equal. An exterior damp-proofing coating shall be factory applied per Division 9. Pump Removal Rail System The lift station shall be supplied with a stainless steel guide rail pump removal system, to facilitate emergency and routine maintenance in removing and re-installing the submersible pumps from the top of the station. The guide rail system shall include lower guide brackets incorporated in the pump base elbow, 316-stainless upper guide brackets, 316-stainless intermediate guide brackets as may be required per the pump manufacture, and 316-stainless steel Schedule 40 guide rails of size and quantity as dictated by the select pump manufacturer and model. Guide rail components shall be assembled and installed plumb to the lift station structure, and shall allow for pump removal and re-installation without interfering with the access hatch or frame. All assembly hardware shall be 316-stainless steel. Lift Station Access Frame and Cover Furnish and install (1) aluminum pump access hatch, 30” x 48” nominal interior dimension, flush with precast cover, H20 AASHTO load rating with 316-stainless steel hardware. Cover shall be minimum ¼” diamond plate with stainless steel slam lock and weather plug, lift handle which sits flush with cover, recessed pad lock clip (pad lock by others), hold open arm to lock cover in 90-degree position, heavy duty stainless hinges. Frame to be angle style with continuous 1 ½” anchor flange and full slab-height skirt to show no exposed concrete when hatch is open, exterior surfaces in contact with concrete to receive one coat bituminous paint. Pump access hatch to be supplied with integral safety grating system. The safety grate shall be made of 6061-T6 aluminum and designed per the “Specifications for Aluminum Structures”. The grating shall be designed to withstand H20 AASHTO loading. Each grate shall be supplied with a heavy duty, stainless steel pneu-spring for ease of operation when opening. Each grate shall be provided with a permanent hinging system; which will lock the grate in the 90-degree City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 11 11-19 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\11 Equipment.docx 9/4/20 11:38 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. position once opened. Grate shall be coated with an OSHA type safety orange color, base coat is a thermosetting epoxy powder coat finish with a minimum thickness of 2-4 mils. The top coat is a mar-resistant, TGIC polyester powder coating with a minimum thickness of 2-4 mils. Each coat shall be baked at 350-375 degrees F until cured. Access hatch to be manufactured by EJ, East Jordan, MI, or approved equal. Valve Vault Access Frame and Cover Furnish and install (1) aluminum valve vault access hatch, 30” x 36” nominal interior dimension single door, flush with precast cover, H20 AASHTO load rating with 316 stainless steel hardware. Cover shall be minimum ¼” diamond plate with stainless steel slam lock and weather plug, lift handle which sits flush with cover, recessed pad lock clip (pad lock by others), hold open arm to lock cover in 90-degree position, heavy duty stainless hinges. Frame to be channel style with 1 ½” NPT drain port in the bottom of the channel, continuous 1 ½” anchor flange and full slab-height skirt to show no exposed concrete when hatch is open, exterior surfaces in contact with concrete to receive one coat bituminous paint. Hatch shall be supplied with a heavy duty, stainless steel pneu-spring, for ease of operation when opening cover. Access hatch to be manufactured by EJ, East Jordan, MI, or approved equal. Aluminum Vault Ladder The valve vault shall be supplied with an aluminum (6061-T6) wall-mount access ladder. The ladder shall be fastened to the concrete with 316 stainless expansion bolts and shall meet OSHA standard 1910.27 requirements. The ladder rails & supports shall be all welded aluminum construction. Rails and wall supports shall be solid 3/8” x 2 ½” flat stock, and rungs shall have a 1 -1/4” diameter with serrated surface extruded into the rung for slip resistance. The minimum design live load shall be a single concentrated load of 200 lbs. Rung spacing shall be uniform and not exceed 12”, the minimum clear length of rungs shall be 15-1/4”, and the distance from the center line of the rung to the nearest permanent object shall not be less than 7”. The aluminum ladder shall be manufactured by EJ, East Jordan, MI, or approved equal. Ladder Extension The ladder extension assembly shall be constructed of aluminum and stainless steel. The aluminum housing shall mount to the ladder by means of grade 316 stainless steel channel clamps secured to the ladder rungs with grade 316 stainless steel "U" bolts. The aluminum telescoping post shall extend 42” above the top of the housing and lock into position with a grade 316 stainless steel pin. The safety extension post shall be manufactured by EJ, East Jordan, MI, or approved equal. Piping and Fittings B. Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 1. All ductile iron pipe shall be designed in accordance with ANSI A21.50, and shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI A21.51. Pipe for use City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 11 11-20 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\11 Equipment.docx 9/4/20 11:38 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. with grooved end couplings shall have grooved ends in accordance with AWWA C606. 2. Pipe thickness class shall be Class 53 for use with threaded flanges, unless specified otherwise on the product drawings. 3. Flanged joints shall conform with ANSI A21.15, utilizing long-hub flanges which shall be screwed on tight by the foundry before they are faced and drilled. 4. Fittings shall conform to the requirements or ANSI A21.10 and shall be of a pressure classification at least equal to that of the pipe with which they are used. Flanged fittings shall be faced and drilled in accordance with ANSI A21.10. 5. All ductile iron piping and fittings shall be double-thick cement mortar lining and bituminous seal coat (black) on the inside and a bituminous seal coat on the outside, all in accordance with ANSI/AWWA A21.4/C104. C. DI Pipe & Fitting Coating - Epoxy Exterior Coating per Division 9 1. All ductile iron piping and fittings shall be double-thick cement mortar lining and bituminous seal coat on the inside accordance with ANSI/AWWA A21.4/C104. Exterior pipe and fitting surfaces shall receive a compatible prime coating for select 2-part epoxy top coat. Exterior top coat shall be Polyamidoamine Epoxy high-build application, applied at a rate sufficient for 6DMT per coat, and 2-coats required. Color shall be selected from manufacturer’s standard color chart. 2. Epoxy exterior top coat shall be Tnemec Series N69, of approved equal. D. Flange Type Couplings 1. Flange couplings shall be mounted on each pump base elbows to ensure proper pressure seal while providing a minimum of assembly flexibility. The flange couplings shall be fusion bond epoxy coated and supplied with 304-stainless assembly and mounting hardware for harsh & wet environments. The pipe gasket and O-ring seal shall be Nitrile (Buna N) NFS 61 Listed. 2. To ensure correct fitting of pipe and couplings, all flange couplings shall be furnished by the pipe supplier and shall be of the pressure rating of at least that of the pipeline in which they are to be installed. 3. The flange couplings shall be Smith-Blair Inc., model 912 or approved equal. E. Grooved Couplings 1. Grooved couplings shall be supplied where shown on the product drawings and shall conform to AWWA C606. The couplings are designed for use on radius cut grooved pipe with minimum wall thickness of ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51, Class 53 DIP, or a transition coupling may be required for City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 11 11-21 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\11 Equipment.docx 9/4/20 11:38 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. connection of grooved end IPS steel pipe to grooved end AWWA ductile iron pipe. 2. The housing coating shall be coal tar epoxy, the gasket shall be Nitrile (red color code), and bolting hardware of 304-stainless steel. 3. The grooved coupling shall be Victaulic style 31/307, or approved equal. Pipe Supports Piping shall be supported in the valve vault by means of adjustable stainless steel floor supports stands which cradles the pipe/valve flanges. The support stands shall be floor mounted with 316-stainless expansion bolting hardware. Where piping enters and exits the vault structure; aluminum wall supports angles with 304-stainless U-bolts and 316-stainless expansion bolt wall-mounting hardware shall be utilized. Piping shall be supported in the lift station by means of a common 316-stainless fabricated angle brace spanning the width of the station and mounted with wall brackets and 316-stainless hardware. Both vertical discharge pipes shall be supported from the brace by means of individual 316-stainless U-bolts and bolting hardware. Common pipe support assembly at mid length shall be required when the vertical discharge pipe lengths exceed 10’-0”. Common pipe support assemblies at equal spacing shall be required when the vertical discharge pipe lengths exceed 14’-0”. Wall Penetrations Where ductile iron pipe wall penetrations are specified or are called for on the plans; mechanical piping shall utilize cast or cored openings with modular elastomer sealing systems. Modular elastomer sealing system shall be equal to Model S-316 Link Seal modular seal. Electrical conduit penetrations shall utilize galvanized electrical couplings assemblies with 2” wide minimum waterstop embedded in the structure at casting, or cored openings with mechanical rubber seals to fill the annular spacing between electrical conduit and precast wall structure. Mechanical seals shall be Link Seal by Thunderline Corp. or approved equal and shall utilize 316-stainless assembly hardware. Mechanical seals shall be employed when pump control panel or exterior junction box option is factory mounted to the station. Gaskets, Bolts, Nuts For flange joints, gaskets shall be a minimum of 1/8” thick full faced gaskets. Gaskets shall be of composition suitable for exposure to fluids within the pipe. Gaskets shall meet AWWA C110, C111, and C115 performance standards. Flange joints shall be bolt-assemble utilizing the full faced gasket. Bolting hardware, number & size, shall conform to the same ANSI standards as the flange. Bolts and nuts shall be 316-stainless steel, heavy hex Grade B conforming to ASTM A493/494. Station Vent A passive station vent shall be supplied using 2” Schedule 80 PVC piping & fittings, and a stainless insect screen. The vent shall be factory assembled and mounted to the exterior of the station, stainless steel piping shall be used where the venti rise above the station, and turn downward (gooseneck), and end with insect screen minimum 3’ above finish grade. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 11 11-22 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\11 Equipment.docx 9/4/20 11:38 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Interior Junction Boxes for Pumps and Level Control Devices The lift station shall be supplied with interior junction boxes for pump power/control and float conductor connections. The pump power/control junction boxes shall be rated NEMA 7 explosion-proof, and shall require one junction box for each pump. The float junction box shall be rated NEMA 4X and constructed of durable polypropylene for intrinsically safe float operation, where barrier relays are supplied in the pump control panel. The interior junction boxes shall be positioned together and accessible from the hatchway at grade. Interior conduits and fittings shall be utilized for passage of pump power/control and level control conductors to the junction boxes. Pump and level control SJO jacketed cables shall be properly supported within the lift station via stainless strain reliefs (Kellums Grip) or other methods, so that cable weight is not transferred to the junction boxes. Interior conduits and fittings between the wall-embedded electrical couplings and the interior junction boxes shall be RGS construction and shall be factory mounted. Interior conduit support assembly shall be a fabricated type 316 stainless steel Unistrut frame with all type 316 stainless steel fasteners. Where submersible or ultrasonic type level control transducer device is used instead of, or in conjunction with, level control/emergency floats, the transduce cable shall have a dedicated conduit entrance to the station with dedicated conduit and cord bushing. The transducer shall run un-cut to the pump control panel and not require an interior junction box. The weight of the SJO jacketed cable and transducer shall be supported within the lift station via stainless strain relief (Kellums Grip) or other methods, so that cable weight is not transferred to conduit bushing. All final transducer positioning and connection to pump control panel shall be completed on site by the site electrician. Controls A. Gauge Assembly 1. A discharge gauge assembly shall be supplied on each pump discharge pipe line as they enter the valve vault for monitoring system performance. The assembly shall be equipped with a ½” process connection, ½” isolation ball valve, stainless diaphragm seal, 4 ½” pressure gauge and an aluminum wall support with stainless connection hardware. Discharge pressure range shall be 0-60psi. 2. All gauge and diaphragm seal assemblies shall be of a 1 piece welded design with a full scale accuracy of ±1.0%. The gauge shall have a P.E.T. resin case, 4.5” diameter, glycerin fill fluid, with a 316 stainless steel movement, bourdon tube and connection welded to a 1 pc 316ss diaphragm seal. The fill fluid shall be DC200 silicone. Threaded connections between the gauge and the diaphragm seal shall not be accepted. The diaphragm seal shall be all 316 stainless steel including diaphragm and have a ½” NPT ma le 316ss lower connection. The assembly shall be factory assembled and calibrated. 3. The gauge assembly shall be connected to each discharge line by means of dedicated welded and threaded boss, or by means of pipe saddle with ½” City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 11 11-23 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\11 Equipment.docx 9/4/20 11:38 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. outlet. Drilling and tapping discharge piping; utilizing only the pipe wall thickness for threading, will not be acceptable. 4. The gauge & seal assembly shall be XR-81 by Ametek, PTR50 by Winters, or approved equal. Fabrication Forms Forms for manufacturing precast concrete units shall be of the type and design consistent with industry standards and practices. They should be capable of consistently providing uniform products and dimensions. Forms shall be constructed so that the forces and vibrations to which the forms will be subjected cause no damage to the precast concrete unit. Forms shall be cleaned of concrete build-up after each use. Form release agents shall be applied according to the manufacturer’s recommendations and shall not be allowed to build up on the form casting surface. Reinforcement Cages of reinforcement shall be fabricated by tying the bars, wires or welded wire reinforcement. The tolerances for concrete cover shall be 3/8 in. or as specified in the design. Welding shall be allowed only for ASTM A 706 rebar. Positive means shall be taken to assure that the reinforcement does not move significantly during the casting operations. Embedded Items Embedded items shall be positioned at locations specified in the design documents. Inserts and other embeds shall be held rigidly in place so that they do not move significantly during casting operations. Concrete Concrete Mixing: • Mixing operations shall produce batch-to-batch uniformity of strength, consistency and appearance. • Batching weight and volume measurement devices shall be annually calibrated by an independent testing laboratory or more frequently if batching irregularities or concrete inconsistencies are observed. Concrete Placing: • Concrete shall be placed in a manner in which it flows and consolidates without segregation or air entrapment. The freefall of concrete shall be kept to a minimum. • Cold Weather Concreting o Recommendations for cold weather concreting are given in detail in ACI 306 R. Adequate equipment shall be provided for heating concrete materials and protecting concrete during freezing or near-freezing City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 11 11-24 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\11 Equipment.docx 9/4/20 11:38 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. temperatures. All concrete materials, reinforcement, and forms shall be free from frost. In cold weather, the temperature of the concrete at the time of placement shall not be below 45 degrees F. Concrete that freezes before it reaches a compressive strength of 500 psi shall be discarded. • Hot Weather Concreting o Recommendations for hot weather concreting are given in detail in ACI 305 R. During hot weather excessive concrete temperatures and water evaporation shall be minimized. The temperature of concrete at the time of placing shall not exceed 95 degrees F. Concrete Curing: • Curing operations shall commence immediately following the initial set of the concrete and completion of surface finishing. • Curing by Moisture Retention o Precast products shall be protected from drafts and wind to prevent plastic shrinkage cracking. o Moisture shall be prevented from excessively evaporating from exposed surfaces until adequate strength for stripping the precast concrete unit from the form is reached. • Curing with Heat and Moisture o Concrete shall not be subjected to steam or hot air until after the concrete has attained its initial set. If hot air is used, precautions shall be taken to prevent moisture loss from the concrete. The temperature of the concrete shall not be permitted to exceed 150 degrees F. The temperature gain shall not exceed 40 degrees F per hour. Surface Finish: • The surface finish shall be as specified on the contract documents and/or approved shop drawings. Stripping Precast Concrete Units from Forms: • Precast concrete units shall not be removed from the forms until the concrete reaches the compressive strength for stripping required by design. Stripping strengths shall be routinely measured to ensure product has attained sufficient strength for safe handling. Patching and Repair: • Repairing Minor Defects o Defects that will not impair the functional use or expected life of the precast concrete unit may be repaired by any method that does not impair the product. • Repairing Honeycombed Areas City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 11 11-25 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\11 Equipment.docx 9/4/20 11:38 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. o When honeycombed areas are to be repaired, all loose material shall be removed and the areas cut back into essentially horizontal or vertical planes to a depth at which coarse aggregate particles break under chipping rather than being dislodged. Proprietary repair materials shall be used in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Otherwise, the area shall be saturated with water. Immediately prior to repair, the area should be damp, but free of excess water. A cement-sand grout or an approved bonding agent shall be applied to the chipped surfaces, followed immediately by consolidating an appropriate repair material into the cavity. • Repairing Major Defects o Defects in precast concrete products which impair the functional use or the expected life of products shall be evaluated by qualified personnel to determine if repairs are feasible and, if so, to establish the repair procedure. Part 3 - Execution Installation General Installation of the pump chamber sections and related equipment shall be done in accordance with written instructions supplied by the manufacturer. Installation oversight service (1-day) shall be provided by the lift station manufacturer. The manufacturer shall furnish the services of an experienced service technician to check the installation, and provide the Owner with a certificate indicating that the lift station has been installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Assembly The lift station shall be factory assembled and shipped to the job site as follows. • Wet well precast base assembly with interior fillet and extended base. Pump base elbow & slide couplings shall be factory mounted. • Precast concrete riser shims as required, shall include holes and factory installed rubber boots as required. • Integral valve pit assembly shall include factory installed: piping, valves, supports, gauges, bypass, ladder, hatch drain to lift station – as required. Valve pit assembly may incorporate riser sections of 2’ & 4’ as may be required. • Precast lift station top slab shall include aluminum access covers. • Miscellaneous items provided and field installed shall include: control panel, floats, pumps, vertical discharge piping, and pump guide rails. Installation Precast concrete units shall be installed: to the lines and grades shown on the contract documents or otherwise specified; be lifted by suitable lifting devices at points provided by the precast concrete producer; and in accordance with applicable industry standards. The precast concrete producer shall provide installation instructions for the Contractor. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 11 11-26 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\11 Equipment.docx 9/4/20 11:38 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Field modifications to the product shall not be made without written agreement between the Owner and manufacturer including the manufacturer ensuring no changes to the warranty. Leak Resistance Leak resistance is a necessary performance characteristic of the precast concrete unit’s end use. Joint sealant, pipe-entry connectors and other penetrations shall be sealed according to manufacturer’s requirements to ensure the integrity of the system. Electrical All final conductor connection in the junction boxes and final float positioning shall be completed on site by the electrician. Conduit seal fittings shall be supplied outside of the lift station and prior to the control panel on site by the electrician. Field Quality Control Final field elevations shall be verified and documented. 12-1 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\12 Furnishings.docx 9/4/20 11:39 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 12 Furnishings – This Division Not Used THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 13-1 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\13 Special Construction.docx 9/4/20 11:42 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 13 Special Construction – Not Used THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 14-1 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\14 Conveying Systems.docx 9/4/20 11:43 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 14 Conveying Systems – This Division Not Used THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 15-1 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\15 Mechanical.docx 9/4/20 11:48 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 15 Mechanical 15.00 GENERAL This division covers the work necessary for furnishing and installing mechanical appurtenances and accessories as described in these Specifications and shown on the Plans. Sections in these specifications titled “Common Work for . . .” shall apply to all following subsections whether directly referenced or not. 15.05 Common Work for Mechanical Part 1 - General Summary Provide the necessary piping, plumbing, fittings, and appurtenances to make all piping systems complete, tested, and ready for operation as specified herein and as shown on the Plans. Some fittings that are necessary for the complete piping system installation and operation may not have been shown. Provide fittings, pipe, and appurtenances necessary, whether shown on the Plans or not, to make all piping systems complete, tested and ready for operation. Some pipe supports, thrust blocking, and tie rods are not shown on the Plans. Provide pipe supports, thrust blocking, and tie rods for pipes as required by accepted design criteria to support and restrain the loads encountered. Related Sections • Division 1.81.40 Pressure Ratings • Division 10.14.23 Panel Signage Submittals Submittal information shall be provided to the Owner for the following items: • Ductile iron pipe • Ductile iron fittings • HDPE pipe and fittings • PVC pipe and fittings • Isolation valves • Cleanouts • Pressure gauges • Other mechanical components listed in this division or required by the Engineer City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 15 15-2 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\15 Mechanical.docx 9/4/20 11:48 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Part 2 – Products Materials All valves, meters, hydrants, specialties, appurtenances, and other such mechanical and plumbing components that are of similar purpose shall be of a single manufacturer and model line. Do not “mix and match” unless specifically stated otherwise or allowed by the Engineer. The intention of this requirement is to maintain consistency across all components installed on the project for function, maintenance, aesthetics, and details of installation. 15.10 BURIED PIPE INSTALLATION Part 1 – General Site Conditions Existing soils are unclassified except where specifically identified on the Plans or specification. Part 3 - Execution Preparation Stringing of pipes in advance of pipelaying may occur but may not create a traffic hazard or block access to roads, driveways, or private property without approval from the local traffic authority and affected property owners. Pipe shall not be strung out more than two weeks in advance of installation. Any pipe or materials that will not be installed for two weeks must be stockpiled at a site procured by the Contractor or as provided in this contract. Contractor shall pothole ahead of pipe-laying a sufficient distance at known utility crossings and where noted on the plans to allow room to make vertical adjustments as necessary to avoid existing utilities. Should the Contractor fail to pothole identified utility crossings, any subsequent adjustments necessary shall not be cause for cost or time claim. If the area potholed is in a travelled area and will be reopened to traffic more than one day in advance of pipelaying through the zone, the hole shall be patched with hot or cold mix, the cost of which shall be incidental. Provide the results of potholing to the Owner no less than two working days in advance of utility installation. Contractor shall provide a written record of size, materials, and locations for found utilities to an accuracy of 0.5 foot horizontal and 0.1 foot vertical. Failure to record locations clearly and legibly will result in non-payment. Installation Install pipes to the depth shown on the trench detail, unless superseded by depth shown on the profile. All non-metallic pipe, including service and air valve lines, shall include a tracer wire taped every 5 feet to the pipe. Wrap wire around pipe 3-inch diameter and smaller. Loop tracer wire to the surface in accessible locations such as valve boxes, meter vaults, or other surface access. If no access is available for a distance of more than 1,500 feet, provide a valve box specifically for the tracer wire. Wire shall be solid UF, 12AWG minimum for 2,000 foot runs and less, or 10AWG for runs longer than 2,000 feet. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 15 15-3 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\15 Mechanical.docx 9/4/20 11:48 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Keep openings in pipe closed during the progress of work. Install plugs to prevent water and debris from entering pipe. No payment will be made to clean pipes. 15.11 Open Trench Pipe Installation 15.11.05 Common Work for Pipe Installation Part 3 - Execution Installation For push-on joint PVC pipe, joints shall not be pushed home. Stop the assembly when the marked insertion line is at the face of the bell. This is to allow for thermal expansion if the pipe is installed in cold weather. If the pipe has been pushed home, pull back to expose the insertion line. 15.11.13 Sewer Force Main Installation Part 1 - General References A. Use materials and installation methods in accordance with the latest edition of the Uniform Plumbing Code and local codes and regulations that are applicable. Install force mains in accordance with all applicable sections of AWWA including C600, C604, and C605. Part 3 - Execution Installation A. Install pipes in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Use types and sizes of pipes as specified herein and/or as shown on the Plans. Where small pipe sizes are omitted from the Plans and not mentioned in the Specifications, use sizes corresponding to code requirements and as required by equipment and plumbing fixtures and appurtenances. Properly size any undesignated pipe sizes for the functions to be performed. B. Carefully lay pipe and supports at proper lines and grades. Follow the piping runs shown on the Plans as closely as possible, except for minor adjustments to avoid architectural and structural features. Make major relocations, if required, in a manner acceptable to the Engineer. C. Form thrust blocking so that bolts, joints, gaskets and flanges of adjacent joints are clear of concrete allowing bolts and joints to be dismantled without removing concrete. All concrete blocking shall have a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi unless identified otherwise in Division 3.31.3 or on the Plans. D. Pipe passing through concrete walls or slabs shall be made watertight. Field Quality Control A. No permanent connections to the existing sewer system shall be made until the new sewer main has been tested and approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall verify the size, City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 15 15-4 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\15 Mechanical.docx 9/4/20 11:48 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. material and location of the existing sewer main at the connection point prior to installing the new main. B. Provide connections to existing force mains, as indicated on the Plans and specified in Section 7-17.3(1) of the Standard Specifications. Connections to existing mains shall be made only after contacting the Engineer or agency inspector 48 hours prior. Flushing and Testing A. Sewer force mains shall be hydrostatically pressure tested in accordance wit h Section 15.18.07. Prior to testing, the force main, valves and other components not already flushed by polypig shall be flushed or swept clean. Flushing shall allow 4 complete exchanges of water and remove any obvious debris. 15.11.50 Trench Patching Part 1 - General Scheduling and Sequencing The Contractor shall be required to patch all trenches installed within the existing pavement with Commercial Hot Mix Asphalt to the depth as shown in the Plans. Trench patches shall be installed no later than one day following excavation for trenches crossing the road and across parking lots. On trenches crossing the roadway or parking lot, the Contractor shall provide and maintain asphalt hot or cold mix until final patching is complete. Maintenance Crushed surfacing shall be inspected and repaired continuously, including over weekends and other non-working periods. Temporary patching, regardless of material used, shall be incidental to the project cost. No additional payment will be made. Part 3 - Execution Field Quality Control Pavement patching that must be removed and replaced due to any failed testing will not warrant additional payment. 15.18 Buried Piping Inspection and Testing 15.18.03 Valve Testing Part 3 - Execution Testing All valves shall be pressure tested. Do not exceed the rated working pressure of the valve when operating the valve. Bleed off test pressure prior to operating. Test all valve bonnets for tightness. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 15 15-5 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\15 Mechanical.docx 9/4/20 11:48 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Valve clusters shall be pre-assembled and tested as a unit. Provide end plugs, blind flanges, assembly kits, and all appurtenances necessary for pressure testing. Valve testing shall use the following procedure. 1. Close the valve. 2. Install plug or flange (with test port). 3. Connect test apparatus and pump. 4. Pressurize to test pressure. 100 psi for valves or manufacturer’s listed test pressure if less. 5. There shall be zero drop in pressure or visible leakage for one minute. This includes leaking through the stem packing. 6. If test fails, check for defects, correct, and retest. Valves that do not pass testing will be replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. Post-Installation Test all valves for water tightness under differential working pressure. To perform this test, pressurize pipe section with valve in place, close valve and relieve pressure on seat side of the valve. The valve shall not pass water during a 5-minute test period. Operate all valves at least once from closed-to-open-to-closed positions while valve is under working (not test) pressure. 15.18.04 Gravity Sewer Main Inspection, Cleaning, and Testing Part 3 - Execution Preparation The Contractor shall provide all required personnel and equipment and complete all tests required to demonstrate the integrity of the finished installation for the approval of the Owner and all agencies having jurisdiction. Testing/Inspection Alignment and Grade Alignment and grade will be inspected by lamping each completed section. All gravity sewer mains shall be inspected by TV inspection per 7-17.3(2)H of the Standard Specifications. Initial costs for this inspection will be borne by the Owner. If this inspection confirms that the section does not meet the specified requirements for the line and grade, the section or portion not in compliance shall be re-excavated and re-laid at no additional cost to the Owner. If corrections are required based on the results of the initial TV inspection, subsequent TV inspections will be paid for by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. Deflection Test of PVC Pipe All PVC gravity sewer pipe shall be tested for deflection at least 30 days after completion of trench backfill and compaction in accordance with the requirements of Section 7-17.3(2)G of the Standard Specifications. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 15 15-6 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\15 Mechanical.docx 9/4/20 11:48 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Infiltration Tests Tests shall be completed per Section 7-17.3(2)C of the Standard Specifications. 15.18.06 Gravity Sewer Low-Pressure Air Pressure Test Method Part 3 - Execution Testing Where specified, pipeline and appurtenances shall be leak tested using low -pressure compressed air per the Owner’s standard plan 410 in the appendix. 15.18.07 Sewer Force Main Inspection and Testing Part 3 - Execution Preparation All pumps, gauges, plugs, saddles, corporation stops, miscellaneous hose and piping, and other equipment necessary for performing the test shall be furnished and operated by the Contractor. The pipeline trench shall be backfilled sufficiently to prevent movement of the pipe under pressure. All thrust blocks shall be in place and sufficiently cured to reach design strength before testing. Where permanent blocking is not required, the Contractor shall furnish and install temporary blocking and remove it after testing. The mains shall be filled with water and allowed to stand under pressure for a minimum of 24 hours to allow air to escape and/or allow the lining of the pipe to absorb water. The Contractor will furnish the water necessary to fill the pipelines for testing purposes. Gauges used in the test may be required to be certified for accuracy at a laboratory by the Owner. Testing All new force mains and appurtenances shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure equal to 100 psi. The Contractor is responsible for the proper disposal of any waste, including water. An acceptable test of pipe and fittings buried under or adjacent to proposed concrete slabs or other structures must be performed prior to construction of the structure. Whenever possible, have pipe joints, fittings and valves exposed for inspection. Any visible leakage detected shall be corrected by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Owner regardless of the allowable leakage specified above. Should the test section fail to meet the specified pressure test successfully, the Contractor shall locate and repair the defects and retest the pipeline at their own expense. Prior to calling out the Owner to witness the pressure test, the Contractor shall have all equipment set up completely ready for operation and successfully performed the test to assure that the pipe is in a satisfactory condition. Owner shall witness the test. Before applying the specified test pressure, air shall be expelled completely from the pipe, valves and appurtenances. The test shall be accomplished by pumping the main up to the required pressure. Stop the pump for a minimum of 15 minutes up to a maximum of 60 minutes as directed by the City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 15 15-7 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\15 Mechanical.docx 9/4/20 11:48 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Engineer, and then pump the main up to the test pressure again. During the test, the section being tested shall be observed to detect any visible leakage. The quantity of water required to restore the initial hydrostatic pressure shall be accurately determined by either: 1) pumping from an open container of suitable size such that accurate volume measurement can be made by the Owner; or 2) by pumping through a positive displacement water meter with a sweep unit hand registering 1 gallon per revolution. The meter shall be approved by the Owner. For the test to be considered acceptable, the quantity of water lost from the main shall not exceed the number of gallons per hour as determined by the formula. in which L = allowable leakage, gallons/hour N = number of joints in the length of pipeline tested D = nominal diameter of the pipe in inches P = average test pressure during the leakage test, psi. There shall not be an appreciable or abrupt loss of pressure during the 15-minute test period. Connections to Existing Mains Provide connections to existing force mains, as indicated on the Plans and specified in Section 7-17.3(1) of the Standard Specifications. 15.20 PIPE AND FITTINGS 15.21 Common Work for Pipe and Fittings Part 2 - Products Components Under no circumstance shall the fasteners be of lesser strength or higher corrosive potential than the materials being connected. In the event that dissimilar metals are adjacent (for example: stainless steel flange connecting to ductile iron flange) a dielectric insulation kit shall be used. Fasteners for pipe and fittings: Per AWWA standards unless otherwise specified. All relevant subsections of AWWA C100, C200, and C500. All bolts and studs shall be long enough so that no less than two threads extend beyond the face of the nut. Non-submerged flange bolts to be ASTM A307 Grade A, zinc plated. For submerged conditions, connection bolts shall be Nitronic 60 steel. Nuts and washers shall be Stainless Steel, minimum grade 304 in raw domestic or treated domestic water and minimum grade 316 in treatment processes and sewage applications. Minimum grade 317 for acidic transport. Bolts and nuts shall meet ASTM F593 and F594. Stainless steel shall not be used where in contact with chlorine or chlorine solutions. Stainless steel bolts may be used in City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 15 15-8 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\15 Mechanical.docx 9/4/20 11:48 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. lieu of Nitronic but must be assembled using appropriate lubricant or tape. For installations in domestic water, lubricant, or tape must be approved for domestic water service. Cobas Stainless Steel Thread Sealing Tape or approved equal. Finishes For conditions other than submerged, all nuts and bolts shall be zinc plated , and suitable for above and below grade locations as required. Where above grade/exposed piping is specially coated, the connecting nuts and bolts shall be coated using the same system. Part 3 - Execution Construction All piping and related equipment to be joined together shall be connected as shown on the Plans, specifications, as recommended by the manufacturer or as required by standard industry practices if not otherwise specified. 15.22 Metal Pipe and Fittings 15.22.02 Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings Part 1 – General This section covers all pipe and fittings located outside the packaged lift station. Design Requirements Ductile iron pipe shall have thickness designed in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C150/A21.50 and shall be based on laying conditions and internal pressures to meet the requirements of Division 1.81.40. The pipe thickness shall not be less than that of Class 52 pipe. The pipe thickness for fire hydrant runs shall not be less than Class 52. Part 2 - Products Manufactured Units Pipe shall be cement-lined and asphaltic coated in accordance with ANSI Standard A21.4 (AWWA C104) unless otherwise specified and shall conform to ANSI Standard A21.51 (AWWA C151). Rubber gasket pipe joints are to be push-on-joint (Tyton) or mechanical joint (MJ) in accordance with ANSI Standard A21.11 (AWWA C-111), unless otherwise specified. Flanged joints shall conform to ANSI Standard B16.1. When requested, furnish certification from the manufacturer of the pipe and gasket being supplied that inspection and all of the specified tests have been made, and the results comply with requirements of this standard. Ductile Iron Fittings All fittings shall be ductile iron where possible. Steel fittings will not be accepted. Ductile iron fittings shall be short-body, cement-lined, and for the pressure rating noted in Division City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 15 15-9 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\15 Mechanical.docx 9/4/20 11:48 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 1.81.40. Metal thickness and manufacturing processes shall conform to applicable portions of ANSI Standards A21.20, A21.11, B16.2, and B16.4. Standard cement lining shall be in accordance with ANSI Standard A21.4 (AWWA C104). Mechanical joint (MJ), ductile iron, compact fittings 3-inches through 24-inches, and 54- inches through 64-inches shall be in accordance with AWWA C153. Flanged pipe spools shall be fabricated from minimum Class 53 wall thickness pipe and conform to ANSI/AWWA C115/A21.15 with the exception that flanges shall be fabricated from ductile iron unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. Interior shall be cement lined. Ductile iron flange (FL) fittings shall be in accordance with AWWA C110 and fabricated from ductile iron unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents with a bolt pattern to match adjacent pipe. Gasket material for flanges shall be neoprene, buna-n, chlorinated butyl, or cloth-inserted rubber. Gaskets shall be full-face type. Gaskets shall be a minimum ⅛-inch thick. Type of ends shall be specified as mechanical joint (MJ), restrained joint (RJ), true restrained joint (TRJ), plain end (PE), or flanged (FL). Finishes For above grade and exposed pipes, including those inside structures, prepare surfaces and coat the exterior per Division 9.91.13.13. Part 3 - Execution Installation The Contractor shall provide tools and equipment, including any special tools required for installing each particular type of pipe used. The amount of deflection at each pipe joint shall not exceed 3 -degrees per joint (11 inches over 18 feet), or the manufacturer’s printed recommended deflections, whichever is less. 15.23 Non-Metal Pipe and Fittings 15.23.02 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe and Fittings Part 1 - General This specification covers the material (pipe and fittings), joining methods and genera l installation practice for high density polyethylene pipe (HDPE) piping systems for water and wastewater piping as indicated on the Plans. Submittals The Contractor shall list a minimum of three successful projects in which butt fusion welding of HDPE pipe was constructed and installed under their supervision with the HDPE submittal. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 15 15-10 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\15 Mechanical.docx 9/4/20 11:48 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Provide training certificates for personnel performing pipe fusion. Fusion shall be completed by someone trained by the Welding Equipment manufacturer for Butt fusion and electrofusion. Details of fittings and specials such as elbows, tees, outlets, connections, test bulkheads, nozzles or other special items where shown on the Plans. All connections to jointed gasketed pipe materials, valves or fire hydrants must be restrained and supported independently to withstand the pressure transients, soil settlement, and external loading conditions. The Supplier of the material shall submit, through the Contractor, a Certificate of Compliance that the HDPE pipe and fittings furnished for this project are FM approved materials that meet or exceed the standards set forth in this specification. The Contractor shall submit these certificates to the Engineer and have them reviewed prior to ordering materials. Part 2 - Products Materials Pipe supplied under this specification shall have a Standard Dimension Ratio (SDR) as shown on the Plans. Pipe and fittings shall have a pressure rating meeting Division 1.81.40. HDPE pipe, fittings and fusion equipment shall be provided by one supplier. Supplier shall be ISCO Industries, Inc or approved equal. All material shall be manufactured from a PE 4710 resin listed with the Plastic P ipe Institute (PPI) as TR-4. The resin material shall meet the specifications of ASTM D 3350 with a minimum cell classification of 445474C. HDPE pipe and fittings shall contain no recycled compounds except that generated in the manufacturer's own plant from resin of the same specification from the same raw material. HDPE products shall be homogeneous throughout and free of visible cracks, holes, foreign inclusions, voids, or other injurious defects. Pipe shall be made of HDPE material with a minimum material designation code of PE4710 and with a minimum Cell Classification as noted in 2.01.A. The polyethylene compound shall be suitably protected against degradation by ultraviolet light by means of carbon black of not less than 2-percent. The manufacture of the HDPE resin shall certify the cell classification indicated. Pipe sizes 3-inches and larger shall have a manufacturing standard of ASTM F 714, while pipe smaller than 3-inches shall be manufactured to the dimensional requirements listed in ASTM D 3035. Dimensions and tolerances shall be as specified in AWWA C901 (3-inch and smaller) or AWWA C906 (4-inch to 63-inch). Connections to Ductile Iron Connections of HDPE to ductile iron shall be with an HDPE stub-end fitting and slip-on ductile iron metal flange installed at the ends of the HDPE pipe that will be connected to the ductile iron pipe. Stub-end fittings shall be installed using the thermal butt fusion welding method. Stub-end fittings shall have the same pressure rating as the HDPE pipe. Metal flanges City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 15 15-11 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\15 Mechanical.docx 9/4/20 11:48 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. shall have the same bolt pattern and pressure rating as the ductile iron fitting to which they will be connected. HDPE Fittings Fittings made of HDPE as called out on the Plans shall be made from the same materials as the pipe and welded and constructed as described in this section. Fittings shall be capable of working and hydrostatic testing pressures as listed in Division 1.81.40. Molded fittings shall comply with the requirements of ASTM D 3261 Socket fittings shall meet ASTM D 2683. Electrofusion Fittings Fittings shall be made of HDPE material with a minimum material designation code of PE 4710 and with a minimum Cell Classification as noted in 2.01.A. Electrofusion Fittings shall have a manufacturing standard of ASTM F1055. For potable water systems, all electrofusion fittings shall have AWWA approval. Bolted Connections Metallic back-up rings (Van-Stone style lap joint flanges), shall have a radius on the inside diameter of the bore so as to be compatible with HDPE Flanges. Back up rings shall have bolt pattern that will mate with AWWA C207 Class D (generically known as 150-pound patterns). Flange assemblies shall be assembled and torqued according to PPI TN-38, “Bolt Torque for Polyethylene Flanged Joints.” Where shown on the Plans, 4-inch and larger transitions to mechanical joint fittings and valves shall be accomplished using a MJ Adapter with kit. The DI/HDPE mechanical joint adaptor shall consist of an HDPE mechanical joint transition fitting, rubber gasket, a mechanical joint backup drive ring, and Corten mechanical joint tee bolts. Pipeline Locating Materials Detectable Marker Tape- Plastic marker tape shall be 5 Mil minimum thickness with a solid aluminum core of 0.35 Mil minimum thickness and a minimum width of 2-inches. The background of the tape shall be colored based on pipe service with black lettering continuously printed. Marker tape shall have a minimum 35 lbs. per inch tensile strength. The installation of the tape shall be at 18 inches below finish grade. Tracer Wire- All HDPE pipe shall be installed with an extra high-strength, copper clad steel tracer wire including 45 Mil HDPE jacket that has a minimum average break load of at least 1,150 lbs. The jacket shall be colored based on pipe service, with blue for potable water or green for sewer. Tracer wire gauge shall be 12 AWG, 10 AWG, or 8 AWG depending upon application and installation procedure. This wire shall to be continuous and brought up in the valve boxes at the ends of each line segment with splices made only by methods per the equipment manufacturer’s recommendation. All miscellaneous splicing components shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 15 15-12 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\15 Mechanical.docx 9/4/20 11:48 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Part 3 - Execution Shipping and Handling HDPE pipe shall be packaged in a manner designed to deliver the pipe to the project neatly, intact, and without physical damage. The transportation carrier shall use the appropriate method and intermittent checks to verify the pipe is properly supported, stacked and restrained during transport such that the pipe is not nicked, gouged, or physically damaged. HDPE pipe shall be stored on clean, level ground to prevent undue scratching or gouging of the pipe. If the pipe must be stacked for storage, such stacking shall be done in accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s recommendations. The handling of the pipe shall be done in such a manner that the pipe is not allowed to drag over sharp obje cts. Contractor shall not damage it by chokers or lifting equipment. Fused segments of pipe shall be handled so as to avoid damage to the pipe. When lifting fused sections of pipe, chains, or cable type chokers must be avoided. Nylon slings are preferred. Spreader bars are recommended when lifting long fused sections. Care must be exercised to avoid cutting or gouging the pipe. All pipe and fittings shall be subjected to visual inspection at time of delivery and before they are installed or lowered into the trench to be laid. Defective, damaged, or unsound pipe will be rejected. Cuts, punctures, or gouges that penetrate or reduce the wall thickness by 10-percent or more are not acceptable and must be removed and discarded. Fusion Equipment Requirements Butt fusion equipment must be in satisfactory working order and the hydraulic system must be leak free. Heater plates shall be free from scrapes, gouges, and have a consistent clean coated surface. The pressure gage and thermometer should be checked for accuracy. When requested by the owner, records showing a maintenance service/inspection within 6 months prior to use for this project shall be provided. Rental Butt Fusion Equipment must be maintained by a McElroy Authorized Service and Repair Center with at least one McElroy Certified Master Mechanic on staff and inspected within 6 months prior to arrival at jobsite will be provided. Electrofusion Processors shall be maintained and calibrated per manufacturer’s requirements and recommendations. Construction Sections of HDPE pipe shall be joined above-ground on the job site into a continuous length by the thermal butt fusion-welding method in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s requirements. Socket fusion, extrusion welding or hot gas welding shall not be used. No pipe or fittings shall be joined by thermal butt fusion by any Contractor unless they are adequately trained and qualified in the techniques involved. Thermal butt fusion welding shall be 100 percent efficient offering joint weld s trength equal to or greater than the strength of the pipe. Flanges, unions, grooved-couplers, and transition fittings may be used to mechanically connect HDPE pipe without butt fusion. Refer to the manufacturer’s recommendations. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 15 15-13 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\15 Mechanical.docx 9/4/20 11:48 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Field Quality Control The Contractor shall lay the HDPE pipe on the existing ground surface in a manner that will not damage, degrade, crack, scratch, or deform the pipe in any manner. The Contractor will continuously monitor the longitudinal pulling forces during pipe installation and shall limit the longitudinal pull on the pipe so as not to exceed 80 percent of the specified minimum yield strength of the pipe. The Contractor shall provide adequate protection to the pipe during installation to prevent damage from tensile or other forces. The Contractor shall maintain the integrity of the pipe, existing utilities, and adjoining properties during installation. 15.23.06 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings for Sewer – Push on Joint Part 1 - General Design Requirements Pipe and fittings shall meet the requirements of ASTM Specification D3034 for 4-inch to 15-inch Standard Dimension Ratio (SDR) 35 and F679 for 18-inch to 27-inch. Pipe shall be suitable for use as a gravity sewer conduit. Part 2 - Products Materials Provisions must be made for contraction and expansion at each joint with a rubber ring . The bell shall consist of an integral wall section with a solid cross-section rubber ring, factory assembled, securely locked in place to prevent displacement during assembly. Standard laying lengths shall be 20 feet and 12.5 feet plus or minus 1-inch. At manufacturer’s option, random lengths of not more than 15 percent of total footage of each size may be shipped in lieu of standard lengths. All fittings and accessories shall be as manufactured by the pipe supplier or approved equal and have bell and/or spigot configurations compatible with that of the pipe. 15.30 VALVES 15.31 Common Work for Valves Part 1 – General Design and Performance Requirements Valves noted on the Plans or in other parts of the Specifications shall meet the requirements herein. Valves shall be designed for the intended service. Valve suppliers shall review the design and certify that the valve provided in the submittal is appropriate for the application and will operate as shown and described. Any discrepancies from the design and the valves shall be brought to the Engineer’s attention during the bidding process. Valves that do not operate as specified and per normal industry standards shall be City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 15 15-14 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\15 Mechanical.docx 9/4/20 11:48 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. replaced or modified so that they operate within the design parameters at the Contractor’s expense. Pressure rating shall be per Division 1.81.40 unless shown otherwise. Part 2 – Products Components If shear pins are installed with any valve, the manufacturer shall certify the shear pin(s) to fail between 95 to 99 percent of the operator shaft failure torque. Provide concrete supports for operators where required, as shown on the Plans. Buried valves shall be equipped with an AWWA 2-inch wrench nut with a minimum of 10 turns required to close the valve, unless otherwise noted on the Plans. Buried valves where the operator nut is more than 3 feet below the valve box lid shall be provided with a solid shaft valve nut extension to reach between 18-inches and 30-inches of the ground surface. Extension shall attach to the nut with a set screw. Diameter of extension shall be appropriate for the valve size and length of extension, but under no circumstances shall be less than 1 inch for 4-foot-long extension rods, or 1.25 inch for rods longer than 4 feet. Extension shall function without excessive twisting. Part 3 - Execution Installation Install valves in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and as shown on the Plans. Verify alignment and adjustments after installation. Provide buried valves with all operators or valves boxes installed so that wrenches or operators perform freely and without binding or other interference. Bed and backfill buried valves according to the requirements of the pipe to which they are attached. 15.32 Isolation Valves 15.32.02 Resilient Wedge (Seat) Gate Valves Part 1 – General Design Requirements All gate valves for water lines 3 inches and larger shall be of the resilient, wedge-type, and shall meet or exceed the performance requirements of AWWA C509 or AWWA C515-Reduced-Wall, Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service, unless shown otherwise. Valves shall be suitable for installation with the type and class of pipe being installed. The wedge shall be fully encapsulated with vulcanized SBR rubber. Ends to be as specified. Valve opening direction shall be counter-clockwise. Buried valves shall have non-rising stem (NRS). Non-buried valves on fire protection systems shall have outside stem and yoke (OS&Y). Other valves as shown on the plans. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 15 15-15 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\15 Mechanical.docx 9/4/20 11:48 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Part 3 - Execution Field Quality Control Where buried valves will be installed in a horizontal orientation and for buried valves 16-inch and larger in any orientation, operate the valve over the full range of travel in both directions prior to installation in the presence of the Owner to verify gate travels smoothly and without binding. Service or replace valves that do not travel smoothly. Installation Install valves in strict accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and as shown on the Plans. Verify alignment and adjustments after installation. Provide buried valves with all operators or valve boxes installed so that wrenches and operators perform freely and without binding or other interference. Bed and backfill buried valves according to requirements of the pipe to which they are attached. 15.40 PIPING SPECIALTIES 15.40.11 Joint Restraints – Wedge Style Part 1 - General Summary This specification is for wedge-action style restraints. This type of restraint shall not be used where the Plans or specifications require True Restrained Joints (TRJ). Other terms used for TRJ may include “Bead-locked” or “Fabricated Restrained Joints”. Performance Requirements. All naturally unrestrained joints subject to unbalanced forces shall be restrained to resist testing and operational forces. Restraints shall be rated for the testing and operational pressures. Restraints shall be designed specifically for the material and purpose of the pipe and joint. Submittals Provide manufacturer’s information describing applicability and performance ratings. Part 2 - Products Manufacturers EBAA Iron “Mega-Lug” and US Pipe “Field Lok” gaskets or approved equals . If the Owner has construction standards addressing the type of restraints allowed, those standards shall take precedent over this specification unless specifically identified otherwise on the Plans. Components Set-screw type restraints are not permitted. Provide the quantity of restraints required for fully restraining all design forces. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 15 15-16 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\15 Mechanical.docx 9/4/20 11:48 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Finishes Mechanical Joint restraints in all buried applications, and in exposed areas when not being field coated, shall be coated at the factory with fusion bonded polyester based coating (Romac Romabond, EBAA Mega-bond, or approved equal). Part 3 - Execution Preparation Verify that the pipe surface where the restraints will affix is not damaged or corroded prior to installation. Any such damaged pipe shall be cut off and disposed of. Clean any dirt or debris from the surface of the pipe. Installation/Construction Install per the restraint manufacturer’s instructions. Bolted style restraints shall be tightened in an alternating pattern in stages, do not tighten circumferentially. If bolted restraint does not come with break-off head bolts, a torque wrench must be used. If pipes require deflection at the joints, perform the deflection prior to final tightening of the restraints. Do not exceed the manufacturer’s maximum deflection recommendations. Installation of restrained joint push-on pipe that will be deflected must be installed per the manufacturer’s instructions. In general, this requires the pipe to be inserted into the bell at a straight alignment, but not pushed home. The pipe can then be deflected. If the manufacturer’s instructions provide differing, or additional instructions, those instructions shall be followed. Bedding material must include sufficient fines for proper soil-to-pipe adhesion and shall not be a rounded gravel, pea gravel, washed rock or other poorly graded material. Compaction of bedding around restrained pipe shall be performed in maximum 9-inch lifts using mechanical compaction equipment. Repair If restraints are removed for any reason, the restraints shall be disposed of and not reused. The section of pipe to which the restraints were secured shall be cut off and disposed of. 16-1 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/4/20 11:51 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 16 Electrical 16.00 GENERAL The Contractor shall provide all labor, material, tools, equipment and services required to complete the furnishing, installation, wiring, connection, calibration, adjustment, testing and operation of all electrical equipment, devices and components as indicated and implied by the plans and specifications. Sections in these specifications titled “Common Work for . . .” shall apply to all following sections whether directly referenced or not. The Contractor shall reference Division 1.25 regarding substitutes and “or-equals”. 16.05 Common Work for Electrical Part 1 - General Summary Plans are diagrammatic and indicate general arrangements of systems and e quipment, except when specifically, dimensioned or detailed. The intention of the plans is to show size, capacity, approximated location, direction and general relationship of one work phase to another, but not exact detail or arrangement. Regulatory Requirements The Contractor shall coordinate and provide all permits, licenses, approvals, inspections by the authority having jurisdiction and other arrangements for work on this project and all fees shall be paid for by the Contractor. The Contractor shall include these fees in the bid price. Related Sections See the following sections for items that may be provided and/or installed with other electrical equipment. • Division 11.10 Pumps Codes and Standards Provide all electrical work in accordance with latest edition of National Electrical Code, National Electrical Safety Code, Washington State Electrical Code, and local ordinances. If any conflict occurs between government adopted code rules and these specifications, the codes are to govern. All electrical products shall bear a label from a certified testing laboratory recognized by the State of Washington. Recognized labels in the State of Washington are UL, ETL, and CSA-US. Definitions Wet Locations: All locations exposed to the weather, whether under a roof or n ot, unless otherwise designated on the Plans. Damp Locations: All spaces wholly or partially underground, or having a wall or ceiling forming part of a channel or tank unless otherwise designated on the Plans. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 16 16-2 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/4/20 11:51 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. The words “plans” and “drawings” are used interchangeably in this specification and in all cases shall be interpreted to mean “Plans”. The word “provide” shall be interpreted to mean furnish and install. Design Requirements Unless otherwise noted, provide enclosures as follows: 1. Class 1, Division 1 and 2 Locations: NEMA Type 7 2. Outdoors and/or Wet Locations: NEMA Type 4X Submittals Provide submittals of each item specified in this division to engineer for approval in accordance with Division 1 of these specifications. Submittals for motor control centers, motor control panels, control panels, instrumentation panels, and pump control panels shall include at a minimum: a wiring diagram or connection schematic, and an interconnection diagram. Wiring Diagram or Connection Schematic 1. This plan or plans shall include all of the devices in a system and show their physical relationship to each other including terminals and interconnecting wiring in assembly. This diagram shall be in a form showing interconnecting wiring only by terminal designations (wireless diagram). Interconnection Diagram 1. This diagram shall show all external connections between terminals of equipment and outside points, such as motors and auxiliary devices. References shall be shown to all connection diagrams which interface to the interconnection diagrams. Interconnection diagrams shall be of the continuous line type. Bundled wires shall be shown on a single line with the direction of entry/exit of the individual wires clearly shown. All devices and equipment shall be identified. Terminal blocks shall be shown as actually installed and identified in the equipment complete with individual terminal identification. All jumpers, shielding and grounding termination details not shown on the equipment connection diagrams shall be shown on the interconnection diagrams. Spare wires and cables shall be shown. Submittal information shall be provided to the Owner for the following items: 1. Utility Meter Enclosure 2. Surge Protective Device (SPD) 3. Power Distribution Panelboard 4. Fuses 5. Circuit Breakers 6. Disconnect Switches 7. Conduit and Fittings City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 16 16-3 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/4/20 11:51 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 8. Wire and Cables 9. Grounding Components 10. Other Electrical Components listed in this Division and/or required by the Engineer. Project Conditions Contractor shall keep all power shutdown periods to a minimum. Carry out shutdowns only after a shutdown schedule has been submitted and approved by both the Owner and the Engineer. Construction Power See Division 1.51 Part 2 - Products Source Quality Control Provide adequate space and fit for the electrical installation, including, but not limited to, determination of access-ways and doorways, shipping sections, wall and floor space, and space occupied by mechanical equipment. Provide electrical equipment that fits in the areas shown on the Plans. All equipment shall be readily accessible for maintenance, shall have electrical clearances in accordance with National Electric Code (NEC) and shall be installed in locations which will provide adequate cooling. Do not use equipment exceeding dimensions indicated or equipment or arrangements that reduce required clearances or exceed specified maximum dimensions unless approved by the Engineer. Identification of Listed Products Electrical equipment and materials shall be listed for the purpose for which they are to be used, by an independent testing laboratory. When a product is not available with a testing laboratory listing for the purpose for which it is to serve, the inspection authority may require the product to undergo a special inspection at the manufacturer’s place of assembly. All costs and expenses incurred for such inspections shall be included in the original contract price. Materials Use equipment, materials and wiring methods suitable for the types of locations in which they will be located, as defined in Definitions above. All materials and equipment specified herein shall, within the scope of UL Examination Services, be approved by the Underwriter’s Laboratories for the purpose for which they are used and shall bear the UL label. Components Fasteners for securing equipment to walls, floors, and the like shall be either hot-dip galvanized after fabrication or stainless steel. Provide stainless steel fasteners in corrosive locations. When fastening to existing walls, floors, and the like, provide capsule anchors, not expansion shields. Size capsule anchors to meet load requirements. Minimum size capsule anchor bolt is ⅜-inch. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 16 16-4 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/4/20 11:51 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Accessories Wire Identification 1. Identify each wire or cable at each termination and in each pull-box using numbered and lettered wire markers. All electrically common conductors shall have the same number. Each electrically different conductor shall be uniquely numbered. Identify panelboard circuits using the panelboard identification and circuit number. Identify motor control circuits using the equipment identification number assigned to the control unit by the motor control center manufacturer and the motor control unit terminal number. Identify other circuits as approved by the Engineer. Identify each wire or cable in each pull-box with plastic sleeves having permanent markings. Conductors between terminals of different numbers shall have both terminal numbers shown at each conductor end. The terminal number closest to the end of the wire shall be the same as the terminal number. Finishes Refer to each electrical equipment section of these specifications for painting requirements of equipment enclosures. Part 3 - Execution Installation General 1. Complete the wiring, connection, adjustment, calibration, testing and operation of mechanical equipment having electrical motors and/or built-in or furnished electrical components in accordance with electrical code, UL listing requirements and manufacturer’s instructions. Install electrical components that are furnished with mechanical equipment. 2. Provide the size, type and rating of motor control devices, equipment and wiring necessary to match the ratings of motors furnished with mechanical equipment. 3. Complete the procurement, installation, wiring, connection, calibration, adjustment, testing and operation of all electrical devices, components accessories and equipment which is not shown or specified but which is nonetheless required to make the systems shown and specified properly functional. Workmanship 1. Assign a qualified representative who shall supervise the electrical construction work from beginning to completion and final acceptance. 2. Provide all labor using qualified craftsmen, who have had experience on similar projects. 3. Ensure that all equipment and materials fit properly in their installations. Field Services 1. Provide field services of qualified technicians to supervise and check out the installation of the equipment, to supervise and check out interconnecting wiring, to conduct start-up and operation of the equipment, and to correct any problems which occur during testing and start-up. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 16 16-5 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/4/20 11:51 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Installing Equipment 1. Provide the required inserts, bolts and anchors, and securely attach all equipment and materials to their supports. 2. Install all floor-mounted equipment on 3½-inch high reinforced concrete pads. 3. Install all equipment and junction boxes to permit easy access for normal maintenance. Cutting, Drilling, and Welding 1. Provide any cutting, drilling, and welding that is required for the electrical construction work. 2. Structural members shall not be cut or drilled, except when approved by the Engineer. Use a core drill wherever it is necessary to drill through concrete or masonry. Perform patch work with the same materials as the surrounding area and finish to match. Metal Panels 1. Mount all metal panels, which are mounted on, or abutting concrete walls in damp locations or any outside walls ¼-inch from the wall and paint the back side of the panels with a high build epoxy primer with the exception of stainless-steel panels. Film thickness shall be 10 Mils minimum. Load Balance 1. Balance electrical load between phases as nearly as possible on panelboards, motor control centers, and other equipment where balancing is required. 2. When loads must be reconnected to different circuits to balance phase loads, maintain accurate record of changes made, and provide circuit directory that lists final circuit arrangement. Field Quality Control Minor Deviations 1. The electrical plans are diagrammatic in nature and the location of devices, fixtures, and equipment is approximate unless dimensioned. On the basis of this, the right is reserved by the owner to provide for minor adjustments and deviations from the locations shown on the Plans without any extra cost. Deviations from the Plans and/or specifications required by code shall also be done, subsequent to Owner’s approval, without extra cost. 2. Plans indicate the general location and number of the electrical equipment items . When raceway, boxes, and ground connections are shown, they are shown diagrammatically only and indicate the general character and approximate location. Layout does not necessarily show the total number of raceways or boxes for the circuits required. Furnish, install, and place in satisfactory condition all raceways, boxes, conductors, and connections, and all of the materials required for the electrical systems shown or noted in the contract documents complete, fully operational, and fully tested upon the completion of the project. Project Record Plans 1. A set of Plans shall be maintained at the job site showing any deviations in the electrical systems from the original design. A set of electrical Plans, marked in red to indicate the City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 16 16-6 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/4/20 11:51 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. routing of concealed conduit runs and any deviations from the original design, shall be submitted to the Engineer for review at the completion of the project prior to final acceptance. 2. After testing and acceptance of the project the Contractor shall furnish in the O&M manuals an accurate connection schematic and interconnection diagram for every service entrance panel, pump control panel, motor control center, and instrumentation panel provided this project. Cleanup and Equipment Protection Equipment Protection 1. Exercise care at all times after installation of equipment, motor control centers, control panels, etc., to keep out foreign matter, dust debris, and moisture . Use protective sheet metal covers, canvas, heat lamps, etc., as needed to ensure equipment protection. Cleaning Equipment 1. Thoroughly clean all soiled surfaces of installed equipment and materials upon completion of the project. Clean out and vacuum all construction debris from the bottom of all equipment enclosures. Painting 1. Repaint any electrical equipment or materials scratched or marred in shipment or installation, using paint furnished by the equipment manufacturer. Final Cleanup 1. Upon completion of the electrical work, remove all surplus materials, rubbish, and debris that accumulated during the construction work. Leave the entire area neat, clean and acceptable to the Owner. 2. Lamps and fluorescent tubes shall be cleaned, and defective units replaced at the time of final acceptance. 16.10 ELECTRICAL SITE WORK 16.10.1 Common Work for Electrical Site Work Part 1 – General Summary The work included in this section consists of furnishing and installing conduit, fittings, handholes, pull vaults, warning tape, cables, wires, and related items, complete as specified herein and as indicated on the Plans for a complete and functional underground electrical system. Special vaults, grounding, trench backfill requirements may be specified with the particular equipment or electrical system involved. Related Sections Raceways and conduit shall be provided per Section 16.70. Wire and cable shall be provided per Section 16.60. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 16 16-7 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/4/20 11:51 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Design Requirements Materials and equipment shall conform to the respective specifications and standards; and to be the specifications herein. Electrical rating shall be as indicated on Plans. Part 3 – Execution Construction Provide all excavation, trenching, backfill and surface restoration required for the electrical work. Trenching shall be to depths as required by Code, particular installation, or as shown on the Plans. Trench width and length as required by the installation or as shown. Trench bottom shall be free of debris and graded smooth. Where trench bottom is rock or rocky or contains debris larger than 1 inch or material with sharp edges, over excavate 3 inches and fill with 3 inches of sand. Separation between new electrical utilities and other utilities shall be 12 inches minimum, except gas line separation shall be 12 inches both vertical and horizontal. Perform crossing of concrete or asphalt only after surface material has been saw cut to required width and removed. Backfill around raceways shall be 3-inches of pea gravel or sand for systems of 600 volt or less. Provide red marker tape over raceways below grade. Place backfill material to obtain a minimum degree of compaction of 95 percent of maximum density at optimum moisture content. Moisten backfill material as required to obtain proper compaction. Do not use broken pavement, concrete, sod, roots or debris for backfill. 16.10.2 Underground Marking Tape (Detectable Type) Part 2 – Products Manufacturers Tape shall be Brady “Detectable Identoline – Buried Underground Tape”, or equal. Materials Underground marking tape shall be for location and early warning protection of buried power and communication lines. Tape shall be detectable by a pipe/cable locator or metal detector from above the undisturbed ground. Tape shall be nominally 2 inches wide with a type B721 aluminum foil core laminated between two layers of 5 Mil thickness polyester plastic. The plastic color shall be red for electrical lines and orange for telephone lines. Part 3 – Execution Installation Unless noted otherwise on Plans, approved underground marking tape shall be installed in the trench 12 inches above and directly over the conduit or raceway. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 16 16-8 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/4/20 11:51 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 16.15 Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems Part 1 - General References Service and equipment grounding shall be per Article 250 of the NEC. Performance Requirements Verify that a low-resistance ground path is provided for all circuits so an accidental contact to ground of any live conductor will instantly trip the circuit. Part 2 - Products Components The grounding systems shall consist of the ground rods, grounding conductors, ground bus, ground fittings and clamps, and bonding conductors to water piping and structural steel as shown on the Plans. System components shall be as allowed in the NEC unless specified otherwise below: 1. Ground Rods: Ground rods shall be cone pointed copper clad Grade 40 HS steel rods conforming to ASTM B228. The welded copper encased steel rod shall have a conductivity of not less than 27 percent of pure copper. 2. Ground Conductors: Buried conductors shall be medium-hard drawn bare copper; other conductors shall be soft drawn copper. Sizes over No. 6 AWG shall be stranded. Coat all ground connections except the exothermic welds with electrical joint compound, non-petroleum type, UL listed for copper and aluminum applications. 3. Ground Rod Boxes: Boxes shall be a 9-inch diameter precast concrete unit with hot-dip galvanized traffic cover. Boxes shall be 12-inches deep minimum. Covers shall be embossed with the wording “Ground Rod”. Part 3 - Execution General Grounding Installation Ground electrical service neutral at service entrance equipment to supplementary grounding electrodes. Ground each separately derived system neutral to nearest effectively grounded building structural steel member or separate grounding electrode. Provide a ground rod box for each ground rod to permit ready access to facilitate testing. Provide a ground wire in every conduit carrying a circuit of over 110 volts to ground. Make embedded or buried ground connections, taps and splices with exothermic welds. Coat ground connections. Motor Grounding Installation Extend equipment ground bus via grounding conductor installed in motor feeder raceway. Connect to motor frame. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 16 16-9 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/4/20 11:51 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. When using nonmetallic flexible tubing install an equipment grounding conductor connected at both ends to noncurrent-carrying grounding bus. Ground Connections Above grade ground connections shall be exothermic weld, mechanical, or compression-type connectors; or brazing. Below grade ground connections shall be exothermic weld. Install all ground connections is strict accordance with connector manufacturer’s recommendations and methods. Testing Following completion of the grounding electrode system, if installed, measure ground resistance at each ground rod using the three-rod method. Submit results to engineer prior to final acceptance by the Owner. Perform testing per NETA Standard ATS paragraph 7.13. Testing methods shall conform to NETA Standard ATS using the three-electrode method for large systems. Conduct tests only after a period of not less than 48 hours of dry weather. Furnish to the Engineer a test report with recorded data of each ground rod location. See Division 16.95.4. 16.20 UTILITY SERVICE 16.21 Electrical Service Part 1 – General Description of Work Work consists of installation of new 100 amp, 480-volt, 3 phase underground service, pad-mounted transformer and service entrance equipment. Scheduling Work with the Utility Company The Contractor shall be fully and completely responsible for all scheduling and coordination with the utility company. The Contractor shall coordinate and schedule power outages, power service for operation and construction, and power service as may be required prior to Certification of Occupancy. The Contractor shall make all necessary applications for service with the utility and shall notify the Owner in writing of any obligations that the Owner must fulfill for service to be started, installed, or modified. Contractor/Utility Interface Responsibilities The electrical utility providing service to these facilities is Puget Sound Energy. During design, contact was made with Customer Service Representative, David Goodale, who can be contacted by telephoning 425-495-7049. The division of responsibilities stated below has been determined by coordination with the serving utility. The Contractor shall comply with all utility company standards and requirements. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 16 16-10 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/4/20 11:51 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. All utility charges for and related to the final permanent service to the facility will be paid by the Owner, directly to the utility company and shall not be included in the Contractors bid price. Contractor shall notify the Engineer/Owner of any changes to the responsibilities between the electrical utility and the Contractor as outlined in these specifications prior to submitting a bid. Any change(s) in responsibilities not brought to the attention of the Engineer prior to bidding will not be cause for additional payment. The Contractor shall notify the Owner (in writing) of any obligations or forms that the Owner is responsible to provide for service. The Contractor shall: Provide excavation, backfill, and restoration for the work pit at the existing utility vault per PSE requirements. Provide trench, backfill, and restoration for installment of the underground primary power from the existing utility vault to the proposed pad-mount transformer. Provide excavation, backfill, and restoration for the installation of the transformer vault per PSE requirements. Install new raceway and conductors for secondary service from the proposed pad-mount transformer location to the proposed service entrance panel including trenching, backfill and restoration. Terminate service conductors at the service entrance panel. Install utility meter enclosure, raceway, and conductors for utility revenue metering as shown on the Plans. Install the Service Entrance panel as shown on the Plans. The Contractor shall meet all the standard requirements for working in the right-of-way which includes a utility representative on site during work within the right-of-way. The Contractor shall be responsible for paying all cost for the representative to be on site. The Utility Company shall: Install new primary raceway and conductors from the existing utility vault to the proposed pad-mount transformer including all raceways, conductors, and cable terminators. Trench, backfill, and restoration shall be provided by the Contractor. Install new pad-mount transformer and transformer base with vault. Excavation and restoration shall be provided by the Contractor. Terminate conductors on the primary and secondary side of the transformer. Install a utility revenue meter in the proposed main revenue metering enclosure installed by the Contractor. Project Conditions Before submitting a bid, the Contractor shall become familiar with all the electrical service requirements that may affect the execution of their work. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 16 16-11 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/4/20 11:51 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Standards and Codes Work involving service installation shall be done in accordance with the service utilities standards and the NEC. Service equipment shall be listed and labeled by UL as “suitable for use as service equipment”. 16.21.2 Electrical Utility Meter Enclosure Manufacturers Meter enclosure shall be a Circle AW or equal and as required to meet the requirement of the serving utility. Installation shall be in vandal proof NEMA 4X stainless steel enclosure with a lockable hinged door. Meter shall include a metal vandal screen that can be purchased from serving utility. Materials Contractor shall coordinate with Puget Sound Energy on the type of metering required and shall provide all labor and material necessary to meet Puget Sound Energy requirements. 16.21.3 Fused Meter Disconnect Switch Design The switch shall be heavy duty type, shall be quick-make, quick break, and shall be horsepower rated. The switch shall have blades as required to open all ungrounded conductors. The disconnect shall have a minimum available fault current withstand rating of 42,000 amperes unless noted otherwise on the Plans. Equipment shall meet the requirements of the serving utility and shall be suitable for use as service equipment if required by the utility. Manufacturers Materials, equipment and accessories specified in this section for the meter disconnect switch shall be products of: 1. Eaton (Cutler Hammer) 2. General Electric 3. Schneider Electric (Square D) 4. Siemens 5. Or approved equal Acceptable Fuse Manufacturers are Bussman, Gould-Shawmut Littlefuse and Reliance. Materials The switch shall be pad-lockable in both the OFF or ON position. The enclosure shall be NEMA 4X rated unless noted otherwise on the Plans. The enclosure shall have interlocking cover to prevent opening door when switch is closed. The interlock shall include a defeating scheme. The enclosure shall be pad-lockable. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 16 16-12 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/4/20 11:51 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Fusible disconnects shall be as above with additional fuse space and clips to accept Class RK1 fuses. Spare Fuses Provide one (1) set of spare fuses for each size provided on job. Spare fuses shall be stored on-site at the end of the project. 16.21.4 Circuit Breaker Service Disconnect Switch Design The switch shall be heavy duty type, shall be quick-make, quick break, and shall be horsepower rated. The switch shall have blades as required to open all ungrounded conductors. The disconnect shall have a minimum available fault current withstand rating of 42,000 amperes unless noted otherwise on the Plans. Service equipment shall meet the requirements of the serving utility and shall be suitable for use as service equipment. Service entrance disconnect shall be furnished with a UL service entrance label. Manufacturers Materials, equipment, and accessories specified in this section for the service disconnect switch shall be products of: • Eaton (Cutler Hammer) • General Electric • Schneider Electric (Square D) • Siemens • Or approved equal Materials The switch shall be pad-lockable in both the OFF or ON position. The enclosure shall be NEMA 4X SS rated unless noted otherwise on the Plans. The enclosure shall have interlocking cover to prevent opening door when switch is c losed. The interlock shall include a defeating scheme. The enclosure shall be pad-lockable. Circuit breakers shall be molded case thermal-magnetic type and meet molded case circuit breaker specifications covered in Division 16.55.16. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 16 16-13 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/4/20 11:51 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 16.30 BASIC PANEL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES 16.35.2 Nameplates Part 2 – Products Manufactured Units Standard nameplates shall be made of 1/16-inch thick machine engraved laminated phenolic having black letters not less than 3/16-inch high on white background. One-inch high lettering shall be used for the large nameplates required for the control panels and motor control centers. Part 3 – Execution Installation Nameplates shall be provided on all electrical devices including but not limited to motor control equipment, MCC cubicles, control stations, junction boxes, panels, motors, instruments, switches, indicating lights, meters, and all electrical equipment enclosures. Each motor control center compartment and control panel shall have a nameplate designat ing the equipment and its identifying number and size or rating. Data shall be as shown on the Plans and reviewed via the submittal process. Nameplates shall have name, number and/or function as is applicable for clear identification. Provide one large nameplate for each motor control center and/or control panel identifying the equipment as indicated on the Plans. Nameplates on steel panels shall be secured with stainless steel drive screws. Where it is proposed that nameplates will be secured with pressure sensitive tape or bonding cement, the process and samples shall be submitted to the Engineer for acceptance. Nameplates shall be provided for identifying all operator interface (lights, switches, etc.) and other devices that are located outside or inside the panels. Nameplates shall be provided for identifying all relays and devices that are located inside the panels. Special Functions Provide warning nameplates on all panels and equipment, which contain multiple power sources. Lettering shall be white on red background. 16.36.1 Surge Protection Device (SPD) Part 2 – Products General The SPD shall be compatible with the electrical system voltage, current, system configuration, and intended applications. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 16 16-14 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/4/20 11:51 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Manufacturers The SPD shall be manufactured by the power distribution panelboard manufacturer for direct bus mounting in the panelboard. Manufactured Units Protect the electrical service with an SPD device as shown on the Plans. The SPD shall be mounted in the power distribution panelboard and shall be bus mounted. The SPD shall meet the following: 1. Provide surge current withstand up to 160 kA per phase. 2. Short circuit current rating of 200 kAIC. 3. A ten-year free replacement warranty. 4. Enhanced UL 1283 Transient Tracking Filter. 5. Status indicator lights for each phase and one service LED. 16.50 PANELBOARDS 16.52 Panelboards Part 1 - General Description of Work This section covers the furnishing and installation of all panelboard equipment complete. Quality Assurance Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and labeled as defined in NEC Article 100. Standards and Codes All materials and equipment specified herein shall, within the scope of UL Examination Services, be approved by the Underwriter’s Laboratories for the purpose for which they are used and shall bear the UL label. All material and equipment specified herein shall conform with all applicable NEMA, ANSI, and IEEE standards. All materials and equipment specified herein, and their installation methods shall conform to the latest published version of the NEC. Part 2 – Products Manufacturers Materials, equipment, and accessories specified in this section shall be products of: • Eaton/Cutler-Hammer • Schneider Electric/Square D Company City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 16 16-15 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/4/20 11:51 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. • Siemens Components Panelboard Type 1. Panelboards shall be rated at proper voltage and current for intended use with bus bars of copper. Panels shall be 3-phase, 4-wire, 100 percent neutral, with equipment ground bar unless noted otherwise. Panelboards shall be dead front. Wire Terminations 1. Panelboard assemblies, including protective devices, shall be suitable for use with 75 degrees Celsius or greater wire insulation systems at NEC 7 degrees Celsius conductor ampacity in accordance with UL 486E. Load Current Ratings 1. Unless otherwise indicated, load current ratings for panelboard assemblies, including bus and circuit breakers, are non-continuous as defined by NEC. Continuous rating shall be 80 percent of non-continuous rating. 2. Where indicated “continuous”, “100 percent”, etc., selected components and protective devices shall be rated for continuous load value shown. 3. The following interrupting capacity shall be considered minimum. Other ratings shall be as specified on the Plans. 480V/277V Panelboards 40,000 AIC symmetrical Overcurrent Protective Devices 1. In accordance with NEMA AB 1, NEMA KS 1, UL 98 and UL 489, protective devices shall be adapted to panelboard installation. 2. Panelboards shall be capable of device replacement without disturbing adjacent devices and without removing main bus. 3. Spare Spaces: Cover openings with easily removable cover. 4. When not identified on Plans, provide minimum of 18 single-pole breaker spaces. Circuit Breakers 1. Provide thermal-magnetic unless otherwise indicated, quick-make, quick-break, molded case, of indicating type showing ON/OFF and TRIPPED positions of operating handle. Mount breakers in all panelboards so that the breaker handles operate in a horizontal plan. 2. The bus connection shall be bolt-on circuit breakers in all panelboards. In power distribution panelboards, 225-ampere frame sizes and greater may be plug-in type where individual positive locking device requires mechanical release for removal. 3. Trip Mechanism: a) Individual permanent thermal and magnetic trip elements in each pole. b) Test button on cover. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 16 16-16 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/4/20 11:51 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. c) Variable magnetic trip elements with a single continuous adjustment 3X to 10X for frames greater than 100 amps. d) Two and three pole breakers shall have common trip. e) Automatic opens all poles when overcurrent occurs on one pole. f) Calibrated for 40 degrees C ambient, unless shown otherwise. Cabinets for Each Panelboard 1. Cabinets shall be flush, or surface mounted as indicated on the Plans with tight closing doors without play when latched. Where two cabinets are located adjacent to each other in finished areas, provide matching trim of the same height. 2. Provide cabinets of sufficient dimensions to allow for future expansion and addition of circuit breakers within the panelboards as indicated on the Plans. 3. Provide locks for each cabinet door. All electrical distribution equipment locks are to be keyed identically. 4. Fasten panelboard with machine screws with oval countersunk heads, finish hardware quality, with escutcheons or approved trim clamps. Clamps assessable only when dead front door is open are acceptable. Surface mounted panelboards with fronts greater than 48 inches vertical dimension shall have trim hinged at the right side in addition to the hinged door over dead front. 5. Finish all enclosures with rust inhibitor primer followed by manufacturer’s standard gray baked enamel or lacquer. Bus 1. Material for internal bus shall be full size copper throughout length. Provide for mounting of future protective devices along full length of bus regardless of number of units and spaces shown. Machine, drill and tap as required for current and future positions. Feeder Lugs 1. Main and neutral feeder lugs shall be replaceable, bolted mechanical or crimp compression type. Equipment Ground Terminal Bus 1. Provide copper equipment ground terminal bus with suitably sized provisions for termination of ground conductors. The terminal bus shall be bonded to the enclosure. 2. Provide individual mechanical termination points no less than the quantity of breaker pole positions. 3. Provide individual termination points for all other grounding conductors such as feeder, grounding electrodes, etc. Neutral Terminal Bus 1. Provide copper neutral terminal bus with suitably sized provisions for termination of neutral conductors. The neutral bus shall be isolated from the enclosure. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 16 16-17 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/4/20 11:51 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 2. Provide individual mechanical termination points no less than the quantity of breaker pole positions. 3. Provide individual termination points for all other neutral conductors. 4. Termination points shall be bolted crimp compression lugs for conductors 6 AWG or larger. Part 3 – Execution General Install in accordance with NECA 407, NEMP PB 1.2 and manufacturers’ written installation instructions. Installation Install securely, plumb, in-line and square with walls. Install top of panelboard trim 72 inches above floor, unless otherwise shown. Install panelboard so tops of protective device operating handles are no more than 72 inches above the floor. Install filler plates in unused spaces. System of Numbering and Bus Arrangement System numbering and bus arrangement shall be as shown on the panel schedule on the Plans. Panelboard Nameplate Provide engraved plastic nameplate with ½-inch high characters for panel identifications (for panel name) attached with screws to each panelboard front. Include voltage, phase and wire (i.e., 208Y/120, 3-phase, 4-wire) in ⅜-inch characters. Circuit Index Provide as-built information for each branch circuit panelboard by circuit with its proper load designation. Ground Fault Protection Install panelboard ground fault circuit interrupter devices in accordance with installation guidelines of NEMA 289. 16.55 Switches and Protective Devices 16.55.1 Common Work for Switches and Protective Devices Part 1 - General Design Requirements Overcurrent devices shall be NEMA rated. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 16 16-18 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/4/20 11:51 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Extra Materials Provide one fuse for each ungrounded conductor and a minimum of one spare fuse per phase of each ampacity and voltage used on the project. Deliver fuses to Owner at the completion of the project. Part 3 – Execution Installation Overcurrent protection devices and safety switches shall be centered 60 inches above the finished floor unless noted otherwise on the Plans. 16.55.13 Fuses Part 1 - General Design Requirements Fuses shall be of the type and amperage indicated on the Plans. The voltage rating shall be appropriate for the application indicated. The fuse types indicated on the Plans imply a certain set of fuse characteristics. No substitutions of fuse types will be allowed without Engineer approval. Part 2 - Products Manufacturers Fuses shall be: • Bussman, • Gould Shawmut • Littlefuse • Reliance • Or Equal Materials Fuses in motor circuits which are indicated but not sized, shall be provided with Manufacturer’s recommended size based on the actual motor installed. In-line or integrally- mounted fuse clips shall be provided on all control power or low-voltage transformers. 16.55.16 Molded Case Circuit Breakers Part 1 - General Design Requirements Breakers shall have the interrupting rating and trip rating indicated on the Plans. All breakers shall be calibrated for operation in an ambient temperature of 40 degrees Celsius. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 16 16-19 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/4/20 11:51 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Part 2 - Products Manufactured Units Molded case circuit breakers shall be quick-make and quick-break type with wiping type contacts. Each breaker shall be provided with arc chutes and individual trip mechanisms on each pole consisting of both thermal and magnetic trip elements. Two and three pole breakers shall be common trip. Molded case circuit breakers shall be trip-free. Each breaker shall have trip indication independent of the “ON” or “OFF” positions. 16.60 CONDUCTORS 16.61 Low Voltage Wire and Cable Part 1 - General Design Requirements This section is for power and control conductors for 600 volts or less. All conductors shall be copper. Wire or cable not shown on the Plans or specified, but required, shall be of the type and size required for the application and in conformance with the applicable code. Part 2 - Products Materials Conductors 1. Solid and stranded copper wire shall be 600-volt Type THW, THWN, or THHW, Class B stranding, sizes #14 AWG, #12 AWG, and #10 AWG only. Use of THHN insulation shall not be allowed. Aluminum conductors shall not be allowed. 2. Stranded copper wire shall be 600-volt Type XHHW, Class B stranding, sizes #8 AWG and larger. Aluminum conductors shall not be allowed. Splices 1. For Lighting Systems and Power Outlets: Wire nuts shall be twist-on type insulated connectors utilizing an outer insulating cover and a means for connecting and holding the conductors firmly. 2. All Equipment: Crimp type connectors shall be insulated type, suitable for the size and material of the wires and the number of wires to be spliced and for use with either solid or stranded conductors. 3. Division 16 Equipment and Power Conductors: Bolted pressure connectors shall be suitable for the size and material of the conductors to be spliced. 4. All Equipment: Epoxy splice kits shall include epoxy resin, hardener, mold, and shall be suitable for use in wet and hazardous locations. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 16 16-20 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/4/20 11:51 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Terminations 1. Crimp type terminals shall be self-insulating sleeve type, with ring or rectangular type tongue, suitable for the size and material of the wire to be terminated, and for use with either solid or stranded conductors. 2. Terminal lugs shall be split bolt or bolted split sleeve type in which the bolt or set screw does not bear directly on the conductor. 3. Wire Markers shall be plastic sleeve type. Wire numbers shall be permanently imprinted on the markers. Finishes Color Coding: Provide color coding for all circuit conductors. Insulation color shall be white for neutrals and green for grounding conductors. An isolated ground conductor shall be identified with an orange tracer in the green body. Ungrounded conductor colors shall be as follows: 1. 120/208 Volt, 3 Phase: Red, black and blue. 2. 277/480 Volt, 3 Phase: Yellow, brown and orange. 3. 120/240 Volt, 1 Phase: Red and black. Part 3 – Execution Location (Installment) Schedule Provide the following conductors for the following applications: 1. Use stranded copper conductors for all power and control circuits unless noted otherwise on plans or below. Size as noted on the Plans. 2. Contractor may use solid copper conductors for lighting and receptacle circuits using screw-type terminals. Size as noted on the Plans. 3. Size #14 AWG wire or smaller shall not be allowed on power circuits. Installation Conductor Splices 1. Splices: Install all conductors without splices unless necessary for installation, as determined by the Engineer. Splices when permitted shall be completed using an approved splice kit intended for the type of conductor and the application. The splice shall be in accordance with the splice kit manufacturer’s instructions. 2. Underground Splices: All underground outdoor splices when approved by Engineer shall be completed in an accessible pullbox or handhole using an approved watertight epoxy resin splice kit rated for the application up to 600 volts. Splices will not be allowed to be direct buried. Conductor Identification 1. Except for interior lighting and receptacle circuits, identify each wire or cable at each termination and in each pullbox, junction box, handhole, and manhole using numbered City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 16 16-21 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/4/20 11:51 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. and lettered wire markers. All electrically common conductors shall have the same number. Each electrically different conductor shall be uniquely numbered. Identify panelboard circuits using the panelboard identification and circuit number. Identify motor control circuits using the equipment identification number assigned to the control unit by the motor control center manufacturer and the motor control unit terminal number. Identify other circuits as shown in the circuit schedule as favorably by the Engineer. 2. Conductors between terminals of different numbers shall have both terminal numbers shown at each conductor end. The terminal number closest to the end of the wire shall be the same as the terminal number. Testing Insulation Resistance Tests: For all circuits 150 volts to ground or more and for all motor circuits over ½ horsepower, test cables per NETA Paragraph 7.3.1. The insulation resistance shall be 20 megohms or more. Submit results to Engineer for review. 16.70 RACEWAYS , BOXES, AND FITTINGS 16.71 Raceways Part 1 – General Design Requirements Conduit sizes not noted on Plans shall be in accordance with NEC requirements for the quantities and sizes of wire installed therein. Part 2 – Products Components Conduit and Fittings 1. PVC Coated Rigid Steel Conduit (PVC-GRS): PVC coated conduit shall meet the GRS standard above plus have a 40 Mil PVC factory applied PVC coating. 2. Nonmetallic Conduit: Nonmetallic Conduit shall be rigid PVC, Schedule 40 (PVC-40) or 80 (PVC-80). PVC conduit installed above grade shall be Schedule 80 extra heavy wall 90 degree Celsius. UL listed for aboveground use and UV resistant. Conduit shall be gray in color. Fittings shall be of the same material as the raceway and installed with solvent per the Manufacturer’s instructions. Conduit, fittings, and solvent shall all be manufactured by the same Manufacturer. 3. Flexible Metal Conduit (Flex-LT): Flexible conduit shall be interlocking single strip, hot dipped galvanized and shall have a polyvinyl chloride jacket extruded over the outside to form a flexible watertight raceway. Flexible conduit shall be American Brass Company Sealtite Type VA, General Electric Type UA or equal. Conduit and Cable Supports 1. Conduit Supports: Hot dipped galvanized framing channel shall be used to support groups of conduit. Individual conduit supports shall be one-hole galvanized malleable iron pipe straps used with galvanized clamp backs and nesting backs where required. Conduit City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 16 16-22 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/4/20 11:51 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. support for PVC or PVC coated rigid steel shall be one-hole PVC or epoxy coated clamps or PVC conduit wall hangers. Conduit Sealants 1. Moisture Barrier Types: Sealant shall be a non-toxic, non-shrink, non-hardening, putty type hand applied material providing an effective barrier under submerged conditions. 2. Fire Retardant Types: Fire stop material shall be a reusable, non -toxic, asbestos-free, expanding, putty type material with a 3-hour rating in accordance with UL 1479. Provide products indicated by the manufacturer to be suitable for the type and size of penetration. Part 3 - Installation Raceway Applications PVC Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel (PVC-GRS) conduit shall be used in all locations unless noted otherwise below or on the Plans. ABOVE GRADE CONDUITS (wet or corrosive areas, NFPA 70 hazardous areas) shall be: 1. PVC-GRS for power and control wiring. 2. PVC-GRS for instrumentation and telecommunications wiring. 3. PVC-GRS for motor leads from VFDs. BELOW GRADE CONDUITS IN DIRECT EARTH (not under slabs-on-grade) shall be: 1. PVC-40 for power and control wiring. a) Sweeps and risers for transition of PVC from below grade to above grade shall be PVC-GRS. 2. PVC-GRS for instrumentation and telecommunications wiring. 3. PVC-GRS for motor leads from VFDs. ALL CONNECTIONS TO VIBRATING EQUIPMENT OR MOTORS shall be: 1. Liquidtight flexible metallic conduit for indoor, non-corrosive areas and all motor leads from VFDs. 2. Connection to equipment outdoors or in corrosive areas shall be with non-metallic liquidtight flexible conduit. Installation All conduits shall be concealed in the floor, walls, ceiling slab, or beneath the floor slab. Surface mounted conduit will not be accepted unless noted otherwise on the construction Plans. Size of Raceways: 1. Raceway sizes as shown on the Plans, if not shown on the Plans, then size in accordance with NFPA 70. 2. Unless specifically indicated otherwise, the minimum raceway size shall be: a) Conduit: ¾-inch City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 16 16-23 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/4/20 11:51 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. All raceways shall contain a separate grounding conductor. Spare conduits shall contain one 3/16-inch diameter nylon pull rope. Conduit routing is shown diagrammatic on the Plans. Contractor is responsible for routing the conduits in a neat manner, parallel and perpendicular to walls and ceilings. Location of conduit ends are shown approximately. Contractor is responsible for ending conduits in location that will not conflict with electrical equipment. Route conduit ends to facilitate ease of equipment maintenance. Conduits extending from the floor to a device shall be located as close as possible to avoid creating a hazard. Conduit shall not be routed on exterior of structures except as specifically indicated on the Plans. Where water cannot drain to openings, provide drain fittings in the low spots of the conduit run. Securely fasten raceways at intervals and locations required by NEC, or the type of raceway employed. Provide all required openings in walls, floors and ceilings for conduit penetration. 1. Do not install one (1) inch and larger raceways in or through structural members (beams, slabs, etc.) unless approved by Engineer. 2. New Construction: Avoid cutting openings, where possible, by setting sleeves or frames in masonry and concrete, and by requesting openings in advance. 3. Existing Construction: Core drill openings in masonry and concrete. Avoid structural members and rebar. Conduit encasement or embedment in the earth shall be separated from the earth by at least 3-inches of concrete unless otherwise shown on the Plans. Plastic conduit spacers shall be located five feet on centers. The spacers shall be secured to the conduits by wire ties. The conduits shall be watertight. Analog signal conduits shall be separated from power or control conduits. The separation shall be a minimum of 12-inches for metallic conduits and 24-inches for nonmetallic conduits. Install explosion-proof seal-offs in hazardous areas shown on the Plans and as required by the NEC. Plastic raceway joints shall be solvent cemented in accordance with recommendations of raceway manufacturer. All conduit openings not encased in a panel shall be sealed with duct seal. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 16 16-24 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/4/20 11:51 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 16.95 TESTING 16.95.1 Common Work for Testing Part 1 - General Submittals Test reports shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to final acceptance in accordance with Division 1.33 of these specifications. Scheduling and Coordination The Contractor shall inform the Engineer in advance of testing in accordance with the requirements listed in Division 1 of these specifications. Prior to scheduling the testing, the Contractor shall have satisfied themselves that the project area is properly cleaned up; all patching and painting deemed necessary properly completed; and all systems, equipment and controls are functioning as intended. Part 2 - Products Source Quality Control Submit reports of factory tests and adjustments performed by equipment manufacturers to the Engineer prior to field testing and adjustment of equipment. These reports shall identify the equipment and show dates, results of test, measured values and final adjustment settings. Provide factory tests and adjustments for equipment where factory tests are specified in the equipment specifications. The Engineer may inspect the fabricated equipment at the factory before shipment to job site. Provide the Engineer with sufficient prior notice so that an inspection can be arranged at the factory. Part 3 – Execution Site Testing Test all circuits for continuity, freedom from ground, and proper operation during progress of the work. Insulation Resistance, Continuity, and Rotation: Perform routine insulation resistance, continuity and rotation tests for all distribution and utilization equipment prior and in addition to tests performed by the testing laboratory specified herein. Electric Motors: Perform voltage, current and resistance tests on all motors ½ horsepower and larger installed this project. Insulation resistance readings shall be taken with a 500-volt megger for 30 seconds with the circuit conductors connected to the motor. Verify that an overload condition does not exist. Conduct special test as required for service and/or system ground. Arc Flash Study, Protection Device Coordination, and Short Circuit Analysis Provide the services of a recognized independent testing laboratory or coordination analysis consultant for the proper system coordination of the protective devices furnished on this project. Submit the name and the qualifications of the laboratory or consultant for review by City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 16 16-25 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/4/20 11:51 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. the Engineer; qualifications must include professional registration of proposed personnel as electrical engineers. The protective device on the line side closest to the fault or abnormal conditions shall isolate the problem portion of the system and minimize damage in that portion. The rest of the system shall be maintained in normal service. The coordination shall be in conformance with the recommendations of latest IEEE Standard 242. Provide an Arc Flash Hazard Study for the electrical distribution system shown on the Plans. The intent of the Arc Flash Hazard Study is to determine hazards that exist at each major piece of electrical equipment shown on the one-line diagrams. This includes switchgear, switchboards, panelboards, motor control centers, generators, transfer switches, and transformers. The study will include creation of Arc Flash Hazard Warning Labels listing all items as required in NFPA 70E-2018. These labels serve as a guide to assist technicians and others in the selection of proper Personal Protective Equipment when working around exposed and energized conductors. The electrical contractor will install the labels. The arc flash hazard study shall consider all operating scenarios during normal conditions alternate operations, emergency power conditions, and any other operations, which could result in maximum arc flash hazard. The label shall list the maximum incidental energy calculated and the scenario number and description on the label. Submit the analysis that shall include arc flash, impedance, and short circuit calculations, list of any assumptions made and the analysis, the recommended settings of the protective devices, and the system time/current characteristic curves. The submittal shall be completed and submitted in conjunction with the circuit breaker submittal to allow time for review and re-submittal, if necessary, before the implementation of final settings and adjustments by the testing laboratory. Field Quality Control General 1. Conduct final test in the presence of Owner and/or their authorized representative. Contractor shall provide all testing instrumentation and labor required to demonstrate satisfactory operation of systems, equipment and controls. Operational Tests 1. Operational test all circuits to demonstrate that the circuits and equipment have been properly installed, adjusted and are ready for full-time service. Demonstrate the proper functioning of circuits in all modes of operation, and including alarm conditions, and demonstrate satisfactory interfacing with the data acquisition and alarm systems. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 16 16-26 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/4/20 11:51 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 16.95.3 Conductor Test Report Conductor Test Report Page 1 of 1 PROJECT: OWNER: Contractor Co. Name: Tested by: Phone Number: Test Date: Race- way V C Operating Load Voltage Insulation Resistance - OHMS Label (1) (2) (3) VAB VCB VCA VAN VBN VCN A-B B-C C-A A-G B-G C-G A B C D E F G 1. Refer to raceway and wire schedule and one-line diagram for description of feeder identified by label shown on this report 2. Visual Inspection – Check when completed 3. Continuity Test – Check when completed City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 16 16-27 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\16 Electrical.docx 9/4/20 11:51 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. 16.95.4 Ground Electrode Resistance Test Report Ground Electrode Resistance Test Report PROJECT: OWNER: Contractor Co. Name: Tested by: Phone Number: Test Date: Test Meter Type: Test Distance-D: Soil Conditions: Measured Resistance: DESCRIPTION OF TEST PROCEDURE, CONDITIONS, RESULTS: THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 17-1 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\17 Automatic Control.docx 9/4/20 11:52 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 17 Automatic Control – This Division Not Used THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 18-1 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\18 Measurement and Payment.docx 9/4/20 11:53 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Division 18 Measurement and Payment 18.0 GENERAL It is the intention of these specifications that performance of work under bid items shall result in complete construction, in proper operating condition, of improvements identified in these written specifications and accompanying plans. Work and material not specifically listed in the proposal, but required according to the plans and specifications and general practice, shall be included in Contractor’s bid price. Bid Item 1– Mobilization, Demobilization, Site Preparation, and Cleanup Lump sum price covers complete cost of furnishing, installing and testing, complete and in-place, all work and materials necessary to: move and organize equipment and personnel onto the job site; secure job site; provide and maintain necessary support facilities; obtain all necessary permits and licenses; prepare site for construction operations; maintain site and surrounding areas during construction; manage removal and replacement of existing storm pipe as necessary to construct the proposed improvements, including providing temporary bypass pumping for pipe; move all personnel and equipment off site after contract completion; cleanup site prior to final acceptance; and accomplish all other items of work not specifically listed in other divisions. Payment shall be lump sum. No more than 50 percent of bid amount for this item will be paid before final payment request, and this bid amount may not be more than 10 percent of value of total contract. Bid Item 2– Temporary Sedimentation and Erosion Control Lump sum price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all temporary erosion and sedimentation control relating to construction of improvements as shown on the Plans and specified herein. Work includes, but is not limited to: silt fence, temporary trenching, temporary mulching, plastic sheeting, hydroseed of all disturbed areas following construction, and all other work necessary, for a complete installation of all temporary sedimentation and erosion control facilities. Payment shall be lump sum based on percentage of completion. Bid Item 3 – Site and Utility Work Lump sum price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all site work and utilities relating to construction of improvements as shown on the Plans and specified herein. Work includes, but is not limited to: manhole excavation; lift station excavation; backfill and compaction; temporary construction fencing; temporary stormwater control including treatment and disposal; hydrant modifications, bollards, and associated work necessary for a complete installation; appurtenances and all other work necessary for a complete installation of all facilities including the force main connection and valving, vent pipe, electrical connection including utility coordination, backfill of the pump station with CDF, wet well, sewer manhole, asphalt restoration, asphalt paving, sidewalk restoration, curb restoration, parking lot striping, landscaping restoration, other site utilities, and all other site work and improvements not included as part of another bid item and necessary for a complete and stabilized construction site. The gravity sewer and forcemain pipes are covered under City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 18 18-2 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\18 Measurement and Payment.docx 9/4/20 11:53 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. separate bid items. Other work involved includes the protection or relocation of existing utilities located within the area of construction that may include, but not limited to: telephone, street lighting, electrical, cable television, water and stormwater. Payment shall be lump sum based on percentage of completion. Bid Item 4– Traffic Control Lump sum price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all labor (e.g. flaggers), materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary for providing traffic control including certified flaggers, furnishing, installing, maintaining, removing traffic control signs, construction warning and detour signs, sequential arrow boards, traffic cones, barrels, barricades and the like, steel plating, pins, shims, temporary pavement markers and striping, removing, relocating, re-installing existing roadway signs, preparing, revising, and implementing any traffic control/detour plans required by the Contract Documents and right-of-way use permit, and conforming to the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD) and as directed by the Engineer and by the City’s Transportation Department. Also, included in the contract price is the cost to furnish traffic control services and equipment for construction surveying, staking, and as-building. This bid item shall also include complete costs for preparing Traffic Control Plans as necessary for approval by the permitting agency. Payment for traffic control will be made at the measured percentage amount for the pay period times the lump sum amount Bid. Bid Item 5– Unscheduled Excavation This bid item will be used at the discretion of the Owner. In the event the Own er determines that the subgrade is unsatisfactory due to reasons beyond the control of the Contractor, the Owner may opt to have the Contractor over excavate the unsuitable material. The work associated with this bid item shall not be performed without wri tten authorization of the Owner. No compensation will be paid for this item if it is not needed to complete the project. The price per cubic yard shall cover the complete cost of providing all materials, equipment and labor necessary for over-excavation of unsuitable native material found at the bottom of the excavation as shown on the plans and/or detailed in the contract specifications. Work includes excavation of unsuitable material to a firm and unyielding subgrade, hauling, and disposal of unsuitable material. The Contractor must keep up to date and accurate records of removing all unsuitable material on-site and demonstrate it has exceeded the quantity shown on the plans for stripping. Payment shall be per cubic yard of material as measured in place. To receive payment for this bid item, the Owner must approve and measure all over- excavation. Failure to obtain approval of the Owner and/or failure to permit the Owner to measure over-excavation will result in no payment of the over-excavation. Bid Item 6– Unscheduled Backfill This bid item will be used at the discretion of the Owner and the work associated with this bid item shall not be performed without written authorization of the Owner. No compensation will be paid for this item if it is not needed to complete the project. To receive City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 18 18-3 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\18 Measurement and Payment.docx 9/4/20 11:53 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. payment for this bid item, the Owner must approve and measure all areas to be backfilled. Failure to obtain approval of the Owner and/or failure to permit the Owner to measure areas to be backfilled will result in no payment of the unscheduled structural backfill. The unit price per cubic yard shall be full compensation for furnishing and installing structural backfill for backfilling unscheduled excavation, including all equipment and work for hauling, placing, compacting, handling, and stockpiling material. Payment shall be per cubic yard of unscheduled import backfill permanently installed as measured in place. Bid Item 7– Unscheduled Contaminated Soil Removal The unit price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all materials, equipment, and labor necessary for excavation and disposal of contaminated soil and is performed at the Contracting Agency’s request. Price includes haul and disposal of contaminated soil. Measurement shall be per cubic yard as measured in place. The provisions of Section 1-04.6 of the Standard Specifications are waived for this bid item. Bid Item 8– Unscheduled Contaminated Water Removal The unit price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all materials, equipment, and labor necessary for pumping and disposal of contaminated Water and is performed at the Contracting Agency’s request. Price includes haul and disposal of contaminated water. Measurement shall be per gallon as measured on truck tickets. The provisions of Section 1-04.6 of the Standard Specifications are waived for this bid item. Bid Item 9– Trench Safety and Shoring Lump sum price shown shall cover the complete cost of trench safety and shoring including: all labor, materials, and equipment for the installation of the trench safety and shoring work as detailed in the contract specifications, or as required by governing safety codes. Price includes design of the shoring system as required by applicable codes and standards, whether shown on the Plans or not. Payment shall be lump sum based on percentage of completion. Bid Item 10 – Dewatering via Sumps Lump sum price shown shall cover the cost for furnishing all plans, material, labor and equipment necessary to install a dewatering system to facilitate excavations necessary to install lift station wet well, gravity sewer system, and sewer force main. The dewatering system includes water treatment facilities, to reduce turbidity, dissipate energy at the point of discharge, and aerate water. The cost shall cover all pumps, piping, power, and any other items necessary to provide this system. Payment shall be lump sump based on percentage of completion. Bid Item 11– Unscheduled Dewatering via Point Wells This bid item will be used at the discretion of the Owner and the work associated with this bid item shall not be performed without written authorization of the Owner. No City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 18 18-4 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\18 Measurement and Payment.docx 9/4/20 11:53 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. compensation will be paid for this item if it is not needed to complete the project. Lump sum price shown shall cover the cost for furnishing all plans, material, labor and equipment necessary to install a dewatering system to facilitate excavations necessary to install lift station wet well, gravity sewer system, and sewer force main. The dewatering system includes water treatment facilities, to reduce turbidity, dissipate energy at the point of discharge, and aerate water. The cost shall cover all pumps, piping, power, and any other items necessary to provide this system. Payment shall be lump sump based on percentage of completion. Bid Item 12– PVC Sewer Gravity Pipe The Contract Price per linear foot for PVC sewer pipe shall be full compensation for, but is not limited to, all labor, material, incidentals, tools and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work as defined in the Standard Specifications and these Specifications and as shown on the Contract Plans. Included in the unit prices for pipe are all costs for: • clearing and grubbing (if a separate bid item has not been included in the Proposal), • trench excavation including removal and disposal of all material to the bottom of the pipe zone, • providing temporary shoring, • stockpiling suitable excavated material for use as trench backfill as directed by the Engineer, • removing and disposing of pavement, curbs, gutters, sidewalks and the like, • disposal of waste materials and debris, • hand excavation and hand backfilling as may be required, • excavation for fittings, • probing or excavation in advance to determine the horizontal and vertical location of existing utility crossings, shown in the plans or as located by One-Call, • furnishing and installing PVC sewer pipe and fittings, • placing and compacting bedding material, • placing and compacting trench backfill, • performing backfill compaction tests and furnishing test reports to the Engineer, • cleaning and flushing pipes and existing structures, • testing and CCTV inspecting the pipe, • connecting pipe to existing structures, • connecting pipe to proposed structures, • furnishing and installing locate wires, • replacing, protecting, restoring and/or maintaining utilities. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 18 18-5 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\18 Measurement and Payment.docx 9/4/20 11:53 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Bid Item 13– HDPE Sewer Force Main Pipe The Contract Price per linear foot for HDPE sewer pipe shall be full compensation for, but is not limited to, all labor, material, incidentals, tools and equipment necessary to satisfactorily complete the work as defined in the Standard Specifications and these Specifications and as shown on the Contract Plans. Included in the unit prices for pipe are all costs for: • clearing and grubbing (if a separate bid item has not been included in the Proposal), • trench excavation including removal and disposal of all material to the bottom of the pipe zone, • providing temporary shoring, • stockpiling suitable excavated material for use as trench backfill as directed by the Engineer, • removing and disposing of pavement, curbs, gutters, sidewalks and the like, • disposal of waste materials and debris, • hand excavation and hand backfilling as may be required, • excavation for fittings, • probing or excavation in advance to determine the horizontal and vertical location of existing utility crossings, shown in the plans or as located by One-Call, • furnishing and installing HDPE sewer pipe and fittings, • furnishing, placing and compacting bedding material, • furnishing, placing and compacting trench backfill, • performing backfill compaction tests and furnishing test reports to the Engineer, • cleaning and flushing pipes and existing structures, • pressure testing the pipe, • connecting pipe to existing structures, • furnishing and installing locate wires, • replacing, protecting, restoring and/or maintaining utilities. Bid Item 14– Package Lift Station Lump sum price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all materials, equipment and labor necessary for constructing the package lift station as shown on the Plans and detailed in the contract specifications including: precast wetwell with integral valve chamber, submersible sewer pumps and discharge piping, and control panel. Payment shall be lump sum. Measurement for payment shall be determined based on the percentage of total work completed at the time of request. City of Renton Summer 2020 Airport Lift Station Division 18 18-6 J:\Data\REN\119-068\30 Specs\18 Measurement and Payment.docx 9/4/20 11:53 AM © 2020 RH2 Engineering, Inc. Bid Item 15– Operations and Maintenance (O&M) Manuals and On-site Owner Training Lump sum price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all labor and materials necessary to provide 3 copies of the Operations and Maintenance Manuals as described in the specifications and train the Owner’s personnel on site with manufacturer certified representatives for the following items: Pumps and Motors, Power and Telemetry equipment, and Mag Meters as shown on the Plans and detailed in the contract specifications. Payment shall be lump sum. Partial payment of up to 20 percent ($500) of the total bid item cost is allowed prior to initial owner training. Final 80 percent ($2,000) of payment shall not be paid until O&M Manuals are determined complete by the Owner and Engineer and the Owner are satisfied that all training has been accomplished to operate the improvements. Cost for this bid item shall be $2,500. Bid Item 16– Construction Records Lump sum price shown shall cover the complete cost of providing all mark-up plans necessary for the Owner to create accurate construction records as detailed in the specifications. The work includes surveying all structures and utilities to determine their constructed locations and elevations, records of all mechanical and electrical equipment for maintenance purposes. Failure to comply with the as-built requirements and furnish acceptable construction records will result in non-payment of this bid item. Payment for this work will not be made prior to the final payment. Cost for this bid item shall be $5,000. Bid Item 17– Minor Change Payments or credits for changes amounting to $10,000 or less may be made under the Bid item “Minor Change”. At the discretion of the City, this procedure for Minor Changes may be used in lieu of the more formal procedure as outlined in Section 1-04.4, Changes, in the Washington State Department of Standards and Specifications Manual. The Contractor will be provided a copy of the completed order for Minor Change. The agreement for the Minor Change will be documented by signature of the Contractor, or notation of verbal agreement. If the Contractor is in disagreement with anything required by the order for Minor Change, the Contractor may protest the order as provided in Section 1-04.5, Procedure and Protest by the Contractor, in the Washington State Department of Standards and Specifications Manual. Payments or credits will be determined in accordance with Section 1-09.4, Equitable Adjustment, in the Washington State Department of Standards and Specifications Manual. For the purpose of providing a common Proposal for all Bidders, the Contracting Agency has entered an amount for “Minor Change” in the Proposal to become a part of the Bid by the Contractor. Appendix A Renton Standard Details THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK DocuSign Envelope ID: 7CDD88BC-C843-439E-9366-C6DBB0F8BBB7 9/11/2019 | 2:12 PM PDT PATCHED AREA i A q COVER COVER PER STD PLAN 401 SEE NOTE 9) SEAL WITH AR 4000 OR APPROVED EQUAL AND DRY SAND AFTER P L A N PATCHING NTS OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF SEE NOTE 9) ADJUSTMENT RING AND x SEE NOTE 2 X gOTTOM OF FRAME t---- MORTAR JOINT(S) (3/8" MIN.-2" MAX.) ADJUSTMENT RING (1" MIN.). SEE SEE NOTE 3 AND SPECIAL PROVISION NOTE 6. 7-05.3(1). SECTION A-A NOTES 1. REMOVE PAVEMENT AND BASE MATERIALS FOR A DISTANCE 5. CONSTRUCTION AND ADJUSTMENT SHALL BE PERFORMED WHICH IS EQUAL TO THE DIAMETER OF THE FRAME PLUS ONE ONLY BY A JOURNEYMAN MASON. FOOT(MIN.). ADJUST CASTING FRAME TO PAVEMENT SURFACE USING RISER RINGS AND MORTAR. 6. ADJUSTMENT OF THE FRAME TO GRADE SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED WITH ADJUSTMENT RINGS AND MORTAR ONLY. 2. REPLACE EXCAVATED MATERIAL WITH A MINIMUM OF 8"OF THE USE OF SHIMS IS PROHIBITED. HMA CLASS"PG 64-22(OR TO A DEPTH THAT S 2"BELOW THE BOTTOM OF THE UPPER ADJUSTMENT RING WHICHEVER 7• FRAME SHALL BE ADJUSTED TO PAVEMENT GRADE BY IS GREATER)OR AS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. TAPPING UNTIL FRAME IS FLUSH WITH PAVEMENT AS DETERMINED WITH A STRAIGHT EDGE OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH. 3. ADJUSTMENT RINGS AND FRAME SHALL BE FULLY BEDDED IN MORTAR.MORTAR SHALL BE ASTM C270 FOR TYPE S. 8. ALL MORTAR JOINTS SHALL BE TRIMMED FLUSH AND REMAIN VISIBLE UPON COMPLETION. 4. MORTAR SHALL BE MIXED AND APPLIED PER MANUFACTURERS DIRECTIONS. 9. X=1'-0"MIN.TO 2'-6"MAX.-PER ENGINEER'S INSTRUCTION STD. PLAN - 106 j PUBLIC WORKS TY'CAL CONSTRUCTION A ROVED: al' DEPARTMENT AND ADJUSTMENT OF flMANNOLERISER3 e o r>tor DA E DocuSign Envelope ID: 7CDD88BC-C843-439E-9366-C6DBB0F8BBB7 9/11/2019 | 2:12 PM PDT DocuSign Envelope ID: 7CDD88BC-C843-439E-9366-C6DBB0F8BBB7 9/11/2019 | 2:12 PM PDT DocuSign Envelope ID: 7CDD88BC-C843-439E-9366-C6DBB0F8BBB7 9/11/2019 | 2:12 PM PDT DocuSign Envelope ID: 7CDD88BC-C843-439E-9366-C6DBB0F8BBB7 9/11/2019 | 2:12 PM PDT DocuSign Envelope ID: 7CDD88BC-C843-439E-9366-C6DBB0F8BBB7 9/11/2019 | 2:12 PM PDT DocuSign Envelope ID: 7CDD88BC-C843-439E-9366-C6DBB0F8BBB7 9/11/2019 | 2:12 PM PDT DocuSign Envelope ID: 7CDD88BC-C843-439E-9366-C6DBB0F8BBB7 9/11/2019 | 2:12 PM PDT WATER PLAN GENERAL NOTES Standard Plan No. 300 1. ALL WORK AND MATERIALS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE CITY OF RENTON PUBLIC WORKS STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND SPECIAL PROVISIONS AND WSDOT / APWA STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS, LATEST EDITION AS AMENDED BY THE CITY OF RENTON. A SET OF CITY APPROVED PLANS SHALL BE KEPT AT THE JOB SITE WHENEVER CONSTRUCTION IS IN PROGRESS. A PRE -CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE SHALL BE HELD PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR AND OR DEVELOPER SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SECURING ALL NECESSARY PERMITS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 2. ALL EXISTING UTILITIES SHALL REMAIN IN SERVICE DURING CONSTRUCTION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CALL 1-800-424-5555 TO VERIFY UTILITY LOCATIONS BEFORE BEGINNING EXCAVATION. 3. ALL MATERIALS USED FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF WATER SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS SHALL BE NEW AND UNDAMAGED, AND CATALOG CUTS" FOR ALL MATERIALS SHALL BE APPROVED IN WRITING BY THE CITY OF RENTON PRIOR TO BRINGING ANY MATERIALS ON-SITE. 4. ALL WATER MAIN PIPE MATERIALS SHALL BE CEMENT LINED DUCTILE IRON PIPE, THICKNESS CLASS 52 PER AWWA C 151 AND C 104. PIPE JOINTS SHALL BE PUSH -ON OR MECHANICAL JOINT. CAST IRON OR DUCTILE IRON PIPE FITTINGS SHALL BE CLASS 250 AS PER ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10-82. ALL DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS SHALL BE WRAPPED WITH 8 -MIL BLACK, TUBE -TYPE, POLYETHYLENE PLASTIC PER AWWA C105 STANDARDS. 5. MINIMUM COVER FROM TOP OF WATER MAINS TO FINISHED GRADE SHALL BE 36 INCHES FOR PIPE DIAMETER OF 10 -INCH OR LESS AND 48 INCHES FOR PIPE DIAMETER OF 12 -INCH AND LARGER. MAXIMUM COVER FOR ALL WATER MAINS SHALL BE 60 INCHES. ANY DEVIATIONS MUST BE APPROVED BY THE CITY OF RENTON PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. WHERE UTILITY CONFLICTS OCCUR, THE PROFILE OF THE WATER MAIN SHALL BE ADJUSTED AS NECESSARY TO CLEAR CONFLICTS AND TO PROVIDE MINIMUM COVER. PIPE DEFLECTION SHALL NOT EXCEED ONE-HALF OF PIPE MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATION FOR SIZE OF PIPE USED. ALL TRENCH BACKFILL SHALL BE COMPACTED TO 95 PERCENT MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY AS DETERMINED BY THE MODIFIED PROCTOR TEST METHOD (MDD) IN ROADWAYS, ROADWAY SHOULDERS, ROADWAY PRISM AND DRIVEWAYS, AND 85 PERCENT MDD IN UNPAVED AREAS. ALL PIPE ZONE COMPACTION SHALL BE 95 MDD. 6. CONCRETE BLOCKING FOR WATER MAINS SHALL BE DESIGNED, INSTALLED AND POURED IN PLACE IN ACCORDANCE WITH CITY OF RENTON STANDARD DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND SHALL BE INSTALLED AT ALL VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL BENDS, FITTINGS AND BASE OF HYDRANTS. MEGA -LUGS (OR SIMILAR PRODUCT) MAY BE REQUIRED ON ALL MECHANICAL JOINTS IN ADDITION TO CONCRETE BLOCKING. ALL NEW WATER MAIN PIPES AND FITTINGS SHALL HAVE A FOAM PIPE PIG RUN THROUGH THEM PRIOR TO BEING FLUSHED, DISINFECTED, AND TESTED. CLEANING, PRESSURE AND PURITY TESTING SHALL BE DONE IN THE PRESENCE OF AND UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF A CITY OF RENTON UTILITY INSPECTOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPLY, INSTALL AND REMOVE PLUGS, CORPORATION STOPS, BLOW -OFF ASSEMBLIES, AND THRUST RESTRAINT / BLOCKING FOR TESTING AND PURITY ACCEPTANCE. NO CONNECTION SHALL BE MADE BETWEEN THE NEW MAIN OR BETWEEN THE NEW WET -TAP VALVE TO AN EXISTING MAIN UNTIL THE NEW PIPING HAS BEEN FOAM -PIGGED, DISINFECTED, FLUSHED, AND PASSED BOTH PRESSURE AND PURITY TESTING. 8. NEW WATER MAINS INCLUDING SERVICE LATERALS SHALL BE TESTED AT A STATIC PRESSURE OF 150 PSI ABOVE WORKING PRESSURE WITH A MINIMUM OF 225 PSI TEST PRESSURE FOR 120 MINUTES WITH A MAXIMUM OF 5 PSI PRESSURE DROP DURING THE ENTIRE TEST PERIOD. UPON SATISFACTORY COMPLETION OF THE PRESSURE TEST, THE LINE SHALL BE DISINFECTED, FLUSHED, AND THEN WATER SAMPLES SHALL BE TAKEN FOR PURITY TESTING BY THE PUBLIC WORKS INSPECTOR. 9. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE CITY OF RENTON WATER UTILITY AND MAINTENANCE DEPARTMENTS AT LEAST 10 WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO MAKING CONNECTIONS TO THE EXISTING WATER SYSTEM. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EXPOSE THE EXISTING WATER MAIN AND FITTINGS AT THE CONNECTION POINT BEFORE ORDERING THE NECESSARY ADAPTORS AND FITTINGS REQUIRED FOR THE FINAL CONNECTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EXCAVATE, REMOVE ALL SURFACE MATERIALS, AND PROVIDE SHORING AND ALL MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR THE CITY OF RENTON TO PERFORM THE CONNECTION TO THE EXISTING WATER SYSTEM. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL BACKFILL, CONCRETE BLOCKING, AND COMPLETE SURFACE RESTORATION. a, STD. PLAN - 300.0 PUBLIC WORxsWATER PLAN GENERAL NOTES DEPARTMENT MARCH 2010 10 FT EXISTING WATER LINE TESTING DETAIL EXISTING TEE, DEAD END LINE, CAP OR PLUG DO NOT DISTURB BLOCKING NEW WATER LINE U 2F VERTICAL CROSS (MJxFL) FOR POLYPIGGING 1—BLIND FLANGE ON TOP WITH 2"TAP & 2"PLUG 1—BLIND FLANGE ON BOTTOM 1—PLUG(MJ) W/2"TAP & 2" BLOW—OFF TEMP. BLOCK FINAL CONNECTION DETAIL EXIST. WATER LINE NEW WATER LINE 0 r— AFTER ALL TESTING, CLEANING BY POLYPIG AND DISINFECTION, REMOVE TEMP. BLOCK & BLOW—OFF & CONNECT TO EXISTING WATER LINE WITH SLEEVE (MJ) AND D.I. SPOOLS FINAL CONNECTION BY CITY FORCES Y STD. PLAN — 300.50as + PUBLIC WORKS CONNECTION TO WATER MAIN DEPARTMENT EXISTING TEE OR END LINE CAP N,tp MARCH 2010 FIRE HYDRANT SHALL BE COREY—TYPE EQUAL TO IOWA F-5110 OR COMPRESSION TYPE SUCH AS CLOW MEDALLION; M & H 929, MUELLER SUPER CENTURION 200, AND WATEROUS PACER WITH 6" MECHANICAL JOINT INLET WITH LUGS. 5-1/4" MAIN VALVE OPENING. TWO 2-1/2" HOSE CONNECTIONS NATIONAL STANDARD THREADS. 4" PUMPER CONNECTION CITY OF SEATTLE THREADS WITH A STORZ ADAPTOR, 4.875" SEATTLE THREAD X 5" STORZ, ATTACHED WITH 1/8" STAINLESS STEEL CABLE. 1-1/4" PENTAGON OPERATING NUT. FIRE HYDRANT TO BE PAINTED WITH TWO COATS OF PAINT. KELLY— MOORE/PRESERVATIVE PAINT No. 5780-563 DTM ACRYLIC GLOSS, SAFETY YELLOW OR APPROVED EQUAL. PUMPER CONNECTION TO FACE ROADWAY OR AS DIRECTED BY RENTON FIRE DEPARTMENT. FIRE HYDRANT EXTENSION TO BE USED IF REQUIRED. MIN. 18" TO 20" BEHIND BACK OF CURB OR 12" BEHIND BACK OF 3' SIDEWALK THAT IS ADJACENT TO CURB 4.875" x 5" STORZ 5'x5'x6" THICK CONCRETE PAD AROUND HYDRANT. FINISH TO MATCH SIDEWALK. E EXPANSION JOINT AT 2` 1 BACK OF SIDEWALK fCONCRETE SIDEWALK OR PLANTING STRIP 36" MIN COVER TWO—PIECE CAST IRON VALVE BOX WITH LUG TYPE COVER. EQUAL TO OLYMPIC FOUNDRY CO. STANDARD 8" TOP SECTION WITH REGULAR BASE SECTION LENGTH TO FIT. VALVE NUT EXTENSION AS REQUIRED. RAISED PAVEMENT MARKER TYPE 88—A STIMSONITE TWO—WAY BLUE REFLECTIVE CONCRETE BLOCKING CONCRETE ' . THRUST BLOCK MAIN LINE TEE. WITH 6" FLANGE SIDE OUTLET. 6" GATE VALVE (FL X MJ) AWWA C-509, RESILIENT SEAT 6" DUCTILE IRON PIPE, CLASS 52 CEMENT LINED, LENGTH TO FIT 2-3/4" COR—TEN STEEL TIE RODS. 16" x 8" x 4" MININUM X1/2 YARD OF 1-1/4" WASHED DRAIN ROCK CONCRETE BEARING 1' ABOVE BOOT FLANGE. PLACE 8 MIL BLOCK UNDER HYDRANT POLYETHYLENE FILM AROUND TOP AND SIDES OF GRAVEL. 1 O FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY CUT D ONE MAN ROCK - 1 6 TE PAD LEVEL ALL GROUND MIN 3' RADIUS a elk 6" CONCRETE PAD FI LL HYDRANT LOCATION IN CUT OR FILL ZY STD. PLAN — 310.1 e + PUBLIC WORKS FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLYODEPARTMENT N,yp MARCH 2010 MARKER MARKER I 4 I TWO LANE ROAD OFFSET MARKER TO INDICATE WHICH SIDE OF STREET HYDRANT IS ON (4" FROM DOTS OR PAINTED LINE) MARKER e o FOUR LANE ROAD OFFSET MARKER TO INDICATE WHICH SIDE OF STREET HYDRANT IS ON (4" FROM DOTS OR PAINTED LANE DIVIDER) HYDRANT MARKERS MARKER t e ON SIDE STREETS WHERE THE HYDRANT IS WITHIN 20' OF A MAIN TRAVELED STREET, THE MARKER IS TO BE INSTALLED ON THAT MAIN STREET MARKER o 4 FIVE LANE ROAD OFFSET MARKER TO INDICATE WHICH SIDE OF STREET HYDRANT IS ON (4" FROM DOTS OR PAINTED LANE DIVIDER) RAISED PAVMENT MARKER TYPE 88 AB STIMSONITE TWO—WAY (BLUE) Y STD. PLAN — 310.3 et ' PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT HYDRANT MARKER LAYOUT T MARCH 2010 12" M. 18" MF SEE A A PLAN VIE WATER SECTION A—A VALVE BOX LID WITH EARS IN DIRECTION OF 2" SQUARE WATER MAIN AND WORD OPERATING NUT WATER" CAST INTO IT CONCRETE COLLAR FOR LVES IN PAVED AREAS 4-1/4" DIA. 1/8" MIN. THICKNESS IECE CAST IRON VALVE X, RICH—SEATTLE TYPE OLYMPIC FOUNDRY 1" STEEL LENGTH AS REQUIRED 1/8" MIN. THICKNESS 2-1/4" INSIDE MEASUREMENT 2-1/4" DEPTH VALVE OPERATING NUT EXTENSION VALVE OPERATION NUT EXTENSION NOTE: EXTENSIONS ARE REQUIRED WHEN VALVE NUT IS MORE THAN THREE (3) FEET BELOW 3" FINISHED GRADE. EXTENSIONS ARE TO BE A 38" MIN. MINIMUM OF ONE (1) FOOT LONG. ONLY ONE WIDTH EXTENSION TO BE USED PER VALVE. WHITE POS NOTE: ALL EXTENSIONS ARE TO BE MADE 62" OF STEEL, SIZED AS NOTED, AND PAINTED — —I WITH TWO COATS OF METAL PAINT. llllllllllll 111111_ -Ti i 24" VALVE MARKER NOTES: VALVE MARKERS SHALL BE EQUAL TO CARSONITE UTILITY MARKER VALVE MARKER POST TO BE USED FOR ALL MAIN LINE VALVES OUTSIDE PAVED AREAS VALVE MARKER POST ZY Oe + PUBLIC WORKS VALVE BOX, MARKER & OPERATING STD. PLAN — 330.1 DEPARTMENT NUT EXTENSION N,yp MARCH 2010 CAP 22-1/2' BEND 45° BEND TEE 90° BEND THRUST BLOCK BEARING AREA IN SQUARE FEET (SEE NOTES) FOR HORIZONTAL AND DOWNWARD VERTICAL BENDS SOIL FIRM SILT COMPACT SAND FIRM SILTY SAND COMPACT SAND & GRAVEL 90°45° BEND 11 1/4° 90° 45` BEND 11 1/4° 90° 45° BEND 11 1/4° FITTING BEND TEE CAP OR PLUG 22 1/2° BEND TEE CAP OR PLUG & 22 1/2° BEND TEE CAP OR PLUG & 22 1/2° BEND BEND BEND 4" 7.0 4.2 1 4.2 1.7 2.9 2.1 2.1 1.0 2.2 1.6 1.6 1.0 6" 13.3 9.4 9.4 3.8 6.7 4.7 4.7 1.9 5.0 3.5 3.5 1.4 8" 23.3 16.7 16.7 6.7 11.7 8.4 8.4 3.4 8.8 6.3 6.3 2.5 12" 53.0 37.5 37.5 15.0 126.5 18.8 18.8 7.5 20.0 14.0 14.0 5.6 AREAS CALCULATED ON 300 PSI TEST PRESSURE. 3'-0" MIN. COVER FOR WATERMAIN LESS THAN 12". 4'-0" MIN. COVER FOR WATERMAIN 12" OR GREATER. MAX. HEIGHT OF THRUST BLOCK (FT) = 0.5 x DEPTH OF TRENCH MIN. HEIGHT OF THRUST BLOCK (FT) = O.D. PIPE + 1.0' TRUST BLOCK BE, REA REFERS TO 4CE OF BLOCK M IN SQUARE FEET NOTES: 1. LOCATION AND SIZE OF BLOCKING FOR PIPE LARGER THAN 12"DIAMETER AND FOR SOIL TYPES DIFFERENT THAN SHOWN SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE ENGINEER. 2. ALL BLOCKING SHALL BE POURED IN PLACE AGAINST UNDISTURBED NATIVE GROUND. 3. ALL POURED THRUST BLOCKS SHALL BE BACKFILLED AFTER MIN. 1 DAY. PRESSURE TESTING SHALL OCCUR AFTER CONCRETE HAS REACHED NOMINAL COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH. 4. ALL BLOCKING SHALL BE CONCRETE CL 5 (1-1/7'). 5. BLOCKING AGAINST FITTINGS SHALL BEAR AGAINST THE GREATEST FITTING SURFACE AREA POSSIBLE, BUT SHALL NOT COVER OR ENCLOSE BELL ENDS, JOINT BOLTS OR GLANDS REASONABLE ACCESS TO BOLTS AND GLANDS SHALL BE PROVIDED. r+(ND CONCRETE BLOCKING FOR STD. PLAN - 330.2 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT HORIZONTAL AND DOWNWARD Ll VERTICAL BENDS MARCH 2010 TYPE B BLOCKING FOR 45° VERTICAL BENDS SHACKLE RODS a VB d d L Q p p TYP) W J d O U7 n a w U JO Q d' U7W O - ( Z W W- J w R F S WS N Z U W d Q d O Z Z cn- ln Hp WUO w OU - d ad d W O vt El d 4 d d p 4 300 45 27 3 Q 206" d d 8" I-- m oo a LLJ LLLd a 2t /a d LEST d 27 3 a a 8" 300 a 23t/2 s/a 2422t/2 a a 64 4 t d d 300 22t/2 125 5 t 36 Li d O d Q d p a d4 a d d°d ad 4 a a d j111/4 d 4 d S j 1 N i R = INSIDE RADIUS OF SHACKLE ROD BEND QW p m af cn N o SHACKLE RODS TYP) R R i 2 TURNBUCKLES TYPE A THREAD 6" 0.19*S Q1 d a 4 J 4 a d 4 d4 4 2° m D ad d CG a a 4 d 4 a 44 CD Ld aD z 4 Q 4 ul Lu C) 1dD a 4 4 4 LL W 4 a x 4 4 9 q d Ld d 4 d 4 d 4 d0 4 44 4 4 O d Q d a S TYPE B Y CONCRETE BLOCKING FOR VERTICAL STD. PLAN 330.3 as PUBLIC WORKS FITTINGS DEPARTMENT N'C MARCH 2010 TYPE B BLOCKING FOR 45° VERTICAL BENDS a VB d d L Q p p WO Z W J d O U7 n a w U JO Q d' U7W O - ( Z W W- J w O O U F S WS N Z U W d Q d O Z Z cn- ln Hp WUO w OU - d ad d W O vt p d 4 d d p 4 300 45 27 3 Q 206" d d 8" J 5 a 6" 300 t a 2t /a d 24 d 27 3 a a 8" 300 a 23t/2 s/a 2422t/2 a a 64 4 t d d 300 22t/2 125 5 t 36 O d O d Q d p a d4 a d d°d ad 4 a a d d 4 d S 1 TYPE B BLOCKING FOR 45° VERTICAL BENDS VB s d L Q p p WO Z W J z O U7 n m N w U JO Q d' U7W O - ( Z W W- J w O O U F S WS N Z d a U W m O W W p Z O Z Z cn- ln Hp WUO w OU - O- H W O vt p d 4 p 4" 300 45 27 3 s/a 206" 64 4 8" 125 5 6" 300 t 30 TYPE A BLOCKING FOR 11 t/a° & 22t/2' VERTICAL BENDS VB S d L Q p W p WO z W wJ z n oZw p m w mw U vw ow w U W - W J pU m N = U U N VlZ d U U Hp WU O W W p O OZ O ZOZ Hfn U Z p H U W W OO Z U N Q p W p 4" 300 111/4 8 2 s/a 18 22t/2 12 2t/a 24 6" 300 111/4 12 2t /a s/a 24 22t 2 27 3 8" 300 143 23t/2 s/a 2422t/2 11t/a 64 4 t 24 12" 300 22t/2 125 5 t 36 WOODEN STAKE LIVE STAKE ROLL SPACING DEPENDS ON SOIL TYPE AND SLOPE STEEPNESS STRAW ROLLS MUST BE PLACED ALONG SLOPE CONTOURS 4' 3'-30', SEE NOTE 2.3 SEDIMENT, ORGANIC MATTER, AND NATIVE SEEDS ARE CAPTURED BEHIND THE ROLLS ADJACENT ROLLS SHALL TIGHTLY ABUT 8"-10" DIA. 3"-5", SEE NOTE 2.2 NOTES: 1.CONDITIONS OF USE 1.1.INSTALL ON DISTURBED AREAS THAT REQUIRE IMMEDIATE EROSION PROTECTION. 1.2.USE ON SLOPES REQUIRING STABILIZATION UNTIL PERMANENT VEGETATION CAN BE ESTABLISHED. 1.3.CAN BE USED ALONG THE PERIMETER OF A PROJECT, AS A CHECK DAM IN UNLINED DITCHES AND AROUND TEMPORARY STOCKPILES. 1.4.WATTLES CAN BE STAKED TO THE GROUND USING WILLOW CUTTINGS FOR ADDED REVEGETATION. 1.5.RILLING CAN OCCUR BENEATH AND BETWEEN WATTLES IF NOT PROPERLY ENTRENCHED, ALLOWING WATER TO PASS BELOW AND BETWEEN WATTLES. 2.DESIGN AND INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS 2.1.IT IS CRITICAL THAT WATTLES ARE INSTALLED PERPENDICULAR TO THE FLOW DIRECTION AND PARALLEL TO THE SLOPE CONTOUR. 2.2.NARROW TRENCHES SHOULD BE DUG ACROSS THE SLOPE, ON CONTOUR, TO A DEPTH OF 3 TO 5 INCHES ON CLAY SOILS AND SOILS WITH GRADUAL SLOPES. ON LOOSE SOILS, STEEP SLOPES, AND DURING HIGH RAINFALL EVENTS, THE TRENCHES SHOULD BE DUG TO A DEPTH OF 5 TO 7 INCHES, OR 1/2 TO 2/3 OF THE THICKNESS OF THE WATTLE. 2.3.START CONSTRUCTION OF TRENCHES AND INSTALLING WATTLES FROM THE BASE OF THE SLOPE AND WORK UPHILL. EXCAVATED MATERIAL SHOULD BE SPREAD EVENLY ALONG THE UPHILL SLOPE AND COMPACTED USING HAND TAMPING OR OTHER METHOD. CONSTRUCT TRENCHES AT CONTOUR INTERVALS OF 3 TO 30 FEET APART DEPENDING ON THE STEEPNESS OF THE SLOPE, SOIL TYPE, AND RAINFALL. THE STEEPER THE SLOPE THE CLOSER TOGETHER THE TRENCHES SHOULD BE CONSTRUCTED. VERTICAL DISTANCE BETWEEN WATTLES IS NOT TO EXCEED 10 FEET. 2.4.INSTALL THE WATTLES SNUGLY INTO THE TRENCHES AND ABUT TIGHTLY END TO END. DO NOT OVERLAP THE ENDS. 2.5.INSTALL STAKES AT EACH END OF THE WATTLE, AND AT 4 FOOT CENTERS ALONG THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE WATTLE. 2.6.IF REQUIRED, INSTALL PILOT HOLES FOR THE STAKES USING A STRAIGHT BAR TO DRIVE HOLES THROUGH THE WATTLE AND INTO THE SOIL. 2.7.AT A MINIMUM, WOODEN STAKES SHOULD BE APPROXIMATELY 3/4 X 3/4 X 24 INCHES. WILLOW CUTTINGS OR 3/8-INCH REBAR CAN ALSO BE USED FOR STAKES. 2.8.STAKES SHOULD BE DRIVEN THROUGH THE MIDDLE OF THE WATTLE, LEAVING 2 TO 3 INCHES OF THE STAKE PROTRUDING ABOVE THE WATTLE. 3.MAINTENANCE STANDARDS 3.1.INSPECT WATTLES PRIOR TO FORECASTED RAIN, DAILY DURING EXTENDED RAIN EVENTS, AFTER RAIN EVENTS, WEEKLY DURING THE WET SEASON, AND AT TWO WEEK INTERVALS AT ALL OTHER TIMES OF THE YEAR. 3.2.REPAIR OR REPLACE SPLIT, TORN, RAVELING, OR SLUMPING WATTLES 3.3.REMOVE SEDIMENT ACCUMULATIONS WHEN EXCEEDING 1/2 THE HEIGHT BETWEEN THE TOP OF THE WATTLE AND THE GROUND SURFACE. STRAW WATTLES STD. PLAN - 213.40 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT APPROVED: DATEGreggZimmerman Public Works Administrator UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE (NTS) DocuSign Envelope ID: 6EECF5B6-602A-4E4A-B436-A317AA638878 9/28/2018 | 9:45 AM PDT 1.CONDITIONS OF USE 1.1.SILT FENCE MAY BE USED DOWNSLOPE OF ALL DISTURBED AREAS. 1.2.SILT FENCE IS NOT INTENDED TO TREAT CONCENTRATED FLOWS, NOR IS IT INTENDED TO TREAT SUBSTANTIAL AMOUNTS OF OVERLAND FLOW. ANY CONCENTRATED FLOW MUST BE CONVEYED THROUGH THE DRAINAGE SYSTEM TO A SEDIMENT TRAP OR POND. 2.DESIGN AND INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS 2.1.THE GEOTEXTILE USED MUST MEET THE STANDARD LISTED BELLOW. A COPY OF THE MANUFACTURER'S FABRIC SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE AVAILABLE ON SITE. 2.2.STANDARD STRENGTH FABRIC REQUIRES WIRE BACKING TO INCREASE THE STRENGTH OF THE FENCE. WIRE BACKING OR CLOSER POST SPACING MAY BE REQUIRED FOR EXTRA STRENGTH FABRIC IF FIELD PERFORMANCE WARRANTS A STRONGER FENCE. 2.3.WHERE THE FENCE IS INSTALLED, THE SLOPE SHALL NOT BE STEEPER THAN 2H:1V 2.4.IF A TYPICAL SILT FENCE IS USED, THE STANDARD 4"X4" TRENCH MAY BE REDUCED AS LONG AS THE BOTTOM 8 INCHES OF THE SILT FENCE FABRIC IS WELL BURIED AND SECURE IN A TRENCH THAT STABILIZES THE FENCE AND DOES NOT ALLOW WATER TO BYPASS OR UNDERMINE THE SILT FENCE. 2.5.FILTER FABRIC FENCES SHALL BE INSTALLED ALONG CONTOURS WHENEVER POSSIBLE. 3.MAINTENANCE STANDARDS 3.1.ANY DAMAGE SHALL BE REPAIRED IMMEDIATELY. 3.2.IF CONCENTRATED FLOWS ARE EVIDENT UPHILL OF THE FENCE, THEY MUST BE INTERCEPTED AND CONVEYED TO A SEDIMENT TRAP OR POND. 3.3.IT IS IMPORTANT TO CHECK THE UPHILL SIDE OF THE FENCE FOR SIGNS OF THE FENCE CLOGGING AND ACTING AS A BARRIER TO FLOW AND THEN CAUSING CHANNELIZATION OF FLOWS PARALLEL TO THE FENCE. IF THIS OCCURS, REPLACE THE FENCE OR REMOVE THE TRAPPED SEDIMENT. 3.4.SEDIMENT MUST BE REMOVED WHEN SEDIMENT IS 6 INCHES HIGH. 3.5.IF THE FILTER FABRIC (GEOTEXTILE) HAS DETERIORATED DUE TO ULTRAVIOLET BREAKDOWN, IT SHALL BE REPLACED. NOTES: JOINTS IN FILTER FABRIC SHALL BE SPLICED AT POSTS. USE STAPLES, WIRE RINGS, OR EQUIVALENT TO ATTACH FABRIC TO POSTS 2"x2" 14 GAUGE WIRE, OR EQUIVALENT, IF STANDARD STRENGTH FABRIC USED FILTER FABRIC 2' MIN. 12" MIN. 4"x4" MIN. TRENCH BACKFILL TRENCH WITH NATIVE SOIL OR 3/4" TO 1-1/2" WASHED GRAVEL 2"x4" WOOD POSTS, STEEL FENCE POSTS, OR EQUIVALENT (TYP.) 6' MAX. POST SPACING MAY BE INCREASED TO 8' IF WIRE BACKING IS USED AOS (ASTM D4751) 30-100 SIEVE SIZE (0.60-0.15mm) FOR SILT FILM 50-100 SIEVE SIZE (0.30-0.15mm) FOR OTHER FABRICS WATER PERMITTIVITY (ASTM D4491)0.02 SEC-1 MINIMUM GRAB TENSILE STRENGTH (ASTM D4632) 180 LBS. MIN. FOR EXTRA STRENGTH FABRIC 100 LBS. MIN. FOR STANDARD STRENGTH FABRIC GRAB TENSILE ELONGATION (ASTM D4632)30% MAX. (WOVEN) ULTRAVIOLET RESISTANCE (ASTM D4355)70% MIN. SILT FENCE STD. PLAN - 214.00 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT APPROVED: DATEGreggZimmerman Public Works Administrator UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE (NTS) DocuSign Envelope ID: 6EECF5B6-602A-4E4A-B436-A317AA638878 9/28/2018 | 9:45 AM PDT EXIST I N G R O A D 1.CONDITION OF USE 1.1.CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE SHALL BE STABILIZED WHEREVER TRAFFIC WILL BE LEAVING A CONSTRUCTION SITE AND TRAVELING ON PAVED ROADS OR OTHER PAVED AREAS WITHIN 1,000 FEET OF THE SITE. 1.2.FOR RESIDENTIAL CONSTRUCTION PROVIDE STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCES FOR EACH RESIDENCE IN ADDITION TO THE MAIN SUBDIVISION ENTRANCE. STABILIZED SURFACES SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH/WIDTH TO PROVIDE VEHICLE ACCESS/PARKING, BASED ON LOT SIZE/CONFIGURATION. 2.DESIGN AND INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS 2.1.A SEPARATION GEOTEXTILE SHALL BE PLACED UNDER THE SPALLS TO PREVENT FINE SEDIMENT FROM PUMPING UP INTO THE ROCK PAD. THE GEOTEXTILE SHALL MEET THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS: 2.2.DO NOT USE CRUSHED CONCRETE, CEMENT, OR CALCIUM CHLORIDE FOR CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE STABILIZATION BECAUSE THESE PRODUCTS RAISE pH LEVELS IN STORMWATER AND CONCRETE DISCHARGE TO SURFACE WATERS OF THE STATE IS PROHIBITED. 2.3.HOG FUEL (WOOD BASED MULCH) MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR OR COMBINED WITH QUARRY SPALLS IN AREAS THAT WILL NOT BE USED FOR PERMANENT ROADS. HOG FUEL IS NOT RECOMMENDED FOR ENTRANCE STABILIZATION IN URBAN AREAS. THE INSPECTOR MAY AT ANY TIME REQUIRE THE USE OF QUARRY SPALLS IF THE HOG FUEL IS NOT PREVENTING SEDIMENT FROM BEING TRACKED ONTO PAVEMENT OR IF THE HOG FUEL IS BEING CARRIED ONTO PAVEMENT. 2.4.FENCING SHALL BE INSTALLED AS NECESSARY TO RESTRICT TRAFFIC TO THE CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE. 2.5.WHENEVER POSSIBLE, THE ENTRANCE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED ON A FIRM, COMPACTED SUBGRADE. THIS CAN SUBSTANTIALLY INCREASE THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THE PAD AND REDUCE THE NEED FOR MAINTENANCE. 3.MAINTENANCE STANDARDS 3.1.QUARRY SPALLS SHALL BE ADDED IF THE PAD IS NO LONGER IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS. 3.2.IF THE ENTRANCE IS NOT PREVENTING SEDIMENT FROM BEING TRACKED ONTO PAVEMENT, THEN ALTERNATIVE MEASURES TO KEEP THE STREETS FREE OF SEDIMENT SHALL BE USED. THIS MAY INCLUDE STREET SWEEPING, AN INCREASE IN THE DIMENSIONS OF THE ENTRANCE, OR THE INSTALLATION OF A WHEEL WASH. IF WASHING IS USED, IT SHALL BE DONE ON AN AREA COVERED WITH CRUSHED ROCK, AND WASH WATER SHALL DRAIN TO A SEDIMENT TRAP OR POND. 3.3.ANY SEDIMENT THAT IS TRACKED ONTO PAVEMENT SHALL BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY BY SWEEPING. THE SEDIMENT COLLECTED BY SWEEPING SHALL BE REMOVED OR STABILIZED ON SITE. THE PAVEMENT SHALL NOT BE CLEANED BY WASHING DOWN THE STREET, EXCEPT WHEN SWEEPING IS INEFFECTIVE AND THERE IS A THREAT TO PUBLIC SAFETY. IF IT IS NECESSARY TO WASH THE STREETS, A SMALL SUMP MUST BE CONSTRUCTED. THE SEDIMENT WOULD THEN BE WASHED INTO THE SUMP WHERE IT CAN BE CONTROLLED AND DISCHARGED APPROPRIATELY. WASH WATER MUST BE PUMPED BACK ONTO THE SITE AND CANNOT DISCHARGE TO SYSTEMS TRIBUTARY TO SURFACE WATERS. 3.4.ANY QUARRY SPALLS THAT ARE LOOSENED FROM THE PAD AND END UP ON THE ROADWAY SHALL BE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY. 3.5.IF VEHICLES ARE ENTERING OR EXITING THE SITES AT POINTS OTHER THAN THE CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE(S), FENCING SHALL BE INSTALLED TO CONTROL TRAFFIC. NOTES: CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE NOTES: 1.DRIVEWAYS SHALL BE PAVED TO THE EDGE OF THE RIGHT-OF-WAY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF THE CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE TO AVOID DAMAGING OF THE ROADWAY. 2.IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE ENTRANCE BE CROWNED SO THAT RUNOFF DRAINS OFF THE PAD INSTALL DRIVEWAY CULVERT IF THERE IS A ROADSIDE DITCH PRESENT, AS PER CITY ROAD STANDARDS GEOTEXTILE 4"-8" QUARRY SPALLS 12" MIN. THICKNESS 15' MIN. PROVIDE FULL WIDTH OF INGRESS/EGRESS AREA 100' MIN. GRAB TENSILE STRENGTH (ASTM D4632)200 LBS. MIN. GRAB TENSILE ELONGATION (ASTM D4632)30% MAX. (WOVEN) CBR PUNCTURE STRENGTH (ASTM D6241)495 LBS. MIN. AOS (ASTM D4751)20-45 (U.S. STANDARD SIEVE SIZE) R = 25' MIN. STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE STD. PLAN - 215.10 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT APPROVED: DATEGreggZimmerman Public Works Administrator UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE (NTS) DocuSign Envelope ID: 6EECF5B6-602A-4E4A-B436-A317AA638878 9/28/2018 | 9:45 AM PDT NOTES: SECTION VIEW ISOMETRIC VIEW DRAINAGE GRATE TRIM GRATE FRAME FILTERED WATER SEDIMENT AND DEBRIS OVERFLOW BYPASS BELOW INLET GRATE DEVICE DRAINAGE GRATE RECTANGULAR GRATE SHOWN)RETRIEVAL SYSTEM (TYP.) OVERFLOW BYPASS (TYP.) BELOW INLET GRATE DEVICE 1.PROTECTION SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL STORM DRAIN INLETS DOWNSLOPE AND WITHIN 500 FEET OF A DISTURBED OR CONSTRUCTION AREA, UNLESS THE RUNOFF THAT ENTERS THE CATCH BASIN WILL BE CONVEYED TO A SEDIMENT POND OR TRAP. 2.INLET PROTECTION SHALL BE USED TO PROTECT THE DRAINAGE SYSTEM. 3.THE CONTRIBUTING DRAINAGE AREA MUST NOT BE LARGER THAN ONE ACRE. 4.SIZE THE BELOW INLET GRATE DEVICE (BIGD) FOR THE STORMWATER STRUCTURE IT WILL SERVICE. 5.THE BIGD SHALL HAVE A BUILT-IN HIGH-FLOW RELIEF SYSTEM (OVERFLOW BYPASS). 6.THE RETRIEVAL SYSTEM MUST ALLOW REMOVAL OF THE BIGD WITHOUT SPILLING THE COLLECTED MATERIAL. 7.PERFORM MAINTENANCE IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD SPECIFICATION 8-01.3(15). 8.ANY SEDIMENT IN THE CATCH BASIN INSERT SHALL BE REMOVED WHEN THE SEDIMENT HAS FILLED ONE-THIRD OF THE AVAILABLE STORAGE. THE FILTER MEDIA FOR THE INSERT SHALL BE CLEANED OR REPLACED AT LEAST MONTHLY. 5" MAX. CATCH BASIN INSERT STD. PLAN - 216.30 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT APPROVED: DATEGreggZimmerman Public Works Administrator UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE (NTS) DocuSign Envelope ID: 6EECF5B6-602A-4E4A-B436-A317AA638878 9/28/2018 | 9:45 AM PDT RIGID PIPE NOTES: 1.PIPE COMPACTION LIMITS SHOWN ON THIS PLAN ARE FOR PIPE CONSTRUCTION IN AN EMBANKMENT. FOR PIPE CONSTRUCTION IN A TRENCH, THE HORIZONTAL LIMITS OF THE PIPE COMPACTION ZONE SHALL BE THE WALLS OF THE TRENCH. 2.O.D. IS EQUAL TO THE OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF A PIPE OR THE OUTSIDE SPAN OF PIPE-ARCH. 3.SEE STANDARD WSDOT/APWA SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 2-09.4 FOR TRENCH WIDTH. 4.PIPE ZONE BEDDING AND BACKFILL MATERIAL SHALL BE PLACED IN 6" LOOSE LAYERS AND COMPACTED TO 95% MAXIMUM DENSITY. 5.EXCAVATE UNSTABLE MATERIAL DOWN TO FIRM SOIL AND REPLACE WITH FOUNDATION MATERIAL CLASS A OR B PER STANDARD WSDOT/APWA SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 9-03.17. GRAVEL BACKFILL FOR PIPE ZONE BEDDING (WSDOT 9-03.12(3)) OR MAINTENANCE ROCK (WSDOT 9-03.9(4)) CIRCULAR PIPE FOUNDATION MATERIAL, IF REQUIRED, SEE NOTE 5 SPAN 6" PIPE - ARCH 6" PIPE TYPE MINIMUM COVER (FT)PUBLIC?PRIVATE? ALLOWED IN ZONE 1 OF THE APA? CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE 2.0 YES YES YES SPIRAL RIB STEEL PIPE 2.0 YES YES YES PLAIN CONCRETE PIPE (PCP)2.0 NO YES NO REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE RCP) 1.0 YES YES NO CORRUGATED OR SPIRAL RIB ALUMINUM PIPE 2.0 YES YES NO DUCTILE IRON PIPE 1.0 YES YES YES FOUNDATION LEVEL RISE TRENCH WIDTH, SEE NOTE 3 CIRCULAR PIPE DIAMETER MINIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN BARRELS 12" TO 24"12" 30" TO 96"DIAMETER / 3 102" TO 180"48" PIPE-ARCH SPAN MINIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN BARRELS 18" TO 36"12" 43" TO 142"SPAN / 3 148" TO 199"48" TRENCH WIDTH, SEE NOTE 3 6" O.D. 6" FOUNDATION LEVEL PIPE ZONE BEDDING AND BACKFILL, SEE NOTE 4 FOUNDATION MATERIAL, IF REQUIRED, SEE NOTE 5 PIPE ZONE BEDDING AND BACKFILL, SEE NOTE 4 PIPE ZONE BEDDING AND COMPACTION - RIGID PIPE STD. PLAN - 220.00 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT APPROVED: DATEGreggZimmerman Public Works Administrator UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE (NTS) DocuSign Envelope ID: 6EECF5B6-602A-4E4A-B436-A317AA638878 9/28/2018 | 9:45 AM PDT FLEXIBLE PIPE NOTES: 1.PROVIDE UNIFORM SUPPORT UNDER BARRELS. 2.HAND TAMP UNDER HAUNCHES. 3.DIRECTLY OVER PIPE, HAND TAMP ONLY. 4.SEE STANDARD WSDOT/APWA SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 2-09.4 FOR TRENCH WIDTH. 5.PIPE ZONE BEDDING AND BACKFILL MATERIAL SHALL BE PLACED IN 6" LOOSE LAYERS AND COMPACTED TO 95% MAXIMUM DENSITY. 6.EXCAVATE UNSTABLE MATERIAL DOWN TO FIRM SOIL AND REPLACE WITH FOUNDATION MATERIAL CLASS A OR B PER STANDARD WSDOT/APWA SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 9-03.17. SEE NOTE 4, LIMIT OF PIPE ZONE 6" O.D. 6" FOUNDATION LEVEL PIPE ZONE BEDDING AND BACKFILL, SEE NOTE 5 FLEXIBLE PIPE PIPE TYPE MINIMUM COVER (FT)PUBLIC?PRIVATE? ALLOWED IN ZONE 1 OF THE APA? LINE CORRUGATED POLYETHYLENE PIPE (LCPE) 2.0 YES YES YES CORRUGATED POLYETHYLENE PIPE CPE) - TRIPLE WALL 2.0 YES YES YES POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE (PVC)3.0 YES YES YES SOLID WALL HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE PIPE (HDPE) 2.0 YES YES YES DIAMETER MINIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN BARRELS 12" TO 24"12" 30" TO 96"DIAMETER / 3 102" TO 180"48" GRAVEL BACKFILL FOR PIPE ZONE BEDDING (WSDOT 9-03.12(3)) OR MAINTENANCE ROCK (WSDOT 9-03.9(4)) FOUNDATION MATERIAL, IF REQUIRED, SEE NOTE 6 PIPE ZONE BEDDING AND COMPACTION - FLEXIBLE PIPE STD. PLAN - 220.10 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT APPROVED: DATEGreggZimmerman Public Works Administrator UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE (NTS) DocuSign Envelope ID: 6EECF5B6-602A-4E4A-B436-A317AA638878 9/28/2018 | 9:45 AM PDT 12" MIN. 6" MIN. , SEE NOTE 4 EXISTING PAVEMENT SURFACE SURFACE RESTORATION AS SPECIFIED IN CONTRACT DOCUMENTS CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE" PER WSDOT STD. SPEC 9-03.9(3), "BANK RUN GRAVEL FOR TRENCH BACKFILL" PER WSDOT STD. SPEC 9-03.19, OR "GRAVEL BORROW" PER WSDOT STD. SPEC 9-03.14(1), COMPACTED TO 95% OF MAXIMUM DENSITY BENCH AS NEEDED FOR SHORING SYSTEM WHEN DEPTH IS 4' OR GREATER PIPE ZONE BEDDING AND BACKFILL PER STD. PLANS 220.00 AND 220.10 PIPE NEAT LINE TRENCH UNPAVED AREAS PAVED AREAS SEE NOTE 1 NOTES: 1.SEE WSDOT/APWA STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 2-09.4 FOR MEASUREMENT OF TRENCH WIDTH. 2.EXCAVATIONS OVER 4' DEEP SHALL COMPLY WITH THE SAFETY STANDARD DESCRIBED IN CHAPTER 295-155 PART N OF THE WAC. 3.MAXIMUM BACKFILL DEPTH ABOVE PIPE SHALL NOT BE EXCEEDED, AS DETERMINED BY PIPE MANUFACTURER. 4.IN PAVED AREAS, IF PIPE HAS LESS THAN 3' OF COVER, USE "CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE" FOR THE ENTIRE BACKFILL DEPTH ABOVE PIPE ZONE. 5.SEE CONSTRUCTION PLANS FOR SPECIFIC PROJECT REQUIREMENTS. SEE STANDARD PLANS 110, 110.1, 110.2, AND 111 FOR PAVEMENT RESTORATION REQUIREMENTS CRUSHED SURFACING TOP COURSE" PER WSDOT STD. SPEC 9-03.9(3), COMPACTED TO 95% OF MAXIMUM DENSITY TYPICAL TRENCH AND BACKFILL STD. PLAN - 220.20 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT APPROVED: DATEGreggZimmerman Public Works Administrator UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE (NTS) DocuSign Envelope ID: 6EECF5B6-602A-4E4A-B436-A317AA638878 9/28/2018 | 9:45 AM PDT CCTV INSPECTION SPECIFICATIONS STD. PLAN - 266.00 GENERAL NOTES: 1.ALL NEWLY-INSTALLED AND NEWLY-REHABILITATED (PUBLIC AND PRIVATE) SANITARY SEWER AND STORM DRAIN MAIN LINES SHALL BE INSPECTED BY MEANS OF REMOTE CCTV. CCTV INSPECTIONS AND REPORTS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE CITY OF RENTON INSPECTOR ASSIGNED TO THE PROJECT PRIOR TO RECEIVING APPROVAL TO INSTALL PROJECT CURBS, GUTTERS, AND/OR PAVEMENT. 2.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ALL CCTV INSPECTIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF SEWER SERVICE COMPANIES (NASSCO) PIPELINE ASSESSMENT CERTIFICATION PROGRAM (PACP). 3.ALL CCTV OPERATORS SHALL HAVE CURRENT NASSCO PACP CERTIFICATION. 4.CCTV INSPECTIONS SHALL BE RECORDED IN A GRANITENET COMPATIBLE FORMAT DATABASE USING THE LATEST SOFTWARE VERSION AND SUBMITTED WITH ELECTRONIC LINKS BETWEEN THE DATA AND THE VIDEO ON AN EXTERNAL HDD, DVD, OR FLASH DRIVE. 5.ALL CCTV INSPECTION REPORTS SHALL BE WITHIN +/- TWO (2) FEET OF THE MEASURED LINEAR FOOTAGE BETWEEN MANHOLES ALONG THE EXISTING PIPELINE CENTERLINE FROM THE START OF PIPE TO END OF PIPE. 6.ALL OWNER AND PACP REQUIRED HEADER INFORMATION MUST BE FULLY AND ACCURATELY ENTERED ON ALL CCTV REPORTS. WORK NOT FOLLOWING THESE SPECIFICATIONS WILL BE REJECTED AND THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE REQUIRED TO RE-CCTV THE WORK. 7.THE DOCUMENTATION OF THE WORK SHALL CONSIST OF PACP CCTV REPORTS, PACP DATABASE, LOGS, ELECTRONIC REPORTS, ETC. NOTING IMPORTANT FEATURES ENCOUNTERED DURING THE INSPECTION. THE SPEED OF TRAVEL SHALL BE SLOW ENOUGH TO INSPECT EACH PIPE JOINT, TEE CONNECTION, STRUCTURAL DETERIORATION, INFILTRATION AND INFLOW SOURCES, AND DEPOSITS, BUT SHOULD NOT, AT ANY TIME, BE FASTER THAN 30 FEET PER MINUTE, EXCEPT AS NOTED OTHERWISE IN THIS DOCUMENT. 8.THE CAMERA MUST BE CENTERED IN THE PIPE TO PROVIDE ACCURATE DISTANCE MEASUREMENTS TO PROVIDE LOCATIONS OF FEATURES IN THE SEWER AND THESE FOOTAGE MEASUREMENTS SHALL BE DISPLAYED AND DOCUMENTED ON THE VIDEO. ALL PACP OBSERVATIONS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY AUDIO AND ON A PACP LOG. ALL VIDEO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY METERED FROM MANHOLE TO MANHOLE. ALL VIDEO RECORDING SHALL BE CONTINUOUS FROM STRUCTURE TO STRUCTURE WITH NO "PAUSING" OF THE VIDEO RECORDING DURING EACH PIPELINE INSPECTION. THE PIPE SHALL BE CLEANED PRIOR TO THE CCTV INSPECTION TO ENSURE ALL DEFECTS, FEATURE, AND OBSERVATIONS ARE SEEN AND LOGGED. 9.JUST PRIOR TO BEGINNING THE CCTV INSPECTION, WHILE THE CCTV CAMERA IS IN PLACE AND RECORDING, WATER (CONTAINING DYE) SHALL BE INTRODUCED INTO THE UPSTREAM MANHOLE OF EACH PIPE SEGMENT UNTIL IT IS OBSERVED AND RECORDED FLOWING PAST THE CAMERA'S FIELD OF VISION IN ITS ENTIRETY. 10.THE CCTV CAMERA SHALL HAVE A WATER-LEVEL MEASURING DEVICE (BALL, CYLINDER, ETC.) ATTACHED THAT HAS 1/4" MARKINGS TO SHOW THE DEPTH OF WATER IN THE PIPE DURING THE CCTV INSPECTION. 11.ALL MANHOLES SHALL BE CHANNELED AND COATED PRIOR TO CCTV INSPECTION. 12.PER CITY OF RENTON SPECIFICATION 7-08.3(2)B, SEWER AND STORM DRAIN PIPELINE SHALL HAVE NO MORE THAN 1/2" OF PONDING TO BE CONSIDERED ACCEPTABLE. PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT APPROVED: DATEGreggZimmerman Public Works Administrator UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE (NTS) DocuSign Envelope ID: 6EECF5B6-602A-4E4A-B436-A317AA638878 9/28/2018 | 9:45 AM PDT SURFACE WATER STANDARD PLAN NOTES (1 OF 2) STD. PLAN - 267.00 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT APPROVED: DATEGreggZimmerman Public Works Administrator UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE (NTS) SURFACE WATER STANDARD PLAN NOTES: THE FOLLOWING IS A LISTING OF GENERAL NOTES THAT SHALL BE INCORPORATED IN THE DRAINAGE PLAN SET. ALL THE NOTES ON THE LIST MAY NOT PERTAIN TO EVERY PROJECT. THE APPLICANT OR OWNER, HEREBY REFERRED TO AS APPLICANT, MAY STRIKE OUT IRRELEVANT NOTES IF NOT APPLICABLE TO THE PROJECT. HOWEVER, THE APPLICANT SHALL NOT RENUMBER NOR EDIT THE REMAINING NOTES. IF ADDITIONAL NOTES ARE NEEDED FOR SPECIFIC ASPECTS, THEY SHALL BE ADDED AFTER THE SURFACE WATER STANDARD PLAN NOTES. 1.BEFORE ANY CONSTRUCTION OR DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITY OCCURS, A PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING SHALL BE HELD AMONG THE CITY OF RENTON, HEREBY REFERRED TO AS THE CITY, THE APPLICANT, AND THE APPLICANT'S CONTRACTOR. 2.THE APPLICANT SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SECURING ALL NECESSARY CITY, STATE, AND FEDERAL PERMITS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 3.ALL STORM DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENTS SHALL BE DESIGNED AND CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL (RENTON SWDM), RENTON MUNICIPAL CODE (RMC), AND THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR ROAD, BRIDGE AND MUNICIPAL CONSTRUCTION PREPARED BY WSDOT AND THE AMERICAN PUBLIC WORKS ASSOCIATION (APWA). IT SHALL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE APPLICANT TO CORRECT ANY ERROR, OMISSION OR VARIATION FROM THE ABOVE REQUIREMENTS FOUND IN THE PLANS. ALL CORRECTIONS SHALL BE AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE CITY. 4.APPROVAL OF THE ROAD, GRADING, PARKING, BUILDING, AND DRAINAGE PLAN DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AS APPROVAL OF ANY OTHER CONSTRUCTION (E.G. WATER, SEWER, GAS, ELECTRICAL. ETC.). PLANS FOR STRUCTURES SUCH AS BRIDGES, VAULTS, AND RETAINING WALLS REQUIRE A SEPARATE REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THE CITY PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. THE SURFACE WATER DRAINAGE SYSTEM SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED ACCORDING TO THE APPROVED PLANS. ANY DEVIATION FROM THE APPROVED PLANS WILL REQUIRE COORDINATION FOLLOWED BY WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM THE CITY. 5.A COPY OF THE APPROVED PLANS SHALL BE ON THE JOB SITE WHENEVER CONSTRUCTION IS IN PROGRESS. 6.THE LOCATIONS OF ALL EXISTING UTILITIES SHOWN HEREON HAVE BEEN ESTABLISHED BY FIELD SURVEY OR OBTAINED FROM AVAILABLE RECORDS AND SHALL THEREFORE BE CONSIDERED APPROXIMATE ONLY AND NOT NECESSARILY COMPLETE. IT IS THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE APPLICANT AND THE APPLICANT'S CONTRACTOR TO INDEPENDENTLY VERIFY THE ACCURACY OF ALL UTILITY LOCATIONS SHOWN, AND TO FURTHER DISCOVER AND AVOID ANY OTHER UTILITIES NOT SHOWN HEREON THAT MAY BE AFFECTED BY THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THIS PLAN. THE APPLICANT SHALL RECORD ON THE AS-BUILT DRAWINGS ALL UNDOCUMENTED UTILITIES DISCOVERED AND ANY CHANGES TO THE APPROVED PLANS. THE APPLICANT SHALL IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD IF A CONFLICT EXISTS. 7.VERTICAL DATUM SHALL BE NAVD 88 AND HORIZONTAL DATUM SHALL BE NAD 83 (WA STATE PLANE, NORTH), UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE CITY. REFERENCE BENCHMARK, DATUM, AND ELEVATIONS SHALL BE NOTED ON THE PLANS. 8.ALL UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL AND ROADWAY SUBGRADE SHALL BE COMPACTED TO 95% MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY PER SECTION 2-03.3(14)D - COMPACTION AND MOISTURE CONTROL TESTS OF THE WSDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. IN PERMEABLE PAVEMENT AND OTHER INFILTRATION AREAS, ALL TRENCH BACKFILL SHALL BE FIRM AND UNYIELDING BUT IN NO CASE SHALL BE COMPACTED TO MORE THAN 92% OF MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY. 9.OPEN CUTTING OF EXISTING ROADWAYS FOR STORM DRAINAGE WORK IS NOT ALLOWED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY APPROVED BY THE CITY AND NOTED ON THESE APPROVED PLANS. ANY OPEN CUT SHALL BE RESTORED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CITY TRENCH RESTORATION STANDARDS. 10.ALL PIPE AND STRUCTURES SHALL BE STAKED FOR SURVEY LINE AND GRADE PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION. WHERE SHOWN ON THE PLANS OR WHERE DIRECTED BY THE CITY, THE EXISTING MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, OR INLETS SHALL BE ADJUSTED TO THE GRADE AS STAKED. 11.ALL FLOW CONTROL FACILITIES SHALL BE INSTALLED AND IN OPERATION PRIOR TO, OR IN CONJUNCTION WITH, ANY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE CITY. 12.ALL PIPE AND APPURTENANCES SHALL BE LAID ON A PROPERLY PREPARED FOUNDATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CURRENT STATE OF WASHINGTON STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR ROAD AND BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION. THIS SHALL INCLUDE NECESSARY LEVELING OF THE TRENCH BOTTOM OR THE TOP OF THE FOUNDATION MATERIAL, AS WELL AS PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION OF REQUIRED BEDDING MATERIAL TO UNIFORM GRADE SO THAT THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE PIPE WILL BE SUPPORTED ON A UNIFORMLY DENSE, UNYIELDING BASE. ALL PIPE BEDDING AND BACKFILL SHALL BE AS SHOWN ON THE CITY STANDARD PLAN 220.00, 220.10, AND 220.20. 13.STEEL PIPE SHALL BE ALUMINIZED, OR GALVANIZED WITH ASPHALT TREATMENT 1, 2, OR 5 INSIDE AND OUTSIDE. 14.ALL DRAINAGE STRUCTURES SUCH AS CATCH BASINS AND MANHOLES SHALL BE FITTED WITH DUCTILE IRON, BOLT-LOCKING LIDS PER THE CITY STANDARD PLAN 204.10, 204.20, 204.30, AND 204.50. STRUCTURES SHALL HAVE: RECTANGULAR OR ROUND, SOLID LIDS WHEN NOT COLLECTING RUNOFF, AND OUTSIDE OF THE ROADWAY. ROUND, SOLID LIDS WHEN NOT COLLECTING RUNOFF, AND LOCATED WITHIN THE ROADWAY, BUT OUTSIDE OF THE CURB/GUTTER LINE. ROUND, SOLID LIDS DISPLAYING THE CITY LOGO WHEN WITHIN THE PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY OR IN AN EASEMENT TO THE CITY. PRIVATE STRUCTURE LIDS OUTSIDE PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY AND EASEMENTS TO THE CITY SHALL NOT DISPLAY THE CITY LOGO. 15.BUILDINGS AND OTHER STRUCTURES SHALL BE PLACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH TABLE 4.1 EASEMENT WIDTHS AND BUILDING SETBACKS LINES OF THE RENTON SWDM. 16.LIDS OF MANHOLES/CATCH BASINS WITHIN PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY SHALL NOT BE ADJUSTED TO FINAL GRADE UNTIL AFTER PAVING. ALL MANHOLE/CATCH BASIN RIMS SHALL BE ADJUSTED TO BE FLUSH WITH FINAL FINISHED GRADES, UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN. 17.ALL DRIVEWAY CULVERTS LOCATED WITHIN CITY RIGHT-OF-WAY SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO PROVIDE A MINIMUM 3:1 SLOPE FROM THE EDGE OF THE DRIVEWAY TO THE BOTTOM OF THE DITCH. DocuSign Envelope ID: 6EECF5B6-602A-4E4A-B436-A317AA638878 9/28/2018 | 9:45 AM PDT SURFACE WATER STANDARD PLAN NOTES (2 OF 2) STD. PLAN - 267.10 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT APPROVED: DATEGreggZimmerman Public Works Administrator UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE (NTS) THE FOLLOWING IS A LISTING OF GENERAL NOTES THAT SHALL BE INCORPORATED IN THE DRAINAGE PLAN SET. ALL THE NOTES ON THE LIST MAY NOT PERTAIN TO EVERY PROJECT. THE APPLICANT OR OWNER, HEREBY REFERRED TO AS APPLICANT, MAY STRIKE OUT IRRELEVANT NOTES IF NOT APPLICABLE TO THE PROJECT. HOWEVER, THE APPLICANT SHALL NOT RENUMBER NOR EDIT THE REMAINING NOTES. IF ADDITIONAL NOTES ARE NEEDED FOR SPECIFIC ASPECTS, THEY SHALL BE ADDED AFTER THE SURFACE WATER STANDARD PLAN NOTES. 18.ROCK FOR EROSION PROTECTION OF ROADSIDE DITCHES, WHERE REQUIRED, SHALL BE OF SOUND QUARRY ROCK PLACED TO A MINIMUM DEPTH OF ONE (1) FOOT AND SHALL MEET THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATIONS: 4 - 8 INCH ROCK / 40 - 70% PASSING; 2 - 4 INCH ROCK / 30 - 40% PASSING; AND LESS THAN 2 INCH ROCK / 10 - 20% PASSING. 19.FOOTING DRAINAGE SYSTEMS AND ROOF DOWNSPOUT SYSTEMS SHALL NOT BE INTERCONNECTED AND SHALL SEPARATELY CONVEY COLLECTED FLOWS TO THE CONVEYANCE SYSTEM OR FLOW CONTROL FACILITY ON THE SITE, UNLESS APPROVED BY THE CITY. FOOTING DRAINS SHALL NOT BE CONNECTED TO ON-SITE BMPS. 20.THE END OF EACH STORM DRAIN STUB SHALL BE CAPPED. A CLEANOUT TOPPED WITH A BOLT-LOCKING LID MARKED "STORM” SHALL BE LOCATED AT THE PROPERTY LINE OR AT THE POINT OF CONNECTION OF A PRIVATE STORM DRAINAGE CONVEYANCE SYSTEM PER THE CITY STANDARD PLAN 227.00. 21.ALL STORM SYSTEM EXTENSIONS SHALL BE STAKED FOR LINE AND GRADE BY A SURVEYOR LICENSED IN WASHINGTON STATE, AND CUT SHEETS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE CITY PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 22.ALL NEWLY-INSTALLED AND NEWLY-REHABILITATED (PUBLIC AND PRIVATE) STORM CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS SHALL BE INSPECTED BY MEANS OF REMOTE CCTV ACCORDING TO THE CITY STANDARD PLAN 266.00. CCTV INSPECTIONS AND REPORTS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE CITY PRIOR TO RECEIVING APPROVAL TO INSTALL PROJECT CURBS, GUTTERS AND/OR PAVEMENT. 23.ALL STORM SYSTEMS AND CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING MAINS SHALL BE TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 7-04.3(1) OF THE WSDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS AND IN THE PRESENCE OF A REPRESENTATIVE OF THE CITY. STORM DRAIN STUBS SHALL BE TESTED FOR ACCEPTANCE AT THE SAME TIME THE MAIN STORM IS TESTED. 24.FOR ALL DISTURBED PERVIOUS AREAS (COMPACTED, GRADED, LANDSCAPED, ETC.) OF THE DEVELOPMENT SITE, TO MAINTAIN THE MOISTURE CAPACITY OF THE SOIL EITHER STOCKPILE AND REDISTRIBUTE THE EXISTING DUFF LAYER AND NATIVE TOPSOIL OR AMEND THE SOIL WITH COMPOST IN ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD PLAN 264.00. 25.ISSUANCE OF THE BUILDING OR CONSTRUCTION PERMITS BY THE CITY DOES NOT RELIEVE THE APPLICANT OF THE CONTINUING LEGAL OBLIGATION AND/OR LIABILITY CONNECTED WITH STORMWATER DISPOSAL. THE CITY DOES NOT ACCEPT ANY OBLIGATION FOR THE PROPER FUNCTIONING AND MAINTENANCE OF THE STORM SYSTEM PROVIDED DURING CONSTRUCTION. 26.ADEQUATE SAFEGUARDS, SAFETY DEVICES, PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT, FLAGGERS, AND ANY OTHER ACTIONS NEEDED TO PROTECT THE LIFE, HEALTH, AND SAFETY OF THE PUBLIC, AND TO PROTECT PROPERTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE PERFORMANCE OF WORK SHALL BE PROVIDED. ANY WORK WITHIN THE TRAVELED RIGHT-OF-WAY THAT MAY INTERRUPT NORMAL TRAFFIC FLOW SHALL REQUIRE A TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN APPROVED BY THE CITY. ALL SECTIONS OF THE WSDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 1-10 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL SHALL APPLY. 27.PROJECTS LOCATED WITHIN THE CITY'S AQUIFER PROTECTION AREA (APA) SHALL COMPLY WITH SPECIAL REQUIREMENT #6 OF THE RENTON SWDM AND AQUIFER PROTECTION REGULATIONS (RMC 4-3-050). 28.PLACEMENT OF SURFACE APPURTENANCES (CATCH BASIN/MANHOLE LIDS, CLEANOUTS, INLETS, ETC.) IN THE STREET TRAVEL LANE WHEEL PATH, INTERSECTIONS OF STREET TRAVEL LANES, BIKE LANES, SIDEWALKS, AND CROSSWALKS SHALL BE AVOIDED WHENEVER POSSIBLE. ANY SURFACE APPURTENANCE PLACED IN A SIDEWALK OR CROSSWALK SHALL BE FITTED WITH A NON-SLIP OR NON-SKID LID PER ADA REQUIREMENTS. 29.CLEARLY LABEL PUBLIC AND PRIVATE SYSTEMS ON THE PLANS. PRIVATE SYSTEMS SHALL BE MAINTAINED BY THE APPLICANT. 30.MINIMUM COVER OVER STORM DRAINAGE PIPE SHALL CONFORM TO TABLE 4.2.1.A2 OF THE RENTON SWDM. 31.CONSTRUCTED PERMEABLE PAVEMENT SHALL BE PERMEABLE ENOUGH TO ABSORB WATER AT A MINIMUM RATE OF 20 INCHES PER HOUR IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE PAVEMENT SURFACE HAS BEEN WETTED CONTINUOUSLY FOR AT LEAST 10 MINUTES. COMPLIANCE WITH THIS MINIMUM RATE SHALL BE CHECKED PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION APPROVAL OF THE PAVEMENT. COMPLIANCE MAY BE CHECKED USING A SIMPLE BUCKET TEST IN WHICH 5 GALLONS OF WATER IS POURED ONTO THE PAVEMENT SURFACE ALL AT ONCE. IF ONLY A MINOR AMOUNT OF WATER PONDS OR RUNS OFF THE SURFACE, THEN THE PAVEMENT IS CONSIDERED TO MEET THE MINIMUM RATE OF ABSORPTION. AT LEAST ONE TEST SHALL BE CONDUCTED PER 1,000 SQUARE FEET OF PERMEABLE PAVEMENT. IF THIS TEST IS NOT CONCLUSIVE, THEN ANOTHER TEST PER ASTM C1701 SHALL BE CONDUCTED. FOR LARGE AREAS (E.G., PARKING AREAS), TESTING OBSERVATION MAY BE ACCOMPLISHED WHILE WALKING BEHIND A SLOWLY MOVING WATER TRUCK DISCHARGING WATER AT A RATE SIMILAR TO THE BUCKET TEST. PERMEABLE PAVERS SHALL BE TESTED USING ASTM C1781. SURFACE WATER STANDARD PLAN NOTES: DocuSign Envelope ID: 6EECF5B6-602A-4E4A-B436-A317AA638878 9/28/2018 | 9:45 AM PDT EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL STANDARD PLAN NOTES STD. PLAN - 268.00 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL (ESC) STANDARD PLAN NOTES: THE FOLLOWING IS A LISTING OF GENERAL NOTES THAT SHALL BE INCORPORATED IN THE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL (ESC) PLAN SET. ALL THE NOTES ON THE LIST MAY NOT PERTAIN TO EVERY PROJECT. THE APPLICANT OR OWNER, HEREBY REFERRED TO AS APPLICANT, MAY STRIKE OUT IRRELEVANT NOTES IF NOT APPLICABLE TO THE PROJECT. HOWEVER, THE APPLICANT SHALL NOT RENUMBER NOR EDIT THE REMAINING NOTES. IF ADDITIONAL NOTES ARE NEEDED FOR SPECIFIC ASPECTS, THEY SHALL BE ADDED AFTER THE ESC STANDARD PLAN NOTES. 1.BEFORE ANY CONSTRUCTION OR DEVELOPMENT ACTIVITY OCCURS, A PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING SHALL BE HELD AMONG THE CITY OF RENTON, HEREBY REFERRED TO AS THE CITY, THE APPLICANT, AND THE APPLICANT'S CONTRACTOR. 2.THE APPLICANT IS RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING THE WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOGY (ECOLOGY) CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER GENERAL PERMIT, IF IT IS REQUIRED FOR THE PROJECT. THE APPLICANT SHALL PROVIDE THE CITY COPIES OF ALL MONITORING REPORTS PROVIDED TO ECOLOGY ASSOCIATED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION STORMWATER GENERAL PERMIT. 3.THE ESC PLAN SET SHALL INCLUDE AN ESC CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE DETAILING THE ORDERED STEPS THAT SHALL BE FOLLOWED FROM CONSTRUCTION COMMENCEMENT TO POST-PROJECT CLEANUP IN ORDER TO FULFILL PROJECT ESC REQUIREMENTS. 4.THE BOUNDARIES OF THE CLEARING LIMITS, SENSITIVE AREAS AND THEIR BUFFERS, AND AREAS OF VEGETATION PRESERVATION AND TREE RETENTION AS PRESCRIBED ON THE PLAN(S) SHALL BE CLEARLY DELINEATED BY FENCING AND PROTECTED IN THE FIELD IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPENDIX D OF THE CITY OF RENTON SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL (RENTON SWDM) PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION. DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD, NO DISTURBANCE BEYOND THE CLEARING LIMITS SHALL BE PERMITTED. THE CLEARING LIMITS SHALL BE MAINTAINED BY THE APPLICANT/ESC SUPERVISOR FOR THE DURATION OF CONSTRUCTION. 5.STABILIZED CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCES SHALL BE INSTALLED AT THE BEGINNING OF CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTAINED FOR THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT. ADDITIONAL MEASURES, SUCH AS CONSTRUCTED WHEEL WASH SYSTEMS OR WASH PADS, MAY BE REQUIRED TO ENSURE THAT ALL PAVED AREAS ARE KEPT CLEAN AND TRACK-OUT TO ROAD RIGHT OF WAY DOES NOT OCCUR FOR THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT. IF SEDIMENT IS TRACKED OFFSITE, PUBLIC ROADS SHALL BE CLEANED THOROUGHLY AT THE END OF EACH DAY, OR MORE FREQUENTLY DURING WET WEATHER, AS NECESSARY TO PREVENT SEDIMENT FROM ENTERING WATERS OF THE STATE. 6.WASHOUT FROM CONCRETE TRUCKS SHALL BE PERFORMED OFF-SITE OR IN DESIGNATED CONCRETE WASHOUT AREAS ONLY. DO NOT WASH OUT CONCRETE TRUCKS ONTO THE GROUND, OR TO STORM DRAINS OR OPEN DITCHES. ON-SITE DUMPING OF EXCESS CONCRETE SHALL ONLY OCCUR IN DESIGNATED CONCRETE WASHOUT AREAS. 7.ALL REQUIRED ESC BMPS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AND IN OPERATION PRIOR TO LAND CLEARING AND/OR CONSTRUCTION TO PREVENT TRANSPORTATION OF SEDIMENT TO SURFACE WATER, DRAINAGE SYSTEMS AND ADJACENT PROPERTIES. ALL ESC BMPS SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN A SATISFACTORY CONDITION UNTIL SUCH TIME THAT CLEARING AND/OR CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETE AND POTENTIAL FOR ON-SITE EROSION HAS PASSED. ALL ESC BMPS SHALL BE REMOVED AFTER CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETED AND THE SITE HAS BEEN STABILIZED TO ENSURE POTENTIAL FOR ON-SITE EROSION DOES NOT EXIST. THE IMPLEMENTATION, MAINTENANCE, REPLACEMENT, ENHANCEMENT, AND REMOVAL OF ESC BMPS SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE APPLICANT. 8.ANY HAZARDOUS MATERIALS OR LIQUID PRODUCTS THAT HAVE THE POTENTIAL TO POLLUTE RUNOFF SHALL BE DISPOSED OF PROPERLY. 9.THE ESC BMPS DEPICTED ON THIS DRAWING ARE INTENDED TO BE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS TO MEET ANTICIPATED SITE CONDITIONS. AS CONSTRUCTION PROGRESSES AND UNEXPECTED OR SEASONAL CONDITIONS DICTATE, THE APPLICANT SHALL ANTICIPATE THAT MORE ESC BMPS WILL BE NECESSARY TO ENSURE COMPLETE SILTATION CONTROL ON THE PROPOSED SITE. DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION, IT SHALL BE THE OBLIGATION AND RESPONSIBILITY OF THE APPLICANT TO ADDRESS ANY NEW CONDITIONS THAT MAY BE CREATED BY THE ACTIVITIES AND TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL ESC BMPS, OVER AND ABOVE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS, AS MAY BE NEEDED, TO PROTECT ADJACENT PROPERTIES AND WATER QUALITY OF THE RECEIVING DRAINAGE SYSTEM. 10.APPROVAL OF THIS PLAN IS FOR ESC ONLY. IT DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN APPROVAL OF STORM DRAINAGE DESIGN, SIZE NOR LOCATION OF PIPES, RESTRICTORS, CHANNELS, OR STORMWATER FACILITIES. 11.ANY DEWATERING SYSTEM NECESSARY FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF STORMWATER FACILITIES SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE CITY FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. 12.ANY AREAS OF EXPOSED SOILS, INCLUDING ROADWAY EMBANKMENTS, THAT WILL NOT BE DISTURBED FOR TWO DAYS DURING THE WET SEASON (OCTOBER 1ST THROUGH APRIL 30TH) OR SEVEN DAYS DURING THE DRY SEASON (MAY 1ST THROUGH SEPTEMBER 30TH) SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY STABILIZED WITH THE APPROVED ESC COVER METHODS (E.G., SEEDING, MULCHING, PLASTIC COVERING, ETC.) IN CONFORMANCE WITH APPENDIX D OF THE RENTON SWDM. 13.WET SEASON ESC REQUIREMENTS APPLY TO ALL CONSTRUCTION SITES BETWEEN OCTOBER 1ST AND APRIL 30TH, UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE CITY. 14.ANY AREA NEEDING ADDITIONAL ESC MEASURES, NOT REQUIRING IMMEDIATE ATTENTION, SHALL BE ADDRESSED WITHIN SEVEN (7) DAYS. 15.THE ESC BMPS ON INACTIVE SITES SHALL BE INSPECTED AND MAINTAINED AT A MINIMUM OF ONCE A MONTH OR WITHIN 24 HOURS FOLLOWING A STORM EVENT. INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE SHALL OCCUR MORE FREQUENTLY AS REQUIRED BY THE CITY. 16.BEFORE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY, CATCH BASIN INSERTS PER THE CITY STANDARD PLAN 216.30 SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL STORM DRAIN INLETS DOWNSLOPE AND WITHIN 500 FEET OF A DISTURBED OR CONSTRUCTION AREA, UNLESS THE RUNOFF THAT ENTERS THE INLET WILL BE CONVEYED TO A SEDIMENT POND OR TRAP. ALL CATCH BASIN INSERTS SHALL BE PERIODICALLY INSPECTED AND REPLACED AS NECESSARY TO ENSURE FULLY FUNCTIONING CONDITION. 17.AT NO TIME SHALL SEDIMENT ACCUMULATION EXCEED 2/3 OF THE CAPACITY OF THE CATCH BASIN SUMP. ALL CATCH BASINS AND CONVEYANCE LINES SHALL BE CLEANED PRIOR TO PAVING. THE CLEANING OPERATION SHALL NOT FLUSH SEDIMENT-LADEN WATER INTO THE DOWNSTREAM SYSTEM. 18.ANY PERMANENT STORMWATER FACILITY LOCATION USED AS A TEMPORARY SETTLING BASIN SHALL BE MODIFIED WITH THE NECESSARY ESC BMPS AND SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATE STORAGE CAPACITY. IF THE TEMPORARY FACILITY IS TO ULTIMATELY FUNCTION AS AN INFILTRATION SYSTEM IN ITS PERMANENT STATE, THE TEMPORARY FACILITY SHALL BE ROUGH GRADED SO THAT THE BOTTOM AND SIDES ARE AT LEAST THREE FEET ABOVE THE FINAL GRADE OF THE PERMANENT FACILITY. 19.AREAS DESIGNATED ON THE PLAN(S) CONTAINING EXISTING STORMWATER FACILITIES OR ON-SITE BMPS (AMENDED SOILS, BIORETENTION, PERMEABLE PAVEMENT, ETC.) SHALL BE CLEARLY FENCED AND PROTECTED USING ESC BMPS TO AVOID SEDIMENTATION AND COMPACTION DURING CONSTRUCTION. 20.PRIOR TO THE BEGINNING OF THE WET SEASON (OCTOBER 1ST), ALL DISTURBED AREAS SHALL BE INSPECTED TO IDENTIFY WHICH ONES SHALL BE SODDED OR SEEDED IN PREPARATION FOR THE WINTER RAINS. DISTURBED AREAS SHALL BE SODDED OR SEEDED WITHIN ONE WEEK OF THE BEGINNING OF THE WET SEASON. AN EXHIBIT OF THOSE AREAS TO BE SODDED OR SEEDED AND THOSE AREAS TO REMAIN UNCOVERED SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE CITY FOR REVIEW. 21.PRIOR TO FINAL CONSTRUCTION ACCEPTANCE, THE PROJECT SITE SHALL BE STABILIZED TO PREVENT SEDIMENT-LADEN WATER FROM LEAVING THE PROJECT SITE, ALL ESC BMPS SHALL BE REMOVED, AND STORMWATER CONVEYANCE SYSTEMS, FACILITIES, AND ON-SITE BMPS SHALL BE RESTORED TO THEIR FULLY FUNCTIONING CONDITION. ALL DISTURBED AREAS OF THE PROJECT SITE SHALL BE VEGETATED OR OTHERWISE PERMANENTLY STABILIZED. AT A MINIMUM, DISTURBED AREAS SHALL BE SODDED OR SEEDED AND MULCHED TO ENSURE THAT SUFFICIENT COVER WILL DEVELOP SHORTLY AFTER FINAL APPROVAL. MULCH WITHOUT SEEDING IS ADEQUATE FOR AREAS TO BE LANDSCAPED BEFORE OCTOBER 1ST. 22.ROCKERIES ARE CONSIDERED TO BE A METHOD OF BANK STABILIZATION AND EROSION CONTROL. ROCKERIES SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUCTED TO SERVE AS RETAINING WALLS. ALL ROCKERIES IN CITY ROAD RIGHTS-OF-WAY SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CITY STANDARDS. ROCKERIES OUTSIDE OF ROAD RIGHTS-OF-WAY SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE. PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT APPROVED: DATEGreggZimmerman Public Works Administrator UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, DRAWING IS NOT TO SCALE (NTS) DocuSign Envelope ID: 6EECF5B6-602A-4E4A-B436-A317AA638878 9/28/2018 | 9:45 AM PDT THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK